Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 753

SEBM014203

PC1100-6
PC1100SP-6
PC1100LC-6
MACHINE MODEL

SERIAL NUMBER

PC1100-6
PC1100SP-6
PC1100LC-6

10001 and up
10001 and up
10001 and up

This shop manual may contain attachments and optional equipment that are not available
in your area. Please consult your local Komatsu distributor for those items you may
require. Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

PC1100-6 mount the SAA6D170-2 engine.


For details of the engine, see the 6D170-2 Series Engine Shop Manual.

1998 1
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 03-98(01)01651

00-1
3

CONTENTS
No. of page

01

GENERAL ........................................................................

01-1

10

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ......................................

10-1

20

TESTING AND ADJUSTING ..........................................

20-1

30

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .................................

30-1

40

MAINTENANCE STANDARD .........................................

40-1

90

OTHERS...........................................................................

90-1

00-2
2

PC1100-6

LIST OF REVISED PAGES

The affected pages are indicated by the use of the


following marks. It is requested that necessary actions
be taken to these pages according to the table below.

Mark

Indication

Action required

fi

Page to be newly added

Add

Page to be replaced

Replace

Page to be deleted

Discard

Pages having no marks are those previously revised


or made additions.

LIST OF REVISED PAGE


Mark

Page

00- 1
00- 2

00- 2-1

00- 2-2

00- 2-3

00- 2-4

00- 2-5

Time of
revision

3
2
3
3
3
3
3

Mark

Page

Time of
revision

1
1

Mark

Page

Time of
revision

Mark

Page

Time of
revision

Mark

10-20

10-50

10-82

10-21

10-51

10-83

01- 5

10-22

10-52

10-84

01- 6

10-23

10-53

10-86

01- 7

10-24

10-54

10-87

01- 8

10-26

10-55

10-88

01- 9

10-27

10-57

10-89

10-28

10-58

10-90

01- 3
01- 4

00- 3

Time of
revision

Page

10-29

10-59

10-91

00- 5

10- 1

10-30

10-60

10-92

00- 6

10- 2

10-31

10-61

10-93

00- 7

10- 3

10-33

10-62

10-94

00- 8

10- 4

10-34

10-64

10-95

00- 9

10- 5

10-35

10-65

10-96

00-10

10- 6

10-36

10-66

10-97

00-11

10- 7

10-37

10-67

10-98

00-12

10- 8

10-38

10-68

10-99

00-13

10- 9

10-39

10-69

10-100

00-14

10-10

10-40

10-70

10-101

00-15

10-11

10-41

10-72

10-102

00-16

10-12

10-42

10-73

10-104

00-17

10-13

10-43

10-74

10-105

00-18

10-14

10-44

10-75

10-106

00-19

10-15

10-45

10-76

10-107

10-16

10-46

10-77

10-108

10-17

10-47

10-78

10-109

10-18

10-48

10-79

10-110

10-19

10-49

10-80

10-111

00- 4

01- 1
01- 2

PC1100-6

00-2-1
3

LIST OF REVISED PAGES

Mark

Page

Mark

Page

Time of
revision

Mark

Page

10-112

10-155

20-20

10-113

10-156

20-21

10-114

10-157

20-22

10-115

10-158

20-23

10-116

10-159

20-24

10-117

10-160

20-25

10-118

10-161

10-119

10-162

20-101

10-120

10-164

20-102

10-121

10-165

20-103

10-122

10-166

20-104

10-123

10-167

20-105

10-124

10-168

20-106

10-126

10-169

20-107

10-127

10-170

20-108

10-128

10-171

20-109

10-129

10-172

20-110

10-130

10-173

20-111

10-131

10-174

20-112
20-113

10-133

20-114

10-134

20- 1

10-135

20- 2

10-137

20- 3

10-138

20- 4

10-139

20- 5

10-140

20- 6

10-141

20- 7

10-142

20- 8

10-143

20- 9

10-144

20-10

10-146

20-11

10-147

20-12

10-148

20-13

10-149

20-14

10-150

20-15

10-151

20-16

10-152

20-17

10-153

20-18

10-154

20-19

Time of
revision

Mark

1
1
1
1
1
1

Page

20-134
20-135
20-136
20-137
20-138
20-139
20-140

10-132

00-2-2
3

Time of
revision

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

20-115
20-116
20-117
20-118
20-119
20-120
20-121
20-122
20-123
20-124
20-125
20-126
20-127
20-128
20-129
20-130
20-131
20-132
20-133

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

20-141
20-142
20-143
20-144
20-145
20-146
20-147

20-201

20-202

20-203

20-204

20-205

20-206

20-207

20-208

20-209

20-210

20-211

20-212

20-214

20-215

20-216

20-217

20-218

20-219

20-220

20-221

20-222

20-223

20-224

20-225

20-226

Time of
revision

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Mark

Time of
revision

Page

20-227

20-228

20-229

20-230

20-231

20-232

20-233

20-234

20-235

20-236

20-237

20-238

20-239

20-240

20-241

20-242

20-243

20-244

20-245

20-246

20-248

20-249

20-250

20-251

20-252

20-253

20-301

20-302

20-303

20-304

20-305

20-306

20-307

20-308

20-309

20-310

20-351

20-352

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

PC1100-6

LIST OF REVISED PAGES

Mark

Page

20-353

20-354

20-355

20-356

20-357

20-358

20-359

20-360

20-361

20-362

20-363

20-364

20-365

20-366

20-367

20-368

20-369

20-370

20-371

20-372

20-373

20-374

20-375

20-376

20-377

20-378

20-379

20-380

20-381

20-382

20-383

20-384

20-385

20-386

20-388

20-389

20-390

20-391

20-392

20-393

PC1100-6

Time of
revision

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Mark

Page

20-394

20-395

20-396

20-397

20-398

20-401

20-402

20-403

20-404

20-405

20-406

20-407

20-408

20-409

20-410

20-411

20-412

20-413

20-414

20-415

20-416

20-417

20-418

20-419

20-420

20-421

20-422

20-451

20-452

20-453

20-454

20-455

20-456

20-457

20-458

20-459

20-460

20-461

Time of
revision

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Mark

Page

20-462

20-463

20-465

20-466

20-467

20-468

20-469

20-470

20-471

20-472

20-473

20-474

20-475

20-476

20-477

20-478

20-479

20-480

20-481

20-482

20-483

20-484

20-485

20-486

20-487

20-488

20-489

20-490

20-491

20-492

20-493

20-494

20-501

20-502

20-503

20-504

20-505

20-506

20-507

Time of
revision

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Mark

Page

20-508

20-509

20-510

20-511

20-512

20-513

20-514

20-551

20-552

20-553

20-554

20-555

20-556

20-557

20-558

20-560

20-561

20-562

20-563

20-564

20-565

20-566

20-567

20-568

20-569

20-570

20-571

20-572

20-573

20-574

20-575

20-576

20-577

20-578

20-579

20-580

20-581

20-582

20-583

Time of
revision

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Mark

Time of
revision

Page

20-601

20-602

20-603

20-604

20-605

20-606

20-607

20-608

20-609

20-610

20-611

20-612

20-613

20-614

20-615

20-616

20-617

20-618

20-619

20-620

20-621

20-622

20-623

20-624

20-625

20-626

20-627

20-628

20-629

20-630

20-631

20-632

20-633

20-634

20-635

20-636

20-637

20-638

20-639

20-640

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

00-2-3
3

LIST OF REVISED PAGES

Mark

Page

20-641

20-642

20-643

20-644

Time of
revision

3
3
3
3

Mark

Page

30-35
30-36
30-37
30-38
30-39
30-40

30- 1
30- 2
30- 3
30- 4
30- 5
30- 6
30- 7
30- 8
30- 9
30-10
30-11
30-12
30-13
30-14
30-15
30-16
30-17
30-18
30-19
30-20
30-21
30-22
30-23
30-24
30-25
30-26
30-27
30-28
30-29
30-30
30-31
30-32
30-33
30-34

00-2-4
3

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

30-41
30-42
30-43
30-44
30-45
30-46
30-47
30-48
30-49
30-50
30-51
30-52
30-53
30-54
30-55
30-56
30-57
30-58
30-59
30-60
30-61
30-62
30-63
30-64
30-65
30-66
30-67
30-68
30-69
30-70
30-71
30-72
30-73
30-74

Time of
revision

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Mark

Page

30-75
30-76
30-77
30-78
30-79
30-80
30-81
30-82
30-83
30-84
30-85
30-86
30-87
30-88
30-89
30-90
30-91
30-92
30-93
30-94
30-95
30-96
30-97
30-98
30-99
30-100
30-101
30-102
30-103
30-104
30-105
30-106
30-107
30-108
30-109
30-110
30-111
30-112
30-113
30-114

Time of
revision

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Mark

Page

30-115
30-116
30-117
30-118
30-119
30-120
30-121
30-122
30-123
30-124
30-125
30-126
30-127
30-128
30-129
30-130
30-131
30-132
30-133
30-134
30-135
30-136
30-137
30-138
30-139
30-140
30-141
30-142
30-143
30-144
30-145
30-146
30-147
30-148
30-149
30-150
30-151
30-152
30-153
30-154

Time of
revision

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Mark

Time of
revision

Page

30-165

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

40- 1

30-155
30-156
30-157
30-158
30-159
30-160
30-161
30-162
30-163
30-164

40- 2
40- 3
40- 4
40- 6
40- 7
40- 8
40- 9
40-10
40-12
40-13
40-14
40-15
40-16
40-17
40-18
40-19
40-20
40-21
40-22

40-24
40-25
40-26
40-27
40-28
40-29
40-30

PC1100-6

LIST OF REVISED PAGES

Mark

Page

Time of
revision

Mark

Page

Time of
revision

Mark

Page

Time of
revision

Mark

Page

Time of
revision

Mark

Page

Time of
revision

40-31
40-32
40-33
40-34
40-35
40-36
40-37
40-38
40-39
40-40
40-41

1
1

40-42
40-43
40-44
40-45
40-46
40-47

90- 1
90- 3
90- 5
90- 7
90- 9
90-11

PC1100-6

00-2-5
3

01

GENERAL

Specification drawings .................................. 01-2


Specifications ................................................. 01-4
Weight table .................................................. 01-6
Fuel, coolant and lubricants ........................ 01-8

PC1100-6

01-1

GENERAL

SPECIFICATION DRAWINGS

SPECIFICATION DRAWINGS
BACK HOE
PC1100-6
PC1100LC-6

Unit: mm

fl The figures in ( ) show the value for the PC1100LC-6.

01-2
1

PC1100-6

GENERAL

SPECIFICATION DRAWINGS

PC1100SP-6
Unit: mm

PC1100-6

01-3
1

GENERAL

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
BACK HOE
Machine model

PC1100-6

Performance

Working ranges

Serial Number

Dimensions

PC1100LC-6

10001 and up 10001 and up 10001 and up

Bucket capacity

m3

5.0

6.5

5.0

Weight of machine

kg

103,000

104,000

109,800

Max. digging depth

mm

9,350

7,900

9,350

Max. vertical wall depth

mm

7,610

5,025

7,610

Max. digging reach

mm

15,350

14,070

15,350

Max. reach at ground level

mm

15,000

13,670

15,000

Max. digging height

mm

13,400

13,000

13,400

Max. dumping height

mm

8,680

8,450

8,680

Max. digging force

kN {kg}

478.6 {48,800} 525,6 {53,600} 478.6 {48,800}

Swing speed

rpm

5.8

5.8

5.8

Swing max. slope angle

deg.

12

12

12

Travel speed

km/h

Gradeability
Ground pressure

deg.

35

35

35

kPa {kg/cm2}

132 {1.35}
[700 mm]

133 {1.36}
[700 mm]

84 {0.86}
[1,000 mm]

Overall length

mm

16,020

14,790

16,020

Overall width

mm

5,475

5,475

5,625

Overall width of track (when extended)

mm

4,965

4,965

5,265

Overall height

mm

6,040

6,265

6,040

Overall height to top of machine

mm

4,880

4,880

4,880

Ground clearance of upper structure

mm

1,790

1,790

1,790

Min. ground clearance

mm

990

990

990

Tail swing radius

mm

4,870

4,870

4,870

Min. swing radius of work equipment

mm

7,965

6,415

7,965

Height of work equipment at min. swing radius

mm

11,390

11,020

11,390

Length of track on ground

mm

4,995

4,995

5,970

Track gauge (when extended)

mm

3,900

3,900

3,900

Height of machine cab

mm

3,925

3,925

3,925

[standard double grouser shoe width]

01-4
1

PC1100SP-6

Lo: 2.1 Hi: 3.2 Lo: 2.1 Hi: 3.2 Lo: 2.7 Hi: 3.2

PC1100-6

GENERAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Machine model

PC1100-6

Serial Number

SAA6D170-2

Type

4-cycle, water-cooled, in-line, vertical, direct injection,


with turbocharger and aftercooler (air cooled)

No. of cylinders bore x stroke

mm

6 170 x 170

{cc}

23.15 {23,150}

Flywheel horsepower

kW/rpm {HP/rpm}

611/1,800 {620/1,800}

Max. torque

Nm/rpm {kgm/rpm}

2,756/1,300 {281/1,300}

Max. speed at no load

rpm

2,000

Min. speed at no load

rpm

730

Min. fuel consumption

g/kWh {g/HPh}

209 {156}

Performance

Piston displacement

Starting motor

24V, 7.5 kW x 2

Alternator

24V, 50A

Battery

12V, 170 Ah x 2
CWX-4

Carrier roller

3 on each side

Track roller

8 on each side
Assembly-type double
Assembly-type double
grouser, 48 on each side
grouser, 55 on each side

Track shoe

Hydraulic
motor

Control
valve

Hydraulic
pump

Undercarriage

Radiator core type

Type

Variable displacement piston type:


HPV160+160, HPV95+95 x 2; gear type SAR100+020+010

Delivery
Set pressure

/min

Piston type: 494+494+600, gear type: 158+33+16

MPa {kg/cm2}

Piston type: 31.4 {320}, gear type: 2.9 {30}

Type x No.

4-spool type x 2, + 5-spool type x 1

Control method

Hydraulic

Travel motor

Piston type (with brake valve, shaft brake):


x 2 (MSF340VP)

Swing motor

Piston type (with safety valve, shaft brake):


x 2 (KMF160AB-2)
1 Boom

Hydraulic cylinder

Hydraulic system

PC1100LC-6

10001 and up 10001 and up 10001 and up

Model

Engine

PC1100SP-6

Cylinder type

1, 2 Arm
STD

1, 2 Bucket
STD

SP version

Double-acting piston Double-acting piston

Inside diameter of cylinder

mm

225

250

160

160

Outside diameter of piston rod

mm

160

170

110

110

Stroke

mm

2,390

2,435

1,825

1,950

Max. distance between pins

mm

5,839

3,620

2,535

2,660

Min. distance between pins

mm

3,449

6,055

4,360

4,610

Hydraulic tank

Box-shaped, with breather

Hydraulic filter

Tank return side

Hydraulic cooler
1: Head side with cushion
PC1100-6

Air cooled (J4)


2: Bottom side with cushion

01-5

GENERAL

WEIGHT TABLE

WEIGHT TABLE
This weight table is a guide for use when transporting or handling components
Unit: kg

Machine model

PC1100-6

PC1100SP-6

PC1100LC-6

Serial Number

10001 and up

10001 and up

10001 and up

3,839.5

3,839.5

3,839.5

2,814

2,814

2,814

PTO (incl. lubricating piping)

505

505

505

No. 1 pump

157

157

157

No. 2 pump

148

148

148

No. 3 pump

191

191

191

Control pump (for control, PTO lubrication

24.5

24.5

24.5

Radiator assembly

239

239

239

Oil cooler assembly

321

321

321

Hydraulic tank (excl. hydraulic oil)

776

776

776

9,660

9,660

9,660

370

370

370

Swing machinery

532 x 2

532 x 2

532 x 2

Swing motor assembly

126 x 2

126 x 2

126 x 2

Travel motor assembly

145 x 2

145 x 2

145 x 2

L.H. 5-spool control valve

260

260

260

R.H. 4-spool control valve

253

253

253

Swing 4-spool control valve

240

240

240

Center swivel joint

69

69

69

Counterweight (excl. mounting bolts)

17,400

17,400

17,400

Track frame assembly

27,478

27,478

29,854

Center frame

6,600

6,600

6,600

Track frame

4,342 x 2

4,342 x 2

5,150 x 2

Carrier roller

80 x 6

80 x 6

80 x 6

Track roller

190 x 16

190 x 16

190 x 20

Idler cushion assembly

1,000 x 2

1,000 x 2

1,000 x 2

788 x 2

788 x 2

788 x 2

1,869 x 2

1,869 x 2

1,869 x 2

2,165

2,165

2,165

Engine assembly
Engine

and aftercooler fan drive)

Revolving frame (incl. left and right decks)


Operators cab

Idler
Final drive assembly
Swing circle assembly

01-6

PC1100-6

GENERAL

WEIGHT TABLE

Unit: kg

Machine model

PC1100-6

PC1100SP-6

PC1100LC-6

Serial Number

10001 and up

10001 and up

10001 and up

Standard shoe (700 mm)

10,630

10,630

Wide shoe (1,000 mm)

12,940

12,940

14,820

Wide shoe (1,200 mm)

16,350

Boom assembly (excl. piping)

10,265

10,110

10,265

Arm assembly (excl. piping)

3,520

3,915

3,520

Bucket assembly (excl. piping)

4,579

5,591

4,579

1,174 x 2

1,174 x 2

1,174 x 2

1,538

1,538

1,538

Bucket cylinder assembly

442 x 2

459 x 2

442 x 2

Boom foot pin

71.4 x 2

71.4 x 2

71.4 x 2

Boom cylinder foot pin

43.8 x 2

43.8 x 2

43.8 x 2

Boom cylinder top pin

43.2 x 2

43.2 x 2

43.2 x 2

Boom-arm connecting pin

168.6

168.6

168.6

Arm cylinder foot pin

92.9

101.3

92.9

Arm cylinder top pin

97.9

97.9

97.9

Link-arm connecting pin

103

103

103

Link-bucket connecting pin

110.4

110.4

110.4

Bucket cylinder top pin

37.9

37.9

37.9

Bucket cylinder foot pin

37.9

37.9

37.9

Arm-bucket connecting pin

120.4

120.4

120.4

Link assembly

817

878

817

Link connecting pin

103

103

103

Track shoe assembly

Boom cylinder assembly


Arm cylinder assembly

PC1100-6

01-7

GENERAL

FUEL, COOLANT AND LUBRICANTS

FUEL, COOLANT AND LUBRICANTS


RESERVOIR

KIND OF
FLUID

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
22
30

4
20

14
10

32
0

50
10

68
20

86
30

CAPACITY ()
104F
40C

Specified

Refill

55

51

13.5

13.5

21.5

21.5

22

22

800

440

SAE 30
SAE 10W
Engine oil pan

SAE 10W-30
SAE 15W-40

PTO case

Engine
oil

SAE 30
SAE 10W

Swing machinery case (each side)


SAE 30
Final drive case (each side)
Hydraulic system

SAE 10W

Idler (1 each)
Track roller (1 each)

0.75 0.83 0.75 0.83


Gear
oil

GO 140B

Carrier roller (1 each)

Fuel tank

Cooling system

01-8

0.80 0.85 0.80 0.85


0.45 0.50 0.45 0.50

Diesel
fuel

Coolant

ASTM D975 No. 2


880

140

ASTM D975A No.1

Add antifreeze

PC1100-6

GENERAL

FUEL, COOLANT AND LUBRICANTS

NOTE:
(1) When fuel sulphur content is less than 0.5%,
change oil in the oil pan every periodic maintenance hours described in this manual.
Change oil according to the following table
if fuel sulphur content is above 0.5%.
Fuel sulphur content

Change interval of oil in


engine oil pan

0.5 to 1.0%

1/2 of regular interval

Above 1.0%

1/4 of regular interval

(2) When starting the engine in an atmospheric


temperature of lower than 0C, be sure to
use engine oil of SAE10W, SAE10W-30 and
SAE15W-40, even though an atmospheric
temperature goes up to 10C more or less in
the day time.
(3) Use API classification CD as engine oil and if
API classification CC, reduce the engine oil
change interval to half.
(4) There is no problem if single grade oil is
mixed with multigrade oil (SAE10W-30, 15W40), but be sure to add single grade oil that
matches the temperature in the table on the
left.
(5) We recommend Komatsu genuine oil which
has been specifically formulated and approved for use in engine and hydraulic work
equipment applications.
ASTM: American Society of Testing and Material
SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers
API:
American Petroleum Institute
Specified capacity: Total amount of oil including oil for components and
oil in piping.
Refill capacity: Amount of oil needed to refill
system during normal inspection
and maintenance.

PC1100-6

01-9

10

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PTO ................................................................ 10- 2


PTO lubrication system ............................... 10- 3
Radiator, oil cooler, aftercooler .................. 10- 4
Power train ................................................... 10- 6
Swing machinery ......................................... 10- 8
Swing circle .................................................. 10- 9
Final drive ..................................................... 10-10
Track frame ................................................... 10-11
Track shoe .................................................... 10-12
Air piping diagram ....................................... 10-13
Air circuit diagram ....................................... 10-14
Air governor ................................................. 10-15
Air tank .......................................................... 10-15
Safety valve .................................................. 10-16
Horn valve .................................................... 10-16
Grease pump ................................................ 10-17
Hydraulic piping drawing ............................ 10-18
Hydraulic circuit diagram ............................ 10-23
Hydraulic tank .............................................. 10-24
Hydraulic pump ............................................ 10-26
NO. 1 pump .................................................. 10-27
NO. 2 pump .................................................. 10-51
NO. 3 pump .................................................. 10-57
Line oil filter ................................................. 10-67
Pilot oil filter ................................................. 10-68

PC1100-6

Return oil filter ........................................... 10- 69


Drain oil filter ............................................. 10- 70
L.H. 5-spool control valve ......................... 10- 72
R.H. 4-spool control valve ......................... 10- 74
Swing. 4-spool control valve .................... 10- 76
Straight-travel valve .................................. 10- 78
Boom lower regeneration valve ............... 10- 82
Swing motor ............................................... 10- 86
Center swivel joint ..................................... 10- 88
Travel motor ............................................... 10- 89
PPC control relief valve ............................. 10- 99
Safety lock valve ........................................ 10-100
Accumulator ............................................... 10-101
Valve control .............................................. 10-102
Work equipment, swing PPC valve .......... 10-104
Travel PPC valve ........................................ 10-108
Solenoid valve ............................................ 10-112
Work equipment ........................................ 10-114
Air conditioner ........................................... 10-115
Actual electric wiring diagram ................. 10-116
Electric circuit diagram .............................. 10-120
Engine control ............................................ 10-126
Machine control system ............................ 10-137
Machine monitor system .......................... 10-168

10-1

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PTO

PTO

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Driven gear (No. of teeth: 49)


PTO case
Drive gear (No. of teeth: 56)
Main shaft
Hub
Connection plate
Driven gear (No. of teeth: 42)
Breather

A.
B.
C.
D.

Center
Center
Center
Center

10-2

of
of
of
of

Specifications
Lubricating oil : 13.5
Reduction ratio: SAR100+020+010 shaft = 1
HPV160+160 shaft = 49 = 0.875
56
42
HPV95+95 shaft =
= 0.750
56

HPV160+160 shaft
crankshaft (SAR100+020+010)
HPV95+95 shaft
HPV95+95 shaft
PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PTO LUBRICATION SYSTEM

PTO LUBRICATION SYSTEM


Hydraulic circuit diagram

Hydraulic piping diagram

1.
2.
3.
4.

PTO case
Divider block
Lubricating pipe
Control, PTO lubricating, aftercooler fan drive
pump (SAR100+020+010)
5. Oil filter

PC1100-6

Outline
The PTO uses the control and PTO lubricating,
aftercooler fan drive pump (4). The lubricating
oil inside PTO case (1) passes through oil filter
(5), is sent to top divider block (2), and is then
divided to various parts of the PTO to lubricate
and cool the gears.

10-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

RADIATOR, OIL COOLER, AFTERCOOLER

RADIATOR, OIL COOLER, AFTERCOOLER

10-4

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Aftercooler
Reservoir tank
Aftercooler fan
Fan guard
Fan pulley
Radiator inlet tube
Fan
Radiator upper tank
Oil cooler
Radiator lower tank
Radiator outlet tube

PC1100-6

RADIATOR, OIL COOLER, AFTERCOOLER

Specifications
1. Fan
Outside diameter: 1,320 mm
No. of vanes:
6
Rotating speed:
Standard 1,078 rpm
(At rated engine speed of
1,800 rpm)
2. Radiator
Core type:
CWX-4
Fin pitch:
5 mm
Cracking pressure for pressure valve:
49 9.8 kPa
{0.5 0.1 kg/cm2}
Cracking pressure for vacuum valve:
0 4.9 kPa
{0 0.05 kg/cm2}
3. Oil cooler
Core type:
J4
Fin pitch:
3 mm
4. Aftercooler fan
Outside diameter: 620 mm
No. of vanes:
8
Rotating speed:
Standard 1,430 rpm
(At rated engine speed of
1,800 rpm)

10-5

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

POWER TRAIN

POWER TRAIN

10-6

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Idler
Center swivel joint
Swing motor (KMF160AB-2)
L.H. 5-spool control valve
R.H. 4-spool control valve
Final drive, sprocket
Travel motor (MSF340VP)
Engine (SAA6D170-2)

PC1100-6

POWER TRAIN

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

PTO
No. 3 pump (HPV160+160)
No. 1 pump (HPV95+95)
No. 2 pump (HPV95+95)
Control, PTO lubricating,
aftercooler fan drive pump
(SAR100+020+010)
14. Swing 4-spool control valve

15.
16.
17.
18.

Swing
Travel
Swing
Swing

brake solenoid valve


speed solenoid valve
machinery
circle

A. Swing 4-spool control valve


B. Swing brake solenoid valve

10-7
1

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

SWING MACHINERY

SWING MACHINERY

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Swing pinion (No. of teeth: 13)


Cover
Case
Coupling
No. 2 planet gear (No. of teeth: 35)
Ring gear (No. of teeth: 92)
No. 1 planet gear (No. of teeth: 35)
Cover
Swing motor
Dipstick
No. 1 sun gear (No. of teeth: 19)
No. 1 planetary carrier
No. 2 sun gear (No. of teeth: 19)
No. 2 planetary carrier
Drain plug

Specification
Reduction ratio: 19 + 92 x 19 + 92
19
19
= 34.130

10-8

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

SWING CIRCLE

SWING CIRCLE

1. Swing circle inner race (No. of teeth: 132)


2. Ball
3. Swing circle outer race

Specifications
Reduction ratio: 183 =10.153
13
Amount of grease: 65 (G2-LI)

a. Inner race soft zone S position


b. Outer race soft zone plug position

PC1100-6

10-9

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

FINAL DRIVE

FINAL DRIVE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Level plug
Drain plug
Cover
No. 2 planetary carrier
No. 2 sun gear (No. of teeth: 13)
Drive gear (No. of teeth: 19)
No. 1 planetary carrier
No. 2 planet gear (No. of teeth: 24)
Hub
Sprocket
Floating seal
Case
Coupling
No. 1 sun gear (No. of teeth: 13)
Travel motor
Idler gear (No. of teeth: 27)
No. 1 ring gear (No. of teeth: 68)
No. 1 planet gear (No. of teeth: 24)
Driven gear (No. of teeth: 69)
No. 2 ring gear (No. of teeth: 63)

Specifications
13 + 68
19 + 69
)(
)
13
19
63
( 13 ) = 139.852

Reduction ratio: (

10-10

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRACK FRAME

TRACK FRAME
fl

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

The diagram shows the PC1100-6.

Idler
Track frame
Carrier roller
Center frame
Final drive
Track roller
Track shoe
Idler cushion
Front guard

PC1100-6

The dimensions and number of track rollers


may differ according to the model, but the
basic structure is the same.

No. of track rollers


Model

No. of rollers (each side)

PC1100-6
PC1100SP-6

PC1100LC-6

10

10-11

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRACK SHOE

TRACK SHOE
Standard shoe
Item
Shoe width
(double shoe)

Model

Link pitch

PC1100-6

PC11000SP-6

PC1100LC-6

700 mm

700 mm

1000 mm

280 mm

280 mm

280 mm

48

48

55

No. of shoes
(each side)

Selection of track shoe


Select the most suitable track shoe from the following table
PC1100-6

PC1100SP-6

PC1100LC-6

CateCateSpecifications Category Specifications gory Specifications gory


Standard 700 mm double

700 mm double

1000 mm double

Option

1000 mm double

1200 mm double

1000 mm double

Category

Use

Rocky ground
normal river soil

Travel in Lo speed when traveling on rough ground with obstacles


such as large boulders and fallen trees.

Normal soil,
soft land

Cannot be used on rough ground where there are large obstacles


such as boulders and fallen trees.
Travel in Hi speed only on flat ground; when it is impossible to
avoid traveling over obstacles, lower the travel speed to approx.
half of Lo speed.

Extremely soft
ground (swampy
ground)

Use only for ground where "A" and "B" sink and are impossible
to use.
Cannot be used on rough ground where there are large obstacles
such as boulders and fallen trees.
Travel in Hi speed only on flat ground; when it is impossible to
avoid traveling over obstacles, lower the travel speed to approx.
half of Lo speed.

Paved surface

The shoes are flat, so they have low gradeability.

Paved surface

The shoes are made of rubber, so be careful when traveling on


rough ground.

Precautions when using

fl Categories "B" and "C" are wide shoes, so


there are restrictions on their use. Therefore, before using, check the restrictions are
consider carefully the conditions of use before recommending a suitable shoe width. If
necessary, give the customer guidance in
their use.

10-12

fl When selecting the shoe width, select the


narrowest shoe possible within the range
that will give no problem with flotation and
ground pressure.
If a wider shoe than necessary is used, there
will be a large load on the shoe, and this
may lead to bending of the shoe, cracking of
the links, breakage of the pins, falling out of
the pins, loosening of the shoe bolts, or other
problems.

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

AIR PIPING DIAGRAM

AIR PIPING DIAGRAM

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Grease gun
Grease reel
Grease pump
Air governor
Air compressor
Safety valve
Air tank
Horn valve
Air horn

PC1100-6

Outline
This machine uses pressurized air to operate
the air horn and automatic greasing system.
The pressurized air is supplied by air compressor (5) installed to the engine and is stored in
air tank (7).
When the pressure in the air tank reaches 0.82
MPa {8.4 kg/cm2}, the air compressor is unloaded;
when the tank pressure drops below 0.72 MPa
{7.3 kg/cm2}, the air compressor again starts to
supply pressurized air.

10-13

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

AIR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

AIR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

1. Air compressor (capacity: 102 /600 rpm)


2. Unloader valve
+0.35
2
3. Air governor (cut-out pressure: 0.82 +0.03
0.005 MPa {8.4 0.05 kg/cm })
+0.03
+0.35
2
(cut-in pressure: 0.72 0.005 MPa {6.0 0.05 kg/cm })
4. Check valve
5. Air tank
0
2
6. Safety valve (set pressure: 0.95 0
0.05 MPa {9.7 0.5 kg/cm })
7. Battery
8. Horn switch
9. Horn valve
10. Air horn
11. Grease pump
12. Grease reel
13. Grease gun

10-14

PC1100-6

AIR GOVERNOR
AIR TANK

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

AIR GOVERNOR

Function
Port A is connected to the air tank and port
B is connected to the unloader valve of the
air compressor. The air governor maintains
the air pressure inside the air tank within
the specified range. If the pressure exceeds
the specified pressure, it stops the operation
of the air compressor to prevent the air pressure from rising any higher.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Bubble seat
Diaphragm
Body
Sleeve
Adjustment screw
Spring
Cover

A : From air tank


B : To unload valve
Specifications
Cut-out pressure: 0.82 +0.03
0.005 MPa
2
{8.4 +0.35
0.05 kg/cm })
+0.03
Cut-in pressure: 0.72 0.005 MPa
2
{7.3 +0.35
0.05 kg/cm })

AIR TANK
Specifications
Capacity: 15

PC1100-6

10-15

SAFETY VALVE
HORN VALVE

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

SAFETY VALVE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Cover
Sleeve
Spring
Pin
Cap
Valve
Nipple
0

Set pressure: 0.95 0.05 MPa {9.70.5 kg/cm2})

Function
The safety valve is installed to the air tank,
and if any pressure above the set pressure
is generated in the air circuit, it acts to release the compressed air inside the air tank
to the atmosphere in order to maintain the
safety of the air circuit.

HORN VALVE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Spring
Magnet
Wire
Wire
Coil
Cover
Piston
Body

A : From air tank


B : To horn

10-16

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

GREASE PUMP

GREASE PUMP

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Silencer
Valve
Cover
Air chamber
Follow plate
Grease chamber
Grease tank

Function
The pump is divided into air chamber (4)
and grease chamber (6). As the amount of
grease in grease chamber (6) goes down,
follow plate (5) is pulled down to push down
the grease stuck to the edge of grease chamber (6).

A : Air inlet port


B : Grease outlet port

PC1100-6

10-17

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

HYDRAULIC PIPING DRAWING

HYDRAULIC PIPING DRAWING


BACK HOE
(1/2)

10-18

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PC1100-6

HYDRAULIC PIPING DRAWING

10-19

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

HYDRAULIC PIPING DRAWING

(2/2)

10-20

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PC1100-6

HYDRAULIC PIPING DRAWING

10-21

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.

HYDRAULIC PIPING DRAWING

Bucket cylinder
Arm cylinder
Boom cylinder
Swing motor
Aftercooler fan drive motor
Line oil filter (for R.H. 4-spool control valve)
Oil cooler
Line oil filter (for L.H. 5-spool control valve)
Line oil filter (for swing 4-spool control valve)
Return oil filter
L.H. travel motor
Drain oil filter
Hydraulic tank
Center swivel joint
Boom LOWER regeneration valve
R.H. 4-spool control valve
L.H. 5-spool control valve
Swing holding brake solenoid valve
Travel speed selector solenoid valve
Swing holding brake solenoid valve
Straight-travel solenoid valve

Machine push-up solenoid valve


Accumulator
Pilot oil filter
No. 3 pump
Control, PTO lubrication, aftercooler fan drive
pump
No. 2 pump
Oil filter
No. 1 pump
Swing 4-spool control valve
Pilot relief valve
PPC control relief valve
CO cancel solenoid valve
Heavy lift solenoid valve
Swing priority selector solenoid valve
Boom shockless control solenoid valve (LOWER)
Boom shockless control solenoid valve (RAISE)
L.H. PPC valve
Travel PPC valve
R.H. PPC valve

10-22

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM


BACK HOE
fl For details of this page, see section 90.

PC1100-6

10-23

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

HYDRAULIC TANK

HYDRAULIC TANK

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Hydraulic tank
Strainer
Oil filler cap
Pressure valve
Safety valve
Return filter
Drain filter
Sight guage
Hydraulic oil temperature gauge
Suction strainer
Drain valve

10-24

Specifications
Tank capacity: 1,146
Amount of oil inside tank: 664 (at H level)
Pressure valve
Relief cracking pressure:

38.3 14.7 kPa


{0.39 0.15 kg/cm2}
Suction cracking pressure: 0 4.51 kPa
{0 0.046 kg/cm2}

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

HYDRAULIC PUMP

HYDRAULIC PUMP

Outline
The hydraulic pumps consist of three variable
displacement swash plate type piston pumps
and a control pump. The piston pumps have the
valves shown in the table below, and the control pump is used for the PPC valve control,
aftercooler fan drive, and PTO lubrication.

1. No. 3 pump (HPV160+160)


2. Control pump assembly (SAR100+020+010)
2A. For PPC valve control (SAR100)
2B. For aftercooler fan drive motor (SAR020)
2C. For PTO lubrication (SAR010)
3. No. 2 pump (HPV95+95)
4. No. 1 pump (HPV95+95)

Pump No.1 (HPV95+95)


(type)
Front
Rear
Valve

No.2 (HPV95+95)

No.3 (HPV160+160)

Front

Rear

Front

Rear

CO

NC

TVC

Servo

10-26

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

NO. 1 PUMP
HPV95+95

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Front pump
Front servo valve
Front CO, NC valve
Rear servo valve
Rear CO, NC valve
TVC valve
Rear pump

PC1100-6

P3
PA1
PA2
Pd11
Pd21
Pc

:
:
:
:
:
:

Swing pump pressure IN port


Discharge port
Discharge port
Drain port
Drain port
CO selector pilot port

Pd : Jet sensor downstream


pressure IN port
Ps : Suction port
Pt : Jet sensor upstream pressure
IN port
Psv : Servo basic pressure IN port

10-27

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

1. No. 1 main pump

Pac : Servo actuator port


Psv : Servo basic pressure IN port

10-28

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Front shaft
Front cradle
Front case
Rocker cam
Piston
Cylinder block
Valve plate

PC1100-6

NO. 1 PUMP

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Front end cap


Coupling
Impeller
Rear end cap
Valve plate
Cylinder block
Piston

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Rear case
Rocker cam
Rear cradle
Rear shaft
Servo piston

10-29

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

2. No. 1 pump front servo assembly

1. CO, NC valve
2. Servo valve

PA1 : Main pump pressure IN port


Pe1 : TVC valve output pressure detection port
Pe2 : TVC valve output pressure front, rear interconnection port

10-30

Pc :
Pd :
Pt :
Pac :
Pdr :
Psv :
Pecn :

CO selector pilot port


Jet sensor downstream pressure IN port
Jet sensor upstream pressure IN port
Servo actuator port
Servo valve drain OUT port
Servo basic pressure IN port
CO, NC valve output pressure OUT port

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

No. 1 pump front servo valve

PA2(IN)
PA2(OUT)
Pac
Pdr

PC1100-6

:
:
:
:

Main pump pressure IN port


Main pump pressure OUT port
Servo actuator port
CO, NC valve drain port

Pdr(OUT) : Servo valve drain OUT port


Psv1
: Servo basic pressure IN port
Pecn
: CO, NC valve output pressure IN port

10-31

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

3. No. 1 pump rear servo assembly

1.
2.
3.
4.

TVC valve
CO, NC valve
Connector
Servo valve

PA1 : Main pump pressure IN port


PA2 : Main pump pressure IN port
Pc : CO selector pilot port

PC1100-6

Pd : Jet sensor downstream pressure IN port


Pe : TVC valve output pressure front, rear interconnection port
Pt : Jet sensor upstream pressure IN port
Pac : Servo actuator port
Pdr : Servo valve drain OUT port
Psv : Servo basic pressure IN port

10-33

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

No. 1 pump rear servo valve

PA1(IN)
PA1(OUT)
PA2(IN)
PA2(OUT)
Pac

10-34

:
:
:
:
:

Main pump pressure


Main pump pressure
Main pump pressure
Main pump pressure
Servo actuator port

IN port
OUT port
IN port
OUT port

Pdr
Pdr(OUT)
Psv1
Psv2
Pecn

:
:
:
:
:

CO, NC valve drain port


Servo valve drain OUT port
Servo basic pressure IN port
Servo basic pressure OUT port
CO, NC valve output pressure IN port

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Plug
Locknut
Control piston
Pin
Arm
Valve body

NO. 1 PUMP

7. Spring
8. Plug
9. Cover
10. Locknut
11. Locknut
12. Cover

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Plug
Spring
Piston
Sleeve
Cover
Locknut

Function
Discharge amounts Q1 and Q2 of main pumps
PA1 and PA2 are controlled individually by the
respective servo valves. The relationship between pump discharge amount Q and input signal Pecn to the servo valve is as shown in the
graph on the right. Q varies in proportion to
Pecn.

PC1100-6

10-35

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

Operation
1) Operation in direction of increase of pump discharge amount (max. angle)

The control pump pressure Psv is taken to


port a.
Signal pressure Pecn from the NC valve is
taken from port b to chamber c.
When signal pressure Pecn rises, control piston (8) is pushed to the left by the hydraulic
pressure in chamber c, and stops at a point
where it balances the pressure of springs (4)
and (4A).
At the same time, arm (6) uses servo piston
(19) as a fulcrum and sways to the left in the
same way as control piston (8). This moves
guide spool (13) to the left.
When guide spool (13) moves, port a and
port d are closed and port d is connected to

10-36

drain chamber e. As a result, servo piston


chamber f is also interconnected with chamber e through port g and port d.
At the same time, port a is interconnected
with port h, so the oil flows through port i to
servo piston chamber j, pushes servo piston
(19) to the left, increases the swash plate
angle in the main piston pump and increases
the pump discharge amount.
When servo piston (19) moves, arm (6) rotates clockwise with its center at pin (7).
Guide spool (13) is moved to the right and
closes port a, port d and port h, so the discharge increases by an amount that matches
signal pressure Pecn.

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

2) Operation in direction of decrease of pump discharge amount (min. angle)

When signal pressure Pecn goes down, control piston (8) moves to the right and stops
at a point where the hydraulic pressure in
chamber c balances the pressure of springs
(4) and (4A).
At the same time, arm (6) uses servo piston
(19) as a fulcrum and sways to the right in
the same way as control piston (8). This
moves guide spool (13) to the right.
When guide spool (13) moves, port a and
port h are closed and port h is connected to
drain chamber e. As a result, servo piston
chamber j is also interconnected with chamber e through port i and port h.

PC1100-6

At the same time, port a is interconnected


with port d, so the oil flows through port g
to servo piston chamber f, pushes servo piston (19) to the right, decreases the swash
plate angle in the main piston pump and
decreases the pump discharge amount.
When servo piston (19) moves, arm (6) rotates counterclockwise with its center at pin
(7). Guide spool (13) is moved to the left and
closes port a, port d and port h, so the discharge decreases by an amount that matches
signal pressure Pecn.

10-37

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

4. TVC valve

PA1 :
PA2 :
PA3 :
Pd :
Pe :
Psv :

Main pump pressure IN port


Main pump pressure IN port
Swing pump pressure IN port
TVC valve drain OUT port
TVC valve output pressure OUT port
Servo basic pressure IN port

10-38

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Spring
Spool
Piston
Piston
Sleeve

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Piston
Body
Solenoid
Sleeve
Piston

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

OPERATION AND FUNCTION OF TVC VALVE


1) When command current value from controller is small in DH and H mode

Function
When the power mode is at DH mode or H
mode, the pump discharge amount is controlled to the optimum amount by the command current sent from the controller in accordance with the variation in the engine
speed.
In G mode or when the pump prolix switch
is ON, the pump discharge amount is controlled according to the pump discharge pressure (load) by hydraulic sensing which follows a constant pump absorption torque.
fl For details, see MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM.

PC1100-6

Operation
The command current sent from the controller actuates solenoid push pin (9) and
spool (2) moves. When this happens, the
piston stops at a point where it balances the
total of the force of spring (1), the force of
push pin (9), and the force of
TVC output pressure Pe acting on piston (3).
The command current at this point is small,
so spool (2) is balanced at the bottom.
As a result, port a and port b are almost
completely open, so the pressure oil from
the control pump is almost all output as TVC
output pressure Pe.
In this way, the pump discharge amount becomes the maximum.

10-39

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

2) When command current value from controller is large in DH and H mode

Operation
The command current sent from the controller actuates solenoid push pin (9) and
spool (2) moves. When this happens, the
piston stops at a point where it balances the
force of spring (1). The command current at
this point is large, so spool (2) is balanced at
the top.
As a result, the flow of oil from the control
pump at port a and port b is throttled. At the
same time, the area of the opening at port b
and port c (drain port) becomes larger.
In this way, TVC output pressure Pe goes
down, and the pump discharge amount decreases.

10-40

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

3) When pump load is small in G mode (pump prolix switch ON)

When G mode is selected (pump prolix


switch ON) solenoid push pin (9) is pushed
up, increases the set pressure of spring (1),
and this condition is maintained.
As a result, the pump absorption torque becomes constant, so TVC output pressure Pe
(= pump discharge amount) is controlled by
the pump discharge pressure.

PC1100-6

Main pump discharge pressures PA1 and


PA2 are low, so spool (2) is pushed down
fully by spring (1). As a result, control pump
discharge pressure Psv and TVC valve output pressure Pe are equal.
At this point, TVC valve output pressure Pe
becomes the maximum, and the main pump
discharge amount is also the maximum.

10-41

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

4) When pump load is large in G mode (pump prolix switch ON)

When main pump discharge pressure PA1


(or PA2) increases, spool (2) is moved up by
piston (4) or piston (6). As a result, the flow
of oil from port a to port b is throttled by the
notch in the spool. At the same time, the
area of the opening at port b and port c
(drain port) becomes larger. In this way, TVC
output pressure Pe goes down, and the
pump discharge amount decreases.

10-42

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

5. No. 1 pump front CO, NC valve

PA1I : Main pump pressure IN port


Pe1 : TVC valve output pressure front, rear
interconnection port
Pe2 : TVC valve output pressure detection port
Pc : CO selector pilot port

PC1100-6

Pd : Jet sensor downstream pressure IN port


Pt
: Jet sensor upstream pressure IN port
Pdr2 : Servo valve drain OUT port
Pecn : CO, NC valve output pressure OUT port

10-43

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

6. No. 1 pump rear CO, NC valve

PA1I :
PA1o :
PA2I :
PA2o :
Pe1 :

Main pump pressure IN port


Main pump pressure OUT port
Main pump pressure IN port
Main pump pressure OUT port
TVC valve output pressure front, rear interconnection port
Pe2 : TVC valve output pressure IN port
Pc
: CO selector pilot port

10-44

Pd
Pt
Pdr1
Pdr2
Psv1
Psv2
Pecn

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Jet sensor downstream pressure IN port


Jet sensor upstream pressure IN port
Servo valve drain IN port
Servo valve drain OUT port
Servo basic pressure IN port
Servo basic pressure OUT port
CO, NC valve output pressure OUT port

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

CO
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

PC1100-6

valve
Plug
Piston
Spring
Spool
Piston
Plug

NC
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

valve
Plug
Sleeve
Piston
Spool
Spring
Plug

10-45

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

FUNCTION AND OPERATION OF CO VALVE


1) When main pump discharge pressure is lower than relief pressure

Function
When the load becomes large during operations and the main pump discharge pressure rises to a point close to relief pressure,
the cut-off function of the CO valve acts to
reduce the pump discharge in order to reduce relief loss.
At the same time, it has a cut-off cancel
function actuated by the pilot pressure from
the heavy-lift solenoid valve.
The CO valve is controlled by balancing the
spring with the total of main pump discharge
pressure PA and CO valve output pressure
Pec.

10-46

Operation
Spool (4) is being pushed down fully by
spring (3).
As a result, port a and port b are fully open
and TVC valve output pressure Pe and CO
valve output pressure Pec are equal.
In this way, CO valve output pressure Pec
becomes the maximum and the main pump
discharge amount also becomes the maximum.

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

2) When main pump discharge pressure becomes close to relief pressure

If the load increases and main pump discharge pressure PA comes close to the relief
pressure, main pump discharge pressure PA
pushes piston (5). At the same time, CO valve
output pressure Pec pushes piston (5), and
spool (4) moves up.
As a result, the flow of oil from port a to
port b is throttled by the notch in the spool,
and the area of the opening at port b and
port c (drain port) becomes larger.
In this way, CO valve output pressure Pec
goes down, and the pump discharge amount
becomes the minimum.

PC1100-6

10-47

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

3) When cut-off function is canceled by heavy-lift solenoid valve

When the heavy-lift solenoid valve is excited


and is switched, pilot pressure Pc is sent to
the port, and piston (2) is pushed down fully.
For this reason, seat (6) contacts seat (7)
and spool (4) is locked.
As a result, main pump discharge pressure
PA goes up, but even when it reaches the
relief pressure, spool (4) is not actuated, so
CO valve output pressure Pec remains at the
maximum.

10-48

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

FUNCTION AND OPERATION OF NC VALVE


1) When control valve is at neutral

Function
The NC valve controls the main pump discharge amount according to the amount that
the control valve spool is operated. This flow
control function reduces the neutral loss and
fine control loss.
The NC valve is controlled by balancing the
total of the jet sensor output pressure Pt
and the NC valve output pressure Pecn with
the total of the force of NC valve spring (12)
and the jet sensor output pressure Pd.
The jet sensor picks up the flow of oil returning to the tank through the control valve
and takes them as Pt and Pd of the NC valve.

PC1100-6

Operation
When control valve is at neutral, jet sensor
differential pressure (Pt Pd) becomes the
maximum, and the force of jet sensor output pressure Pt pushing piston (10) becomes
larger than the total of the force of spring
(12) and the force of jet sensor output pressure Pd pushing the bottom of spool (11).
As a result, spool (11) is pushed down, so
the flow to port c and port b is throttled, and
the area of the opening of port b and port a
(drain port) becomes larger. In this way, NC
valve output pressure Pecn becomes the
minimum, and the main pump discharge
amount also becomes the minimum.

10-49

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 1 PUMP

2) When control lever is operated

When the control valve is moved, the jet


sensor differential pressure (Pt Pd) goes
down in accordance with the movement of
the control valve. Spool (11) is pushed up,
and the area of the opening of port c and
port b becomes larger.
In this way, NC valve output pressure Pecn
becomes larger and the discharge amount
from the main pump increases. In other
words, the pump discharge amount increases according to the amount the control
lever is operated.

10-50

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 2 PUMP

NO. 2 PUMP
HPV95+95

1.
2.
3.
4.

Front pump
Front servo valve
Rear servo valve
Rear pump

PC1100-6

PA1 : Discharge port


PA2 : Discharge port
Pd : Jet sensor downstream
pressure IN port
Pd11 : Drain port
Pd21 : Drain port
Ps
: Suction port

Pt

: Jet sensor upstream


pressure IN port
Psv : Servo basic pressure IN
port
Pecn : CO, NC valve output
pressure IN port

10-51

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 2 PUMP

1. No. 2 main pump

Pac : Servo actuator port


Psv : Servo basic pressure IN port

10-52

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Front shaft
Front cradle
Front case
Rocker cam
Piston
Cylinder block
Valve plate

PC1100-6

NO. 2 PUMP

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Front end cap


Coupling
Impeller
Rear end cap
Valve plate
Cylinder block
Piston

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Rear case
Rocker cam
Rear cradle
Rear shaft
Servo piston

10-53

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 2 PUMP

2. No. 2 pump front servo

1. Servo valve

10-54

PA1 :
PA2 :
Pac :
Pdr :
Psv :
Pecn :

Main pump pressure IN port


Main pump pressure IN port
Servo actuator port
Servo valve drain OUT port
Servo basic pressure IN port
CO, NC valve output pressure IN port

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 2 PUMP

3. No. 2 pump rear servo

1. Servo valve

PC1100-6

PA1 :
PA2 :
Pac :
Pdr :
Psv :
Pecn :

Main pump output pressure OUT port


Main pump output pressure IN port
Servo actuator port
Servo valve drain OUT port
Servo basic pressure IN port
CO, NC valve output pressure IN port

10-55

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 3 PUMP

NO. 3 PUMP
HPV160+160

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Front pump
Front servo valve
Front CO, NC valve
Rear servo valve
Rear pump

PC1100-6

PA1
PA2
Pd11
Pd21
Pc
Pd

:
:
:
:
:
:

Discharge port
Discharge port
Drain port
Drain port
CO selector pilot port
Jet sensor downstream
pressure IN port

Pe : TVC valve output


pressure IN port
Ps : Suction port
Pt : Jet sensor upstream
pressure IN port
Psv : Servo basic pressure
IN port

10-57

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 3 PUMP

1. No. 3 main pump

PA1
PA2
Psv1
Psv2

:
:
:
:

Pump
Pump
Servo
Servo

10-58

discharge port
discharge port
valve basic pressure port
valve basic pressure port

Psv1A
Psv1B
Psv2A
Psv2B

:
:
:
:

Servo
Servo
Servo
Servo

piston output port


valve output port
piston output port
valve output port

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Front shaft
Front cradle
Front case
Rocker cam
Piston
Cylinder block
Valve plate

PC1100-6

NO. 3 PUMP

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Front end cap


Impeller
Coupling
Rear end cap
Valve plate
Cylinder block
Piston

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Rocker cam
Rear case
Rear cradle
Rear shaft
Servo piston

10-59

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 3 PUMP

2. No. 3 pump front servo assembly

1. CO, NC valve
2. Servo valve

PA1 : Main pump pressure IN port


Pe1 : TVC valve output pressure IN port
Pe2 : TVC valve output pressure front, rear interconnection port

10-60

Pc :
Pd :
Pt :
Pac :
Pdr :
Psv :
Pecn :

CO selector pilot port


Jet sensor downstream pressure IN port
Jet sensor upstream pressure IN port
Servo actuator port
Servo valve drain OUT port
Servo basic pressure IN port
CO, NC valve output pressure OUT port

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 3 PUMP

No. 3 pump front servo valve

PA2(IN)
PA2(OUT)
Pac
Pdr(IN)

PC1100-6

:
:
:
:

Main pump pressure IN port


Main pump pressure OUT port
Servo actuator port
CO, NC valve drain Pdr IN port

Pdr(OUT) : Servo valve drain OUT port


Psv1
: Servo basic pressure IN port
Pecn
: CO, NC valve output pressure IN port

10-61

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 3 PUMP

3. No. 3 pump rear servo

1. Servo valve

10-62

PA1
PA2
Pac
Pdr
Psv

:
:
:
:
:

Main pump output pressure P1 IN port


Main pump output pressure P2 IN port
Servo actuator port
Servo valve drain OUT port
Servo basic pressure IN port

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 3 PUMP

4. No. 3 pump CO, NC valve

PA1I
Pe1
Pe2
Pc

: Main pump pressure IN port


: TVC valve output pressure IN port
: TVC valve output pressure detection port
: CO selector pilot port

10-64

Pd : Jet sensor downstream pressure IN port


Pt : Jet sensor upstream pressure IN port
Pdr2 : Servo valve drain OUT port
Pecn : CO, NC valve output pressure OUT port

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 3 PUMP

CO
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

PC1100-6

valve
Plug
Piston
Spool
Spring
Piston
Plate
Plug

NC
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

valve
Plug
Sleeve
Piston
Spool
Spring
Plug

10-65

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

NO. 3 PUMP

Function and operation of CO valve for No. 3 pump:


fl Structurally, the CO valve for the No. 3 pump does not function.

Structurally, the CO valve for the No. 3 pump


is set so that it does not function. As a result, when main pump discharge pressure
PA rises and reaches the relief pressure,
spool (4) is not actuated and CO valve output pressure Pec always remains at the maximum.

10-66

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

LINE OIL FILTER

LINE OIL FILTER

1. Element
2. Case
3. Cover
A : From main pump
B : To control valve

PC1100-6

Outline
There are three line oil filters installed to the
discharge side of the main pump. They protect
the circuit and equipment by removing all dirt
and dust from the oil.

10-67

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PILOT OIL FILTER

PILOT OIL FILTER

1.
2.
3.
4.

Relief valve
Case
Element
Center bolt

10-68

Outline
The pilot oil filter is installed to the discharge
side of the control pump and protects the PPC
valve and other pilot pressure equipment.

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

RETURN OIL FILTER

RETURN OIL FILTER

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Cover
Spring
Bypass valve
Bypass valve spring
Element
Housing

A : From control valve


B : To hydraulic tank

PC1100-6

Outline
There are two return oil filters installed to the
rear face of the hydraulic tank. They remove the
dirt and dust in the return oil.
Specifications
Bypass valve set pressure:
0.10 0.02 MPa {1.05 0.2 kg/cm2}

10-69

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

DRAIN OIL FILTER

DRAIN OIL FILTER

1.
2.
3.
4.

Bracket
Safety valve
Cartridge
Filter

Outline
The drain oil filters are installed between the
hydraulic tank and the travel motor, swing motor, and aftercooler fan drive motor. They remove the dirt and dust in the oil from each
motor drain port.
Specifications
Safety valve set pressure:
0.10 MPa {1.05 kg/cm2}

10-70

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

L.H. 5-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

L.H. 5-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

A1 :
A2 :
A3 :
A4 :
A5 :
B1 :
B2 :
B3 :
B4 :
B5 :

Plug
To boom cylinder
To arm cylinder
To bucket cylinder
To L.H. travel motor P2
Plug
Plug
To arm cylinder
To bucket cylinder
To L.H. travel motor P1

10-72

P :
P1 :
T :
PA1 :
PA2 :
PA3 :
PA4 :
PA5 :
PB1 :
PB2 :

From No. 1, No. 2 main pump


To R.H. 4-spool control valve P2
To hydraulic tank
Plug
From R.H. PPC valve
From L.H. PPC valve
From R.H. PPC valve
From L.H. travel PPC valve
Plug
From R.H. PPC valve

PB3 : From L.H. PPC valve


PB4 : From R.H. PPC valve
PB5 : From L.H. travel PPC
valve
PP : 2-stage main relief
solenoid valve
NCA : To NC valve at rear
of No. 1 main pump
NCB : To NC valve at rear
of No. 1 main pump

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Main relief valve


Spool return spring
Spool (L.H. travel)
Spool (bucket Hi)
Spool (arm Lo)

PC1100-6

L.H. 5-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Spool (boom Hi)


Spool (bottom)
Jet sensor orifice
Jet sensor relief valve
Valve body

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Throttle valve
Check valve with orifice
Check valve spring
Suction-safety valve
Suction valve

10-73

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

R.H. 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

R.H. 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

A1 :
A2 :
A3 :
A4 :
B1 :
B2 :
B3 :
B4 :
P :
P1 :

To R.H. travel motor P1


To boom cylinder
To bucket cylinder
To arm cylinder
To R.H. travel motor P2
To boom cylinder
To bucket cylinder
To arm cylinder
From No. 1, No. 2 main pump
From No. 1, No. 2 main pump

10-74

P2 : To L.H. 5-spool control


valve P1
T : To hydraulic tank
PA1 : From R.H. travel PPC valve
PA2 : From R.H. PPC valve
PA3 : From R.H. PPC valve
PA4 : From L.H. travel PPC valve
PB1 : From R.H. travel PPC valve
PB2 : From R.H. PPC valve
PB3 : From R.H. PPC valve

PB4 : From L.H. PPC valve


PP : From control pump
PR : From 2-stage main
relief solenoid valve
PS : From 2-stage safety
solenoid valve
PT : To hydraulic tank
NCA : To NC valve at front
of No. 1 main pump
NCB : To NC valve at front
of No. 1 main pump

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Main relief valve


Spool (R.H. travel)
Spool (boom Lo)
Spool (bucket Lo)
Spool (arm Hi)

PC1100-6

R.H. 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Spool return spring


Valve body
Jet sensor orifice
Jet sensor relief valve
Check valve

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Check valve spring


Straight-travel valve
Suction valve
Suction-safety valve
Suction-safety valve

10-75

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

SWING 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

SWING 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4

: To boom cylinder
: To swing motor MB
: To bucket cylinder
: To arm cylinder
: Plug
: To swing motor MA
: Plug
: To arm cylinder

10-76

P :
T :
PA1 :
PA2 :
PA3 :
PA4 :
PB1 :
PB2 :

From No. 3 main pump


To hydraulic tank
From control pump
From L.H. PPC valve
From L.H. PPC valve
From L.H. PPC valve
From L.H. PPC valve
From L.H. PPC valve

PB3 : From R.H. PPC valve


PB4 : From L.H. PPC valve
PR : From 2-stage main relief
solenoid valve
NCA : To NC valve at front of
No. 3 main pump
NCB : To NC valve at front of
No. 3 main pump

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Main relief valve


Spool (for swing)
Spool (for boom plus)
Spool (for bucket plus)
Spool (for arm plus)

PC1100-6

SWING 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Spool return spring


Valve body
Jet sensor orifice
Jet sensor relief valve
Check valve with orifice

11.
12.
13.
14.

Piston
Check valve spring
Check valve
Safety valve with suction

10-77

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

STRAIGHT-TRAVEL VALVE

STRAIGHT-TRAVEL VALVE

P : From pump at front of No. 1 main pump


P1 : From pump at rear of No. 1 main pump
P2 : To L.H. travel spool of L.H. 5-spool
control valve
P3 : To bucket, boom spool
P4 : To arm spool
PP : From control pump
PT : To hydraulic tank

10-78

Outline
The straight-travel valve is installed to the
R.H. 4- spool control valve. It acts to prevent
any deviation in the direction of travel if the
boom, arm, or bucket are operated when
the machine is traveling.

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

STRAIGHT-TRAVEL VALVE

Orifice
Check valve
Spring
Spool return spring
Body
Spool
Cover

PC1100-6

10-79

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

STRAIGHT-TRAVEL VALVE

Function
When the travel is operated at the same time
as the boom, arm, or bucket, the pressure
oil flowing to the left and right travel circuits
is divided and sent to the boom, arm, or
bucket circuit. If the oil in one travel circuit
is divided off, the amount of oil supplied to
the travel motor will be less than in the travel
circuit which is not divided, so the drop in
the supply of oil to the travel motor will
cause the machine to deviate.
To prevent this, the straight-travel valve is
switched to interconnect the left and right
travel circuits. This ensures that the amount
of oil supplied to the left and right travel
motors is equal, so the left and right travel
motors both rotate at the same speed, and
this prevents any travel deviation.

Operation
When travel is operated independently (straighttravel solenoid valve de-energized)
The straight-travel solenoid valve is de-energized, so no pilot pressure flows, and spool
(6) remains pushed to the left.
Because of this, port P2 (left travel circuit)
and port P1 (right travel circuit) are not interconnected, and each circuit remains independent.
When travel and work equipment are operated
at same time (straight-travel solenoid valve excited)
The straight-travel solenoid valve is excited,
so the pilot pressure flows and spool (6) is
pushed to the right.
Because of this, port P2 and port P1 are
interconnected, so the amount of oil supplied to the left and right travel motors is
the same. As a result, the left and right travel
motors both rotate at the same speed, so
there is no travel deviation.

10-80

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

BOOM LOWER REGENERATION VALVE

BOOM LOWER REGENERATION VALVE

T :
PB :
PM :
Pi :

To tank
From boom cylinder bottom
From boom cylinder head
From boom LOWER PPC valve

10-82

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

BOOM LOWER REGENERATION VALVE

Body
Spool
Check valve
Spring
Spring (small)
Spring (large)

PC1100-6

10-83

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

BOOM LOWER REGENERATION VALVE

Function
When the boom is lowered, some of the oil
drained from the bottom end of the boom
cylinder is circulated to the cylinder head to
increase the lowering speed of the boom.

Operation
1. When control lever (1) is operated to the
LOWER position, PPC pressure flows and
boom Lo spool (2) moves to the LOWER
position. At the same time, regeneration
valve spool (3) is moved by the PPC pressure from port Pi. As a result, the head and
bottom ends of boom cylinder (4) are interconnected through ports PB and PM.
2. When this happens, the oil from the cylinder
bottom passes through the control valve and
returns to tank (5). Some of the oil enters
port PB of the regeneration valve and flows
from port PM to the cylinder head to increase the lowering speed of the boom.
3. The boom cylinder has a large volume, and
during compound operations, the oil flow
from the pump to the cylinder head is insufficient, so this action prevents any vacuum
from forming inside the circuit.

10-84

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

SWING MOTOR

SWING MOTOR
KMF160AB-2

1. Swing motor
2. Swing holding brake
B :
S :
T1 :
T2 :
MA :
MB :

From swing holding brake solenoid valve


From tank
To tank
From cooling piping port S
From swing control valve port B1
From Swing control valve port A1

10-86

Specifications
Model: KMF160AB-2
Theoretical discharge: 160.7 cc/rev
Rated speed: 1830 rpm
Brake release pressure:
1.8 0.4 MPa {18.4 4 kg/cm2}

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

SWING MOTOR

1. SWING MOTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Housing
Brake spring (Belleville spring)
Brake piston
Plate
Disc
Brake case
Output shaft
Cylinder block
Piston
Valve plate
Center shaft

2. SAFETY VALVE

1.
2.
3.
4.

Safety valve
Housing
Check valve
Check valve spring

PC1100-6

Specifications
Safety valve set pressure:
27 MPa {275 kg/cm2} (at 300 /min)
Cracking pressure:
Min. 19.6 MPa {200 kg/cm2} (at 5 /min)
Check valve set pressure: 0.03 MPa {0.3 kg/cm2}

10-87

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

CENTER SWIVEL JOINT

CENTER SWIVEL JOINT

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Cover
Body
Slipper seal
Oil seal
Shaft

10-88

A1 :
A2 :
B1 :
B2 :
C1 :
C2 :
D1 :
D2 :
P1 :
P2 :
T1 :
T2 :

From L.H. travel control valve port B5


To L.H. travel motor port P1
From L.H. travel control valve port A5
To L.H. travel motor port P2
From R.H. travel control valve port B1
To R.H. travel motor port P2
From R.H. travel control valve port A1
To R.H. travel motor port P1
From travel speed selector solenoid valve
To L.H., R.H. travel speed selector valve
To hydraulic tank
From L.H. and R.H. travel motor port Dr

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL MOTOR

TRAVEL MOTOR
MSF-340VP

1. Travel selector valve


2. Motor
3. Travel brake valve

P1
P2
PI
T

:
:
:
:

From control valve


From control valve
From travel speed solenoid valve
To hydraulic tank

PC1100-6

Specifications
Model
Theoretical delivery

:
:
:
:
:

MSF-340VP
1st 337.2 cc/rev
2nd 228.6 cc/rev
Rated pressure
34.3 MPa {350 kg/cm2}
Rated speed
1st 1,465 rpm
(at 494 /min.)
: 2nd 2,161 rpm
(at 494 /min.)
Brake release pressure : 1.7 MPa {17 kg/cm2}

10-89

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL MOTOR

1. Travel motor, travel speed selector valve, parking brake

1. Travel speed selector valve


1a. Spool
1b. Spring
2. Relief valve
2a. Shockless piston
2b. Poppet

10-90

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Rear cover
Collar
Valve plate
Cylinder block assembly
Piston assembly
Holder
Retainer

PC1100-6

TRAVEL MOTOR

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Piston assembly
Case
Shaft
Steel ball
Rocker cam
Preload spring
Disc

17. Plate
18. Brake piston
19. Spring

10-91

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL MOTOR

1-1 Motor

There are 9 pistons (7) assembled in cylinder block (6). The end face of the cylinder
block has a spherical surface and is in contact with valve plate (5), which has two halfmoon shaped ports (divider valve for high/
low speed selector).

The fixed surface (contact surface with the


motor case) forming the non-sliding surface
of rocker cam (13) has two faces. The high/
low speed volume selection for this motor is
carried out by fixing each face to provide
large capacity (low speed) or small capacity
(high speed).
The angling operation of rocker cam (14) is
carried out by actuating control piston (10)
with the self-pressure through the speed selector valve when the motor is being driven,
and this angles the rocker cam.
There are two control pistons each for the
high/low pressure divider ports of valve plate
(5), and these provide propulsion force to
the rocker cam.

10-92

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL MOTOR

1-2 Speed selector valve


Operation
1) At low speed (pilot pressure PI = 0)

When pilot pressure PI from the control


pump is 0, spool (1a) of travel speed selector valve (1) is not switched.
In this condition, the oil from the chamber
of control piston (10) passes through spool

PC1100-6

(1a) and is drained into the motor case. There


is no angle propulsion force acting on rocker
cam (14), so the low-speed surface is kept in
a static condition.

10-93

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL MOTOR

2) At high speed (automatic 2nd)

When the pilot signal is ON, pilot pressure


PI from the control pump acts on travel speed
selector valve (1) and the capacity is automatically changed by the drive pressure of
the travel motor.
Balance of force for travel speed selector
valve
F1 [Force pushing spool (1a) to right (highspeed side)] = A (area of spool (1a) receiving pressure) x PI
F2 [Force pushing spool (1a) to left (lowspeed side)] = A (area of spool (1a) receiving pressure) x PH (motor drive pressure) + force of spring (1b)
i)

When traveling on level ground, if the


travel motor drive pressure is low, the
condition becomes F1 > F2, and spool
(1a) is pushed to the right.

10-94

When this happens, the main oil pressure (M1, M2) passes through spool (1a)
and goes to the control piston chamber.
Rocker cam (14) overcomes moment Mx
with hydraulic force from propulsion
force Fc of control piston (10). It rotates
and holds the moment balance at the
high speed surface and is held in position (Mx < Fc, L).
ii) When operating the steering or traveling
uphill, if the motor drive pressure is high,
and it goes above the set pressure, the
condition becomes F1 < F2, and spool
(1a) is pushed to the left.
When this happens, the main oil pressure (M1, M2) passes through spool (1a)
and is drained to the motor case. This
creates the low-speed condition in the
same way as when PI = 0.

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL MOTOR

1-3 Parking brake


The parking brake is a hydraulic release, wet
type, multiple disc negative brake. The release pressure employs a self-pressure release method using the travel motor drive
pressure through the oil passage in the counterbalance valve spool of the travel brake
valve.
When the machine is traveling, the drive
pressure is sent to port P of the parking
brake circuit, acts on the piston in the brake
cylinder chamber, overcomes the force of
the spring and releases the brake.
When the machine is parked or stopped, the
counterbalance valve spool returns to neutral, and the oil in the cylinder chamber is
released to the tank through the counterbalance valve spool, so the brake is applied by
the force of the spring to mechanically lock
the motor shaft and hold the machine in
position.
When parking brake is ON
When the travel lever is placed in neutral,
the counterbalance valve spool returns to
the neutral position and parking brake circuit P is closed.
The pressurized oil in chamber e of the brake
piston passes through the counterbalance
valve spool, is drained to the tank, and brake
piston (18) is pushed fully to the left by force
Fs of spring (19), and the brake is applied.
When parking brake is OFF
When the travel lever is operated, the pressurized oil from the pump actuates the counterbalance valve spool, opens the circuit to
the parking brake, and flows into chamber e
of brake piston (18). It overcomes the force
of spring (19), and pushes brake piston (18)
to the right.
When this happens, the force pushing plate
(17) and disc (16) together is lost, so the
plate and disc separate and the brake is released.

PC1100-6

10-95

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL MOTOR

1-4 Relief valve

1.
2.
a.
b.
c.

Shockless piston
Poppet
Poppet orifice
Relief housing orifice
Piston stroke

Function
In addition to the pressure control function, this
relief valve has a shockless function (2-stage
pressure increase function). This acts to reduce
the shock generated at the beginning when the
speed is reduced (when the machine is stopped).

Operation
1) When relief valve starts to be actuated (1st
stage)
The area receiving the pressure which lifts
poppet (2) becomes area S1 of the poppet
seat.
For this reason, it has a much larger pressure-receiving area than the pressure-receiving area when it is set (S1 S2), so the relief
actuating pressure becomes a low pressure
of approx. 15.7 MPa {160 kg/cm2}.
This condition is maintained until the movement of shockless piston (1) is completed
(approx. 0.25 sec).
2) When movement of shockless piston is completed (2nd stage)
The pressure in the relief valve spring chamber rises, the pressure on both sides of poppet (2) becomes the same, and it becomes
the specified set pressure.
fl Set pressure and amount of adjustment
Amount of adjustment for one turn:
Approx. 7.8 MPa {80 kg/cm2}

10-96

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL MOTOR

2. Travel brake valve

Function
The brake valve consists of counterbalance
valve (3) and check valve (5).
The counterbalance valve acts to prevent the
piston motor from stopping or overrunning.
When traveling downhill, the weight of the
machine makes it try to travel at a speed
faster than the rotation of the motor.
For this reason, if the machine is traveling
with the engine running at low speed, the
motor will rotate under no load or may run
away, which is extremely dangerous.
To prevent this, this valve controls the
amount of oil on the return side in order to
keep the valve pressure constant, and makes
it possible to carry out travel operations
which match the oil delivery from the motor.

PC1100-6

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
a.

Cap assembly
Return spring
Counterbalance valve
Body
Check valve
Check valve spring
Orifice

Specification
Safety valve set pressure: 34 Mpa {350 kg/cm2}
Counterbalance switching pressure:
1.0 0.1 MPa {10 1 kg/cm2}
Check valve switching pressure:
0.02 0.01 MPa {0.2 0.1 kg/cm2}

10-97

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL MOTOR

Operation when oil is supplied


When the travel lever is operated, the pressurized oil from the control valve is supplied
to port P1. It pushes open check valve (5a)
and flows from motor inlet port M1 to motor outlet port M2.
However, the motor outlet port is closed by
check valve (5b) and spool (3), so the pressure at the supply side rises.

The pressurized oil at the supply side flows


from orifice a in spool (3) to chamber A.
When the pressure in chamber A goes above
the spool switching pressure, spool (3) is
pushed to the left.
As a result, port M2 and port P2 are connected, the outlet port side of the motor is
opened, and the motor starts to rotate.

Operation of brake when traveling downhill


If the machine tries to run away when
traveling downhill, the motor will turn under
no load, so the pressure at the motor inlet
port will drop, and the pressure in chamber
A through orifice a will also drop.
When the pressure in chamber A drops below the spool switching pressure, spool (3)
is returned to the right by spring (2), and
outlet port M2 is throttled.
As a result, the pressure at the outlet port
side rises, resistance is generated to the rotation of the motor, and this prevents the
machine from running away.
In other words, spool (3) moves to a position where the pressure at outlet port M2
balances the pressure at the inlet port and
the force generated by the weight of the
machine. It throttles the outlet port circuit
and controls the travel speed according to
the amount of oil discharged from the pump.

10-98

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PPC CONTROL RELIEF VALVE

PPC CONTROL RELIEF VALVE

1.
2.
3.
4.

Relief valve
Valve body
Check valve spring
Check valve

PC1100-6

A:
B:
C:
D:
E:
F :
P:
T:

From PPC valve


From solenoid valve
From pilot valve
To PPC valve
To accumulator
To solenoid valve
From control pump
To tank

Specifications
+3
2
Set pressure: 3.1 +0.3
+0 MPa {32 +0 kg/cm }
(at 182 /min)

10-99

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

SAFETY LOCK VALVE

SAFETY LOCK VALVE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Lever
End cap
Ball
Seat
Body

Outline
The safety lock valve is installed between
the PPC valve and the control relief valve in
the PPC circuit. If the work equipment safety
lever is set to the LOCK position, the safety
lock valve is interconnected with the work
equipment safety lever, so it is actuated. It
stops the oil in the PPC circuit and makes it
impossible to operate the work equipment.

10-100

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ACCUMULATOR

ACCUMULATOR
For PPC valve

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Gas plug
Shell
Poppet
Holder
Bladder
Oil port

Specifications
Type of gas
:
Gas volume
:
Max. actuating pressure:
Min. actuating pressure :

Nitrogen gas
500 cc
3.1 MPa {32 kg/cm2}
1.2 MPa {12 kg/cm2}

Function
The accumulator is installed between the PPC
control pump and the PPC valve. Even if the
engine is stopped with the work equipment
raised, pilot oil pressure is sent to the main
control valve by the pressure of the nitrogen
gas compressed inside the accumulator, so
it is possible to lower the work equipment
under its own weight.

Operation
After the engine stops, when the PPC valve
is at neutral, chamber A inside the bladder
is compressed by the oil pressure in chamber B.
If the PPC valve is operated, the oil pressure
in chamber B becomes less than 2.9 MPa
{30 kg/cm2}, so the bladder expands under
the pressure of the nitrogen gas in chamber
A. The oil entering chamber B is sent as the
pilot pressure to actuate the main control
valve.

PC1100-6

10-101

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

VALVE CONTROL

VALVE CONTROL

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

R.H. 4-spool control valve


L.H. 5-spool control valve
Accumulator
Swing 4-spool control valve
Safety lock valve
Safety lock lever
Left PPC valve
Left work equipment lever
Travel PPC valve
L.H. travel lever
R.H. travel lever
Right PPC valve
Right work equipment lever

10-102

Lever positions
1 HOLD
2 Boom RAISE
3 Boom LOWER
4 Bucket DUMP
5 Bucket CURL
6 HOLD
7 Arm IN
8 Arm OUT

9
0
A
B
C
D
E

Swing right
Swing left
Neutral
Travel REVERSE
Travel FORWARD
LOCK
FREE

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING PPC VALVE

WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING PPC VALVE

P : From control pump


T : To hydraulic tank
P1 : Left: Swing right, Right: Bucket DUMP

10-104

P2 : Left: Swing left, Right: Bucket CURL


P3 : Left: Arm OUT, Right: Boom LOWER
P4 : Left: Arm IN, Right: Boom RAISE

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Spool
Metering spring
Centering spring
Piston
Disc

PC1100-6

WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING PPC VALVE

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Nut (for connecting lever)


Joint
Plate
Retainer
Body

10-105

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING PPC VALVE

Operation
1) At neutral
Ports A and B of the control valve and ports
P1, P2, P3, and P4 of the PPC valve are connected to drain chamber D at the bottom.
(Fig. 1)

2) Fine control (neutral fine control)


When piston (4) starts to be pushed by disc
(5), retainer (9) is pushed. Spool (1) is also
pushed by metering spring (2) and moves
down.
When this happens, port P1 is shut off from
drain chamber D. At almost the same time,
it is connected to pump pressure chamber
PP, and the pilot pressure of the control
pump is sent from port P1 to port A.
When the pressure at port P1 rises, spool (1)
is pushed back. Fine control hole f is shut
off from pump pressure chamber PP. At almost the same time, it is connected to drain
chamber D, so the pressure at port P1 escapes.
As a result, spool (1) moves up and down
until the force of metering spool (2) is balanced with the pressure of port P1.
The relationship of the positions of spool (1)
and body (10) does not change until retainer
(9) contacts spool (1).
Therefore, metering spring (2) is compressed
in proportion to the travel of the control lever, so the pressure at port P1 also rises in
proportion to the travel of the control lever.
In this way, the spool of the control valve
moves to a position where the pressure of
chamber A (same as pressure at port P1)
and the force of the return spring of the
control valve spool are balanced. (Fig. 2)

10-106

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING PPC VALVE

3) Fine control (control lever returned)


When disc (5) starts to be returned, spool (1)
is pushed up by the force of centering spring
(3) and the pressure at port P1.
Because of this, port P1 is connected to drain
chamber D, and the pressurized oil at port
P1 is released.
If the pressure at port P1 drops too much,
spool (1) is pushed down by metering spring
(2), so port P1 is shut off from drain chamber D. At almost the same time, it is connected to pump pressure chamber PP, so
the pressure at port P1 supplies the pump
pressure until the pressure recovers to a
pressure equivalent to the position of the
lever.
When the control valve returns, oil in drain
chamber D flows in from the valve on the
side that is not moving. It passes through
port P2 and goes to chamber B to charge
the oil. (Fig. 3)

4) At full stroke
When disc (5) pushes down piston (4), and
retainer (9) pushes down spool (1), port P1
is shut off from drain chamber D, and is
connected to pump pressure chamber PP.
Therefore, the pilot pressure oil from the
control pump flows to chamber A from port
P1 to push the control valve spool.
The return oil from chamber B passes from
port P2 and flows to drain chamber D. (Fig.
4)

PC1100-6

10-107

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

P : From control pump


T : To hydraulic tank
P1 : L.H. travel FORWARD
P2 : L.H. travel REVERSE
P3 : R.H. travel FORWARD
P4 : L.H. travel REVERSE

10-108

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.

Piston
Plate
Collar
Body

PC1100-6

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

5.
6.
7.
8.

Valve
Metering spring
Centering spring
Bolt

10-109

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

Operation
1) At neutral
Ports A and B of the control valve and ports
P1 and P2 of the PPC valve are connected to
drain chamber D through fine control hole f
in spool (1). (Fig. 1)

T
P

1
P2

P1
A

Control valve

(Fig. 1)
SBP00281

2) Fine control (neutral fine control)


When piston (4) starts to be pushed by disc
(5), retainer (9) is pushed. Spool (1) is also
pushed by metering spring (2) and moves
down.
When this happens, fine control hole f is
shut off from drain chamber D. At almost
the same time, it is connected to pump pressure chamber PP, and the pilot pressure of
the control pump is sent from port A through
fine control hole f to port P1.
When the pressure at port P1 rises, spool (1)
is pushed back. Fine control hole f is shut
off from pump pressure chamber PP. At almost the same time, it is connected to drain
chamber D, so the pressure at port P1 escapes.
As a result, spool (1) moves up and down
until the force of metering spool (2) is balanced with the pressure of port P1.
The relationship of the positions of spool (1)
and body (10) (fine control hole f is in the
middle between drain hole D and pump pressure chamber PP) does not change until retainer (9) contacts spool (1).
Therefore, metering spring (2) is compressed
in proportion to the travel of the control lever, so the pressure at port P1 also rises in
proportion to the travel of the control lever.
In this way, the spool of the control valve
moves to a position where the pressure of
chamber A (same as pressure at port P1)
and the force of the return spring of the
control valve spool are balanced. (Fig. 2)

10-110

5
4
9

2
f

T
P
1
PP
P1
A

P2

Control valve

10
B

(Fig. 2)
SBP00282

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

3) Fine control (control lever returned)


When disc (5) starts to be returned, spool (1)
is pushed up by the force of centering spring
(3) and the pressure at port P1.
Because of this, fine control hole f is connected to drain chamber D, and the pressurized oil at port P1 is released.
If the pressure at port P1 drops too much,
spool (1) is pushed down by metering spring
(2), so fine control hole f is shut off from
drain chamber D. At almost the same time,
it is connected to pump pressure chamber
PP, so the pressure at port P1 supplies the
pump pressure until the pressure recovers
to a pressure equivalent to the position of
the lever.
When the control valve returns, oil in drain
chamber D flows in from fine control hole f
of the valve on the side that is not moving.
It passes through port P2 and goes to chamber B to charge the oil. (Fig. 3)

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

2
f

T
P

f'

1
PP
P1
A

P2

Control valve

(Fig. 3)

SBP00283

4) At full stroke
Disc (5) pushes down piston (4), and retainer
(9) pushes down spool (1). Fine control hole
f is shut off from drain chamber D, and is
connected to pump pressure chamber PP.
Therefore, the pilot pressure oil from the
control pump passes through fine control
hole f and flows to chamber A from port P1
to push the control valve spool.
The return oil from chamber B passes from
port P2 through fine control hole f and flows
to drain chamber D. (Fig. 4)

5
4
D
9
f

T
P
f'
1
PP
P2

P1
A

Control valve

(Fig. 4)

SBP00284

PC1100-6

10-111

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

SOLENOID VALVES

SOLENOID VALVES

Solenoid valve A: Swing holding brake, travel speed selector


Solenoid valve B: Straight travel, machine push-up
Solenoid valve C: CO cancel, heavy lift, swing priority selector

Solenoid valve A
1. Front swing solenoid valve
2. Travel speed selector solenoid valve
3. Rear swing solenoid valve
Solenoid valve B
1. Straight-travel solenoid valve
2.
3. Machine push-up solenoid valve
Solenoid valve C
1. CO cancel solenoid valve
2. Heavy lift solenoid valve
3. Swing priority selector solenoid valve
A1
A2
A3
P
T

:
:
:
:
:

See table on right


See table on right
See table on right
From control pump
To hydraulic tank

10-112

Outline
There are three solenoid valves installed. They
respectively control the hydraulic equipment
listed in the table below.
Connected
port
A1
Solenoid
valve
A
Front swing
(Center of
motor
chassis)
StraightB
travel valve
(Center of of R.H. 4chassis) spool control
valve
C
CO valve of
(Rear of
No. 1, 3
hydraulic
pump
tank)

A2

A3

L.H., R.H.
Rear swing
travel motor
motor

Safety valve
at boom
head end of
R.H. 4-spool
control valve

R.H. 4-spool
Swing 4control valve, spool control
L.H. 5-spool
valve
control valve

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

SOLENOID VALVES

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Connector
Variable iron core
Coil
Push pin
Spring
Spool
Body

Operation
When solenoid is deenergized
No signal current flows from the controller,
so coil (3) is deenergized.
Because of this, spool (6) is pushed fully to
the left by spring (5).
As a result, port P is closed, so pressure oil
from the control pump does not flow to the
actuator.
At the same time, the oil from the actuator
flows from port A to port T and is drained to
the tank.

When solenoid is energized


When the signal current flows from the controller to coil (3), coil (3) is energized.
Because of this, spool (6) is pushed to the
right by push pin (4).
As a result, pressure oil from the control
pump flows from port P to port A, and then
flows to the actuator.
At the same time, port T is closed, so the oil
does not flow to the tank.

PC1100-6

10-113

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

WORK EQUIPMENT

WORK EQUIPMENT
BACK HOE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Arm
Bucket cylinder
Arm cylinder
Boom
Boom cylinder
Bucket

10-114

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

AIR CONDITIONER

AIR CONDITIONER
AIR CONDITIONER PIPING
STD CAB SPECIFICATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Duct
Condenser
Air conditioner compressor
Hot water return piping
Hot water pickup piping
Refrigerant piping
Receiver tank
Air conditioner unit

PC1100-6

A : Fresh air
B : Recirculated air
C : Hot air/cold air

10-115

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ACTUAL ELECTRIC WIRING DIAGRAM

ACTUAL ELECTRIC WIRING DIAGRAM


BACK HOE (1/2)

10-116

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PC1100-6

ACTUAL ELECTRIC WIRING DIAGRAM

10-117

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ACTUAL ELECTRIC WIRING DIAGRAM

(2/2)

10-118

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PC1100-6

ACTUAL ELECTRIC WIRING DIAGRAM

10-119

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.

Boom working lamp


Battery
Battery relay
Fusible link
APS controller
Fuel level sensor
Room lamp
Horn valve
Swing holding brake solenoid valve
Travel speed selector solenoid valve
Swing holding brake solenoid valve
Straight-travel solenoid valve
Machine push-up solenoid valve
CO cancel solenoid valve
Heavy lift solenoid valve
Swing priority solenoid valve
Hydraulic tank level sensor
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (high
temperature)
Step light
Boom shockless (LOWER) solenoid valve
Washer tank
Boom shockless (RAISE) solenoid valve
Air conditioner unit
Flash light
Wiper motor
Cab front lamp
R.H. working lamp
Swing R.H. PPC oil pressure switch
Swing L.H. PPC oil pressure switch
Arm IN PPC oil pressure switch
Arm OUT PPC oil pressure switch
Bucket CURL PPC oil pressure switch
Bucket DUMP PPC oil pressure switch
Boom RAISE PPC oil pressure switch
Boom LOWER PPC oil pressure switch
L.H. travel REVERSE PPC oil pressure
switch
L.H. travel FORWARD PPC oil pressure
switch
R.H. travel REVERSE PPC oil pressure
switch
R.H. travel FORWARD PPC oil pressure
switch
Air conditioner compressor
electromagnetic clutch
Alternator
Engine water temperature sensor
APS water temperature sensor

10-120

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.

Air cleaner clogging sensor


Starting motor
No. 1 engine speed sensor
No. 2 engine speed sensor
TVC solenoid valve
Engine oil pressure switch
(low temperature)
Engine oil pressure switch
(high temperature)
Engine oil level sensor
Fuel injection pump
(with electronic governor)
APS nozzle & glow plug
Relay for swing holding brake
Relay for boom shockless
Relay for boom light
Alarm buzzer
Relay for head light
Starting switch
Horn switch
Fuel control dial
Cigar lighter
Radio
Air conditioner controller
APS actuation switch
Pump controller
R.H. speaker
Engine controller
Governor cut relay
Horn valve relay
APS controller relay
Connector for connecting electronic
governor checker
L.H. speaker
Step light timer
Step light switch
Pump prolix resistor
Wiper washer relay box
Monitor panel
Swing prolix switch
Pump prolix switch
Fuse box
Swing lock switch
Wiper washer switch
Light switch
Alarm buzzer cancel switch
Heater switch
Machine push-up switch
Boom shockless switch

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM


(1/4)
fl For details of this page, see section 90.

PC1100-6

10-121

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

(2/4)

10-122

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

(3/4)

PC1100-6

10-123

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

(4/4)

10-124

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

ENGINE CONTROL

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Battery
Battery relay
Starting switch
Fuel control dial
Fuel injection pump with electronic governor
Starting motor
Engine controller
Pump controller

10-126

Outline
The engine can be started and stopped simply by using starting switch (3).
With the dial type engine controller, the control signal from fuel control dial (4) is received by engine controller (7). A drive signal is sent to fuel injection pump (5) with
electronic governor, and the rack position is
controlled to control the engine speed.

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

1. Operation of system
Starting engine
When the starting switch is turned to the
START position, the starting signal flows to
the starting motor, so the starting motor rotates and starts the engine.
When this happens, the engine controller
confirms the signal voltage from the fuel
control dial and sets the engine speed to the
set speed.

PC1100-6

10-127

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

Engine speed control


The fuel control dial sends a signal voltage
that matches the angle position to the engine controller.
The engine controller calculates the engine
speed to match that signal voltage and controls the electronic governor so that the engine runs at that speed.

10-128

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

Stopping engine
When the starting switch is set to the STOP
position and the power source (ACC terminal) of the engine controller goes OFF, the
engine controller cuts the drive signal to the
electronic governor and stops the engine.

PC1100-6

10-129

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

2. Function

3-mode selector type engine output control


function
The engine controller receives the DH, H and
G mode switch signals from the monitor
through the network signal and controls the
engine output according to each mode.
(For details of the engine output control function for each mode, see the section on the
machine control system.)

Auto-deceleration function
The pump controller receives the auto-deceleration switch from the monitor panel
through the network signal. The pump controller outputs the deceleration actuation/cancel commands to the engine controller according to the signals from the travel and
work equipment control lever oil pressure
switches.
(For details of the auto-deceleration function
for each mode, see the section on the machine control system.)

Automatic engine warming-up, overheat prevention function


The pump controller receives the signal from
the engine water temperature sensor. The
pump controller then sends the engine speed
commands to the engine controller when
carrying out automatic warming up of the
engine and prevention of overheating.
(For details of the engine automatic warming-up function for each mode, see the section on the machine control system.)

Error display function


The engine controller itself has a self-diagnostic display function, but it has the function of displaying on the monitor the overall
errors (user code, service code) for the pump
controller, monitor, and the machine overall.
Note: The error code displayed on the monitor and the error code displayed by
the engine controller itself are not the
same.

10-130

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

3. Components of system
Fuel control dial

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Knob
Dial
Spring
Ball
Potentiometer
Connector

Function
The fuel control dial is installed at the bottom of the monitor panel. A potentiometer
is installed under the knob, and when the
knob is turned, it rotates the potentiometer
shaft.
When the shaft rotates, the resistance of the
variable resistor inside the potentiometer
changes, and the desired throttle signal is
sent to the engine throttle and pump controller.
The hatched area in the graph on the right is
the abnormality detection area and the engine speed is set at low idling.

PC1100-6

10-131

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

FUEL INJECTION PUMP WITH ELECTRONIC GOVERNOR


STRUCTURAL DIAGRAM

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Delivery valve
Plunger barrel
Plunger
Hydraulic piston
Hydraulic control valve (adjusting fuel
injection amount)
6. Hydraulic control valve (adjusting fuel
injection timing)
7. Gear pump
As seen from rear
Left: Oil
Right: Fuel
8. Center bearing
9. Camshaft
10. Roller
11. Tappet
12. Pump housing
13. Tappet guide
14. Spring nut

10-132

Function
With control of the fuel injection amount,
the governor actuation hydraulic pressure is
adjusted by the hydraulic control valve according to the command from the engine
controller. It then acts on the piston at the
rear of the rack and moves the control rack
to adjust the fuel injection amount.
The fuel injection timing is adjusted by
changing the length of the plunger of the
fuel injection pump.
The plunger is divided into two parts, and it
is possible to change the free stroke by sending electronically controlled hydraulic pressure between the two parts to change the
length.
The governor solenoid and prestroke solenoid are proportional solenoids, and change
the input current from the controller to a
propulsion force. This propulsion force is
used to control the spool of the hydraulic
control valve (the valve for the governor and
the valve for adjusting the fuel injection timing) to change the hydraulic pressure.

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
PLUNGER BARREL VARIABLE PRESTROKE STRUCTURE

1. Hydraulic pump
2. Relief valve
Set pressure: 1.5 MPa {15 kg/cm2}
3. Filter
4. Solenoid valve for controlling rack position
5. Hydraulic cylinder for controlling rack
position
6. Solenoid valve for controlling prestroke
7. Hydraulic cylinder for controller prestroke
8. Filter
9. Fuel injection pump assembly with
electronic governor

PC1100-6

A : From engine main gallery


B : To engine oil pan

10-133

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

Engine throttle, pump controller

10-134

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

ENGINE CONTROL

Input and output signals

PC1100-6

10-135

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM


CONTROL FUNCTIONS
1

OFF (Cancel)
Auto deceleration function

2
Electronic OLSS function
3

ON
3-mode selector type engine torque control function
3-mode selector type pump torque control
Cut-off control
Flow control
OFF

Heavy-lift function
ON
4

OFF (Digging improvement mode)


2-stage boom pushing force
selector function
ON (Machine push-up mode)
(Machine push-up)

5
Swing control function
Machine
control
system

6
Engine automatic warming up,
overheat prevention function
7
Travel speed selector
function

Travel pressure
rise function
Lo (Low speed) fixed
Travel speed
selector function

Hi (High speed)
Lo (low speed)
automatic gear shift

ON
Boom shockless control
function
Cancel

9
Straight-travel function
10
Swing priority function
11
Boom assurance function

PC1100-6

10-137

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM

10-138

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

PC1100-6

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

10-139

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Auto deceleration function

Function
If all the control levers are at neutral when
waiting for work or waiting for a dump truck,
the engine speed is automatically reduced
to a midrange speed to reduce fuel consumption and noise.
If any lever is operated, the engine speed
returns immediately to the set speed.

10-140

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

Operation
Control levers at neutral
If the engine is running at above the deceleration actuation speed (approx. 1300 rpm),
and all the control levers are returned to
neutral, the engine speed drops immediately
to approx. 100 rpm below the set speed to
the No. 1 deceleration position.
If another 4 seconds passes, the engine
speed is reduced to the No. 2 deceleration
position (approx. 1300 rpm), and is kept at
that speed until a lever is operated.

PC1100-6

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

When control lever is operated


If any control lever is operated when the
engine speed is at No. 2 deceleration, the
engine speed will immediately rise to the
speed set by the fuel control dial.

10-141

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

2. Electronic OLSS function


Pump control system

Interconnected control of all pumps is carried out by one TVC valve.


DH mode: Total horsepower control by engine speed sensing
H mode: Total horsepower control by engine speed sensing
G Mode: Constant torque control
Prolix circuit: Absorption torque equivalent
to G mode

10-142

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

1) Control method in each mode


DH, H mode

Matching point in DH, H mode: Rated output


point
Model

Mode
DH
H

PC1100-6
456 kW/1,800 rpm {611 HP/1,800 rpm}
419 kW/1,730 rpm {562 HP/1,730 rpm}

When the load on the pump rises and the


pressure rises, the engine speed goes down.
When this happens, the pump discharge
amount is reduced, and the engine speed is
controlled so that it becomes close to the
rated speed.
If the reverse happens and the pressure goes
down, the system is controlled so that the
pump discharge amount is increased until
the engine speed reaches close to the rated
speed.
By repeating this control, the engine can always be used at near the rated output point.
Compared with the DH mode, which provides the maximum output, the H mode lowers the engine output to provide matching
at a point which gives better fuel consumption efficiency than the DH mode.

PC1100-6

10-143

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

G mode

Matching point
Mode

Partial output point

78%

Model
Mode
G

PC1100-6
355 kW/1,740 rpm
{476 HP/1,740 rpm}

When the pump load increases and the pressure rises, the engine speed drops.
When this happens, combined control of the
engine and pump carries out controls so that
the engine speed goes down while the pump
absorption torque is maintained constant
along the equal horsepower curve of the
engine.
Compared with the H mode, the high idling
engine speed is lowered, so the engine can
be used in a good fuel consumption range.

2) Cut-off function
If the load during operation increases and
the pump discharge pressure rises to near
the relief pressure, the main pump cut-off
valve is actuated to reduce the relief loss.

10-144

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

3. Heavy lift function

10-146

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Outline
This function increases the boom lifting
power by approx. 10%.
It can be actuated only when the boom
RAISE is being actuated independently. If
the arm IN or bucket CURL are operated at
the same time, the heavy-lift function is automatically canceled.

Operation
Lever operation
Heavy-lift
switch

OFF

ON

Heavy-lift
solenoid
valve

Main relief
valve set
pressure

CO valve

Boom
lifting
force

Deenergized

31.4 MPa
{320 kg/cm2}

Actuated

Normal

Neutral

Excited

34.3 MPa
{350 kg/cm2}

Canceled

10% up

Boom
RAISE

Arm IN or
bucket CURL

Operated

Operated
Operated

If the arm IN or bucket CURL are operated during boom RAISE operations, this function is automatically canceled, and the condition becomes
the same as when the switch is turned OFF.

Normal

fl Heavy-lift solenoid valve


For details of the structure and function, see SOLENOID VALVE.
fl CO valve
For details of the structure and function, see NO. 1 PUMP.
fl Main relief valve
For details of the structure and function, see L.H. 5-SPOOL VALVE.

PC1100-6

10-147

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

4. 2-stage boom pushing force selector


function

10-148

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Outline
This function switches the pushing force of
the boom. It is aimed to provide both increased digging efficiency by reducing the
digging resistance of the boom, and increased ease of operation by increasing the
thrusting force for excavation, digging square
holes, carrying out twist turns, or escaping
from soft ground.

Operation
This function acts to change the set pressure of the safety valve at the boom cylinder end of the
R.H. 4-spool control valve boom Lo in 2 ways: to low pressure (14.7 MPa {150 kg/cm2) and high
pressure (33.3 MPa {340 kg/cm2}.
Mode

Boom
pushing
force (low
mode)

Boom
pushing
force (high
mode)

Machine
push-up
switch

Machine
Safety valve
push-up
set pressure
solenoid valve

Excited

De-energized

Effect

14.7 MPa
{150 kg/cm2}

By reducing the boom pushing force, it is


made easier for the boom to escape automatically in the RAISE direction and to reduce the number of times that the boom is
operated. At the same time it also makes
the digging operation smoother.

33.3 MPa
{340 kg/cm2}

By increasing the thrust force for boom


LOWER, the ease of operation is improved
for excavation, digging square holes, carrying out twist turns, or escaping from soft
ground.

fl Machine push-up solenoid valve


For details of the structure and function, see SOLENOID VALVE.
fl Boom safety valve
For details of the structure and function, see R.H. 4-SPOOL VALVE.

PC1100-6

10-149

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

5. Swing control function

Function
The system is provided with a swing lock
and swing holding brake function.

10-150

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

1) Swing lock, swing holding brake function


The swing lock (manual) can be locked at
any desired position, and the swing lock and
swing holding brake (automatic) are interconnected with the swing, so they prevent
any hydraulic drift after the swing is stopped.
Actuation
Mode

Swing lock
switch

Swing lock
lamp

fl Swing brake solenoid valve


For details of the structure and function, see
SOLENOID ASSEMBLY.
fl Swing motor
For details of the structure and function, see
SWING MOTOR.

Swing brake
solenoid valve

Actuation
When swing and work equipment levers are placed at
neutral, swing brake is applied after approx. 5 sec;
when any swing or work equipment lever is operated,
brake is canceled and swing can be operated freely

Swing
holding
brake

OFF

OFF

See diagram
on right

Swing
brake

ON

ON

De-energized

2) Operation of swing lock prolix switch


If any abnormality should occur in the controller, and the swing holding brake is not
actuated normally and the swing cannot be
operated, the swing lock prolix switch can
be operated to cancel the swing lock and
allow the swing to be operated.
fl Even when the swing lock prolix switch is
turned ON, the swing lock switch stays ON
and the swing brake is not canceled.
fl When the swing brake is canceled, the swing
has only a hydraulic brake operated by the
safety valve, so if the swing is stopped on a
slope, there may be hydraulic drift.

Swing lock is actuated and swing is held in position.


Even when swing lever is operated, swing lock is not
canceled and swing does not move.

Swing
lock
prolix
switch

ON
(when controller
is abnormal)

OFF
(when controller
is normal)

Swing
lock
switch

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

Swing
brake

Swing lock
applied

Swing lock
canceled

Swing lock
applied

Swing holding brake


applied

3) Hydraulic oil quick warm-up function when


swing lock switch is ON
When the swing lock switch is turned ON,
the pump cut-off is canceled. If the work
equipment is relieved in this condition, the
hydraulic oil temperature will rise more
quickly and the warming-up time can be reduced.

PC1100-6

10-151

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

6. Automatic warming-up and engine overheat


prevention function

Function
If the water temperature is low, this automatically raises the engine speed to warm
up the engine after it is started. In addition,
if the water temperature rises too high during operations, it automatically lowers engine speed to low idling, and reduces the
load of the pump to prevent overheating.

10-152

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

1) Engine automatic warming-up function


After the engine is started, if the engine coolant temperature is low, the engine speed is
automatically raised to warm up the engine.
Conditions for actuation (both are necessary)

Actuation

Coolant temperature: Less than 30C


Engine speed: Less than 1200 rpm

Engine speed: 1200 rpm

Conditions for cancellation (any one)

Cancellation

Coolant temperature: 30*C or above

Automatic

Automatic warming-up time: 10 minutes or more

Manual

Fuel control dial: Held at more than 70% of


full throttle for more than 3 seconds

Engine speed: As desired

2) Engine overheat prevention function


This function protects the engine by lowering the pump load and engine speed to prevent overheating when the engine coolant
temperature has risen too high.
This system is actuated at 105C and above.
Actuation condition
Water temperature:
105C and above
(Water temperature gauge:
Red range)

Actuation, remedy
Working mode
:
Engine speed
:
Monitor warning lamp :
Alarm buzzer
:

In any mode
Low idling
Lights up
Sounds

Cancel condition
Water temperature: Below 105C
Fuel control dial : Return temporarily
to low idling position
When the above conditions are met, the
system returns to the condition before
the overheat prevention function was
actuated (manual reset).

PC1100-6

10-153

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

7. Travel speed selector function


1) Travel pressure rise function

10-154

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Outline
To maintain the drawbar pull when traveling,
the cut-off is canceled and the main relief
pressure is raised from 31.4 MPa {320 kg/
cm2} to 34.3 MPa {350 kg/cm2}.

Operation

When traveling
When not traveling

PC1100-6

Pressure increase
solenoid valve

Main relief valve


set pressure

Cut-off cancel
solenoid valve

CO valve

Energized

34.3 MPa
{350 kg/cm2}

Energized

Canceled

Deenergized

31.4 MPa
{320 kg/cm2}

Deenergized

Actuated

10-155

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

2) Travel speed selector function

The travel pressure (self pressure) changes the


swash plate angle of the travel motor and automatically shifts the speed range.
When traveling at high speed with the travel
speed switch at Hi, if the travel pressure
goes above 28.4 MPa {290 kg/cm2}, such as
when starting to travel uphill, the self pressure shifts to low speed travel. If the machine continues to travel at low speed and
then comes again to a flat area, when the
travel pressure drops below 28.4 MPa {290
kg/cm2}, the speed is switched back to high
speed travel.

Travel speed
switch

Travel speed
solenoid valve

Travel motor
swash plate angle

Travel speed

Remarks

Lo

Deenergized

Max.

Low speed
(max 2.1 km/h)

Suitable for traveling on rough


ground or traveling downhill

Hi

Energized

Max.

Min

Low speed (2.1 km/h)


high speed (3.2 km/h)

Suitable for moving


long distances

10-156

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

8. Boom shockless control function


This function improves safety by preventing spillage of the load from the bucket and by reducing
the shock when the boom is stopped, thereby reducing operator fatigue.

Actuation

Boom shockless
switch

Cancel solenoid
valve

Boom shockless
control

Remarks

ON
(Contacts open)

De-energized

ON

Suitable for normal operations

OFF
(Contacts closed)

Excited

Canceled

Suitable for compacting or


skeleton work

If the boom is raised, the pilot pressure from the PPC valve is generated in line A. When this
happens, the pressure in line A passes through check valve (2) and pushes the spool of the main
valve in the direction of the arrow. The pilot oil at the left end of the spool passes through line B
and the PPC valve, and returns to the tank. However, when this happens, check valve (4) is being
pushed open by the pressure in line A, so it also allows the oil to pass in the opposite direction.
For this reason, the boom can be raised without any delay in response.
In this condition, if the boom RAISE operation is stopped, the spool of the main valve moves in the
opposite direction to the arrow and drains the oil from line A. However, the action of check valve
(2) means that the oil must pass through orifice (1). As a result, the spool returns slowly to the
neutral position to prevent any shock.

PC1100-6

10-157

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

9. Straight-travel function

10-158

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Outline
When the travel is operated at the same time
as the boom, arm, or bucket, the pressure
oil flowing to the left and right travel circuits
is divided and sent to the boom, arm, or
bucket circuit.
If the oil in one travel circuit is divided off,
the amount of oil supplied to the travel motor will be less than in the travel circuit which
is not divided, so the drop in the supply of
oil to the travel motor will cause the machine to deviate.

To prevent this, the straight-travel valve is


switched to interconnect the left and right
travel circuits. This ensures that the amount
of oil supplied to the left and right travel
motors is equal, so the left and right travel
motors both rotate at the same speed, and
this prevents any travel deviation.

Operation
Left and right
travel levers

Work equipment
control lever,
swing lever

Straight-travel
solenoid valve

Straight-travel
valve

Remarks

Neutral

De-energize

Not actuated

Left and right travel motor


circuits independent

Operated

Excited

Actuated

Left and right travel motor


circuits actuated

Operation

PC1100-6

10-159

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

10. Swing priority function

There is a swing priority mode switch on


the monitor panel. By turning this switch
ON/OFF it is possible to change the matching of the boom RAISE and swing. This divides the flow to provide a swing speed
which matches the swing angle, thereby enabling the operator to carry out compound
operations easily.
Swing priority mode OFF:
90 swing and load dump truck
Swing priority mode ON:
180 swing and load dump truck

Solenoid

Swing priority
selector valve

Number of
boom riase
control valve

Swing priority
mode OFF
(standard)

OFF
(de-energized)

OFF

Swing priority
mode ON
(swing priority)

ON
(excited)

ON

10-160

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Operation
When swing priority mode is OFF:
Boom RAISE is driven by 3 control valves (R.H. 4-spool control valve, L.H. 5-spool control valve,
and swing 4-spool control valve).
When swing priority mode is ON:
Swing priority solenoid valve is driven and swing 4-spool control valve is locked. As a result, boom
RAISE is driven by 2 control valves (R.H. 4-spool control valve and L.H. 5-spool control valve). (The
swing and boom RAISE control valves become independent.)

PC1100-6

10-161

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

11. Swing assurance function

If the swing is operated at the same time as the arm or bucket, the throttle valve in the arm or
bucket circuit acts to ensure the flow of oil to the swing to ensure good performance during
combined operations.

Operation
There is a throttle valve in the arm circuit of the swing 4-spool control valve, and when the swing
PPC pressure goes above 1.5 MPa {15 kg/cm2} (when the control lever is operated approx. half
way), the swing assurance selector valve is actuated and the swing drive pressure locks the pilot
check valve of the bucket throttle valve in the swing 4-spool control valve.
When this condition occurs, the oil in the swing 4-spool control valve forms a parallel circuit, so
the flow of oil to the arm and bucket is throttled by the throttle valve and the drive pressure for the
swing rises. In this way, the drive for the swing is ensured.

10-162

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

12. Components of system


1) Pump controller

10-164

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Input and output signals

PC1100-6

10-165

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

2) Engine speed sensor

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Wire
Magnet
Terminal
Housing
Connector

Function
The engine speed sensor is installed to the
ring gear portion of the engine flywheel. It
counts electrically the number of gear teeth
that pass in front of the sensor, and sends
the results to the engine throttle and pump
controller.
This detection is carried out by a magnet,
and an electric current is generated every
time the gear tooth passes in front of the
magnet.

3) PPC hydraulic pressure switch


1. Plug
2. Switch
3. Connector

Specifications
Composition of points: N.O. points
Actuation (ON) pressure:
0.5 0.1 MPa (5.0 1.0 kg/cm2)
Reset (OFF) pressure:
0.3 0.05 MPa (3.0 0.5 kg/cm2)
Function
There are 8 switches installed
to the PPC shuttle valve. The
operating condition of each actuator is detected from the PPC
pressure, and this is sent to the
engine throttle and pump controller.

10-166

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE CONTROL SYSTEM

4) TVC prolix resistor


1

SBP00370

1. Resistor
2. Connector

Specification
Resistance: 20

Function
This resistor acts to allow a suitable current
to flow to the TVC solenoid when the TVC
prolix switch is ON.
No current flows when the TVC prolix switch
is OFF.

5) Fuel control dial, electronic governor


fl See ENGINE CONTROL.

6) Monitor panel
fl See MACHINE MONITOR SYSTEM.

7) TVC valve
fl See HYDRAULIC PUMP.

PC1100-6

10-167

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE MONITOR SYSTEM

MACHINE MONITOR SYSTEM

Function
The machine monitor system uses the sensors installed to all parts of the machine to
observe the condition of the machine. It processes this information swiftly, and displays
it on a panel to inform the operator of the
condition of the machine.
The content of the information displayed on
the machine can broadly be divided as follows.
1. Monitor portion
This gives an alarm if any abnormality occurs in the machine.
2. Gauge portion
This always displays the condition of the
machine (coolant temperature, fuel level).

10-168

The monitor panel also has various built-in


mode selector switches, and functions as the
control panel for the machine control system.

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE MONITOR SYSTEM

1. Monitor panel

Outline
The monitor panel consists of the switches
for the monitor display functions, mode selector, and electrical components.
It has a built-in CPU (Central Processing Unit),
and processes, displays, and outputs the information.
The monitor display panel uses a liquid crystal display (LCD). The mode switches are flat
sheet switches.

PC1100-6

Input and output signals


CN-P01
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

CN-P02
Name of signal
NC
NC
NC
N/W signal
Swing lock
Buzzer stop
Buzzer output
Lamp
Key ON signal
Acc signal
N/W signal
NC
NC
N/W GND
NC
NC
NC
Preheating
Start signal
NC

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Name of signal
GND
Washer output
Wiper signal
Wiper SW (ON)
Wiper SW (WASHER)
NC
NC
+VB
GND
Washer output
NC
Wiper SW (INT)
NC
+VB
NC
NC

10-169

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE MONITOR SYSTEM

MONITOR DISPLAY

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Clock
Service meter
Fuel level gauge
Fuel level caution lamp
Engine oil level caution lamp
Hydraulic oil level caution lamp
Preheating pilot lamp
Swing holding brake pilot lamp
Oil maintenance pilot lamp
Battery charge caution lamp
Air cleaner clogging caution lamp
Hydraulic oil temperature caution lamp
Engine oil pressure caution lamp
Coolant level caution lamp
Coolant temperature caution lamp
Coolant temperature gauge

10-170

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE MONITOR SYSTEM

Content of display
Symbol

Display item

Display range

When engine is stopped

When engine is running

Coolant level

Below low level

Flashes when abnormal

Flashes and buzzer


sounds when abnormal

Engine oil
pressure

Below 1500 rpm:


below 0.05 MPa
{0.5 kg/cm2}
Above 1500 rpm:
above 0.15 MPa
{1.5 kg/cm2}

Lights up when normal


(goes out when engine
starts)

Flashes and buzzer sounds


when abnormal

Air cleaner
clogging

When clogged

OFF

Flashes when abnormal

Charge level

When charging is
defective

Lights up when normal


(goes out when engine
starts)

Flashes when abnormal

Engine oil level

Below low level

Flashes when abnormal

OFF

Hydraulic oil level

Below low level

Flashes when abnormal

OFF

Parking
(Swing lock)

When swing is
locked

Lights up when swing lock switch is ON, flashes


when swing lock prolix switch is ON

SAP00519

SAP00520

SAP00521

SAP00522

SAP00523

SAP00524

SAT00098

Oil maintenance

See next page. OIL MAINTENANCE FUNCTION

SAP02732

Preheating
SAP00526

Coolant
temperature

When APS is
actuated

When glow plug is preheating: ON; when glow plug


has completed preheating: OFF; when engine coolant
temperature is above set temperature: Flashes (2 times/
3 seconds), then goes OFF

Flashes when above 102C, flashes and


buzzer sounds when above 105C

SAP00527

Fuel level

Flashes when below low level

SAP00528

SAD01484

PC1100-6

Hydraulic oil
temperature

Above specified
level

OFF

Flashes and buzzer sounds


when abnormal

10-171

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE MONITOR SYSTEM

OIL MAINTENANCE FUNCTION


1. Function, operation
The oil maintenance function uses LED lamps
on the monitor panel to inform the operator
at a fixed interval after the engine oil is
changed that the oil change interval has been
reached.
At the same time, it also functions to display
the service contact telephone number on the
liquid crystal display.
1) Confirmation of elapsed time
Normally, no display is given until the
elapsed time reaches the point B on the
right diagram after reset. However, if
the buzzer cancel switch is pressed and
the key is turned to the ON position (with
the buzzer cancel switch hold for 2.5 seconds), the elapsed time is displayed on
the service meter display.
2) Oil change display
When the elapsed time has reached or
passed the point B on the right diagram,
the service meter display gives the
elapsed time and the LED flashes when
the key is turned ON.

2. Setting change interval


1) The change interval can be set by using
the interval setting mode. The time that
can be set are [125 h], [250 h], [500 h],
[no setting], and [demo mode]. The default setting is [no setting].
2) To enter the change interval setting
mode, keep the time switch and active
mode switch (swing priority switch)
pressed simultaneously for 2.5 seconds.
3) If the buzzer cancel switch is pressed in
the change interval setting mode, the
time display will change from []
[125] [250] [500] [ d] ([] indicates [no setting] and [ d] indicates
[demo mode]).
4) To save the change interval time, set the
monitor panel display to the desired time
(mode), then keep the time switch and
active mode switch (swing priority
switch) pressed simultaneously for 2.5
seconds.

10-172

PC1100-6

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE MONITOR SYSTEM

3. Display timing, content


1) Oil change display
After all the lamps light up, the elapsed
time is displayed for 10 seconds. For the
next 10 seconds, the telephone number
is displayed.
However, if no telephone number has
been input, the elapsed time is displayed
for 20 seconds after all the lamps light
up.
2) Elapsed time confirmation
After all the lamps light up, the elapsed
time is displayed for 10 seconds.
4. Elapsed time reset
1) During the oil change interval display and
the elapsed time display, for 10 seconds
after all lamps light up (during the
elapsed time display), if the buzzer cancel switch is pressed and held for 3 seconds, the elapsed time is reset. When
the elapsed time is reset, the elapsed
time shows [0h] for 1 second.
2) When the set time is changed, the
elapsed time is reset to 0h.
5. Demo mode
1) The set time in the demo mode is 250h
and the elapsed time is set to 240h. When
the key is turned ON, the oil change display is given. However, the elapsed time
does not increase.
It is also possible to carry out the reset
operation during this display.
In the demo mode, after the key is turned
ON three times, the interval setting is
automatically set to [no setting] from the
4th time. In addition, the elapsed time is
reset to 0h and the elapsed time count
starts.

PC1100-6

10-173

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

MACHINE MONITOR SYSTEM

SWITCHES

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Working mode switch


Auto deceleration switch
Swing priority mode switch
Travel speed switch
Knob button switch (Heavy lift)

There are three mode selector switches on


the switch panel. Each time any of these
switches is pressed, the condition of the
machine will change. The LEDs on the switch
panel light up to indicate the condition of
the machine.

Switch actuation table


Item
Working mode

Actuation
DH H G

Heavy lift button

OFF ON

Auto decel

ON OFF

Travel speed
Swing priority

Hi Lo
OFF ON

fl The bold letters indicate the default position


of the switch when the starting switch is
turned ON.

10-174

PC1100-6

20

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Standard value table .............................................................................................................................. 20-102


Standard value table for engine related parts .............................................................................. 20-102
Standard value table for chassis related parts ............................................................................. 20-103
Standard value table for electrical parts ....................................................................................... 20-111
Testing and adjusting ............................................................................................................................. 20-101
Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................................... 20-201

fl

Note the following when making judgements using the standard value tables for testing, adjusting, or
troubleshooting.

1.

The standard value for a new machine given in the table is the value used when shipping the machine from
the factory and is given for reference. It is used as a guideline for judging the progress of wear after the
machine has been operated, and as a reference value when carrying out repairs.

2.

The service limit value given in the tables is the estimated value for the shipped machine based on the results
of various tests. It is used for reference together with the state of repair and the history of operation to judge
if there is a failure.

3.

These standard values are not the standards used in dealing with claims.

When carrying out testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting, park the machine on level ground, inset the safety
pins, and use blocks to prevent the machine from moving.

When carrying out work together with other workers, always use signals and do not let unauthorized people
near the machine.

When checking the water level, always wait for the water to cool down. If the radiator cap is removed when
the water is still hot, the water will spurt out and cause burns.

Be careful not to get caught in the fan, fan belt or other rotating parts.

PC1100-6

20-1
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ENGINE RELATED PARTS

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ENGINE RELATED PARTS


Machine model

PC1100-6

Engine

SAA6D170-2

Item

Measurement condition

Unit

High idling
Engine speed

Low idling

2,000 50

730 25

730 25

1,800

kPa
{mmHg}

Min. 120 {900}

Min. 96 {720}

Max. 620

Max. 670

Rated speed
At rated output

Exhaust gas pressure

All speed range


(intake air temp.: 20C)
At sudden acceleration

Exhaust gas color


At high idling

Permissible value

2,000 50
rpm

Intake air pressure

Standard value

Bosch
index

Max. 4.5

Max. 5.5

Max. 1.0

Max. 2.0

mm

0.4

1.0

Min. 2.9 {30}

Min. 2.1 {21}

Max. 3.9 {400}

Max. 7.9 {800}

0.39 0.54 {4.0 5.5}

Min. 0.21 {2.1}

(normal temperature)
Valve clearance

Intake valve
Exhaust valve
Oil temperature:
40 60C

Compression pressure

Blow-by pressure

MPa
(Engine speed:
2
210 250 rpm) {kg/cm }
(SAE30 oil)
(Coolant temperature:
within operating range) kPa
(SAE30 oil)
{mmH2O}
At rated output
(Coolant temperature:
Min. 80C)
At high idling (SAE30)

Oil pressure
At low idling

MPa
{kg/cm2}

(SAE30)

Min. 0.12 {1.2}

0.07 {0.7}

0.34 0.49 {3.0 5.0}


Min. 0.1 {1.0}

Min. 0.18 {1.8}


Min. 0.07 {0.7}

80 110

Max. 120

deg.
()

19 0.5

19 0.5

10 15

10 15

At high idling (SAE10W)


At low idling (SAE10W)
Oil temperature

All speed range


(inside oil pan)

Fuel injection timing

B. T. D. C.

Alternator belt tension

Deflection when pressed


with finger force of
approx. 58.8 N {6 kg}

Air conditioner compressor belt tension

Deflection when pressed


with finger force of
approx. 58.8 N {6 kg}

mm

20-2
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS RELATED PARTS

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS RELATED PARTS


Applicable model
Category

Item

Engine speed

All pumps at relief

All pumps at relief


+
heavy lift ON

Swing 4-spool control valve Right 4-spool control valve

Spool stroke

Left 5-spool control valve

Engine speed when


auto-deceleration is
actuated
Bottom dump

Measurement conditions
Engine at full throttle
Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Engine oil pressure:
Within operating range
Engine water temperature:
Within operating range
In D.H mode
Boom RAISE relief

Standard value
Unit for
new machine

rpm

Engine at full throttle


All control levers at neutral
Engine stopped

Service limit
value

1,850 100

1,850 100

1,800 100

1,800 100

1,300 100

a
12 0.5

b
12 0.5

a
12 0.5

b
12 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

16 0.5

Boom Hi
Arm Lo
Bucket Hi
Left travel
Right travel
mm

Boom Lo
Bucket Lo
Arm Hi
Boom Plus
Swing
Bucket Plus
Arm Plus

Boom control lever


Control lever stroke

PC1100-6

Arm control lever


Bucket control lever
Swing control lever

Engine
stopped
Center of
lever knob
Read max.
value to end
of travel

N
RAISE LOWER
N
IN OUT
N
CURL DUMP
N Left
Right swing

85 10

85 10

85 10

85 10

85 10

85 10

85 10

85 10

mm

Travel control lever

N Forward
Reverse (both sides)

115 15

115 15

Control lever
play amount

Work equipment
swing, travel

Max. 10

Max. 10

PC1100-6

20-3
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS RELATED PARTS

Applicable model
Item

Standard value
Unit for
new machine

Service limit
value
15.7 4.9 {1.6 0.5}

15.7 4.9 {1.6 0.5}

15.7 4.9 {1.6 0.5}

N {kg} 12.7 3.9 {1.3 0.4}

12.7 3.9 {1.3 0.4}

Swing control lever

12.7 3.9 {1.3 0.4}

12.7 3.9 {1.3 0.4}

Travel control lever

24.5 5.9 {2.5 0.6}

24.5 5.9 {2.5 0.6}

Arm control lever


Bucket control lever

Engine at full
throttle
Oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Relieve only
circuit being
measured

RAISE

15.7 4.9 {1.6 0.5}

Boom

Heavy lift
OFF
Heavy lift
ON
Machine
push-up OFF

31.4

+ 1.0
1.5

{320

+ 10
15 }

31.4

+ 1.0
2.5

{320

+ 10
25 }

33.3

+ 1.0
1.5

{340

+ 10
15}

33.3

+ 1.0
2.5

{340

+ 10
25}

18.6 1.9 {190 20}

Machine
push-up ON

18.6 1.9 {190 20}

31.4

+ 1.0
1.5

{320

+ 10
15 }

31.4

+ 1.0
2.5

{320

+ 10
25 }

31.4

+ 1.0
1.5

{320

+ 10
15 }

31.4

+ 1.0
2.5

{320

+ 10
25 }

Bucket

31.4

+ 1.0
1.5

{320

+ 10
15 }

31.4

+ 1.0
2.5

{320

+ 10
25 }

Travel

34.3

+ 1.0
1.5

{350

+ 10
15 }

34.3

+ 1.0
2.5

{350

+ 10
25 }

Swing

30.4

+ 1.0
1.9

{310

+ 10
20 }

30.4

+ 1.0
2.9

{310

+ 10
30 }

3.1

+ 0.4
0

{32

3.1

+ 0.4
0

{32

Arm

Hydraulic pressure

Engine stopped
Oil temperature: 45 55C
Fit push-pull scale to center of
control lever knob
Measure max. value to end of
travel

LOWER

Boom control lever

Measurement conditions

Control

Engine at full throttle


Oil temperature: 45 55C
All control levers at neutral

TVC valve output


pressure

All control
Engine at
levers at neutral
full throttle
Oil temperature:
Heavy lift
45 55C
OFF
In D.H mode
Heavy lift
ON

CONC
valve
output
pressure

Jet
sensor
differential
output
pressure

20-4
1

No.1 pump
No.2 pump

No.3 pump

Boom RAISE
relief

Operating effort of control levers

Category

PC1100-6

Engine at
full throttle
Oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode

All control
levers at neutral
Travel under no
load
All control
levers at neutral
Swing under no
load

Left 5-spool
All control
Engine at
control valve
levers at neutral
full throttle
Right 4-spool Oil temperature: Travel under no
control valve
45 55C
load
In D.H mode
All control
Swing 4levers at neutral
spool control
Swing under no
valve
load

MPa
{kg/
cm2}

+3.5
0 }

+3.5
0 }

2.3 0.3 {23 3}

Min. 1.8 {18}

1.13 0.2 {11.5 2}

1.08 0.2 {11 2}

1.03 0.2 {10.5 2}

0.98 0.2 {10 2}

Max. 0.25 {2.6}

Max. 0.4 {4.1}

Min. 1.7 {17}

Min. 1.7 {17}

Max. 0.68 {6.9}

Max. 0.82 {8.4}

Min. 1.7 {17}

Min. 1.7 {17}

1.8 0.2 {18 2}

Min. 1.5 {15}

Max. 0.2 {2}

Max. 0.2 {2}

1.8 0.2 {18 2}

Min. 1.5 {15}

Max. 0.2 {2}

Max. 0.2 {2}

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS RELATED PARTS

PC1100-6

Applicable model
Category

Item

Hydraulic pressure

PPC valve output


pressure

Solenoid valve
output pressure

Drop in hydraulic
pressure

Standard value
Unit for
new machine

Measurement conditions
Engine at full throttle
Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Control lever full stroke
Engine at full throttle
Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Operate only solenoid being
measured

2.9

+ 0.6
0.2

{30 + 5.5
1.5}

Service limit
value
2.9

+ 0.6
0.2

{30 + 5.5
1.5}

2.9 0.6 {30 5.5}

2.9 0.6 {30 5.5}

Max. 2.0 {20}

Max. 2.9 {30}

Max. 60
(Max. 1,275)

Max. 80
(Max.1,700)

90

4.7 0.5

Max. 5.7

180

7.6 0.8

Max. 9.2

52 2.6

Max. 59

MPa
{kg/
cm2}

Hydraulic oil temperature:


45 55C
Difference between relief
pressure with engine at full
throttle and relief pressure with
engine at low idling
Work equipment posture

Overrun when
stopping swing

Engine at full throttle


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Bucket: No load
Stop after swinging one turn and
measure distance that swing circle
moves
Value in ( ) shows distance at
outside circumference of swing circle

deg.
(mm)

Swing

Work equipment posture

Time taken to
start swing

Engine at full throttle


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Bucket: No load
Time taken to swing 90 and
180 from starting position
Work equipment posture

Time taken to swing

sec

Engine at full throttle


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Bucket: No load
Swing one turn, then measure
time taken to swing next 5 turns

PC1100-6

20-5
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS RELATED PARTS

PC1100-6

Applicable model
Category

Item

Standard value
Unit for
new machine

Measurement conditions

Service limit
value

deg.
(mm)

0
(0)

0
(0)

/min

Max. 14

Max. 28

95 117

95 117

High speed

65 80

65 80

Low speed

Swing

Work equipment posture

29 37

29 37

20 25

20 25

Hydraulic drift of
swing
Engine stopped
Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Set machine on 15 slope, and set
upper structure at 90 to the side.
Make match marks on swing circle
outer race and track frame.
Measure distance that match
marks move apart after 5 minutes.

Leakage from swing


motor

Engine at full throttle


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Relieve swing circuit.
Low speed

Work equipment posture

sec

Travel speed (1)

Travel

Engine at full throttle


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Raise track on one side at a
time, rotate one turn, then
measure time taken for next 5
turns with no load.
Work equipment posture

sec
Engine at full throttle
Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Run up for at least 10 m, and
measure time taken to travel
next 20 m on flat ground.

20-6
1

High speed

Travel speed (2)

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS RELATED PARTS

Applicable model
Category

Item

PC1100-6

Measurement conditions

Standard value
Unit for
new machine

Service limit
value

Work equipment posture

Travel deviation

Engine at full throttle


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Use a hard horizontal surface.
Run up for at least 10 m, and
measure deviation () when
traveling next 20 m on flat
ground.

mm

Max. 200

Max. 220

mm

/min

Max. 20

Max. 40

20m

Travel

10m

BKP00107

Work equipment
posture

Hydraulic drift of
travel

Engine stopped
Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Stop machine on 12 slope with
sprocket at uphill end of machine.
Do not place the work equipment on the ground.
Measure the distance the
machine moves in 5 minutes.
Work equipment posture

Leakage of travel
motor
Engine at full throttle
Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Lock shoes and relieve travel
circuit.

PC1100-6

20-7
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS RELATED PARTS

Applicable model
Category

Item

PC1100-6
Standard value
Unit for
new machine

Measurement conditions

Service limit
value

Work equipment posture

Work equipment

Hydraulic drift of work equipment

Total work
equipment
hydraulic drift at
tip of bucket
teeth

Boom cylinder
(amount of
retraction of
cylinder)

Arm cylinder
(amount of
extension of
cylinder)

Bucket cylinder
(amount of
retraction of
cylinder)

Place in above posture and


measure extension or retraction of
each cylinder and downward
movement at tip of bucket teeth.
Engine stopped
Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Horizontal, flat ground
All control levers at neutral
Buket: Rated load or full load of
soil
STD, LC specification:
75.9 kN {7,740 kg}
SP specification:
100.6 kN {10,260 kg}
Start measuring immediately after
setting.
Measure hydraulic drift every 5
minutes, and judge from results
for 15 minutes.
Figures in ( ) are value when
bucket is not loaded.

Max. 50
(Max. 30)

Max. 75
(Max. 45)

Max. 160
(Max. 70)

Max. 240
(Max. 105)

Max. 95
(Max. 45)

Max. 145
(Max. 70)

STD, LC
SP
STD, LC
SP
specification specification specification specification

RAISE
Engine at full throttle
Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Bucket: No load

6.2 0.7 6.6 0.7

Max. 7.6 Max. 8.0

4.0 0.4 4.4 0.4

Max. 4.8 Max. 5.2

sec

LOWER

Work equipment speed

20-8

[ ]
Cylinder fully
extended

Max. 1,800
(Max. 1,000)

mm

Work equipment posture

Boom
Bucket teeth in
contact with
ground

Max. 1,200
(Max. 650)

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS RELATED PARTS

PC1100-6

Applicable model
Category

Item

Standard value
Unit for
new machine

Measurement conditions

Service limit
value

STD, LC
SP
STD, LC
SP
specification specification specification specification
IN

Work equipment posture

4.0 0.4 4.0 0.4 Max. 4.8 Max. 4.8

3.3 0.4 3.5 0.4 Max. 4.1 Max. 4.3

Work equipment posture

Fully extended

sec

Engine at full throttle


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Bucket: No load

DUMP

Bucket
Cylinder fully
retracted

Work equipment

Engine at full throttle


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
In D.H mode
Bucket: No load

OUT

sec

CURL

Fully extended

5.0 0.5 5.0 0.5 Max. 6.0 Max. 6.0

Work equipment speed

Arm
Cylinder fully
retracted

3.1 0.4 3.3 0.4 Max. 3.9 Max. 4.1

Time lag

Work equipment posture

Boom

PC1100-6

Engine at low idling


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Retract arm and bucket cylinder
fully, then lower boom from max.
RAISE point and measure time
taken from point where bucket
contacts ground to point where
chassis rises from ground.

sec

Max. 3

Max. 5

20-9
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS RELATED PARTS

PC1100-6

Applicable model
Category

Item

Measurement conditions

Standard value
Unit for
new machine

Service limit
value

Work equipment posture

Time lag

Work equipment

Arm

Internal oil leakage

sec

Max. 3

Max. 5

sec

Max. 3

Max. 5

Max. 7

Max. 28

Max. 10

Max. 100

Work equipment posture

Bucket

20-10

Engine at low idling


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Set top surface of boom horizontal, retract bucket cylinder fully,
then extend arm cylinder and
measure time taken for arm to
start moving again after stopping
at bottom.

Cylinders

Center swivel
joint

Engine at low idling


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Set top surface of boom horizontal, retract arm cylinder fully,
then extend bucket cylinder and
measure time taken for bucket to
start moving again after stopping
at bottom.

Engine at full throttle


Hydraulic oil temperature:
45 55C
Relieve only circuit being
measured.

cc/min

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Fuel control dial

Connector Inspection
No.
method

E06 (male)

E21 (male)

Measure
resistance

Name of
component

Measure
resistance

System

Rack position
sensor

Governor
control
solenoid

Variable prestroke control


solenoid

PC1100-6

E22

E19 (male)
E32 (male)

E20 (male)

Visual
check

M36

Measure
voltage

Electronical governor fuel injection pump

Kerosene mode
selector switch

Measure
resistance

E07

Measure
voltage

No. 2 engine
speed sensor

Measure
resistance

Engine controller system

E07 (male)

Measure
resistance

E21

Measure
voltage

No. 1 engine
speed sensor

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between (1) (3)

4 6 k

Between (1) (2)

0.25 7 k

Between (2) (3)

0.25 7 k

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

500 1,000

Between (1) (2) chassis

Min. 1 M

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

0.5 3.0 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

500 1,000

Between (1) (2) chassis

Min. 1 M

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

0.5 3.0 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
N36
connector

Gasoline mode

Disconnect

Kerosene mode

Connect

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

4.5 5.4 V

Between (3) (2)

0.1 4.5 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
E19

E32

Between (1) (2)

Between (1) (2)

10 21

Between (1) (2)


chassis

Between (1) (2)


chassis

Min. 1 M

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

10 21

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
E06 connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
E21 connector.

1) Start engine.
2) Insert Tadapter.
fl Measure with
the tester in
the AC range.
1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
E07 connector.

1) Start engine.
2) Insert Tadapter.
fl Measure with
the tester in
the AC range.
1) Turn starting
switch OFF.

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
E19, E32
connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect E20
connector.

20-11
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Connector Inspection
No.
method
E12

Backup power
source

E12

Solenoid
power source

E13

Measure
voltage

Main power
source

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.

Measure
voltage

Name of
component

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Measure
voltage

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Between (9)(17) (8)(16)

Between (7) (8)(16)

Between (1) (21)

20 30 V

20 30 V

20 30 V

Kerosene
mode
selector
switch

Rack position
sensor

20-12
1

E14

E12
E17

E13
E14

Measure
voltage
Measure
voltage
Measure
voltage

No. 2 engine
speed sensor

E14

Measure
voltage

No. 1 engine
speed sensor

E14
E15

Measure
voltage

Fuel control
dial
Engine controller

Engine controller system

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between E14(6) E14(16)
(sensor power source)
Between
E15(11) E14(16)
(Input signal)

Fuel dial
at min.
Fuel dial
at max.

4.75 5.25 V

0.5 3.0 V

0.5 3.0 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
E17(2)
E12(8)(16)

Selector switch
released
Selector switch
connected

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

0.25 1.0 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (3) (14)

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Insert Tadapter.

4.0 4.75 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (2) (14)

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

20 30 V

1) Start engine.
2) Insert Tadapter.
fl Measure with
the tester in
the AC range.
1) Start engine.
2) Insert Tadapter.
fl Measure with
the tester in
the AC range.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

Max. 1 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between E13(16) (21)

4.5 5.4 V

Between E14(7) (14)

0.1 4.5 V

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

E14
E17

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between
(4) (13)

When normal

20 30 V

When abnormal

Max. 1 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Check 0
Check 1

Between
E14(1) E14(14)
Between
E17(1) E14(14)

20 30 V

Autodeceleration
signal

E12
E17

Starting
switch
start signal

E12
E17

Between
E17(12)
E12(8)(6)

Lever operated

Max. 1 V

All levers at
neutral

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between E17(18) E12(8)(6)

20 30 V

Continuity
Measure
resistance

P19 (male)

When APS
stopped
When APS
operated

Max. 1 V
20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(2) (3)

OFF

No continuity

ON

Continuity

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
terminal
and body

Less than 20C

Max. 0.5

Min. 20C

Min. 1 M

Glow plug

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

P13 (male)

Measure
resistance

APS water
temperature
sensor

M91 (male)

Between
E18(4)
E12(8)(6)

APS nozzle

Measure
resistance

APS controller system

APS switch

E12
E18

Measure
voltage

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
APS actuate
signal

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

PC1100-6

No. 1 glow Between (1) body


0.8 1.3
No. 2 glow Between (4) body

Between nozzle terminal

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

Max. 1 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Measure
voltage

Engine controller

Engine controller system

Connector
check signal

E12

Measure
voltage

Governor cut
relay signal

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Measure
voltage

Name of
component

Measure
voltage

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

1.5 2.5

1) Engine full
throttle.
2) Insert Tadapter.
fl Operate the
lever slightly
(just enough to
turn the PPC
switch ON).
1) Turn starting
switch START.
2) Insert Tadapter.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.
fl See the Note
for actuation of
the APS.
1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
M91 connector.
1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
P19 connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
P13 connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
connector.

20-13
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

APS controller

APS controller system

Glow plug 1

Glow plug 2

APS nozzle

Starting switch
START signal

E25
E26

E25
E26

E25
E26

E26

Measure
voltage
Measure
voltage

E26

Measure
voltage

APS water
temperature
sensor

E25
E26

Measure
voltage

Power source
voltage

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Measure
voltage

Name of
component

Measure
voltage

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between E25(1) E26(1)

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(2) (1)

Less than 20C

Max. 1 V

Min. 20C

7 10 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
E25(2)
E26(1)

When APS
stopped
When APS
operated

Max. 1 V

When APS
stopped
When APS
operated

Max. 1 V

When APS
stopped
When APS
operated

Max. 1 V

10 24 V

E26

Measure
voltage

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Preheating
monitor lamp
signal

Between
(4) (1)

When APS
stopped
When APS
operated

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

0.4 5 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (3) (1)

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

4 12 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
E25(4)
E26(1)

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

4 12 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
E25(3)
E26(1)

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

Max. 1 V

1) Turn starting
switch START.
2) Insert Tadapter.

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

12 20 V
(Note)

Note: After the starting switch is turned ON,


the voltage is held for 12 seconds, and
then goes down to less than 1 V.

20-14
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Name of
component

Swing lock switch

Connector Inspection
No.
method

X05
(female)

Continuity

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
When FREE
Between (1) (2) No continuity

SW01
(main body)

Continuity

Between (3) (4)

Swing prolix
switch

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table

Continuity

When LOCK
Continuity
No continuity

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
When OFF

When ON

Between (1) (3) No continuity

Continuity

Between (4) (6) No continuity

Continuity

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

C05 (male)

Continuity

Pump prolix
switch

When OFF

When ON

Continuity

No continuity

Between (3) (5) No continuity


Between (4) (2)

Continuity

Between (4) (9) No continuity


Between (8) (6)

Continuity

Between (8) (10) No continuity

C06 (male)

Boom RAISE

S02 (male)

Boom LOWER

S04 (male)

Arm IN

S05 (male)

Arm OUT

S03 (male)

Bucket CURL

S06 (male)

Bucket DUMP

S07 (male)

Left swing

S10 (male)

Right swing

S08 (male)

L.H. travel
FORWARD
L.H. travel
REVERSE
R.H. travel
FORWARD
R.H. travel
REVERSE

S12 (male)

PC1100-6

Continuity

No continuity
Continuity
No continuity
Continuity
No continuity

19 21

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(1) (2)

Lever at neutral

Min. 1 M

Lever operated

Max. 1

Between (1)(2) chassis

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect C05
connector.

Continuity

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
harness.

Min. 1 M

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
C06 connector.
1) Start the
engine.
(or check with
the accumulator charged)
2) Disconnect the
connector to
be checked.

Measure
resistance

Pump prolix
resistor

Measure
resistance

Between (7) (9)

PPC pressure switch

Pump controller system

Between (3) (1)

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
X05 connector.

S13 (male)
S01 (male)
S11 (male)

20-15
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Pump controller

CO cancel
solenoid

20-16
1

Main
power source

Solenoid
power source

V06 (male)

V07 (male)

C01

C02

Measure
resistance

Between
(4) (8)

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect C09
connector.

Continuity No continuity No continuity No continuity

Measure
resistance

Travel speed
solenoid

V04 (male)
V11 (male)

Between
(3) (8)

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Measure
resistance

Swing holding
brake solenoid
(F) (R)

V03 (male)

Between
(2) (8)

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Measure
resistance

Straight travel
solenoid

V02 (male)

Between
(1) (8)

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Measure
resistance

Pump controller system

2-stage relief
solenoid

V01 (male)

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Measure
resistance

Swing priority
solenoid

C13 (male)

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Measure
resistance

TVC solenoid

C09
(female)

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Measure
resistance

Model selection
connector

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Between (1) (2)

10 22

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

Between (1) (2)

20 60

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

Between (1) (2)

20 60

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

Between (1) (2)

20 60

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

Between (1) (2)

20 60

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

Between (1) (2)

20 60

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

20 60

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

Measure
voltage

Name of
component

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Measure
voltage

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Between (7)(13) (6)(12)

Between (1)(12) (11)(21)

20 30 V

20 30 V

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect C13
connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect V01
connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect V02
connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
V04, V11
connector.
1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect V06
connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
V07connector.

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Swing prolix
switch

Pump controller

Pump controller system

No.2 engine
speed sensor

PPC pressure
switch

C16
C17

C16

C16
C17

Measure
voltage

C16
C17

Measure
voltage

Swing lock
switch

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Measure
voltage

Name of
component

Measure voltage

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between
C17(16)
C16(3)(4)

Swing lock
switch at FREE
Swing lock
switch at LOCK

20 30 V
Max. 1 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
C17(8)
C16(3)(4)

Swing prolix
switch at OFF

20 30 V

Swing prolix
switch at ON

Max. 1 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (2) (1)

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

0.5 3.0 V

Boom RAISE

Between C17(2) C16(3)(4)

Boom LOWER

Between C17(10) C16(3)(4)

Arm IN

Between C17(3) C16(3)(4)

Arm OUT

Between C17(11) C16(3)(4)

Bucket CURL

Between C16(11) C16(3)(4)

Bucket DUMP

Between C16(12) C16(3)(4)

L.H. swing

Between C17(7) C16(3)(4)

R.H. swing

Between C16(5) C16(3)(4)

L.H. travel

Between C16(6) C16(3)(4)

R.H. travel

Between C16(13) C16(3)(4)

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

1) Start engine.
2) Insert Tadapter.
fl Measure with
the tester in
the AC range.
1) Start engine.
2) Insert Tadapter.

TVC solenoid

PC1100-6

C16
C17

C02

Measure
voltage

Model
selection
connector

Measure
voltage

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Control levers at neutral

Levers operated

20 30 V

Max. 1 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Mode
Between C17(5)
Max.
selection 1
C16(3)(4)
1V
Mode
Between C17(13)
20 30 V
selection 2
C16(3)(4)
Mode
Between C17(6)
20 30 V
selection 3
C16(3)(4)
Mode
Between C17(14)
20 30 V
selection 4
C16(3)(4)

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.
3) Fuel dial at
MAX.

Between (18) (11)(21)

01V

20-17
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Travel speed
solenoid

CO cancel
solenoid

Machine push-up system

Autodeceleration
signal

Machine push-up
switch

Machine push-up
solenoid

20-18
1

C01

C01

C01

C01

M38
(female)

V05 (male)

Measure
voltage
Measure
voltage
Measure
voltage
Measure
voltage

Swing holding
brake solenoid

C01

Measure
voltage

Pump controller

Pump controller system

Straight travel
solenoid

C01

Measure
voltage

2-stage relief
solenoid

C01

Measure
voltage

Swing priority
solenoid

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Continuity

Name of
component

Measure
resistance

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
priority switch ON
Between Swing
+ swing lever operated 20 30 V
(5)
All control levers at
(6)(12)
Max. 1 V
neutral

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(10)
(6)(12)

Travel lever operated

20 30 V

All control levers at


neutral

Max. 1 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(2)
(6)(12)

Work equipment + L.H. and


R.H. travel levers operated 20 30 V
All control levers at
Max. 1 V
neutral

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Work equipment or

Between
20 30 V
swing lever operated
(3)
5 sec after all control
(6)(12) levers
are placed at neutral Max. 1 V
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between
(9)
(6)(12)

Travel speed switch Hi +


20 30 V
travel lever operated
All control levers at
Max. 1 V
neutral

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(8)
(6)(12)

Travel lever operated

20 30 V

All control levers at


neutral

Max. 1 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Auto-deceleration switch ON

Between + all control levers at neutral 20 30 V


(4)
Auto-deceleration
(6)(12)
Max. 1 V
switch at OFF
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between
(1) (2)

When switch is ON

No
continuity

When switch is OFF

Continuity

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

20 60

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

1) Start engine.
2) Insert T-adapter.
fl Operate the
lever slightly
(just enough to
turn the PPC
switch ON).
1) Start engine.
2) Insert T-adapter.
fl Operate the
lever slightly
(just enough to
turn the PPC
switch ON).
1) Start engine.
2) Insert T-adapter.
fl Operate the
lever slightly
(just enough to
turn the PPC
switch ON).
1) Start engine.
2) Insert T-adapter.
fl Operate the
lever slightly
(just enough to
turn the PPC
switch ON).
1) Start engine.
2) Insert T-adapter.
fl Operate the
lever slightly
(just enough to
turn the PPC
switch ON).
1) Start engine.
2) Insert T-adapter.
fl Operate the
lever slightly
(just enough to
turn the PPC
switch ON).
1) Start engine.
2) Insert T-adapter.
fl Operate the
lever slightly
(just enough to
turn the PPC
switch ON).
1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
M38 connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect V05
connector.

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

M33
(female)

Boom RAISE
V09 (male)
shockless solenoid

Boom LOWER
shockless solenoid V10 (male)

PC1100-6

Continuity

Boom shockless system

Boom shockless
solenoid

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Measure
resistance

Name of
component

Measure
resistance

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
No
Between When switch is ON continuity
(1) (3)
When switch is OFF Continuity

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
M33 connector.

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect V09
connector.

Between (1) (2)

20 60

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (1) (2)

20 60

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect V10
connector.

20-19
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Fuel level sensor

Coolant level
sensor

P07 (male)

P06 (male)

P08 (male)
P20 (male)

Measure
resistance

Coolant
temperature
sensor

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Measure
resistance

Name of
component

Measure
resistance

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between
(1) (2)

Normal temperature
(25C)

100C

Approx.
37 50 k
Approx.
3.5 4.0 k

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(1)
body

Position of float upper


limit
Position of float lower
limit

Approx.
Max. 12
Approx.
85 110

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(1) (2)

Above LOW water level


in sub tank
Below LOW water level
in sub tank

Max. 1

Measure
resistance

above 0.07 MPa


Between Oil pressure
Min.1 M
{above 0.7 kg/cm2}
terminal
below 0.03 MPa
body Oil pressure
Max. 1
{below 0.3 kg/cm2}

Oil pressure switch for high pressure


Oil pressure above 0.17 MPa

Engine oil level


sensor

Hydraulic oil level


sensor

20-20
1

R terminal

P05 (male)

P09 (male)

Measure
resistance

Alternator

P11 (male)
P12 (female)

Measure
resistance

Air cleaner
clogging sensor

Measure
resistance

Between
Min.1 M
{above 1.7 kg/cm2}
terminal
Oil
pressure
below
0.13
MPa
body
Max. 1
{below 1.3 kg/cm2}

Measure
resistance

Monitor panel system

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
P11 P12

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect P06
connector.
3) Remove
senosr.
1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
P08, P20
connector.

Min.1 M

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Oil pressure switch for low pressure
Engine oil
pressure switch

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect P07
connector.
3) Remove
senosr.

Air cleaner normal

Max. 1

Air cleaner clogged

Min.1 M

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between R terminal chassis 27.5 29.5 V

1) Install oil
pressure
measuring
gauge.
2) Disconnect
sensor harness.
3) Start engine.
fl It is also possible to remove
the sensor and
check as an
individual part.
fl The switch at the
flywheel end is
the low-pressure
switch.

1) Start engine.
2) Disconnect
P11, P12
connector.

1) Start engine.
(at mid-range
speed or
above)

fl If the battery is old, or after starting in


cold areas, the voltage may not rise for
some time.
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between
(1) body

Position of float upper


limit
Position of float lower
limit

Max. 1
Min.1 M

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(1) body

Position of float upper


limit
Position of float lower
limit

Max. 1
Min.1 M

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect P05
connector.
3) Remove
sensor.
1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect P09
connector.
3) Remove
sensor.

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Name of
component

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Hydraulic oil
temperature
sensor

P10 (male)

Measure
resistance

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between
(1) (2)

Normal temperature
(25C)

100C

Approx.
37 50 k
Approx.
3.5 4.0 k

Pump controller

Right
side

Display
position

All OFF

0.646

0.575 0.342

3.156 3.708

3.422 3.900

3.600 4.349

4.015 5.122

4.728 6.816

6.294 10.744

9.946 36.535

1) Insert a
dummy
resistance with
the starting
switch OFF, or
measure the
resistance of
the sensor.
2) Check the
display with
the starting
switch ON.

33.725

flLevels 8 and 9 flash


If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.

Right
side

Display
position

C03
(female)
Between
(2) (16)

Position of
Display level resistance (k)
gauge display (controller input resistance)
Starting switch
Starting switch
ON
OFF

Left
side

Fuel level
sensor
Fuel level
gauge

Confirmation of display measure resistance

Monitor panel system

C03
(female)
Between
(1) (16)

Position of
Display level resistance (k)
gauge display (controller input resistance)
Starting switch
Starting switch
ON
OFF

Left
side

Coolant
temperature
sensor
Engine water
temperature
gauge

Confirmation of display measure resistance

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect P10
connector.
3) Remove
senosr.

All OFF

13.82

11.71 21.25

18.90 28.45

25.82 31.85

29.18 39.91

37.00 44.60

41.77 55.14

50.42 77.07

72.98 691.50

1) Insert a
dummy
resistance with
the starting
switch OFF, or
measure the
resistance of
the sensor.
2) Check the
display with
the starting
switch ON.

63.800

flLevel 1 flashes

PC1100-6

20-21
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Name of
component

Coolant level
sensor

Connector Inspection
No.
method

C16

Measure
voltage

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Above LOW water level

Max. 1 V

in sub tank
Between
(8) (3)(4) Below LOW water level

20 30 V

in sub tank

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Oil pressure switch for low pressure

C16

Measure
voltage

Oil pressure above 0.07 MPa

Engine oil
pressure
switch

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Insert Tadapter.

20 30 V
Between
{above 0.7 kg/cm2}
(15) (3)(4) Oil pressure below 0.03 MPa
Max. 1 V
{below 0.3 kg/cm2}

1) Install oil
pressure
measuring
gauge.
2) Insert Tadapter.
3) Start engine.

Oil pressure switch for high pressure


Oil pressure above 0.17 MPa

Engine oil
level sensor

Hydraulic oil
level sensor

Starting
switch ON
signal

20-22
1

C16

C16

C03

Measure
voltage
Measure
voltage

C03

Measure
voltage

Alternator

C16

Measure
voltage

Air cleaner
clogging
sensor

Measure
voltage

Pump controller

Monitor panel system

20 30 V
{above 1.7 kg/cm2}
Between
(7) (3)(4) Oil pressure below 0.13 MPa
Max. 1 V
{below 1.3 kg/cm2}
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between
(17) (3)(4)

Air cleaner normal

Max.1 V

Air cleaner clogged

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(12) (16)

Stop engine

Max.1 V

Start engine

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(16) (3)(4)

Position of float upper


limit
Position of float lower
limit

Max. 1 V
20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(9) (3)(4)

Position of float upper


limit
Position of float lower
limit

Max. 1 V
20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (8) (16)

20 30 V

1) Start engine.
2) Insert Tadapter.

1) Insert Tadapter.

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.
3) Remove
sensor.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.
3) Remove
sensor.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Buzzer cancel
switch

C03

P03
(female)

Measure
voltage

Starting switch
START signal

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Continuity

Name of
component
Pump controller

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between (8) (16)

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(1) (2)

Free

No continuity

Push

Continuity

Power source

M18
(female)

P02

Continuity

Wiper washer
switch

Measure
voltage

Monitor panel system

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Switch

Between
(1) (2)

Between
(1) (2)

Between
(1) (4)

WASH II

No
continuity

Continuity

Continuity

INT

No
continuity

No
continuity

Continuity

OFF

No
continuity

No
continuity

No
continuity

ON

Continuity

No
continuity

No
continuity

WASH I

Continuity

Continuity

No
continuity

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (8)(14) (1)(9)

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
ON signal
Wiper switch OFF

20 30 V

Wiper switch ON

Max. 1 V

Between Wiper switch OFF


(12) (1)(9)
Wiper switch INT

20 30 V

Wiper washer
switch

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Insert Tadapter.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

Max. 1 V

Wiper switch OFF

20 30 V

Wiper switch WASH

Max. 1 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

PC1100-6

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
M18 connector.

WASH signal
Between
(5) (1)(9)

Buzzer cancel
switch

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect
connector.

INT signal
P02
Measure
voltage

Monitor panel

Between
(4) (1)(9)

1) Turn starting
switch START.
2) Insert Tadapter.

P01
P02

Between
P01(6)
P02(1)(9)

When buzzer cancel


switch is released
When buzzer cancel
switch is pushed

20 30 V

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

Max. 1 V

20-23
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
P01(5)
P02(1)(9)

Swing lock
switch at OFF
Swing lock
switch at ON

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Max. 1 V

P01
P02

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Starting
switch ACC
signal

P01
P02

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

Starting
switch START
signal

P01
P02

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.

P01
P02

Between P01(9) P02(1)(9)

Between P01(10) P02(1)(9)

Between P01(19) P02(1)(9)

20 30 V

20 30 V

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
P01(18)
P02(1)(9)

Preheating
stopped
Preheating
operated

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

20 30 V

Measure
voltage

Light switch
at OFF
Light switch
at ON

Measure
voltage

Between
P01(8)
P02(1)(9)

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

Max. 1 V

Starting
switch ON
signal

APS
preheating
signal

20-24

P01
P02

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table

Measure
voltage

Monitor panel

Monitor panel system

Light switch

P01
P02

Measure
voltage

Swing lock
switch

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Measure
voltage

Name of
component

Measure
voltage

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Max. 1 V

1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.
1) Turn starting
switch ON.
2) Insert Tadapter.

20 30 V

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

Step light timer

Step light system

Power source
voltage

Input signal

T21

T21

Continuity

L03 (male)

Measure
voltage

Step light
switch

Connector Inspection
No.
method

Measure
voltage

Name of
component

Measurement
conditions

Judgment table
If the condition is as shown in the table
below, it is normal.
Between
(1) (2)

When released

No
continuity

When pressed

Continuity

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between (2) (1)

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Between
(3) (1)

Step light switch


released
Step light switch
pressed

Max. 1 V

Output signal

T21

Between
(4) (1)

Step light switch


released
Step light switch
pressed

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Disconnect L03
connector.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Insert Tadapter.

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Insert Tadapter.

20 30 V

If the condition is as shown in the table


below, it is normal.
Measure
voltage

System

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS

Max. 1 V

1) Turn starting
switch OFF.
2) Insert Tadapter.

20 30 V
(Note)

Note: After the switch is pressed, the voltage is held for 60 seconds, and then
goes down to less than 1 V.

PC1100-6

20-25
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING


Tools for testing, adjusting, and troubleshooting ............................................................................. 20-102
Measuring engine speed ....................................................................................................................... 20-103
Measuring air supply pressure (Boost pressure) ............................................................................... 20-104
Measuring exhaust temperature ........................................................................................................... 20-105
Measuring exhaust color ...................................................................................................................... 20-106
Adjusting valve clearance ..................................................................................................................... 20-107
Measuring compression pressure ........................................................................................................ 20-108
Measuring blow-by pressure ................................................................................................................ 20-109
Testing and adjusting fuel injection timing ........................................................................................ 20-110
Measuring engine oil pressure ............................................................................................................ 20-111
Testing and adjusting fan belt tension ............................................................................................... 20-112
Testing and adjusting alternator belt tension .................................................................................... 20-112
Testing and adjusting belt tension for air conditioner compressor ................................................ 20-113
Adjusting engine speed sensor ............................................................................................................ 20-113
Testing clearance of swing circle bearing .......................................................................................... 20-114
Measuring wear of sprocket ................................................................................................................. 20-115
Testing and adjusting track shoe tension ........................................................................................... 20-116
Testing and adjusting hydraulic pressure in work equipment, swing, travel circuit ..................... 20-117
Testing and adjusting control pump circuit oil pressure .................................................................. 20-122
Testing and adjusting piston pump control pressure ....................................................................... 20-123
Measuring servo piston stroke ............................................................................................................. 20-131
Measuring PPC valve output pressure and testing PPC shuttle valve ............................................ 20-132
Testing solenoid valve output pressure .............................................................................................. 20-136
Adjusting work equipment, swing PPC valve .................................................................................... 20-138
Testing travel deviation ......................................................................................................................... 20-139
Testing locations causing hydraulic drift of work equipment .......................................................... 20-140
Measuring oil leakage ........................................................................................................................... 20-141
Bleeding air ............................................................................................................................................ 20-145
Releasing remaining pressure in hydraulic circuit ............................................................................ 20-147

PC1100-6

20-101
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TOOLS FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND TROUBLESHOOTING

TOOLS FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND TROUBLESHOOTING


Check or measurement item Symbol

Part No.

Part Name

Remarks

Engine speed

799-203-8001

Multi-tachometer

Digital display
L : 60 2,000 rpm
H : 60 19,999 rpm

Air supply pressure


(boost pressure)

799-201-2202

Boost gauge kit

101 199.9 kPa


{760 1,500 mmHg}

Coolant, oil and exhaust


temperature

799-101-1502

Digital temperature gauge

99.9 1,299C

799-201-9000

Handy Smoke Checker

Commercially
available

Smoke meter

Discoloration 0 70%
(with standard color)
(Discoloration x 1/10 = Bosh index)

795-125-1390

Feeler gauge

For intake : 0.4 mm


For exhaust : 1.0 mm

795-502-1205

Compression gauge

0 6.9 MPa {0 70 kg/cm2}

Exhaust color

Valve clearance

Compression pressure

Blow-by pressure
Fuel injection time

795-502-1350 Adapter

For 170 engine series

799-201-1504

Blow-by checker

0 4.9 MPa {0 500 mmH2O}

795-471-1200

Gauge assembly

799-101-5002

Hydraulic tester

Pressure gauge:
2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa
{25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}

790-261-1203

Digital hydraulic tester

Pressure gauge:
58.8 MPa {600 kg/cm2}

799-101-5220

Nipple

07002-11023

O-ring

799-401-2320

Hydraulic gauge

0.98 MPa {10 kg/cm2)

799-401-2701

Differential pressure gauge

0 49 MPa {0 500 kg/cm2}

796-827-1120

Wear gauge

1
Oil pressure

10 x 1.25

Measuring wear of sprocket

Operating effort

79A-264-0021 Push-pull scale

0 294N {0 30 kg}

79A-264-0091 Push-pull scale

0 490N {0 50 kg}

Stroke, hydraulic drift

Work equipment speed

Commercially
available
Commercially
available

Servo piston stroke

566-98-41120

Measuring voltage and


resistance values

79A-264-0211 Tester

Troubleshooting of
wiring harnesses and
sensors

20-102
1

Scale

Disc gauge

Stop watch

799-601-8000

T-adapter assembly

799-601-7360

Adapter

For relay (5 Pin)

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING ENGINE SPEED

MEASURING ENGINE SPEED


When removing or installing the measuring
equipment, be careful not to touch any high
temperature parts.
fl Measure the engine speed under the following
conditions.
Coolant temperature: Within operating range
Hydraulic oil temperature : 45 55C

1. Remove the cap.


2. Install pick-up q of multi-tachometer A, then
connect it to multi-tachometer A.
3. Start the engine, and measure the engine speed
when it is set to the conditions for measuring.
1) Measuring low idling and high idling speeds:
i) Set the working mode switch to DH
mode.
ii) Turn the auto-deceleration switch OFF.
fl When measuring at high idling only.
iii) Measure the engine speed with the fuel
control dial set to low idling (MIN) or
high idling (MAX).
2) Measuring auto-deceleration speed:
i) Turn the auto-deceleration switch ON.
ii) Set the fuel control dial to high idling.
iii) Measure the engine speed with all the
levers at neutral.
3) Measuring speed at all-pump relief:
i) Set the working mode to the DH mode.
ii) Turn the heavy-lift switch OFF.
iii) Set the fuel control dial to high idling.
iv) Measure the speed with arm IN circuit
relieved.
4) Measuring speed at all-pump relief + heavy
lift ON:
i) Set the working mode to the DH mode.
ii) Turn the heavy-lift switch ON.
iii) Set the fuel control dial to high idling.
iv) Measure the speed with boom RAISE circuit relieved.

PC1100-6

20-103
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING AIR SUPPLY PRESSURE (BOOST PRESSURE)

MEASURING AIR SUPPLY


PRESSURE (BOOST PRESSURE)
When removing or installing the measuring
equipment or when carrying out the measurements, be careful not to touch any high temperature parts.
fl Measure the air supply pressure under the following conditions.
Coolant temperature: Within operating range
Hydraulic oil temperature : 45 55C

1. Remove air supply pressure measurement plug


(1) (PT 1/8).
2. Fit nipple q of oil pressure gauge J1, and connect to boost gauge B.
3. Run the engine at a mid-range speed or above,
and bleed the oil from inside the hose.
fl Insert the connection of the pressure gauge
and hose about half way, and repeatedly
open the self-seal portion of the hose to
bleed the oil.
fl If Pm kit (A) is available, use the air bleed
coupling (790-261-1130) inside the kit.
fl The gauge does not work if there is any oil
inside the hose, so always be sure to bleed
all the oil.
4. Set the working mode switch to the DH mode
and turn the heavy-lift switch ON.
5. Run the engine at full throttle, and measure the
air supply pressure when the boom RAISE circuit is relieved.

20-104
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING EXHAUST TEMPERATURE

MEASURING EXHAUST TEMPERATURE


fl Wait for the temperature of the exhaust manifold to go down before removing or installing
the temperature sensor.
fl Measure the exhaust temperature under the following conditions.
Coolant temperature: Within operating range
Hydraulic oil temperature : 45 55C

1. Remove exhaust temperature measurement plug


(1).
2. Install sensor q of digital temperature gauge C,
then connect to digital temperature gauge C.
fl Clamp the wiring harness of the temperature gauge so that it does not touch any
high temperature part during the measurement.
3. Run the engine at full throttle and measure the
maximum temperature during operation.

PC1100-6

20-105
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING EXHAUST COLOR

MEASURING EXHAUST COLOR

When measuring in the field where there is no


air or electric power supply, use Handy Smoke
Checker D1; when recording formal data, use
Smoke Meter D2.
fl Raise the coolant temperature to the operating range before measuring.
Be careful not to touch any hot parts when removing or installing the measuring tools.

1. Measuring with Handy Smoke Checker D1


1) Install filter paper to Handy Smoke Checker
D1.
2) Insert the exhaust gas suction port into the
exhaust pipe, accelerate the engine suddenly,
and operate the handle of Handy Smoke
Checker D1 at the same time to collect the
exhaust gas on the filter paper.
3) Remove the filter paper and compare it with
the scale supplied to judge the condition.
2. Measuring with Smoke Meter D2
1) Insert the probe q of Smoke Meter D2 into
the outlet port of the exhaust pipe, and
tighten the clip to secure it to the exhaust
pipe.
2) Connect the air hose and the socket of the
probe hose and accelerator switch to Smoke
Meter D2.
fl Keep the pressure of the air supply below 1.5 MPa {15 kg/cm2}.
3) Connect the power cord to the AC socket.
fl When connecting the cord, check that
the power switch of Smoke Meter D2 is
OFF.
4) Loosen the cap nut of the suction pump,
and fit the filter paper.
fl Fit the filter paper securely so that the
exhaust gas cannot leak.
5) Turn the power switch of Smoke Meter D2
ON.
6) Accelerate the engine suddenly, and depress
the accelerator pedal of Smoke Meter D2 at
the same time to collect the exhaust gas
color on the filter.
7) Place the filter paper used to catch the exhaust gas color on top of at least 10 sheets
of unused filter paper inside the filter paper
holder, and read the value shown.

20-106
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE

ADJUSTING VALVE
CLEARANCE
1. Remove the cylinder head cover.
fl For details, see DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY, REMOVAL OF CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.
2. Crank the engine to rotate the crankshaft in the
normal direction. Align 1.6TOP line (2) on the
crankshaft pulley with pointer (1), and set the
No. 1 cylinder to the compression top dead
center position. When rotating, check the movement of the valves.
fl Carry out the cranking with the barring device of the flywheel housing.
fl At the compression top dead center, the
rocker arms for both the intake and exhaust
move.
If the rocker arms do not move, the cylinder
is not at compression top dead center, so
rotate the crankshaft one more turn and align
the lines again.
3. When No. 1 cylinder is at compression top dead
center, adjust the valves marked in the valve
arrangement chart. Next, rotate the crankshaft
one turn (360) in the normal direction and adjust the valve clearance of the remaining valves
marked fi.
4. To adjust the valve clearance, loosen locknut
(6), then insert feeler gauge E between rocker
arm (3) and crosshead (4), and turn adjustment
screw (5) until the clearance is a sliding fit. Then
tighten locknut (6) to hold the adjustment screw
in position.
3 Locknut : 57.8 77.4 Nm {5.9 7.9 kgm}
fl After adjusting No. 1 cylinder at compression
top dead center, it is also possible to turn the
crankshaft 120 each time and adjust the valve
clearance of each cylinder according to the firing order.
Firing order : 1-5-3-6-2-4
fl After tightening the locknut, check the valve
clearance again.

PC1100-6

20-107
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING COMPRESSION PRESSURE

MEASURING COMPRESSION
PRESSURE
When measuring the compression pressure, be
extremely careful not to touch the exhaust manifold or muffler, or to get your clothes caught in
the fan, fan belt or other rotating parts.
1. Adjust the valve clearance.
For details, see ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE.
2. Warm up the engine to make the oil temperature 40 60C.
3. Remove nozzle holder assembly (1) from the
cylinder to be measured.
fl For details, see DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY, REMOVAL OF NOZZLE HOLDER ASSEMBLY.
4. Set multi-tachometer A in position.
fl See MEASURING ENGINE SPEED.
5. Install adapter q of compression gauge F, then
connect to compression gauge F.
6. Disconnect fuel injection pump connectors E19
(2) and E32 (3).
fl Always turn the starting switch OFF before
disconnecting or connecting the connectors.
7. Crank the engine with the starting motor and
measure the compression pressure.
fl Measure the compression pressure at the
point where the pressure gauge indicator
remains steady.
fl When measuring the compression pressure,
measure the engine speed to confirm that it
is within the specified range.

20-108
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING BLOW-BY PRESSURE

MEASURING BLOW-BY
PRESSURE
fl Measure the blow-by pressure under the following conditions.
Coolant temperature: Within operating range
Hydraulic oil temperature: 45 55C
1. Install the nozzle q of blow-by checker G to
blow-by hose (1).
2. Connect nozzle q to blow-by checker G.
3. Set the working mode switch to DH mode.
4. Run the engine at full throttle and measure the
blow-by pressure with the arm IN circuit relieved.
fl Measure the blow-by pressure at the point
where the gauge indicator remains steady.

PC1100-6

20-109
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING FUEL INJECTION TIMING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING


FUEL INJECTION TIMING
1. Remove No. 1 cylinder nozzle holder assembly
(1).
fl For details, see DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY, REMOVAL OF NOZZLE HOLDER ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove the coupling cover of the fuel injection
pump.
3. Crank the engine to rotate the crankshaft in the
normal direction and align 1.6TOP line (3) with
pointer (2) to set the No. 1 cylinder to compression top dead center.
fl Carry out cranking with the barring device
on the flywheel housing.
fl At compression top dead center, line a on
the coupling is near line b on the fuel
injection pump.
If the lines are not near each other, the cylinder is not at compression top dead center,
so rotate one more turn and align the lines
again.
4. Set so that the tip of gauge assembly H contacts the head of the piston.
5. At near the top dead center, rotate the crankshaft in the normal direction and in the reverse
direction to set the top dead center accurately
with the scale of the dial gauge.
fl Set the scale on the dial gauge to 0 when
the piston is at top dead center.
6. Rotate the crankshaft in the reverse direction
from the top dead center position until the scale
on the dial gauge is approx. 10 mm.
7. Rotate the crankshaft again in the normal direction until the scale on the dial gauge shows
stroke c to align the fuel injection timing.
+ 0.31
fl Stroke c: 5.89 0.30 mm (BTDC 19 0.5)
fl Always rotate the crankshaft in the normal
direction to align the position. If stroke c
is passed, carry out the operation again from
Step 6.
8. When doing this, check that line a on the
coupling is aligned with line b on the fuel
injection pump body.
fl If the lines are not aligned, loosen 2 mounting bolts (4) in the oblong holes in the coupling, rotate the coupling to align the lines,
then tighten the mounting bolts.
3 Nut: 147 166 Nm {15 17 kgm}
fl After completion of adjustment, rotate the crankshaft in the normal direction and check again
that when it passes the compression top dead
center, the error on the dial gauge display is
+ 0.31
000
0.30 mm.
If the error is not within the specified range,
carry out the adjustment again from Step 5.

20-110
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

MEASURING ENGINE OIL


PRESSURE
fl Measure the engine oil pressure under the following conditions.
Coolant temperature: Within operating range

1. Remove engine oil high-pressure switch (1) (PT1/


8).

2. Install the nipple q of oil pressure gauge J1


and connect to oil pressure gauge J2 (0.98 MPa
{10 kg/cm2}).

3. Start the engine, and measure the oil pressure


with the engine at low idling and at high idling.

PC1100-6

20-111
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING FAN BELT TENSION


TESTING AND ADJUSTING ALTERNATOR BELT TENSION

TESTING AND ADJUSTING


FAN BELT TENSION
fl An auto-tensioner is used to keep the fan belt
tension constant regardless of the elongation of
the V-belt, so there is no need to adjust the belt
tension until the belt is replaced.
However, if the belt slips or if the belt has been
replaced, adjust the belt tension as follows.
1. Loosen stopper bolt (1), then assemble 3 belts.
2. Tighten stopper bolt (1) until it contacts tension
bracket (2), then tighten a further 2 turns.
3. Secure with locknut (3).
3 Locknut: 245 308.7 Nm {25 31.5 kgm}

TESTING AND ADJUSTING


ALTERNATOR BELT TENSION
Testing
Measure deflection a of the belt when pressed
with a force of approx. 58.8 Nm {approx. 6 kg}
at a point midway between the water pump pulley and the alternator pulley.
Belt deflection a: 10 15 mm
Adjusting
fl If the deflection of the belt is not normal, adjust
as follows.
1. Loosen mounting bolt (1) and locknut (2).
2. Turn adjustment nut (3) and move alternator
assembly (4) to adjust the belt tension.
3. Tighten locknut (2) and mounting bolt (1).

20-112
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING BELT TENSION FOR AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR


ADJUSTING ENGINE SPEED SENSOR

TESTING AND ADJUSTING


BELT TENSION FOR AIR
CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR
Testing
Measure deflection a of the belt when it is
pressed with a force of approx. 58.8 N {6 kg} at
a point midway between the drive pulley and
the compressor pulley.
Deflection a of belt: 10 15 mm
Adjusting
fl If the belt tension is not correct, adjust as follows.
1. Loosen 4 mounting bolts (1) and locknut (2).
2. Turn adjustment nut (3) and move compressor
assembly (4) together with the bracket to adjust
the tension of the belt.
3. Tighten locknut (2) and 4 mounting bolts (1).

ADJUSTING ENGINE SPEED


SENSOR
fl Adjust both No. 1 engine speed sensor (1) and
No. 2 engine speed sensor (2) in the same way.
1. Screw in until the tip of sensor (3) contacts gear
(4).
fl Be careful not to let the tip of the sensor be
scratched or to let any iron particles stick to
the sensor tip.
2 Tip of sensor thread:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
2. When sensor (3) contacts gear (4), turn back 1
1/6 turns to make clearance a.
Clearance a: 1.5 0.25 mm
3. Tighten locknut (5).
fl Be particularly careful when handling the sensor wiring to ensure that no excessive force is
brought to bear on the wiring.

PC1100-6

20-113
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING CLEARANCE OF SWING CIRCLE BEARING

TESTING CLEARANCE OF
SWING CIRCLE BEARING
fl Measure the clearance of the swing circle bearing as follows when it is mounted on the machine.
When carrying out the measurement, do not
put your hand or feet under the undercarriage.
1. Fix a dial gauge to the outer race (or inner race)
of the swing circle, then put the tip of the probe
in contact with the inner race (or outer race).
fl Set the dial gauge at the front or rear.
2. Extend the work equipment to the maximum
reach, and set the tip of the bucket to the same
height as the bottom of the revolving frame.
fl When this is done, the upper structure will
tilt forward, so the front will go down and
the rear will rise.
3. Set the dial gauge to the zero point.
4. Set the arm more or less at right angles to the
ground surface, then lower the boom until the
front of the machine comes off the ground.
fl When this is done, the upper structure will
tilt back, so the front will rise and the rear
will go down.
5. Read the value on the dial gauge at this point.
fl The value on the dial gauge is the clearance
of the swing circle bearing.
6. Return to the condition in Step 2, and check that
the dial gauge has returned to the zero point.
fl If it has not returned to the zero point, repeat Steps 2 to 5.

20-114
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING WEAR OF SPROCKET

MEASURING WEAR OF SPROCKET

1. Align wear gauge K with the portion of the


sprocket not meshed with the track shoe.
fl Align with the datum line, then align the
wave shape of the sprocket with the wave
shape of the wear gauge.
2. Judge the wear of the sprocket.
fl If the sprocket wave pattern is above the
wear limit line, it is possible to use the
sprocket as it is.
fl If the sprocket wave pattern has reached the
wear limit line, replace the sprocket with a
new part.

PC1100-6

20-115
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING TRACK SHOE TENSION

TESTING AND ADJUSTING


TRACK SHOE TENSION
Testing
1. Using the boom and arm, jack up the track on
the side to be measured.

2. Measure clearance a between the track roller


tread and top surface of the track link.
Measurement position: 4th track roller from
sprocket.
Standard clearance a : 100 150 mm

Adjusting
fl If the track shoe tension is not within the standard value, adjust as follows.
1. If the track tension is too high:
Loosen plug (1) gradually, and release the
grease.
There is danger that the plug may fly out
under the high internal pressure of the
grease, so never loosen plug (1) more than
1 turn.
fl If the grease does not come out easily, move
the machine backwards or forwards slowly.
2. If the track tension is too low:
Pump in grease through grease fitting (2).
fl If the grease cannot be pumped in easily,
move the machine backwards and forwards
slowly.

20-116
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN WORK


EQUIPMENT, SWING, TRAVEL CIRCUIT

TESTING AND ADJUSTING


HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN
WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING,
TRAVEL CIRCUIT
Measuring
fl Oil temperature when measuring: 45 55C
Lower the work equipment to the ground and
stop the engine. Operate the control levers several times to release the remaining pressure in
the hydraulic piping. Then loosen the oil filler
cap slowly to release the pressure inside the
hydraulic tank.
fl The relief pressure of the boom LOWER circuit
can be measured only for the front pump circuit.
fl The relief pressure of the bucket DUMP circuit
cannot be measured for the No. 3 pump circuit.
1. Measuring front pump (No. 1 F + No. 2 F) circuit
pressure
1) Connect oil pressure gauge J1 (58.8 MPa
{600 kg/cm2}) to quick coupler (1) or (2) for
the circuit to be measured.
(1): No. 1 front pump
(2): No. 2 front pump
2) Set the working mode switch to the DH
mode.
3) Run the engine at full throttle and measure
the pressure under each of the following conditions.
4) Measuring main relief pressure when heavy
lift is OFF (normal):
i) Turn the heavy-lift switch OFF.
ii) Measure the oil pressure when the actuator to be measured is relieved.
5) Measuring main relief pressure when heavy
lift is ON (raised pressure):
i) Turn the heavy-lift switch ON.
ii) Measure the oil pressure with the circuit
relieved at boom RAISE.
6) Measuring boom LOWER relief pressure
when machine push-up is OFF (normal):
i) Turn the machine push-up switch OFF.
ii) Measure the oil pressure with the circuit
relieved at boom LOWER.
fl Under these conditions, the set pressure
of the safety valve for the boom LOWER
circuit is lower than the main relief pressure, so the value measured will be the
relief pressure of the safety valve.

PC1100-6

20-117
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN WORK


EQUIPMENT, SWING, TRAVEL CIRCUIT

7) Measuring boom LOWER relief pressure


when machine push-up is ON (raised pressure):
i) Turn the machine push-up switch ON.
ii) Measure the oil pressure with the circuit
relieved at boom LOWER.
fl Under these conditions, the set pressure
of the safety valve for the boom LOWER
circuit is higher than the main relief pressure, so the value measured will be the
relief pressure of the safety valve.
fl Condition of actuatorswhen measuring
For the work equipment, operate each
cylinder to the end of its stroke.
For the travel circuit, put block q between the sprocket and frame to lock
the track, and relieve each side at a time.

2. Measuring rear pump (No. 1 R + No. 2 R) circuit


pressure
1) Connect oil pressure gauge J1 (58.8 MPa
{600 kg/cm2}) to quick coupler (3) or (4) for
the circuit to be measured.
(3): No. 1 rear pump
(4): No. 2 rear pump
2) Set the working mode switch to the DH
mode.
3) Run the engine at full throttle and measure
the pressure under each of the following conditions.
4) Measuring main relief pressure when heavy
lift is OFF (normal):
i) Turn the heavy-lift switch OFF.
ii) Measure the oil pressure when the actuator to be measured is relieved.
5) Measuring main relief pressure when heavy
lift is ON (raised pressure):
i) Turn the heavy-lift switch ON.
ii) Measure the oil pressure with the circuit
relieved at boom RAISE.

20-118
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN WORK


EQUIPMENT, SWING, TRAVEL CIRCUIT

fl Condition of actuators when measuring


For the work equipment, operate each
cylinder to the end of its stroke.
For the travel circuit, put block q between the sprocket and frame to lock
the track, and relieve each side at a time.

3. Measuring No. 3 pump circuit pressure


1) Connect oil pressure gauge J1 (58.8 MPa
{600 kg/cm2}) to quick coupler (5) or (6) for
the circuit to be measured.
(5): Front pump
(6): Rear pump
2) Set the working mode switch to the DH
mode.
3) Run the engine at full throttle and measure
the pressure under each of the following
conditions.
4) Measuring main relief pressure when heavy
lift is OFF (normal):
i) Turn the heavy-lift switch OFF.
ii) Measure the oil pressure when the actuator to be measured is relieved.
5) Measuring main relief pressure when heavy
lift is ON (raised pressure):
i) Turn the heavy-lift switch ON.
ii) Measure the oil pressure with the circuit
relieved at boom RAISE.
fl Under these conditions, the set pressure of
the safety valve for the swing circuit is lower
than the main relief pressure, so the value
measured will be the relief pressure of the
safety valve.
fl Condition of actuatorswhen measuring
For the work equipment, operate each
cylinder to the end of its stroke.
For the swing, turn the swing lock switch
ON to lock the swing.

PC1100-6

20-119
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN WORK


EQUIPMENT, SWING, TRAVEL CIRCUIT

Adjusting
fl Adjust only the swing motor safety valve. Never
adjust any other safety valve.
1. Adjusting R.H. 4-spool valve main relief valve
fl If the relief pressure of the front pump circuit is not correct, adjust the main relief valve
of the R.H. 4-spool valve as follows.
1) Disconnect hose (7).
2) Loosen locknut (8) so that elbow (9) can
move.
3) Adjusting high-pressure setting
Loosen locknut (10), then turn holder (11) to
adjust.
fl Turn the holder to adjust as follows.
To INCREASE pressure, turn CLOCKWISE.
To
DECREASE
pressure,
turn
COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
fl Amount of adjustment for one turn of
holder:
Approx. 21.8 MPa {222 kg/cm2}
3 Locknut: 78 93 Nm {8 9.5 kgm}
fl When the high-pressure setting is
changed, the low-pressure setting will
also change, so adjust the low-pressure
setting also.
4) Adjusting low-pressure setting
Loosen locknut (12), then turn holder (13) to
adjust.
fl Turn the holder to adjust as follows.
To INCREASE pressure, turn CLOCKWISE.
To
DECREASE
pressure,
turn
COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
fl Amount of adjustment for one turn of
holder:
Approx. 21.8 MPa {222 kg/cm2}
3 Locknut: 93 123 Nm {9.5 12.5 kgm}
fl After completion of adjustment, repeat
the procedure in above to check the set
pressure again.
2. Adjusting L.H. 5-spool valve main relief valve
fl If the relief pressure of the rear pump circuit
is not correct, adjust the main relief valve of
the L.H. 5-spool valve as follows.
fl Adjust in the same way as for the R.H. 4spool valve.

20-120
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN WORK


EQUIPMENT, SWING, TRAVEL CIRCUIT

3. Adjusting swing 4-spool valve main relief valve


fl If the relief pressure of the No. 3 pump circuit is not correct, adjust the main relief valve
of the swing 4-spool valve as follows.
fl Adjust in the same way as for the R.H. 4spool valve.

4. Adjusting swing motor safety valve


fl If the relief pressure of the swing motor is
not correct, adjust the safety valve of the
swing motor as follows.
1) Loosen locknut (14), then turn adjustment
screw (15) to adjust.
fl Turn the adjustment screw to adjust as
follows.

To INCREASE pressure, turn CLOCKWISE.

To DECREASE pressure, turn


COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
fl Amount of adjustment for one turn of
adjustment screw:
Approx. 4.7 MPa {47.9 kg/cm2}
3 Locknut: 147 196 Nm {15 20 kgm}
fl After completion of adjustment, repeat
the procedure in above to check the set
pressure again.

PC1100-6

20-121
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING CONTROL


PUMP CIRCUIT OIL PRESSURE

TESTING AND ADJUSTING


CONTROL PUMP CIRCUIT OIL
PRESSURE
Measuring
fl Oil temperature when measuring: 45 55C
1. Install oil pressure gauge J1 (5.9 MPa {60 kg/
cm2}) to quick coupler (1).

2. Start the engine run the engine at full throttle,


and measure the oil pressure with all the control levers at neutral.

Adjusting
fl If the relief pressure of the control circuit is not
correct, adjust the control relief valve as follows.
1. Remove cap (2).
2. Loosen locknut (3) and turn adjustment screw
(4) to adjust.
fl Turn the adjustment screw as follows.
To INCREASE pressure, turn CLOCKWISE
To
DECREASE
pressure,
turn
COUNTERCLOCKWISE
fl Amount of adjustment for one turn of adjustment screw:
Approx. 4.4 MPa {45 kg/cm2}
3 Locknut: 9.8 Nm {1 kgm}
fl After completion of adjustment, repeat the
procedure in above to check the set pressure again.

20-122
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING PISTON PUMP CONTROL PRESSURE

TESTING AND ADJUSTING


PISTON PUMP CONTROL
PRESSURE
Measuring
fl Oil temperature when measuring: 45 55C
1. TVC valve output pressure
fl The TVC valve output pressure varies with
the discharge pressure of each valve, so always check that the oil pressure of the work
equipment, swing, and travel circuits is normal before measuring.
fl The TVC valve output pressure uses the control circuit pressure as the basic pressure,
so always check that the oil pressure of the
control circuit is normal before measuring.
1) Remove oil pressure measurement plug (1)
(Thread dia.=10mm, Pitch=1.25mm) of the
No. 3 front pump.
2) Install nipple q of oil pressure gauge J1,
then connect oil pressure gauge J1 (5.9 MPa
{60 kg/cm2}).
3) Set the working mode switch to DH mode.
4) Run the engine at full throttle, and measure
the pressure under the following conditions.
5) Measuring with all control levers at neutral:
Set all the control levers to neutral and measure the output pressure.
6) Measuring with circuit relieved at heavy-lift
OFF + boom RAISE
i) Turn the heavy-lift switch OFF.
ii) Measure the output pressure with the
circuit relieved at boom RAISE.
7) Measuring with circuit relieved at heavy-lift
ON + boom RAISE
i) Turn the heavy-lift switch ON.
ii) Measure the output pressure with the
circuit relieved at boom RAISE.

2. Measuring output pressure of No. 1 and No. 2


pump CO and NC valves
1) Remove oil pressure measurement plugs (2)
and (3) (Thread dia.=10mm, Pitch=1.25mm)
of the No. 2 pump.
(2): For front pump circuit
(3): For rear pump circuit

PC1100-6

20-123
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING PISTON PUMP CONTROL PRESSURE

2) Fit nipple q of oil pressure gauge J1, then


connect oil pressure gauge J1 (5.9 MPa {60
kg/cm2}).
3) Run the engine at full throttle and measure
the pressure under each of the following
conditions.
4) Measuring when work equipment control levers are at neutral:
i) Set the working mode switch to the DH
mode.
ii) Measure the output pressure when all
control levers area at neutral.
5) Measuring when track is rotating under no
load:
i) Set the working mode switch to the DH
mode.
ii) Using the boom and arm, jack up the
track on the side to be measured.
iii) Measure the output pressure when the
track is rotating under no load.
fl The output pressure of the CO, NC valve
differs according to the jet sensor output
differential pressure, so if the CO, NC valve
output pressure is not normal, always measure the jet sensor output differential pressure.

3. Measuring No. 3 pump CO, NC valve output


pressure
1) Remove oil pressure measurement plug (4)
(Thread dia.=10mm, Pitch=1.25mm).
2) Fit nipple q of oil pressure gauge J1, then
connect oil pressure gauge J1 (5.9 MPa {60
kg/cm2}).
3) Run the engine at full throttle and measure
the pressure under each of the following
conditions.

20-124
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING PISTON PUMP CONTROL PRESSURE

4) Measuring when work equipment control levers are at neutral:


i) Set the working mode switch to the DH
mode.
ii) Measure the output pressure when all
control levers area at neutral.
5) Measuring when upper structure is swinging under no load:
i) Set the working mode switch to the DH
mode.
ii) Measure the output pressure when the
upper structure is swinging under no
load.
fl The output pressure of the CO, NC valve
differs according to the jet sensor output
pressure differential pressure, so if the CO,
NC valve output pressure is not normal, always measure the jet sensor output differential pressure.

4. Measuring R.H. 4-spool valve and L.H. 5-spool


valve jet sensor output differential pressure
Loosen the oil filler cap slowly to release
the pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
1) Remove high-pressure oil pressure measurement plug (5) (PT1/8) and low-pressure oil
pressure measurement plug (6) (PT1/8).

PC1100-6

20-125
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING PISTON PUMP CONTROL PRESSURE

2) Fit nipple e of oil pressure gauge J1, then


connect differential gauge J3 or oil pressure
gauge J1 (5.9 MPa {60 kg/cm2}).
3) Set the working mode switch to the DH
mode.

4) Start the engine, then using the boom and


arm, jack up the track on the side to be
measured.
5) Run the engine at full throttle and measure
the output differential pressure when all levers are at neutral and when the track is
rotating under no load.

5. Measuring swing 4-spool valve jet sensor output differential pressure


Loosen the oil filler cap slowly to release the
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
1) Remove high-pressure oil pressure measurement plug (7) (PT1/8) and low-pressure oil
pressure measurement plug (8) (PT1/8).

20-126
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING PISTON PUMP CONTROL PRESSURE

2) Install nipple e of oil pressure gauge J1,


then connect to differential gauge J3 or oil
pressure gauge J1 (58.8 MPa {600 kg/cm2}).
fl When using oil pressure gauge J1 (58.8
MPa {600 kg/cm2}), exchange with a 0.98
MPa {10 kg/cm2} unit gauge to measure
the high pressure and low pressure.
3) Set the working mode switch to DH mode.
4) Run the engine at full throttle, and measure
the output differential pressure with all the
control levers at neutral and with the swing
operated under no load.

Adjusting
1. Adjusting TVC valve
fl If the TVC valve output pressure is not correct, adjust the TVC valve of the No. 1 pump
as follows.
1) Loosen locknut (9).
2) Turn adjustment screw (10) to adjust.
fl Turn the adjustment screw to adjust as
follows.

To INCREASE pressure, turn CLOCKWISE.

To DECREASE pressure, turn


COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
fl Amount of adjustment for one turn of
adjustment screw:
Approx. 0.4 MPa {4.1 kg/cm2}
3 Locknut: 5.9 9.8 Nm {0.6 1.0 kgm}
fl After completion of adjustment, repeat
the procedure in above to check the set
pressure again.

PC1100-6

20-127
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING PISTON PUMP CONTROL PRESSURE

2. Adjusting No. 1 and No. 2 pump CO and NC


valves
fl If the CO, NC valve output pressure is not
correct, adjust the CO, NC valve of the No. 1
pump as follows.
1) Adjusting CO valve
i) Loosen locknut (11).
ii) Turn adjustment screw (12) to adjust.
fl Turn the adjustment screw to adjust
as follows.

To INCREASE pressure, turn


CLOCKWISE.

To DECREASE pressure, turn


COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
fl Amount of adjustment for one turn
of adjustment screw:
Approx. 2.2 MPa {22.4 kg/cm2}
3 Locknut:
5.9 9.8 Nm {0.6 1.0 kgm}
fl After completion of adjustment, repeat the procedure in above to check
the set pressure again.

2) Adjusting NC valve
i) Loosen locknut (13).
ii) Turn adjustment screw (14) to adjust.
fl Turn the adjustment screw to adjust
as follows.

To INCREASE pressure, turn


CLOCKWISE.

To DECREASE pressure, turn


COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
fl Amount of adjustment for one turn
of adjustment screw:
Approx. 0.42 MPa {4.3 kg/cm2}
3 Locknut:
5.9 9.8 Nm {0.6 1.0 kgm}
fl After completion of adjustment, repeat the procedure in above to check
the set pressure again.

20-128
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING PISTON PUMP CONTROL PRESSURE

3. Adjusting No. 3 pump CO and NC valves


fl If the CO, NC valve output pressure is not
correct, adjust the CO, NC valve as follows.
1) Adjusting CO valve
fl Adjust in the same way as for the No. 1
and No. 2 pump CO and NC valves

2) Adjusting NC valve
fl Adjust in the same way as for the No. 1
and No. 2 pump CO and NC valves

4. Adjusting R.H. 4-spool valve and L.H. 5-spool


valve jet sensor
fl If the output differential pressure of the jet
sensor is not correct, adjust the jet sensor
relief valve as follows.
1) Loosen locknut (15).
2) Turn adjustment screw (16) to adjust.
fl Turn the adjustment screw to adjust as
follows.

To INCREASE pressure, turn CLOCKWISE.

To DECREASE pressure, turn


COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
fl Amount of adjustment for one turn of
adjustment screw:
Approx. 0.29 MPa {2.96 kg/cm2}
3 Locknut: 59 78 Nm {6 8 kgm}
fl After completion of adjustment, repeat the procedure in above to check
the set pressure again.

PC1100-6

20-129
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING AND ADJUSTING PISTON PUMP CONTROL PRESSURE

5. Adjusting swing 4-spool valve jet sensor


fl If the jet sensor output differential pressure
is not correct, adjust the jet sensor relief
valve as follows.
fl Adjust in the same way as for the R.H. 4spool valve and L.H. 5-spool valve jet sensor.

20-130
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING SERVO PISTON STROKE

MEASURING SERVO PISTON


STROKE
fl When judging the condition of the servo valve,
measure the stroke of the servo valve as follows.
1. Measurement tools to prepare
1) Prepare new servo piston cover (1).
fl The same part is used for the No. 1 pump
and No. 2 pump.
2) Machine a PT1/4 tap hole in the center of cap
(1).
3) Install disk gauge P in cap (1).
2. Measuring stroke
1) Remove the cap at the servo piston spring
chamber end, then install the measuring tool.
fl Install the tool for measuring the cap Oring.
2) Stop the engine, push in the rod of the measurement tool fully, and measure dimension
a1 of the rod.
3) Start the engine and use the work equipment to jack up the track shoe from the
ground on the side to be measured.
4) Run the engine at full throttle, rotate the
track under no load, and measure dimension a2 of the rod.
5) Calculate stroke b of the servo piston from
dimensions a1 and a2.
fl Standard stroke b of servo piston

No. 1 pump, No. 2 pump: 9.37 mm

No. 3 pump: 12.2 mm

3. Pass/Fail judgment
fl If the servo piston stroke is not correct, before judging the condition, remove the servo
valve, servo piston cap, and spring, then
move the servo piston by hand and check
that it moves smoothly.
1) If servo piston stroke is correct:
The servo valve is normal.
2) If servo piston stroke is not correct:
If the servo piston moves smoothly:
The servo valve is defective.
If the servo piston does not move
smoothly: The servo valve is normal.

PC1100-6

20-131
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING PPC VALVE OUTPUT PRESSURE AND


TESTING PPC SHUTTLE VALVE

MEASURING PPC VALVE OUTPUT PRESSURE AND TESTING


PPC SHUTTLE VALVE
fl Oil temperature when measuring: 45 55C
1. Measuring PPC valve output pressure
1) Disconnect hose (1) of the circuit to be measured.
fl See the diagram on the next page for
details of the hose to disconnect.

2) Install adapter q and nipple w of oil pressure gauge J1, then connect oil pressure
gauge J1 (5.9 MPa {60 kg/cm2}).

3) Run the engine at full throttle, operate the


control lever of the circuit to be measured,
and measure the oil pressure.
fl Measure with the lever operated fully.
fl Condition of actuatorswhen measuring

For the work equipment, operate


each cylinder to the end of its stroke.

For the swing, turn the swing lock


switch ON to lock the swing.
For the travel circuit, put block e
between the sprocket and frame to
lock the track.

20-132
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING PPC VALVE OUTPUT PRESSURE AND


TESTING PPC SHUTTLE VALVE

2. Measuring swing PPC shuttle valve


1) Disconnect hose (2).

2) Install adapter q and nipple w of oil pressure gauge J1, then connect oil pressure
gauge J1 (5.9 MPa {60 kg/cm2}).

3) Run the engine at full throttle, swing the


upper structure to the left and right, and
measure the oil pressure in each direction.
fl If the oil pressure is correct for both the
left and right swing, the shuttle valve is
normal.
fl If the oil pressure is not correct for either the left or right swing, the shuttle
valve ball is probably stuck.

PC1100-6

20-133
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

20-134
1

MEASURING PPC VALVE OUTPUT PRESSURE AND


TESTING PPC SHUTTLE VALVE

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

PC1100-6

MEASURING PPC VALVE OUTPUT PRESSURE AND


TESTING PPC SHUTTLE VALVE

20-135
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT PRESSURE

TESTING SOLENOID VALVE


OUTPUT PRESSURE
Loosen the oil filler cap slowly to release the
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
1. Disconnect outlet hose (9) of the solenoid valve
(1) (8) to be measured
(1): Straight-travel solenoid valve
(2): Machine push-up solenoid valve

(3): Swing holding brake R solenoid valve


(4): Travel speed solenoid valve
(5): Swing holding brake F solenoid valve

(6): CO cancel solenoid valve


(7): 2-stage relief solenoid valve
(8): Swing priority solenoid valve

2. Install adapter q and nipple w of oil pressure


gauge J1, then connect oil pressure gauge J1
(5.9 MPa {60 kg/cm2}).

20-136
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT PRESSURE

3. Start the engine and measure the output pressure when set or operated to the conditions in
the table below.
fl When operating the work equipment, swing,
or travel levers, operate slightly (enough for
the PPC pressure switch to be turned ON).

Table
No. Solenoid

Straight
travel

Machine
push-up

Swing
holding
brake R

Travel
speed

Swing
holding
brake F

CO
cancel

2-stage
main
relief

Swing
priority

PC1100-6

Measurement conditions

Condition of Oil pressure


(MPa {kg/cm2})
solenoid

Operating condition

All levers at neutral

OFF

Flow from front pump circuit


and rear pump circuit divided

Swing or work equipment and travel


control lever operated simultaneously

ON

2.9 0.6
{30 5.5}

Flow from front pump circuit


and rear pump circuit merged

When machine push-up switch is at


high-pressure setting

OFF

Boom LOWER safety valve


at high-pressure setting

When machine push-up switch is at


low-pressure setting

ON

2.9 0.6
{30 5.5}

Boom LOWER safety valve


at low-pressure setting

5 sec after all work equipment and


swing levers are returned to neutral

OFF

Swing holding brake


applied

Swing or work equipment lever


operated

ON

2.9 0.6
{30 5.5}

Swing holding brake


canceled

Travel speed switch at Lo

OFF

Travel motor swash plate


angle at MAX

Travel speed switch at Hi and travel


lever operated

ON

2.9 0.6
{30 5.5}

Travel motor swash plate


angle at MIN

5 sec after all work equipment and


swing levers are returned to neutral

OFF

Swing holding brake


applied

Swing or work equipment lever


operated

ON

2.9 0.6
{30 5.5}

Swing holding brake


canceled

Working mode switch at H or G

OFF

Working mode switch at DH

ON

2.9 0.6
{30 5.5}

When heavy-lift switch is OFF

OFF

Main relief valve at lowpressure setting

When heavy-lift switch is ON and boom


RAISE is operated independently

ON

2.9 0.6
{30 5.5}

Main relief valve at highpressure setting

Swing priority switch OFF

OFF

Boom Plus spool actuated

Swing priority switch ON

ON

2.9 0.6
{30 5.5}

Boom Plus spool stopped

Pump CO function actuated


Pump CO function
canceled

20-137
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING PPC VALVE

ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING PPC VALVE


fl If there is excessive play at the tip of the work
equipment or swing lever, adjust at the PPC
valve end as follows.
Standard lever play a: 0.5 3 mm at point 200
mm from rotating center of lever (forward and
reverse, and left and right)
1. Remove boot (1).
2. Loosen locknut (2), then turn disc (3) to adjust
the play of the lever.
fl When doing this, do not move the piston.
3. Secure disc (3) in position, then tighten locknut
(2) to the specified torque.
3 Locknut :
98.07 127.49 Nm {10 13 kgm}
4. Install boot (1).

20-138
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING TRAVEL DEVIATION

TESTING TRAVEL DEVIATION


fl When traveling on level ground.
1. Set the machine in the travel posture.
fl For the travel posture, extend the bucket and
arm cylinder rods fully, and hold the boom
angle at 45.
2. Operate with the engine at full throttle, run up
for 10 m, then measure the deviation over the
next 20 m.
fl Install the oil pressure gauge and measure
the pump discharge pressure at the same
time.

PC1100-6

20-139
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

TESTING LOCATIONS CAUSING HYDRAULIC


DRIFT OF WORK EQUIPMENT

TESTING LOCATIONS
CAUSING HYDRAULIC DRIFT
OF WORK EQUIPMENT
fl If there is any hydraulic drift in the work equipment (cylinders), check as follows to determine
if the cause is in the cylinder packing or in the
control valve.
1. Checking boom and bucket cylinders
1) Set in the same posture as when measuring
hydraulic drift, and stop the engine.
2) Operate the boom control lever to RAISE or
the bucket control lever to CURL.
If the lowering speed increases, the packing is defective.
If there is no change, the boom lock valve
(boom) or the control valve (bucket) is
defective.
fl If the pressure in the accumulator has
dropped, run the engine for approx. 10
seconds to charge the accumulator again
before operating.
2. Checking arm cylinder
1) Stop the arm cylinder at a point approx. 100
mm before the end of the IN stroke, then
stop the engine.
2) Operate the control lever to arm IN.
If the lowering speed increases, the packing is defective.
If there is no change, the control valve is
defective.
fl If the pressure in the accumulator has
dropped, run the engine for approx. 10
seconds to charge the accumulator again
before operating.
[Reference]If the cause of the hydraulic drift is in
the packing, and the above operation is
carried out, the downward movement becomes faster for the following reasons.
1) If the work equipment is set to the above
posture (holding pressure applied to the bottom end), the oil at the bottom end leaks to
the head end. However, the volume at the
head end is smaller than the volume at the
bottom end by the volume of the rod, so the
internal pressure at the head end increases
because of the oil flowing in from the bottom end.
2) When the internal pressure at the head end
increases, the pressure at the bottom end
also rises in proportion to this. The balance
is maintained at a certain pressure (this differs according to the amount of leakage) by
repeating this procedure.
3) When the pressure is balanced, the downward movement becomes slower. If the lever is then operated according to the procedure given above, the circuit at the head
end is opened to the drain circuit (the bottom end is closed by the check valve), so
the oil at the head end flows to the drain
circuit and the downward movement becomes faster.

20-140
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE

MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE


fl Oil temperature when measuring: 45 55C
1. Work equipment cylinder
1) Fully extend the rod of the cylinder to be
measured, then stop the engine.
2) Disconnect piping (1) at the head end, then
block the piping at the chassis end with a
blind plug.
Be careful not to disconnect the piping
at the bottom end.
3) Start the engine and apply the relief pressure to the bottom end of the cylinder with
the engine at full throttle.
Boom cylinder: RAISE
Arm cylinder: IN
Bucket cylinder: CURL
4) Continue this condition for 30 seconds, then
measure the oil leakage for the next one
minute.

PC1100-6

20-141
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE

2. Swing motor
Loosen the hydraulic tank oil filler cap slowly
to release the pressure inside the tank.
1) Disconnect drain hose (2) from the swing
motor, then install a blind plug at the tank
end.
2) Turn the swing lock switch LOCK.
3) Start the engine and operate the swing relief with the engine at full throttle.
4) Continue this condition for 30 seconds, then
measure the oil leakage for the next one
minute.
fl After measuring, swing 180 and measure
again.

3. Travel motor
Loosen the hydraulic tank oil filler cap slowly
to release the pressure inside the tank.
1) Disconnect drain hose (3) from the travel
motor, then fit a blind plug at the hose end.
2) Fit block q between the sprocket and frame
to lock the track.
3) Start the engine and operate the travel relief
with the engine at full throttle.
When measuring the oil leakage from
the travel motor, mistaken operation of
the control lever may lead to a serious
accident, so always use signals and check
carefully when carrying out this operation.
4) Continue this condition for 30 seconds, then
measure the oil leakage for the next one
minute.
fl When measuring, move the motor slightly
(to change the position between the valve
plate and cylinder, and between the piston
and cylinder), and measure several times.

20-142
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE

4. Center swivel joint


Table (inspection port and measurement port)
Swivel joint
inspection port

Direction of rotation
Swivel joint
measurement port
of travel motor

L.H. FORWARD

TB

L.H. REVERSE

AP

R.H. FORWARD

PD

R.H. REVERSE

TC

Speed selection

BC

1) Put block q between the sprocket and frame


to lock the rotation of the travel motor where
the port is to be inspected, and stop the
engine.
Loosen the hydraulic tank oil filler cap
slowly to release the pressure inside the
tank.
2) Disconnect the hoses at the botom of the
swivel joint for the measurement port at both
sides of the port to be inspected, and fit
blind plugs in the hoses.
fl When measuring at port T, disconnect
and block the hoses at the top of the
swivel joint to prevent the oil from the
other circuits from flowing in. At the bottom, disconnect the hoses, and do not
block them. Catch the oil in an oil pan.
3) Run the engine at full throttle, and measure
as follows.
i) Ports A, B, C, D
Relieve the travel motor slowly in the
direction of rotation for the port to be
inspected.
If the lever is operated mistakenly, it
may lead to serious injury or damage, so be sure to confirm signals
and signs carefully.
ii) Port P
Set the travel speed switch to Hi.
4) Continue for one minute, then measure the
oil leakage for the next one minute.

PC1100-6

20-143
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

20-144
1

MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

BLEEDING AIR

BLEEDING AIR
1. Bleeding air from hydraulic pumps
fl If the hydraulic pump or related piping has
been removed and installed again, bleed the
air from the hydraulic pumps as follows.
1) Loosen air bleed plugs (1), (2), and (3) 4
turns.
2) Loosen the oil filler cap of the hydraulic tank
and leave for approx. 10 minutes.
fl The time needed differs according to the
amount of oil remaining inside the pump
case.
3) When oil comes out of air bleed plugs (1)
and (2), tighten air bleed plugs (1) and (2).
4) Start the engine and run at low idling.
fl Set the safety lock lever to the LOCK
position to prevent the work equipment
from moving.
5) When no more cloudy white oil comes out
from air bleed plug (3), tighten air bleed
plug (3).

2. Bleeding air from swing motor


fl If the travel motor, center swivel joint, or
related piping has been removed and installed again, bleed the air from the hydraulic pumps as follows.
1) Loosen air bleed plug (4).
2) Start the engine and use the boom and arm
to jack up the track shoe from the ground
on the side where the air is to be bled.
3) Run the engine at low idling and rotate the
track under no load.
4) When oil comes out from air bleed plug (4),
tighten air bleed plug (4).

PC1100-6

20-145
1

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

BLEEDING AIR

3. Bleeding air from swing motor


fl When the swing motor has been removed
or installed again, or when the related piping has been disconnected or connected, do
as follows to bleed the air from the swing
motor.
1) Run the engine at low idling, then start and
stop the swing several times.
fl This operation will bleed the air inside
the swing motor automatically.

4. Bleeding air from hydraulic cylinders


fl When the hydraulic cylinders have been removed or installed again, or when the related piping has been disconnected or connected, do as follows to bleed the air from
the hydraulic cylinders.
1) Start the engine and run at idling for approx.
5 minutes.
2) Run the engine at low idling, then raise and
lower the boom 4 5 times in succession.
fl Operate the piston rod to a point approx.
100 mm before the end of its stroke. Do
not relieve the circuit under any circumstances.
3) Keep the engine running at low idling, operate the cylinder slowly (take at least 10 seconds) from a point approx. 100 mm before
the end of the stroke, extend the cylinder to
the end of its stroke to relieve the circuit,
and hold in the relief position for 3 minutes.
4) Run the engine at high idling, operate the
cylinder slowly (take at least 10 seconds) from
a point approx. 100 mm before the end of
the stroke, extend the cylinder to the end of
its stroke to relieve the circuit, and hold in
the relief position for 1 minute.

20-146
1

PC1100-6

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

RELEASING REMAINING PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

RELEASING REMAINING
PRESSURE IN
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
fl If the piping between the hydraulic cylinder and
the control valve is to be disconnected, release
the remaining pressure from the circuit as follows.
The travel circuit is an open circuit, so there is
no remaining pressure. It is enough to remove
the oil filler cap.
1. Loosen the oil filler cap slowly to release the
pressure inside the tank.
2. Operate the control levers.
fl When the levers are operated 2 3 times,
the pressure stored in the accumulator is
removed.
3. Start the engine, run at low idling for approx. 5
minutes, then stop the engine and operate the
control levers.
fl Repeat the above operation 2 3 times to
release all the remaining pressure.

PC1100-6

20-147
1

TROUBLESHOOTING
Points to remember when troubleshooting ........................................................................................ 20-202
Sequence of events in troubleshooting .............................................................................................. 20-203
Points to remember when carrying out maintenance ....................................................................... 20-204
Checks before troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ 20-212
Connector types and mounting locations ........................................................................................... 20-214
Connection table for connector pin numbers .................................................................................... 20-220
Explanation of functions of control mechanism for electrical system ............................................ 20-231
Display method and special functions of monitor panel .................................................................. 20-232
Details of troubleshooting and troubleshooting procedure ............................................................. 20-248
Method of using judgement table ....................................................................................................... 20-250
Method of using troubleshooting charts ............................................................................................ 20-252
Troubleshooting of communication abnormality system (N mode) ............................................... 20-301
Troubleshooting of engine controller & APS controller system (E mode) ..................................... 20-351
Troubleshooting of engine system (S mode) ..................................................................................... 20-401
Troubleshooting of pump controller system (C mode) ..................................................................... 20-451
Troubleshooting of pump controller input signal system (F mode) ............................................... 20-501
Troubleshooting of hydraulic, mechanical system (H mode) ........................................................... 20-551
Troubleshooting of machine monitor system (M mode) .................................................................. 20-601

PC1100-6

20-201
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING


Stop the machine in a level place, and check that the safety pin, blocks, and parking brake are securely fitted.
When carrying out the operation with two or more workers, keep strictly to the agreed signals, and do not
allow any unauthorized person to come near.

If the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot, hot water may spurt out and cause burns, so wait for
the engine to cool down before starting troubleshooting.

Be extremely careful not to touch any hot parts or to get caught in any rotating parts.
When disconnecting wiring, always disconnect the negative () terminal of the battery first.
When removing the plug or cap from a location which is under pressure from oil, water, or air, always release
the internal pressure first. When installing measuring equipment, be sure to connect it properly.
The aim of troubleshooting is to pinpoint the basic cause of the failure, to carry out repairs swiftly, and to
prevent reoccurrence of the failure.
When carrying out troubleshooting, and important point is of course to understand the structure and function.
However, a short cut to effective troubleshooting is to ask the operator various questions to form some idea
of possible causes of the failure that would produce the reported symptoms.
1.

2.

3.

When carrying out troubleshooting, do not hurry


to disassemble the components.
If components are disassembled immediately any
failure occurs:

Parts that have no connection with the failure or other unnecessary parts will be disassembled.

It will become impossible to find the cause


of the failure.
It will also cause a waste of manhours, parts, or
oil or grease, and at the same time, will also lose
the confidence of the user or operator.
For this reason, when carrying out troubleshooting, it is necessary to carry out thorough prior
investigation and to carry out troubleshooting in
accordance with the fixed procedure.
Points to ask user or operator
1) Have any other problems occurred apart from
the problem that has been reported?
2) Was there anything strange about the machine before the failure occurred?
3) Did the failure occur suddenly, or were there
problems with the machine condition before
this?
4) Under what conditions did the failure occur?
5) Had any repairs been carried out before the
failure?
When were these repairs carried out?
6) Has the same kind of failure occurred before?
Check before troubleshooting
1) Check the oil level
2) Check for any external leakage of oil from
the piping or hydraulic equipment.
3) Check the travel of the control levers.

20-202
3

4)
5)

4.

5.

6.

Check the stroke of the control valve spool.


Other maintenance items can be checked externally, so check any item that is considered
to be necessary.
Confirming failure

Confirm the extent of the failure yourself,


and judge whether to handle it as a real failure or as a problem with the method of operation, etc.
fl When operating the machine to reenact
the troubleshooting symptoms, do not
carry out any investigation or measurement that may make the problem worse.
Troubleshooting

Use the results of the investigation and inspection in Items 2 4 to narrow down the
causes of failure, then use the troubleshooting flowchart to locate the position of the
failure exactly.
fl The basic procedure for troubleshooting
is as follows.
1) Start from the simple points.
2) Start from the most likely points.
3) Investigate other related parts or information.
Measures to remove root cause of failure

Even if the failure is repaired, if the root cause


of the failure is not repaired, the same failure
will occur again.
To prevent this, always investigate why the
problem occurred. Then, remove the root
cause.

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

SEQUENCE OF EVENTS IN TROUBLESHOOTING

SEQUENCE OF EVENTS IN TROUBLESHOOTING


Office, shop

Jobsite

Step 1
Examination, confirmation of symptoms
1) When a request for repairs is received, first
ask the following points.
Name of customer
Type, serial number of machine
Details of jobsite, etc.
2) Ask questions to gain an outline of the problem.
Condition of failure
Work being carried out at the time of the
failure
Operating environment
Past history, details of maintenance, etc.

Step 2
Determining probable location of cause
1) Look at the troubleshooting section of the
shop manual to find locations of possible
causes.

Step 3
Preparation of troubleshooting tools
1) Look at the table of troubleshooting tools in
the shop manual and prepare the necessary
tools.
T-adapter
Hydraulic pressure gauge kit, etc.
2) Look in the parts book and prepare the necessary replacement parts.

Step 7
Pinpoint locations of failure (carry out
troubleshooting)
Decide action to take
1) Before starting troubleshooting, locate and
repair simple failures.
Check before starting items
Other check items
2) See the Troubleshooting Section of the shop
manual, select a troubleshooting flowchart
that matches the symptoms, and carry out
troubleshooting.

Step 6
Re-enacting failure

Step 4
Go to jobsite

Step 5
Ask operator questions to confirm details of
failure.

PC1100-6

Drive and operate the machine to confirm


the condition and judge if there is really a
failure.

Was there anything strange about the machine before the failure occurred?
Did the failure occur suddenly?
Had any repairs been carried out before the
failure?

20-203
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE


To maintain the performance of the machine over a long period, and to prevent failures or other
troubles before they occur, correct operation, maintenance and inspection, troubleshooting, and repairs must be carried out. This section deals particularly with correct repair procedures for mechatronics
and is aimed at improving the quality of repairs. For this purpose, it gives sections on Handling
electric equipment and Handling hydraulic equipment (particularly gear oil and hydraulic oil).

1. POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN HANDLING


ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT
1) Handling wiring harnesses and connectors
Wiring harnesses consist of wiring connecting
one component to another component, connectors used for connecting and disconnecting one
wire from another wire, and protectors or tubes
used for protecting the wiring.
Compared with other electrical components fitted in boxes or cases, wiring harnesses are more
likely to be affected by the direct effects of rain,
water, heat, or vibration. Furthermore, during
inspection and repair operations, they are frequently removed and installed again, so they
are likely to suffer deformation or damage. For
this reason, it is necessary to be extremely careful when handling wiring harnesses.

Main failures occurring in wiring harness


1 Defective contact of connectors (defective
contact between male and female)
Problems with defective contact are likely to
occur because the male connector is not
properly inserted into the female connector,
or because one or both of the connectors is
deformed or the position is not correctly
aligned, or because there is corrosion or
oxidization of the contact surfaces.

2 Defective crimping or soldering of connectors


The pins of the male and female connectors
are in contact at the crimped terminal or
soldered portion, but if there is excessive
force brought to bear on the wiring, the plating at the joint will peel and cause improper
connection or breakage.

20-204
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

3 Disconnections in wiring
If the wiring is held and the connectors are
pulled apart, or components are lifted with a
crane with the wiring still connected, or a
heavy object hits the wiring, the crimping of
the connector may separate, or the soldering may be damaged, or the wiring may be
broken.

4 High-pressure water entering connector


The connector is designed to make it difficult for water to enter (drip-proof structure),
but if high-pressure water is sprayed directly
on the connector, water may enter the connector, depending on the direction of the
water jet.
As already said, the connector is designed
to prevent water from entering, but at the
same time, if water does enter, it is difficult
for it to be drained. Therefore, if water should
get into the connector, the pins will be shortcircuited by the water, so if any water gets
in, immediately dry the connector or take
other appropriate action before passing electricity through it.
5 Oil or dirt stuck to connector
If oil or grease are stuck to the connector
and an oil film is formed on the mating surface between the male and female pins, the
oil will not let the electricity pass, so there
will be defective contact.
If there is oil or grease stuck to the connector, wipe it off with a dry cloth or blow it dry
with compressed air and spray it with a contact restorer.
fl When wiping the mating portion of the
connector, be careful not to use excessive force or deform the pins.
fl If there is oil or water in the compressed
air, the contacts will become even dirtier,
so remove the oil and water from the
compressed air completely before cleaning with compressed air.

PC1100-6

20-205
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

2) Removing, installing, and drying connectors and


wiring harnesses

Disconnecting connectors
1 Hold the connectors when disconnecting.
When disconnecting the connectors, hold the
connectors and not the wires. For connectors held by a screw, loosen the screw fully,
then hold the male and female connectors
in each hand and pull apart. For connectors
which have a lock stopper, press down the
stopper with your thumb and pull the connectors apart.
fl Never pull with one hand.
2 When removing from clips
When removing a connector from a clip, pull
the connector in a parallel direction to the
clip.
fl If the connector is twisted up and down
or to the left or right, the housing may
break.

3 Action to take after removing connectors


After removing any connector, cover it with
a vinyl bag to prevent any dust, dirt, oil, or
water from getting in the connector portion.
fl If the machine is left disassembled for a
long time, it is particularly easy for improper contact to occur, so always cover
the connector.

20-206
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

Connecting connectors
1 Check the connector visually.
1) Check that there is no oil, dirt, or water
stuck to the connector pins (mating portion).
2) Check that there is no deformation, defective contact, corrosion, or damage to
the connector pins.
3) Check that there is no damage or breakage to the outside of the connector.
fl If there is any oil, water, or dirt stuck to
the connector, wipe it off with a dry cloth.
If any water has got inside the connector, warm the inside of the wiring with a
dryer, but be careful not to make it too
hot as this will cause short circuits.
fl If there is any damage or breakage, replace the connector.
2 Fix the connector securely.
Align the position of the connector correctly,
then insert it securely.
For connectors with lock stopper, push in
the connector until the stopper clicks into
position.
3 Correct any protrusion of the boot and any
misalignment of the wiring harness
For connectors fitted with boots, correct any
protrusion of the boot. In addition, if the
wiring harness is misaligned, or the clamp
is out of position, adjust it to its correct position.
fl If the connector cannot be corrected easily, remove the clamp and adjust the
position.
4 If the connector clamp has been removed,
be sure to return it to its original position.
Check also that there are no loose clamps.

PC1100-6

20-207
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

Drying wiring harness


If there is any oil or dirt on the wiring harness,
wipe it off with a dry cloth. Avoid washing it in
water or using steam. If the connector must be
washed in water, do not use high-pressure water or steam directly on the wiring harness.
If water gets directly on the connector, do as
follows.
1 Disconnect the connector and wipe off the
water with a dry cloth.
fl If the connector is blown dry with compressed air, there is the risk that oil in
the air may cause defective contact, so
remove all oil and water from the compressed air before blowing with air.

2 Dry the inside of the connector with a dryer.


If water gets inside the connector, use a dryer
to dry the connector.
fl Hot air from the dryer can be used, but
regulate the time that the hot air is used
in order not to make the connector or
related parts too hot, as this will cause
deformation or damage to the connector.

3 Carry out a continuity test on the connector.


After drying, leave the wiring harness disconnected and carry out a continuity test to
check for any short circuits between pins
caused by water.
fl After completely drying the connector,
blow it with contact restorer and reassemble.

20-208
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

3) Handling control box


1 The control box contains a microcomputer
and electronic control circuits. These control
all of the electronic circuits on the machine,
so be extremely careful when handling the
control box.
2 Do not open the cover of the control box
unless necessary.

3 Do not place objects on top of the control


box.
4 Cover the control connectors with tape or a
vinyl bag.
Never touch the connector contacts with your
hand.
5 During rainy weather, do not leave the control box in a place where it is exposed to
rain.

6 Do not place the control box on oil, water,


or soil, or in any hot place, even for a short
time.
(Place it on a suitable dry stand).
7 Precautions when carrying out arc welding
When carrying out arc welding on the body,
disconnect all wiring harness connectors connected to the control box. Fit an arc welding
ground close to the welding point.

2. Points to remember when troubleshooting electric circuits


1) Always turn the power OFF before disconnecting or connect connectors.
2) Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Disconnect and connect the related connectors several times to check.
3) Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
fl If the power is turned ON with the connectors still disconnected, unnecessary abnormality
displays will be generated.
4) When carrying out troubleshooting of circuits (measuring the voltage, resistance, continuity, or
current), move the related wiring and connectors several times and check that there is no
change in the reading of the tester.
fl If there is any change, there is probably defective contact in that circuit.

PC1100-6

20-209
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

3. POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN HANDLING


HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT
With the increase in pressure and precision of hydraulic equipment, the most common cause of failure is dirt (foreign material) in the hydraulic circuit.
When adding hydraulic oil, or when disassembling
or assembling hydraulic equipment, it is necessary
to be particularly careful.
1) Be careful of the operating environment.
Avoid adding hydraulic oil, replacing filters, or
repairing the machine in rain or high winds, or
places where there is a lot of dust.
2) Disassembly and maintenance work in the field
If disassembly or maintenance work is carried
out on hydraulic equipment in the field, there is
danger of dust entering the equipment. It is also
difficult to confirm the performance after repairs,
so it is desirable to use unit exchange. Disassembly and main-tenance of hydraulic equipment should be carried out in a specially prepared dustproof workshop, and the performance
should be confirmed with special test equipment.
3) Sealing openings
After any piping or equipment is removed, the
openings should be sealed with caps, tapes, or
vinyl bags to prevent any dirt or dust from entering. If the opening is left open or is blocked
with a rag, there is danger of dirt entering or of
the surrounding area being made dirty by leaking oil so never do this.
Do not simply drain oil out on to the ground,
collect it and ask the customer to dispose of it,
or take it back with you for disposal.

4) Do not let any dirt or dust get in during refilling


operations.
Be careful not to let any dirt or dust get in when
refilling with hydraulic oil. Always keep the oil
filler and the area around it clean, and also use
clean pumps and oil containers. If an oil cleaning device is used, it is possible to filter out the
dirt that has collected during storage, so this is
an even more effective method.

20-210
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

5) Change hydraulic oil when the temperature is


high.
When hydraulic oil or other oil is warm, it flows
easily. In addition, the sludge can also be drained
out easily from the circuit together with the oil,
so it is best to change the oil when it is still
warm. When changing the oil, as much as possible of the old hydraulic oil must be drained
out. (Drain the oil from the hydraulic tank; also
drain the oil from the filter and from the drain
plug in the circuit.) If any old oil is left, the
contaminants and sludge in it will mix with the
new oil and will shorten the life of the hydraulic
oil.
6) Flushing operations
After disassembling and assembling the equipment, or changing the oil, use flushing oil to
remove the contaminants, sludge, and old oil
from the hydraulic circuit.
Normally, flushing is carried out twice: primary
flushing is carried out with flushing oil, and secondary flushing is carried out with the specified
hydraulic oil.

7) Cleaning operations
After repairing the hydraulic equipment (pump,
control valve, etc.) or when running the machine, carry out oil cleaning to remove the sludge
or contaminants in the hydraulic oil circuit.
The oil cleaning equipment is used to remove
the ultrafine (about 3) particles that the filter
built into the hydraulic equipment cannot remove, so it is an extremely effective device.

PC1100-6

20-211
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

CHECKS BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING

CHECKS BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING


Judgement
value

Check fuel level, type of fuel

Add fuel

2.

Check for impurities in fuel

Clean, drain

3.

Check hydraulic oil level

Add oil

4.

Check hydraulic strainer

Clean, drain

5.

Check swing machinery oil level

Add oil

6.

Check engine oil level (oil pan oil level), type of oil

Add oil

7.

Check coolant level

Add water

8.

Check dust indicator for clogging

Clean or replace

9.

Check hydraulic filter

Replace

1.

Check for looseness, corrosion of battery terminal, wiring

Tighten or replace

2.

Check for looseness, corrosion of alternator terminal, wiring

Tighten or replace

3.

Check for looseness, corrosion of starting motor terminal, wiring

Tighten or replace

1.

Check for abnormal noise, smell

Repair

2.

Check for oil leakage

Repair

3.

Carry out air bleeding

Bleed air

1.

Check battery voltage (engine stopped)

20 30V

Replace

2.

Check battery electrolyte level

Add or replace

3.

Check for discolored, burnt, exposed wiring

Replace

4.

Check for missing wiring clamps, hanging wiring

Repair

5.

Check for water leaking on wiring (be particularly careful attention

Disconnect

Electrics, electrical equipment

Lubricating oil, coolant

1.

Electrical
equipment

Action

Hydraulic,
mechanical
equipment

Item

to water leaking on connectors or terminals)


6.

Check for blown, corroded fuses

7.

Check alternator voltage (engine running at 1/2 throttle or above)

8.

Check operating sound of battery (when switch is turned ON/OFF)

20-212
3

connector and dry

Replace

After running Replace


for several
minutes:
27.5 29.5V

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

CONNECTOR TYPES AND MOUNTING LOCATIONS

CONNECTOR TYPES AND MOUNTING LOCATIONS


ConNo.
nector Type of
No.
pins
C01

MIC

13

Mounting location

Address

ConNo.
nector Type of
No.
pins

Pump controller

R4

E26

SWP

Address

Mounting location
APS controller

C2

C02

MIC

21

Pump controller

R8

E27

16

Intermediate connector

M7

C03

AMP040

20

Pump controller

R4

E28

16

Intermediate connector

M8

C05

10

Pump prolix switch

Q2

E32

Governor control solenoid valve

U2

C06

Pump prolix resistor

Q3

F01

Travel alarm

L7

Flasher timer

M8

Intermediate connector

M5

C09

Model selection connector

R7

F10

C13

TVC valve

V1

H12

16

C16

MIC

17

Pump controller

R8

H13

16

Intermediate connector

M6

C17

AMP040

16

Pump controller

R6

H14

Intermediate connector

M5

CH1

16

Electronic governor checker connector

Q9

H15

Intermediate connector

M5

D01

KES1

Diode (for washer motor)

L03

Step light switch

R7

D03

KES1

Diode (for heater unit circuit)

M2

Starting motor

X5

D03

KES1

Diode (for V02 solenoid)

M06

Heater switch

N3

D04

KES1

Diode (for V03 solenoid)

M07

Light switch

N2

D05

KES1

Diode (for V04, V11 solenoid)

M08

Boom working lamp

A6

D06

KES1

Diode (for V05 solenoid)

M09

1-pin
connector
1-pin
connector

Boom working lamp

A5

D07

KES1

Diode (for V06 solenoid)

M10

Intermediate connector

E7

D09

KES1

Diode (for V01 solenoid)

M11

Fusible link

D7

D11

KES1

Diode (for alarm buzzer)

M12

KES1

Heater unit

R8

D14

KES1

Diode (for battery relay circuit)

M13

KES0

Right speaker

M5

D18

KES1

Diode (for V07 solenoid)

M14

Fusible link

C7

1-pin
connector
1-pin
connector

Horn valve

H9

Horn valve

H9

D20

KES1

Diode (for V09, V10 solenoid)

M16

D22

KES1

Diode (for travel alarm circuit)

M17

D23

KES1

Diode (for travel alarm circuit)

M18

Wiper washer switch

N2

D26

KES1

Diode (for swing prolix circuit)

M20

1-pin
connector

Cigar lighter

N3

D28

KES1

Diode (for automatic greasing circuit)

M21

PA

Radio

N4

E06

Fuel control dial

N3

M23

Horn switch

R6

E07

No. 2 engine speed sensor

X5

M26

Air conditioner unit

G1

E08

SWP

14

Intermediate connector

V1

M28

KES0

Window washer motor

I2

E12

MIC

17

Engine controller

R8

M33

AMP250

Boom shockless motor

M4

E13

MIC

21

Engine controller

P9

M34

Magnetic clutch for air conditioner compressor

S3

E14

AMP040

20

Engine controller

O9

M36

Kerosene mode selector switch R8

E15

AMP040

16

Engine controller

N9

M38

Machine push-up switch

M3

Option power source

M8

Right working lamp

B3

E16

AMP040

12

Engine controller

O9

M39

1-pin
connector

E17

AMP040

20

Engine controller

P9

M42

E18

AMP040

16

Engine controller

O9

M44

Intermediate connector

M5

E19

Governor control solenoid valve

T3

M45

Network pass connector

R1

E20

Prestroke control solenoid valve

T2

M62

Intermediate connector

R7

E21

No. 1 engine speed sensor

X5

M66

Auto greasing pilot lamp

O1

E22

Rack sensor

S3

M67

E23

SWP

Intermediate connector

V1

M69

E25

APS controller

C2

M70

1-pin
connector
1-pin
connector
1-pin
connector
1-pin
connector

20-214
3

16
4

Auto greasing pilot lamp

O1

Option power source connector

M8

Service power source connector

O1

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

ConNo.
nector Type of
No.
pins

CONNECTOR TYPES AND MOUNTING LOCATIONS

Mounting location

Address

ConNo.
nector Type of
No.
pins

Address

Mounting location

1-pin
connector

Room lamp

F8

R24

Shinagawa

Governor cut relay

M72

Intermediate connector

M8

S01

R.H. travel FORWARD PPC pressure switch

J1

M73

KES0

Left speaker

N9

S02

Boom RAISE PPC pressure switch

K2
L2

M71

Q9

M74

Intermediate connector

D7

S03

Arm OUT PPC pressure switch

M75

Step light

G9

S04

Boom LOWER PPC pressure switch K1

M76

Cab front lamp

D7

S05

Arm IN PPC pressure switch

L2

M77

Cab front lamp

E7

S06

Bucket CURL PPC pressure switch

K2

M79

Intermediate connector

M5

S07

Bucket DUMP PPC pressure switch

K2

M80

Intermediate connector

G1

S08

Swing right PPC pressure switch

L2

M81

Intermediate connector

M8

S09

Service PPC pressure switch

I2

M82

Flash light

E1

S10

Swing left PPC pressure switch

L2

M90

Starting motor

U2

S11

R.H. travel REVERSE PPC pressure switch

J1

M91

KES1

APS switch

N4

S12

L.H. travel FORWARD PPC pressure switch

J1

M93

1-pin
connector

Service power source connector

O2

S13

L.H. travel REVERSE PPC pressure switch

J1

M94

Intermediate connector

R5

SW01

Swing prolix switch

R2

M95

KES0

Window washer motor

I2

T02

Revolving frame ground connection

M96

Intermediate connector

Q1

T05

Pump controller ground connection

R4

M97

1-pin
connector

Room lamp

G9

T06

Cab front lamp

D7

M99

Intermediate connector

G8

T07

Step light

H9

P01

AMP040

20

Monitor panel

O2

T08

Cab front lamp

E7

P02

AMP040

16

Monitor panel

O2

T20

Flash timer

N9

P03

Buzzer cancel switch

N3

T21

Step light timer

O9

P04

Alarm buzzer

O2

V01

Swing priority solenoid valve

L7

P05

Engine oil level sensor

U2

V02

2-stage relief solenoid valve

K8

P06

Fuel level sensor

E8

V03

Straight-travel solenoid valve

J9

P07

Coolant temperature sensor W7

V04

Swing holding brake solenoid valve

J9

P08

Coolant level sensor

F8

V05

Machine push-up solenoid valve

J8

P09

Hydraulic oil level sensor

I2

V06

Travel speed solenoid valve

I9

P10

Hydraulic oil temperature sensor

J3

V07

CO cancel solenoid valve

K8

P11

1-pin
connector
1-pin
connector

Air cleaner clogging sensor

X7

V09

Boom RAISE shockless solenoid valve

G1

Air cleaner clogging sensor

X6

V10

Boom LOWER shockless solenoid valve H1

Swing holding brake solenoid valve

I9

Wiper, washer relay box

Q3

P12
P13

APS nozzle & glow plug

W7

V11

P19

1-pin
connector

APS water temperature sensor

V8

W08

AMP070

P20

Coolant level sensor

G9

W21

R04

Shinagawa

Room light relay

Q2

X01

MIC

R05

Shinagawa

Head light relay

Q3

X05

R15

Shinagawa

Boom shockless relay

Q2

X07

MIC

R16

Shinagawa

Flash relay

N9

R17

Shinagawa

Step light relay

M9

R18

Shinagawa

Horn valve relay

P9

R20

Shinagawa

Swing holding brake relay

O2

R23

Shinagawa

APS controller relay

P9

PC1100-6

18
4
21
4
17

Wiper motor

E1

Intermediate connector

N5

Swing lock switch

N2

Intermediate connector

N4

20-215
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM

CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM

20-216
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

PC1100-6

CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM

20-217
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

20-218
3

CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

PC1100-6

CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM

20-219
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS


fl The terms male and female refer to the pins, while the terms male housing and female housing
refer to the mating portion of the housing.
No.
of
pins

X type connector
Male (female housing)

Female (male housing)

2
TEW00221

TEW00222

2
TEW00223

TEW00224

4
TEW00225

20-220
3

TEW00226

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

SWP type connector


Male (female housing)

Female (male housing)

TEW00235

BLP00033

TEW00237

12

12

TEW00238

12
BLP00035

BLP00034

1 4

11

14 10

11

14
3

7 10 14
TEW00239

4
8

16

12

9
16

13
BLP00036

PC1100-6

TEW00240

12

13

16

BLP00037

20-221
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

M type connector
Male (female housing)

Female (male housing)


2

BLP00038

BLP00039

1
TEW00243

TEW00244

TEW00246

TEW00245

TEW00248

TEW00247

8
8

5
BLP00040

20-222
3

BLP00041

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

S type connector
Male (female housing)

Female (male housing)

10

TEW00249

10

TEW00250

10

TEW00251

BLP00042

12
(White)

16
(White)

PC1100-6

20-223
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

S type connector
Male (female housing)

Female (male housing)

10
(Blue)

12

12
(Blue)

12
BLP00043

16

TEW00254

16
(Blue)

20-224
3

16 BLP00044

TEW00256

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

MIC connector
Male (female housing)

Female (male housing)

BLP00045

BLP00046

BLP00048

BLP00047

13

13

13

BLP00049

BLP00050

10

17

17

10

17

BLP00052

BLP00051

12

11

21

12

21

21

TEW00259

PC1100-6

11

TEW00260

20-225
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

AMP040 type connector


Male (female housing)
4

Female (male housing)


8

5
BLP00053

12

BLP00054

12

12

BLP00055

BLP00056

16

16

16

9
BLP00057

10

TEW00232

20

20

10

11

20

20-226
3

11

BLP00058

TEW00234

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

AMP070 type connector


Male (female housing)
1

Female (male housing)


7

6
1

14

BLP00059

14

6
9

18

BLP00060

12

PC1100-6

18

BLP00061

BLP00062

20-227
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

L type type connector


Male (female housing)

Female (male housing)

TEW00257

20-228
3

TEW00258

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

Automobile connector
Male (female housing)

Female (male housing)

BLP00063

BLP00064

6
4
BLP00069

6
BLP00070

8
5

PC1100-6

BLP00071

8
BLP00072

20-229
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
of
pins

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

Relay connector
Male (female housing)

Female (male housing)

BLP00073

BLP00074

4
5

BLP00075

20-230

BLP00076

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

EXPLANATION OF CONTROL MECHANISM FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

EXPLANATION OF CONTROL MECHANISM FOR ELECTRICAL


SYSTEM
1. Explanation of machine control functions
The control mechanism for the electrical system consists of the monitor panel and governor and
pump controller. The monitor panel and the governor and pump controller input the signals that
are necessary, and together with the signals selected by the monitor panel, the governor and
pump controller outputs or inputs the necessary signals and control the pump absorption torque
and engine output.

PC1100-6

20-231
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR


PANEL
1. Troubleshooting function of lamps, gauges, buzzer
When the starting switch is turned on, all the lamps and gauges light up for approx. 3 seconds,
and the buzzer sounds for approx. 1 second. During this time, the monitor itself carries out self
diagnosis, and after it has finished, it gives the normal display (if any lamp does not light up
during the visual check, the lamp bulb is blown).
2. User code display function
All the abnormality data for the engine controller and pump controller are transmitted to the
monitor panel.
Of the abnormality data, items with a high emergency level are displayed as a user code automatically on the time display of the monitor panel to advise the operator of the action to take.
User code display

Example: When user code [E02] is displayed

Table of user codes


User code

User code

Abnormal system

E02

TVC system

E11

Engine control system

E03

Swing holding brake system

E12

Engine speed sensor system

E0E

Network system

E13

Governor cut relay system

E10

Engine emergency stop system

E14

Fuel control dial system

20-232
3

Abnormal system

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

2. User code display function


All the abnormality data for the engine controller and pump controller are transmitted to the
monitor panel.
These abnormality data, regardless of whether they are necessary to display as a user code or not,
are all stored inside the monitor panel as service codes.
When the following operations are carried out, the service codes are displayed on the monitor
panel time display and the elapsed time data (time on the service meter) are displayed on the
service meter display panel.
Method of displaying and deleting service codes

1. To switch to the service code display mode, keep the Time switch + L.H. travel speed switch
pressed for at least 2.5 seconds.
Example 1: When the display shows that [E213] occurred 6 hours before

Example 2: When [E213] occurred 6 hours before and the display shows that the abnormality is still
continuing (the letter E appears at the head of the code)

PC1100-6

20-233
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Method of displaying and deleting service codes


Example 3: When the service code is not recorded

2. To go on to the next service code display, press the Time switch + Working mode right switch.
3. To go back to the previous service code display, press the Time switch + Working mode left
switch.
4. To finish using the service code display mode, keep the Time switch + L.H. travel speed switch
pressed for at least 2.5 seconds.
5. To delete the service codes from memory, keep the Time switch pressed and turn the starting
switch OFF. Then turn the starting switch ON again and keep the Time switch pressed for at
least 5 seconds.

Table of service codes


Service code

User code

E101

Abnormality in error history data

E102

Abnormality in clock data

E103

Short circuit with power source, short circuit in buzzer output system

E104

Abnormality in air cleaner clogging sensor detected

E106

Abnormality in engine oil high-pressure sensor detected

E108

Engine water temperature over 105C detected

E113

Short circuit in wiper drive system

E114

Short circuit in window washer drive system

E117

S-NET communications error with engine controller

E0E

E118

S-NET communications error with pump controller

E0E

E201

Short circuit in CO cancel solenoid system

E202

Short circuit in straight-travel solenoid system

E203

Short circuit in swing holding brake solenoid relay system

E204

Short circuit in 2-stage relief solenoid system

E205

Short circuit in swing priority solenoid system

E206

Short circuit in travel speed solenoid system

E211

Disconnection in CO cancel solenoid system

20-234
3

Abnormal system

E03

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Service code

Abnormal system

User code

E212

Disconnection in straight-travel solenoid system

E213

Disconnection in swing holding brake solenoid relay system

E214

Disconnection in 2-stage relief solenoid system

E215

Disconnection in swing priority solenoid system

E216

Disconnection in travel speed solenoid system

E217

Error in pump controller model selection input

E218

S-NET response overtime error with pump controller

E227

Abnormality in No. 2 engine speed sensor system (pump controller)

E228

Abnormality in auto-deceleration output system

E232

Short circuit in TVC solenoid system

E02

E233

Disconnection in TVC solenoid system

E02

E313

Error in automatic greasing controller

E501

Abnormality in engine controller power source system

E10

E502

Abnormality in engine controller

E10

E503

Mistaken connection of engine controller connector

E504

Engine overrun abnormality

E505

Abnormality in fuel control dial system

E14

E507

Abnormality in engine controller S-NET

E508

Abnormality in rack sensor power source system

E11

E511

Abnormality in rack sensor signal system

E11

E513

Abnormality in No. 1 engine speed sensor system

E12

E514

Abnormality in No. 2 engine speed sensor system

E12

E515

Disconnection in prestroke solenoid system

E11

E516

Short circuit in prestroke solenoid system

E11

E521

Disconnection in governor solenoid system

E10

E522

Short circuit in governor solenoid system

E10

E525

Disconnection in governor cut relay system

E13

E526

Short circuit in governor cut relay system

E13

E531

Abnormality in governor servo

E10

E535

Abnormality in engine controller backup power source system

E536

Abnormality in engine controller switch power source system

E537

Abnormality in engine controller solenoid power source system

E03

E10 ()

E10

If service codes E513 and E514 occur at the same time, user code E10 is displayed.

PC1100-6

20-235
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

3. Monitoring code display function


The input signals from the sensors to each component and the output signals to drive the solenoid
can be checked in real time with the monitoring code.
When the following operations are carried out, the monitoring codes are displayed on the monitor
panel time display and the monitoring data are displayed on the service meter display panel.
Method of displaying monitoring codes

1. To set to the machine data monitoring mode, keep the Time switch + Heavy lift switch pressed
for at least 2.5 seconds.
Example 1: When a numeric display monitoring code (engine speed: 2050 rpm) is displayed

Example 2: When a bit pattern display monitoring code (S-NET component connection condition)
is displayed

20-236
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Method of displaying monitoring codes


2. To go on to the next monitoring code display, press the Time switch + Working mode right
switch.
3. To go back to the previous monitoring code display, press the Time switch + Working mode left
switch.
4. To finish using the monitoring code display mode, keep the Time switch + Heavy lift switch
pressed for at least 2.5 seconds.
Table of monitoring codes
fl For details of the (6 bit) in the Unit column, see the bit pattern chart.
Code No.

Item

Unit

Name of component

01

Monitor panel model code

Monitor panel

02

Pump controller model code

Pump controller

03

Engine controller model code

Engine controller

08

S-NET component connection condition

10

Engine speed

11

(Spare)

Pump controller

12

(Spare)

Pump controller

13

TVC output current

14

(Spare)

16

No. 2 throttle command

20

(6 bit)
10 rpm

Monitor panel
Pump controller

10 mA

Pump controller

Pump controller

10 rpm

Pump controller

Pump controller switch input condition (1)

(6 bit)

Pump controller

21

Pump controller switch input condition (2)

(6 bit)

Pump controller

22

Pump controller switch condition signal (3)

(6 bit)

Pump controller

23

Pump controller solenoid drive condition

(6 bit)

Pump controller

24

Pump controller chassis warning sensor input condition (1)

(6 bit)

Pump controller

25

Pump controller chassis warning sensor input condition (2)

(6 bit)

Pump controller

26

Pump controller input/output condition

(6 bit)

Pump controller

30

(Spare)

Pump controller

31

(Spare)

Pump controller

32

Battery voltage (VBB voltage)

33

(Spare)

Pump controller

34

(Spare)

Pump controller

35

(Spare)

Pump controller

36

Pump controller input condition

40

100 mV

Pump controller

(6 bit)

Pump controller

Engine speed

10 rpm

Pump controller

41

Coolant temperature sensor input voltage

10 mV

Pump controller

42

Fuel level sensor input voltage

10 mV

Pump controller

PC1100-6

20-237
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Code No.

Item

Unit

Name of component

43

Alternator (charge) input voltage

100 mV

Pump controller

44

Hydraulic oil temperature sensor input voltage

10 mV

Pump controller

47

Monitor panel output condition (1)

(6 bit)

Monitor panel

48

Monitor panel input condition (1)

(6 bit)

Monitor panel

49

Monitor panel input condition (2)

(6 bit)

Monitor panel

4A

Monitor panel input condition (3)

(6 bit)

Monitor panel

4C

Monitor panel output condition (2)

(6 bit)

Monitor panel

50

Engine speed (No. 1 speed sensor)

10 rpm

Engine controller

51

Engine speed (No. 2 speed sensor)

10 rpm

Engine controller

52

Fuel control dial input voltage

10 mV

Engine controller

53

Rack sensor input voltage

10 mV

Engine controller

54

Governor solenoid output current

10 mA

Engine controller

55

Prestroke solenoid output current

10 mA

Engine controller

56

(Spare)

60

Engine controller input condition

(6 bit)

Engine controller

61

Engine controller output condition

(6 bit)

Engine controller

62

(Spare)

Engine controller

63

(Spare)

Engine controller

C0

Monitor panel program version

Monitor panel

C1

Pump controller program version

Pump controller

C2

Engine controller program version

Engine controller

20-238
3

Engine controller

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Bit pattern display (bit for applicable No. lights up)

Code

08

Content

Connection of S-NET components

Bit

Details (condition when lighted up)

Pump controller connected

Governor controller connected

Engine controller connected

Engine controller connected

5
6

20

Right swing PPC pressure switch ON

R.H. travel PPC pressure switch ON

Input condition of pump controller

Boom LOWER PPC pressure switch ON

PPC pressure switches

Boom RAISE PPC pressure switch ON

Arm IN PPC pressure switch ON

Arm OUT PPC pressure switch ON

Bucket CURL PPC pressure switch ON

Bucket DUMP PPC pressure switch ON

Swing lock switch ON

Service PPC pressure switch ON

L.H. travel PPC pressure switch ON

Swing prolix switch ON

Model selection 1 GND connected

Model selection 2 GND connected

Model selection 3 GND connected

Model selection 4 GND connected

Input condition of pump controller


21

PPC pressure switches and other


switches

22

Pump controller model selection

5
6

PC1100-6

20-239
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

Code

23

24

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Content

Bit

Details (condition when lighted up)

CO cancel solenoid ON

Straight-travel solenoid ON

Drive condition of pump controller

Swing holding brake solenoid ON

solenoid

2-stage relief solenoid ON

Swing priority solenoid ON

Travel speed solenoid ON

Engine low-pressure hydraulic sensor OPEN (above specified pressure)

Engine high-pressure hydraulic sensor OPEN (above specified pressure)

Input condition (1) of pump con-

Coolant level sensor OPEN (below low level)

troller monitor alarm sensors

Engine oil level sensor OPEN (below low level)

Hydraulic oil level sensor OPEN (below low level)

Air cleaner clogging sensor OPEN (clogging detected)

1
2
25

Input condition (2) of pump con-

troller monitor alarm sensors

4
5

Overload sensor OPEN

Auto greasing controller abnormal

6
1
2
26

Input/output condition of pump

controller

4
5

Auto-deceleration signal output

Left swing PPC pressure switch ON

6
1
2
36

3
Input condition of pump controller

4
5

Starting switch ON

6
1

47

Alarm buzzer OFF

Output condition (1) of monitor

Wiper motor drive (R) OFF

panel

Wiper motor drive (L) OFF

Window washer drive ON

20-240
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Code

48

49

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Content

Bit

Details (condition when lighted up)

Wiper switch [ON] OFF

Wiper switch [INT] OFF

Input condition (1) of monitor

Wiper switch [WASHER] OFF

panel

(Always ON)

(Always ON)

(Always ON)

Starting switch ON terminal OFF

Terminal BR voltage Hi

Input condition (2) of monitor

Lamp switch ON

panel

Preheating switch ON

Starting switch terminal C sometimes ON

4A

Time switch OFF

PPC oil pressure selection switch OFF

Input condition (3) of monitor

Overload selection switch OFF

panel

4
5

Swing lock switch OFF

Buzzer cancel switch OFF

1
2
4C

Input condition (4) of monitor

Wiper motor reverse relay output OFF or set voltage abnormal

panel

Washer motor drive output OFF or set voltage abnormal

5
6

60

Kerosene mode signal input

Auto-deceleration signal input

Input condition of engine control-

ler

APS actuation signal input

Starting switch terminal C ON

6
1

Governor cut relay output ON

2
61

Output condition of engine con-

troller

4
5
6

PC1100-6

20-241
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

4. Function for setting working mode default


The working mode on the monitor panel is set so that the H mode normally lights up when the
starting switch is turned ON.
If the function for setting the default is used as follows, it is possible to change the setting so that
the system starts with the working mode desired by the operator.
Method of setting default

1. To change to the default setting mode, keep the Time switch + Working mode right switch
pressed for at least 2.5 seconds.
fl When the system enters the default setting mode, the working mode LED flashes.
2. To change the default set mode, press the Working mode left switch or Working mode right
switch to light up the LED of the desired working mode.
3. To finish using the default setting mode, keep the the Time switch + Working mode right switch
pressed for at least 2.5 seconds.

20-242
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

5. Displaying and setting oil maintenance function


On machines equipped with the oil maintenance function, the Change engine oil LED lights up
from a point 10 hours before the time set for the oil change and stays lighted up until the system
is reset. The elapsed time is displayed on the service meter and the telephone number is displayed
on the time display and service meter display. (It is displayed for 20 seconds after the starting
switch is turned ON.)
With the oil maintenance function, it is possible to set, change, or cancel the display, or set,
change, or cancel the telephone number.
Oil maintenance function display
Example: Oil change interval setting: 250 h, time elapsed since last oil change: 245 h, telephone
number: 0123456789 are displayed

fl Nothing is displayed until the elapsed time enters the period of 10 hours before the change
interval.
(If you want to see the elapsed time when there is no display, keep the buzzer stop switch
pressed and turn the starting switch ON. The elapsed time will be displayed for 10 seconds.)
fl The telephone number display is not shown if the telephone has not been set.
fl If the telephone number is set, when the starting switch is turned ON, the elapsed time is
displayed for 10 seconds at the top and the telephone number for 10 seconds at the bottom,
then the display returns to the normal display.
fl If the telephone number is not set, when the starting switch is turned ON, the elapsed time is
displayed for 20 seconds (top), then the display returns to the normal display.

PC1100-6

20-243
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Setting interval and resetting elapsed time

1. Setting interval
1) Keep the Time switch + Swing priority mode switch pressed for at least 2.5 seconds.
2) Press the Buzzer stop switch and select the interval.
Example: Interval: When selecting 250 h

fl Interval display
h: Default mode (oil maintenance function not set)
125h: Interval is set for every 125 hours
250h: Interval is set for every 250 hours
500h: Interval is set for every 500 hours
dh: Demo mode is set
fl Set the interval according to the Operation and Maintenance Manual.
3) Keep the Time switch + Swing priority mode switch pressed for at least 2.5 seconds to
complete the setting of the interval.
3. Resetting elapsed time after changing oil
Press the Buzzer stop switch and keep it depressed for 3 seconds while the elapsed time and
telephone number are being displayed (for 20 seconds) on the monitor panel. The elapsed time
will be reset and the display will show Elapsed time: 0h for 1 second.

20-244
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Setting interval and resetting elapsed time

Demo mode
If the demo mode is used, a demonstration of the oil maintenance function can be carried out
when the machine is delivered.
The following functions can be carried out in the demo mode
1 Elapsed time display (note: this is for demonstration purpose only, so the elapsed time is
fixed at 240h)
2 Telephone number display (note: the telephone number must be set individually)
3 Resetting elapsed time
fl After setting to the demo mode, turn the starting switch ON again to start the demonstration.
Note: If the starting switch is turned ON four times, the demo mode is canceled and the
system automatically switches the default mode.
(If you want to continue the demonstration, it is necessary to set to the demo mode again.)

PC1100-6

20-245
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Setting, changing telephone number

1. To change to the telephone number setting mode, keep the Time switch + Auto-deceleration
pressed for at least 2.5 seconds.
fl The 2 digits on the left will flash and the other 8 digits will light up.

2. To select the 2-digit block to be changed (the number can be set or changed when the 2-digit
block is flashing)
1) To move the flashing to the right, press the Time switch + Working mode right switch.
2) To move the flashing to the left, press the Time switch + Working mode left switch.
3. To set or change the number (to set or change the left or right digits in the flashing 2-digit block)
1) To set or change the number in the left digits, press the Time switch + Travel speed left
switch.
2) To set or change the number in the right digits, press the Time switch + Travel speed right
switch.
fl The available numbers are 0 9 and blank.
If the number is set as a blank, that digit will not light up when the telephone number is
displayed.
fl To stop the telephone number display, set all the numbers to 0.
4. To finish using the telephone number setting mode, keep the Time switch + Auto-deceleration
switch pressed for at least 2.5 seconds.

20-246
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING ORDER OF TROUBLESHOOTING WHEN CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING

ORDER OF TROUBLESHOOTING WHEN CARRYING OUT


TROUBLESHOOTING
If any abnormality occurs on the machine, use the flow chart below to judge which system has the
problem, go to the judgement table for the engine controller, APS controller, and engine system, and
the judgement table for the pump controller and hydraulic (mechanical) system, and then proceed to
the troubleshooting mode.

E02 is displayed
Go to troubleshooting for
C, F, H mode
E03 is displayed
Go to troubleshooting for
N mode

E0E is displayed

YES

E10 is displayed

E11 is displayed
Go to troubleshooting for
E, S mode

E12 is displayed

E13 is displayed
1

E14 is displayed

Is user code
displayed on
monitor panel?

YES

NO

E1fifi is displayed

Go to troubleshooting for
M mode

E2fifi is displayed

Go to troubleshooting for
C, F, H mode

E5fifi is displayed

Go to troubleshooting for
E, S mode

Is service code
displayed on
monitor panel?
Turn starting
switch ON.
Set to service
code display
mode.

3
Is abnormality in
engine,
NO machine, or
monitor panel?
Judge from type
of problem that
has occurred.

20-248
3

Engine

Go to troubleshooting for
E, S mode

Machine

Go to troubleshooting for
C, F, H mode

Monitor panel

Go to troubleshooting for
M mode

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY METHOD AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL

Go to troubleshooting for
N mode

fl After checking the service code, go directly to N mode.

Go to troubleshooting for
E, S mode

fl Go to the judgement table for the engine controller, APS controller, and engine system in troubleshooting for E mode, check the type of problem, service code, and APS controller LED display to
determine the problem system, then go to troubleshooting for E mode or S mode as appropriate.

Go to troubleshooting for
C, F, H mode

fl Go to the judgement table for the pump controller, and hydraulic (mechanical) system in troubleshooting for C mode, check the type of problem, service code, monitoring code display, and
solenoid valve input voltage to determine the problem system, then go to troubleshooting for C
mode, F mode, or H mode as appropriate.

Go to troubleshooting for
M mode

fl After checking the service code, go directly to M mode.

PC1100-6

20-249
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

METHOD OF USING JUDGEMENT TABLE

METHOD OF USING JUDGEMENT TABLE


1. Judgement table for engine controller and engine
This judgement table is a tool to determine if the problem with the machine is caused by an
abnormality in the electrical system or by an abnormality in the engine. The symptoms are then
used to decide which troubleshooting table (E-fifi, S-fifi) matches the symptoms.
<Method of using judgement table>
1) Locate the problem that has occurred in the failure mode column and go to the right across the
judgement table.
2) If there is a mark or mark, check the service code or APS controller LED display given at
the top of the column.
3) If the display is normal:
Go further to the right across the judgement table, and if all the
marks or marks are normal, go to the troubleshooting code at
the right side of the table.
If the display is not normal: Go to the troubleshooting code at the bottom of the judgement
table.

Failure mode

User code

E10
E11
E12
E13 E14

Service code 501 502 521 522 531 537 508 511 515 516 513 514 525 526 505 503 504 535 536 106 108
Starting performance is poor (starting always takes time)

Engine does not turn


Engine does
Engine turns but no exhaust smoke comes out

not start
Exhaust smoke comes out, but engine does not start

Engine does not pick up smoothly (follow-up is poor)


Engine stops during operations
Engine does not rotate smoothly (hunting)
Engine lacks output or lacks power
Exhaust gas is black (incomplete combustion)

50 51 52 53 54 55

fi

fi

S-2

fi
fi

S-3
S-4

fi fi
fi
fi fi fi fi
fi
fi

Oil consumption is excessive or exhaust gas is blue

S-5
S-6
S-7
S-8

Oil becomes contaminated quickly


Fuel consumption is excessive

S-1
E-20

fi fi fi

Troubleshooting code

Prestroke solenoid output voltage

Governor solenoid output voltage

Rack position sensor input voltage

Fuel control dial input voltage

No. 2 engine speed

Checking monitoring code

No. 1 engine speed

Engine water temperature over 105C detected

Abnormality detected in engine high-pressure oil pressure sensor

Abnormality in controller switch power source system

Engine overrun

Abnormality in controller backup power source system

Mistaken connection of connector

Abnormality fuel control dial system

Short circuit in governor cut relay system

Disconnection in governor cut relay system

Abnormality in No. 2 engine speed sensor system

Short circuit in prestroke solenoid system

Abnormality in No. 1 engine speed sensor system

Checking service code

Disconnection in prestroke solenoid system

Abnormality in rack sensor signal system

Abnormality in rack sensor power source system

Abnormality in governor servo

Abnormality in controller solenoid power source system

Short circuit in governor solenoid system

Disconnection in governor solenoid system

The E mark is omitted from


the service code

Abnormality in controller

Abnormality in controller power source system

Checking service code


User code
Service code
Monitoring code

Checking preheating pilot lamp display and APS controller LED display

JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR ENGINE CONTROLLER, APS CONTROLLER, AND ENGINE RELATED PARTS

S-9

fi

S-10

Oil is in cooling water, or water spurts back, or water level goes down

S-11

Oil pressure caution lamp lights up

M-13

Oil level rises (water, fuel mixed with oil)

S-13

Water temperature becomes too high (overheating)

M-13

Abnormal noise is made

S-15

Vibration is excessive
Automatic warming-up function does not work or is not canceled
Engine does not stop
Troubleshooting code

S-16

fi fi fi

E-1 E-2 E-3 E-4 E-5 E-6 E-7 E-8 E-9 E-10 E-11 E-12 E-13 E-14 E-15 E-16 E-17 E-18 E-19 S-12 S-14 E-22

M-18
E-21

: Check the service code display. If there is no display, go to the right; if there is a display, go to the
bottom.
: Check the preheating pilot lamp display and APS controller LED display. If the voltage is normal, go

to the right; if the voltage is abnormal, go to the bottom. (For details of the APS display, see the
next page.)
fi: Monitoring code to use as reference when proceeding with troubleshooting (if necessary, check the
display).

<Example of use>
1) Failure mode Starting performance is poor (starting always takes time) has occurred.
2) Check the display of the service codes [E511], [E515], [E516], and the APS controller LED.
3) If there is a display: Carry out troubleshooting for troubleshooting codes E-8, E-9, E-10, or E-22.
If there is no display: Carry out troubleshooting for troubleshooting code S-1.

20-250
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

METHOD OF USING JUDGEMENT TABLE

2. Judgement table for pump controller and hydraulic (mechanical) system


This judgement table is a tool to determine if the problem with the machine is caused by an
abnormality in the electrical system or by an abnormality in the hydraulic or mechanical system.
The symptoms are then used to decide which troubleshooting table (C-fifi, F-fifi, H-fifi) matches
the symptoms.
<Method of using judgement table>
1) Locate the problem that has occurred in the failure mode column and go to the right across
the judgement table.
2) If there is a mark, mark, or mark, check the solenoid valve input voltage, service code,
or monitoring code given at the top of the column.
3) If the display is normal:
Go further to the right across the judgement table, and if all the
marks, marks, or marks are normal, go to the troubleshooting code at the right side of the table.
If the display is not normal: Go to the troubleshooting code at the bottom of the judgement
table.

Auto-deceleration signal output

Travel speed solenoid

fi fi fi fi
fi fi fi fi

fi

Swing priority solenoid

2-stage relief solenoid

Swing holding brake solenoid

Straight-travel solenoid

CO cancel solenoid

TVC output current

Engine speed

20
21
26 21
22
23
26
02 10 13 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 5 5 3
34 1 2 3 4 5 6 3

Pump controller model code

Swing lock switch

Left swing

L.H. travel

Bucket DUMP (service)

Bucket CURL

Arm OUT

Arm IN

Boom RAISE

Boom LOWER

R.H. travel

Right swing

Boom shockless solenoid

Abnormality in auto-deceleration output system

Machine push-up solenoid

Swing holding brake solenoid

Disconnection in travel speed solenoid system

Abnormality in No. 2 engine speed sensor system

Model selection input error

Short circuit in travel speed solenoid system

Short circuit in swing priority solenoid system

Short circuit in 2-stage relief solenoid system

Short circuit in straight-travel solenoid system

Connector
V05
Connectors
V09, V10

Disconnection in swing priority solenoid system

Disconnection in 2-stage relief solenoid system

Disconnection in straight-travel solenoid system

Disconnection in CO cancel solenoid system

Short circuit in CO cancel solenoid system

Disconnection in swing holding brake solenoid system

Short circuit in swing holding brake solenoid system

Abnormality in controller power source system


LED E02 E03
OFF 232 233 203 213 201 211 202 212 204 214 205 215 206 216 217 227 228

Solenoid drive condition

fi

fi

H-5

H-6
H-7
H-8
H-9
H-10
H-11
H-12
H-13

Travel system

Swing system

H-1
H-2
H-3
H-4

fi

Work equipment

All work equipment,


swing, travel

User code
Service code
Speeds of all work equipment, swing, travel are slow or lack power
There is excessive drop in engine speed, or engine stalls
No work equipment, travel, swing move
Abnormal noise generated (around pump)
Auto-deceleration does not work
In normal mode
Boom is slow or lacks power
With heavy lift ON
With machine push-up ON
Arm is slow or lacks power
Bucket is slow or lacks power
Boom does not move
Arm does not move
Bucket does not move
Excessive hydraulic drift
Boom
Excessive time lag
Arm, bucket
Boom shockless function does not work or cannot be canceled
Deviates
in
same
direction
in FORWARD and REVERSE
Machine deviates naturally
to one side when traveling Deviates in opposite direction in FORWARD and REVERSE
Only
at
full
stroke
Deviation is excessive
when starting
Both during fine control operations and at full stroke
Deviation is excessive during compound operations
Travel speed is slow or lacks power
Both directions (FORWARD and REVERSE)
Does not travel (one side only)
One direction only (either FORWARD or REVERSE)
Travel speed does not switch
Both left and right
Does not swing
One direction only
Both left and right
Swing acceleration is poor or lacks power
One direction only
During compound operations with bucket, swing speed is slow or acceleration is poor
During compound operations with boom when swing priority is ON, swing speed is slow or acceleration is poor
Both left and right
Excessive overrun when stopping swing
One direction only
Both left and right
Excessive shock when stopping swing
One direction only
Both left and right
Excessive abnormal noise when stopping swing
One direction only
Excessive hydraulic drift of swing
Troubleshooting code of pump controller system
Troubleshooting code of pump controller input signal system

Disconnection in TVC solenoid system

Monitoring code for reference during troubleshooting

PPC pressure switch

Connectors
V04, V11

Failure mode

The E mark is omitted


from the service code

Short circuit in TVC solenoid system

Checking monitoring code

Pump controller model selection

Checking solenoid
inlet port voltage

Checking service code


User code
Service code
Monitoring code

Troubleshooting code for hydraulic, mechanical system

JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR PUMP CONTROLLER AND HYDRAULIC (MECHANICAL) RELATED PARTS

H-14
H-15

fi

fi

H-16
H-17

fi

H-18

fi

H-19

fi

H-20
H-21

H-22
H-23

fi

H-24

fi

H-25
H-26

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-11 C-12 C-13 C-14 C-15 C-16 C-17 C-18 C-19 C-20 C-21
F-1 F-2 F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-8 F-9 F-10 F-11
is a display, go to the bottom.
: Check the service code display. If there is no display, go to the right; if there
: Measure the voltage at the solenoid inlet port. If the voltage is normal, go to the right; if the voltage is abnormal, go to the bottom.
: Check the monitoring code display. If the display is normal, go to the right; if the display is abnormal, go to the bottom.
fi: Monitoring code to use as reference when proceeding with troubleshooting (if necessary, check the display).

fi

H-27

<Example of use>
1) Failure mode Speeds of all work equipment, swing, travel are slow or lack power has
occurred.
2) Check the display of the service codes [E232], [E233], [E217], and [E227].
3) If there is a display: Carry out troubleshooting for troubleshooting codes C-2, C-3, C-16, or C-17.
If there is no display: Carry out troubleshooting for troubleshooting code H-1.

PC1100-6

20-251
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

METHOD OF USING TROUBLESHOOTING CHARTS

METHOD OF USING TROUBLESHOOTING CHARTS


1. Category of troubleshooting code number
Troubleshooting Code No.

Component

N-fifi

Troubleshooting of network system

E-fifi

Troubleshooting of engine controller & APS controller system

S-fifi

Troubleshooting of engine

C-fifi

Troubleshooting of pump controller

F-fifi

Troubleshooting of pump controller input signal system

H-fifi

Troubleshooting of hydraulic, mechanical system

M-fifi

Troubleshooting of monitor panel system

2. Method of using troubleshooting table for each troubleshooting mode


1) Troubleshooting code number and problem (See Example 1)
The title of the troubleshooting chart gives the troubleshooting code, service code, and failure
mode (problem with the machine).
2) Distinguishing conditions (See Example 2)
Even with the same failure mode (problem), the method of troubleshooting may differ according to the model, component, or problem. In such cases, the failure mode (problem) is further
divided into sections marked with small letters (for example, a)), so go to the appropriate
section to carry out troubleshooting.
If the troubleshooting table is not divided into sections, start troubleshooting from the first
check item in the failure mode.
3) Method of following troubleshooting chart (See Example 3)
Check or measure the item inside
, and according to the answer follow either the YES
line or the NO line to go to the next
. (Note: The number written at the top right corner
of the
is an index number; it does not indicate the order to follow.)
Following the YES or NO lines according to the results of the check or measurement will
lead finally to the Cause column. Check the cause and take the action given in the Remedy
column on the right.
Below the
there are the methods for inspection or measurement, and the judgement
values. If the judgement values below the
are correct or the answer to the question
inside the
is YES, follow the YES line; if the judgement value is not correct, or the
answer to the question is NO, follow the NO line.
Below the
is given the preparatory work needed for inspection and measurement, and
the judgement values. If this preparatory work is neglected, or the method of operation or
handling is mistaken, there is danger that it may cause mistaken judgement, or the equipment may be damaged. Therefore, before starting inspection or measurement, always read
the instructions carefully, and start the work in order from Item 1).
4) General precautions (See Example 4)
When carrying out troubleshooting for the failure mode (problem), precautions that apply to all
items are given at the top of the page and marked with fl.
The precautions marked fl are not given in the
, but must always be followed when
carrying out the check inside the
.
5) Troubleshooting tools
When carrying out the troubleshooting, prepare the necessary troubleshooting tools. For details, see TOOLS FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND TROUBLESHOOTING.
6) Installation position, pin number
A diagram or chart is given for the connector type, installation position, and connector pin
number connection. When carrying out troubleshooting, see this chart for details of the connector pin number and location for inspection and measurement of the wiring connector
number appearing in the troubleshooting flow chart for each failure mode (problem).

20-252
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

METHOD OF USING TROUBLESHOOTING CHARTS

<Example>
1 M-11 When starting switch is turned on and engine is started, basic check items flash
4 fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly
inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.
fl Check both the alternator system and the engine oil pressure system.
2 a) Alternator system
3
Cause

3 YES

Is voltage

YES between C03


1
Is voltage between
alternator terminal
R and chassis
ground normal?

(12) and chassis


ground normal?

Does monitoring
YES code [43] show a
value of more
2
than 100?

NO
Run engine at
mid-range speed
or above.

Run engine at
mid-range speed NO
or above.
20 30 V

Run engine at
mid-range speed
NO
or above.
20 30 V

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, or short
circuit with ground in
wiring harness between
C03 (female) (12) and
alternator terminal R

Repair or
replace

Defective alternator

Replace

M-11 Related electric circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-253
3

TROUBLESHOOTING OF
COMMUNICATION ABNORMALITY SYSTEM
(N MODE)

Action taken by controller when abnormality occurs and problems on machine ..........................20-302
Electrical circuit diagram of N Mode system ......................................................................................20-304
N-1

[E117, 118 occur at same time] Monitor panel communication abnormality ....................20-305

N-2

[E117, 218 occur at same time] Engine controller communication abnormality ............... 20-307

N-3

[E118, 507 occur at same time] Pump controller communication abnormality .................20-309

PC1100-6

20-301
3

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

TROUBLESHOOTING

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE
User
code

Service
code

Abnormal system

S-NET communication
error with engine
controller

When problem occurs at same time as E118


1. Disconnection, defective contact of monitor panel SNET
2. Wiring harness of monitor panel S-NET short circuiting
with chassis ground
3. Defective monitor panel
When problem occurs at same time as E218
1. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness of
engine controller S-NET
2. Wiring harness of engine controller S-NET short
circuiting with chassis ground
3. Defective engine controller

E118

S-NET communication
error with pump
controller

When problem occurs at same time as E117: Same as


E117 above
When problem occurs at same time as E507
1. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness of
pump controller S-NET
2. Wiring harness of pump controller S-NET short
circuiting with chassis ground
3. Defective pump controller

E218

Pump controller S-NET


response overtime error

E507

Abnormality in engine
controller S-NET system

E117

E0E

20-302
3

Nature of abnormality

When problem occurs at same time as E117: Same as


E117 above

When problem occurs at same time as E118: Same as


E118 above

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)

PC1100-6

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Action by controller when Problem that appears on machine


abnormality is detected
when there is abnormality
1. Working mode becomes G
Mode.
2. Displays user code E0E on
monitor panel.

1. Operation is carried out in G Mode.


2. Lacks power or speed is slow.

1. Working mode becomes G


Mode.
2. Displays user code E0E on
monitor panel.

1. Operation is carried out in G Mode.


2. Lacks power or speed is slow.

1. Working mode becomes G


Mode.

1. Operation is carried out in G Mode.


2. Lacks power or speed is slow.

1. Working mode becomes G


Mode.

1. Operation is carried out in G Mode.


2. Lacks power or speed is slow.

20-303
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF N MODE SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF N MODE SYSTEM

20-304
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

N-1

N-1 [E117, E118 occur at same time] Monitor panel communication


abnormality
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

YES

Has been reset

4 YES

1
YES
3

Is monitoring
code [02], [03]
display normal?

YES
Disconnect P01
and connect
again.
Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table 1.

2
Do bits (1), (2), (3),
and (4) light up in
NO monitoring code
[08]?
Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table 2.

Remedy

NO

When E16 and C17


are disconnected, do
bits (1), (2), (3), and
(4) light up in
monitoring code [08]?

Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table 2.

Is resistance between
P01 (female) (4) (11)
and (12), or between
(4) (11) and chassis
normal?

NO
Disconnect P01,
C17, and E16.
Turn starting switch OFF.
Min. 1 M.
NO

5
Is voltage between E16
(female) (6)(12) and
chassis, and between
C17 (female) (4) (12)
and chassis normal?

YES

6 YES
Is resistance between
P01(4) and C17 (female)
(4), and between P01
(female) (11) and E16
(female) (12) normal?

Disconnect E16
and C17.
NO
Turn starting
switch ON.
Disconnect P01, NO
Min. 7.5 V
E16 and C17.
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Max. 1.

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit in wiring


harness at side where
resistance is not normal,
or short circuit with
ground connection

Repair or
replace

Defective pump
controller, engine
controller

Replace

Defective controller at
side where bit does not
light up in Item 2

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness at side where
resistance is not normal

Repair or
replace

Table 1
Monitoring code
02

Pump controller model code

03

Engine controller model code

Display

fl If the controllers are not connected to the network, is displayed. If the correct alphanumerics
are not displayed or another model is displayed, the model selection signal of the controllers is
abnormal.

PC1100-6

20-305
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

N-1

Table 2
Monitoring code

08

Display

Network connection condition

Bits light up when network is connected (12: Pump controller, 34: Engine controller)
fl Checks for disconnection in the network system can be carried out with this monitoring code.
The display does not change when there is a short circuit with the ground. (The normal display is
given.)

N-1 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-306
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

N-2

N-2 [E117, E218 occur at same time] Engine controller communication


abnormality
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting
the connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the
connector to its original position, if the service code E is no displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.
Cause

YES

Has been reset

4 YES

1
YES
3

Is monitoring
code [03] display
normal?

When E16 is

YES disconnected, do bits


Disconnect E16
and M94 and
connect again.
Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table 1.

2
Do bits (3) and (4)
light up in
NO monitoring code
[08]?

Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table 2.

Is resistance between
E16 (female) (6) (12)
and (10), or between
(6) (12) and chassis
normal?

NO

Disconnect P01,
C17, and E16.
Turn starting switch OFF.
Min. 1 M.

(3) and (4) light up in


monitoring code [08]?

Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table 2.

Remedy

NO

YES

Is voltage between
E16 (female) (6)(12)
and chassis
NO
normal?

Disconnect E16.
Turn starting
NO
switch ON.
Min. 7.5 V

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit in wiring


harness at side where
resistance is not normal,
or short circuit with
ground connection

Repair or
replace

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective engine
controller

Replace

6 YES Defective monitor panel


Is resistance between
E16 (female) (6) C17
(female) (12), E16
(female) (12) P01
(female) (11) normal?

Disconnect P01, NO
E16, and C17.
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Max. 1

and pump controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness at side where
resistance is not normal

Repair or
replace

Table 1
Monitoring code

03

Display

Engine controller model code

fl If the controllers are not connected to the network, is displayed. If the correct alphanumerics
are not displayed or another model is displayed, the model selection signal of the controllers is
abnormal.

PC1100-6

20-307
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

N-2

Table 2
Monitoring code

08

Display

Network connection condition

Bits light up when network is connected (34: Engine controller)


fl Checks for disconnection in the network system can be carried out with this monitoring code.
The display does not change when there is a short circuit with the ground. (The normal display is
given.)

N-2 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-308
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

N-3

N-3 [E118, E507 occur at same time] Pump controller communication


abnormality
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting
the connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the
connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.
Cause

YES

Has been reset

4 YES

1
Is monitoring
code [02] display
normal?

When C17 is

Is resistance
YES between C17
(female) (4) (12) and
3
chassis normal?

YES disconnected, do bits


Disconnect C17
and connect
again.
Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table 1.

NO

Disconnect P01,
C17, and E16.
Turn starting switch OFF.
Min. 1 M.

(1) and (2) light up in


monitoring code [08]?

2
Do bits (1) and (2)
light up in
NO monitoring code
[08]?
Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table 2.

Remedy

Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table 2.

NO

YES

Is voltage between
C17 (female) (4)(12)
NO and chassis
normal?

Disconnect C17.
Turn starting
NO
switch ON.
Min. 7.5 V

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit in wiring


harness at side where
resistance is not normal

Repair or
replace

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective pump
controller

Replace

6 YES Defective monitor panel


Is resistance between
C17 (female) (4) P01
(female) (4), C17
(female) (12) E16
(female) (6) normal?

Disconnect P01, NO
E16, and C17.
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Max. 1

and pump controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness at side where
resistance is not normal

Repair or
replace

Table 1
Monitoring code

02

Display

Pump controller model code

fl If the controllers are not connected to the network, is displayed. If the correct alphanumerics
are not displayed or another model is displayed, the model selection signal of the controllers is
abnormal.

PC1100-6

20-309
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

N-3

Table 2
Monitoring code

08

Display

Network connection condition

Bits light up when network is connected (12: Pump controller)


fl Checks for disconnection in the network system can be carried out with this monitoring code.
The display does not change when there is a short circuit with the ground. (The normal display is
given.)

N-3 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-310
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING OF ENGINE CONTROLLER


& APS CONTROLLER SYSTEM
(E MODE)

Judgement table for engine controller, APS controller, and engine related parts .........................20-352
Points to remember when carrying out troubleshooting of engine controller system ..................20-355
Action taken by controller when abnormality occurs and problems on machine ..........................20-356
Electrical circuit diagram of E mode system .......................................................................................20-364
E- 1

[E501] Abnormality in engine controller power supply system is displayed .............. 20-368

E- 2

[E502] Abnormality in engine controller is displayed .....................................................20-369

E- 3

[E521] Disconnection in governor control solenoid system is displayed ..................... 20-370

E- 4

[E522] Short circuit in governor control solenoid system is displayed ........................20-371

E- 5

[E531] Abnormality in governor servo is displayed ........................................................20-372

E- 6

[E537] Abnormality in controller solenoid power supply system is displayed ...........20-373

E- 7

[E508] Abnormality in rack sensor power supply system is displayed ........................20-374

E- 8

[E511] Abnormality in rack sensor signal system is displayed .....................................20-375

E- 9

[E515] Disconnection in prestroke control solenoid system is displayed ....................20-376

E-10

[E516] Short circuit in prestroke solenoid control system is displayed .......................20-377

E-11

[E513] Abnormality in engine speed sensor (1) system is displayed ........................... 20-378

E-12

[E514] Abnormality in engine speed sensor (2) system is displayed ........................... 20-379

E-13

[E525] Disconnection in governor cut relay system is displayed .................................. 20-380

E-14

[E526] Short circuit in governor cut relay system is displayed .....................................20-381

E-15

[E505] Abnormality in fuel control dial voltage is displayed .........................................20-382

E-16

[E503] Mistaken connection of connector is displayed ...................................................20-383

E-17

[E504] Engine overrun is displayed ...................................................................................20-384

E-18

[E535] Abnormality in engine controller backup power supply system is displayed.... 20-385

E-19

[E536] Abnormality in controller power supply system is displayed .............................20-386

E-20

Engine does not start ..........................................................................................................20-388

E-21

Engine does not stop ..........................................................................................................20-391

E-22

Defective actuation of APS .................................................................................................20-392

PC1100-6

20-351
3

JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR ENGINE CONTROLLER, APS


CONTROLLER, APS CONTROLLER, AND ENGINE RELATED PARTS

TROUBLESHOOTING

JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR ENGINE CONTROLLER, APS CONTROLLER, AND ENGINE RELATED PARTS

Failure mode

Short circuit in prestroke solenoid system

Disconnection in prestroke solenoid system

Abnormality in rack sensor signal system

Abnormality in rack sensor power source system

Abnormality in controller solenoid power source system

Abnormality in governor servo

Short circuit in governor solenoid system

The E mark is omitted from


the service code

Disconnection in governor solenoid system

Abnormality in controller

User code
Service code
Monitoring code

Abnormality in controller power source system

Checking service code

User code

E10
E11
Service code 501 502 521 522 531 537 508 511 515 516
Starting performance is poor (starting always takes time)

Engine does
not start

Engine does not turn


Engine turns but no exhaust smoke comes out

Exhaust smoke comes out, but engine does not start

Engine does not pick up smoothly (follow-up is poor)


Engine stops during operations
Engine does not rotate smoothly (hunting)
Engine lacks output or lacks power
Exhaust gas is black (incomplete combustion)

Oil consumption is excessive or exhaust gas is blue


Oil becomes contaminated quickly
Fuel consumption is excessive

Oil is in cooling water, or water spurts back, or water level goes down
Oil pressure caution lamp lights up
Oil level rises (water, fuel mixed with oil)
Water temperature becomes too high (overheating)
Abnormal noise is made
Vibration is excessive
Automatic warming-up function does not work or is not canceled
Engine does not stop
Troubleshooting code

E-1 E-2 E-3 E-4 E-5 E-6 E-7 E-8 E-9 E-10

: Check the service code display. If there is no display, go to the right; if there is a display, go to the
bottom.
: Check the preheating pilot lamp display and APS controller LED display. If the voltage is normal, go

to the right; if the voltage is abnormal, go to the bottom. (For details of the APS display, see the
next page.)
fi: Monitoring code to use as reference when proceeding with troubleshooting (if necessary, check the
display).

20-352
3

PC1100-6

E12

PC1100-6
E13
E14

Checking service code

513 514 525 526 505 503 504 535 536 106 108

E-11 E-12 E-13 E-14 E-15 E-16 E-17 E-18 E-19 S-12 S-14 E-22

fi

fi fi fi

fi

fi

fi

fi fi
fi
fi fi fi fi
fi
fi

fi

fi fi fi

Troubleshooting code

Prestroke solenoid output voltage

Governor solenoid output voltage

Rack position sensor input voltage

Fuel control dial input voltage

No. 2 engine speed

No. 1 engine speed

Checking preheating pilot lamp display and APS controller LED display

Engine water temperature over 105C detected

Abnormality detected in engine high-pressure oil pressure sensor

Abnormality in controller switch power source system

Abnormality in controller backup power source system

Engine overrun

Mistaken connection of connector

Abnormality fuel control dial system

Short circuit in governor cut relay system

Disconnection in governor cut relay system

Abnormality in No. 2 engine speed sensor system

Abnormality in No. 1 engine speed sensor system

TROUBLESHOOTING
JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR ENGINE CONTROLLER, APS
CONTROLLER, APS CONTROLLER, AND ENGINE RELATED PARTS

Checking monitoring code

50 51 52 53 54 55

E-20
S-1

S-2

S-3

S-4

S-5

S-6

S-7

S-8

S-10
S-9

M-13
S-11

M-13

S-13

S-15

S-16

M-18

E-21

20-353

JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR ENGINE CONTROLLER, APS


CONTROLLER, APS CONTROLLER, AND ENGINE RELATED PARTS

TROUBLESHOOTING

PREHEATING PILOT LAMP DISPLAY AND APS CONTROLLER LED DISPLAY


Preheating pilot lamp display
fl When the starting switch is turned ON, the preheating pilot lamp display changes as follows
according to whether the condition is normal or abnormal.

When normal

Starting switch
ON
APS switch ON

Water
temperature
below 20C

OFF

Water
temperature
above 20C

OFF

When
abnormal

OFF

Preheating
completed

ON
(for 12 sec)

Engine starts

Water temperature APS switch


switch OFF
OFF

OFF

Flashes
(1 time/sec)

OFF

Flashes (1 time/sec)

OFF

ON

The APS water temperature sensor is switched ON when the water temperature is below 20C and
is switched OFF when the water temperature goes above 20C.

APS controller LED display


fl The APS controller carries out self-diagnosis of disconnections and short circuits with the ground
in glow plug 1 system, glow plug 2 system, and the nozzle system. It gives the following LED
displays according to whether the system is normal or abnormal.
fl If any short circuit or disconnection occurs in the power source system, all the LEDs go out.
fl There is no self-diagnosis for the APS water temperature sensor system (because it is an ON/OFF
switch).
LED No.

LED color

Type of abnormality

Red

Short circuit with ground in glow plug 1 system

Green

Red

Green

Red

Green

20-354
3

Disconnection in glow plug 1 system


Short circuit with ground in glow plug 2 system
Disconnection in glow plug 2 system
Short circuit with ground in nozzle system
Disconnection in nozzle system

When
normal

When
abnormal

fi (OFF)
(ON)
fi (OFF)
(ON)
fi (OFF)
(ON)

(ON)
fi (OFF)
(ON)
fi (OFF)
(ON)
fi (OFF)

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT


TROUBLESHOOTING OF GOVERNOR, PUMP CONTROLLER SYSTEM

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING OF ENGINE CONTROLLER SYSTEM


1. Points to remember if abnormality returns to normal by itself:
If the connector is disconnected and the T-adapter is inserted, or if the T-adapter is removed and
the connector is returned to its original position when carrying out troubleshooting of the failure,
and the service code is no longer displayed, or if the monitor display returns to normal, the
abnormality has probably returned to normal.
However, there is a high probability that the same problem will occur again, so it is desirable to
follow up this problem carefully.
2. Handling service code memory retention function:
1) When displaying the abnormality code in memory and carrying out troubleshooting, note
down the content of the display, then erase the display. After trying to re-enact the problem,
carry out troubleshooting according to the failure code that is displayed.
(There are cases where mistaken operation or abnormalities that occur when the connector is
disconnected are recorded by the memory retention function. Erasing the data in this way
saves any wasted work.)
2) After completing troubleshooting, always erase the service code from memory again.

PC1100-6

20-355
3

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

TROUBLESHOOTING

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE
User
code

Service
code

Abnormal system
Abnormality in engine
controller power supply
system

1. E535 and E536 occur at same time

E501

Abnormality in engine
controller

1. Defective engine controller

E502

E521

Nature of abnormality

Disconnection in governor control solenoid


system

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside governor control


solenoid
2. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between
controller E13 (7) and governor control solenoid E19 (1)
(No. 1 (+) side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between
controller E13 (4) and governor control solenoid E32 (1)
(No. 2 (+) side)
4. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E13 (17) and governor control solenoid E19 (2) (No. 1 () side)
5. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E13 (15) and governor control solenoid E32 (2) (No. 2 () side)
6. Defective engine controller

Short circuit in governor


control solenoid system

1. Short circuit, short circuit with ground inside governor


control solenoid
2. Short circuit with ground, short circuit with power source
in wiring harness between controller E13 (7) and governor control solenoid E19 (1) (No. 1 (+) side)
3. Short circuit with ground, short circuit with power source
in wiring harness between controller E13 (4) and governor control solenoid E32 (1) (No. 2 (+) side)
4. Short circuit with power source in wiring harness between controller E13 (17) and governor control solenoid
E19 (2) (No. 1 () side)
5. Short circuit with power source in wiring harness between controller E13 (15) and governor control solenoid
E32 (2) (No. 2 () side)
6. Defective engine controller

E10

E522

E531

20-356
3

Abnormality in governor
servo

1. Defective governor control solenoid system or rack sensor system


(Governor command value and rack sensor signal do not
match)
2. Abnormality in solenoid power source system
3. Defective engine controller

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)
Same as E535 and E536

Solenoid resistance value: 10 21

Solenoid resistance value: 10 21

PC1100-6

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Action by controller when Problem that appears on machine


abnormality is detected
when there is abnormality
1. Stops engine.
2. Displays user code E10 on
monitor panel.

1. Stops engine during operation.


2. Cannot start engine.

1. Stops engine.
2. Displays user code E10 on
monitor panel.

1. Stops engine during operation.


2. Cannot start engine.

1. Sets output to governor


control solenoid to 0 (stops
engine)
2. Displays user code E10 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

1. Stops engine during operation.


2. Cannot start engine.

1. Sets output to governor


control solenoid to 0 (stops
engine)
2. Displays user code E10 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

1. Stops engine during operation.


2. Cannot start engine.

1. Stops engine.
2. Displays user code E10 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

1. Stops engine during operation.


2. Cannot start engine.

20-357
3

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

TROUBLESHOOTING

User
code

E10

Service
code

E537

E508

E511

Abnormal system

Abnormality in controller solenoid power


supply system

Abnormality in rack sensor power source system

Abnormality in rack
sensor signal system

Nature of abnormality
1. Disconnection, defective contact inside governor cut relay
2. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between starting switch terminal ACC and governor cut relay R24 (3)
3. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E13 (1) and rack
sensor R24 (6)
4. Defective engine controller
1. Defect inside rack sensor
2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E13 (16) and rack
sensor E22 (1)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between rack sensor E22 (2) and chassis ground
4. Defective engine controller

1. Defect inside rack sensor


2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E14 (7) and rack
sensor E22 (3) ((+) side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E14 (17) and rack
sensor E22 (4) (() side)
4. Defective engine controller

E11

E515

E516

20-358
3

Disconnection in
prestroke control solenoid system

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside prestroke control


solenoid
2. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between controller E13 (9) and prestroke control solenoid
E20 (1) ((+) side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E13 (19) and
prestroke control solenoid E20 (2) (() side)
4. Defective engine controller

Disconnection in
prestroke control solenoid system

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside prestroke control


solenoid
2. Short circuit with ground, short circuit with power source
in wiring harness between controller E13 (9) and prestroke
control solenoid E20 (1) ((+) side)
3. Short circuit with power source in wiring harness between controller E13 (19) and prestroke control solenoid
E20 (2) (() side)
4. Defective engine controller

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Action by controller when Problem that appears on machine


abnormality is detected
when there is abnormality
1. Stops engine during operation.
2. Cannot start engine.

Voltage between E12 (1) and


chassis: 20 30 V

1. Stops engine.
2. Displays user code E10 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

1. Feels that there is lack of power.


2. Engine does not pick up smoothly.
3. Starting performance is poor.

Voltage between E13 (1) and


chassis: 4.6 5.4 V

1. Operates with open control with output restricted


to 80%.
2. Displays user code E11 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

1. Feels that there is lack of power.


2. Engine does not pick up smoothly.
3. Starting performance is poor.

Voltage between
chassis: 0.1 4.5
Voltage between
chassis: 0.1 4.5

1. Operates with open control with output restricted


to 80%.
2. Displays user code E11 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)
1. Sets output to prestroke
control solenoid to 0.
2. Operates with output restricted to 80%.
3. Displays user code E11 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

1. Feels that there is lack of power.


2. Engine does not pick up smoothly.
3. Large amount of black smoke is
included in exhaust.
4. Starting performance is poor.

1. Sets output to prestroke


control solenoid to 0.
2. Operates with output restricted to 80%.
3. Displays user code E11 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

1. Feels that there is lack of power.


2. Engine does not pick up smoothly.
3. Large amount of black smoke is
included in exhaust.
4. Starting performance is poor.

E14 (7) and


V
E14 (17) and
V

Solenoid resistance value: 10 21

Solenoid resistance value: 10 21

PC1100-6

20-359
3

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

TROUBLESHOOTING

User
code

Service
code

E513

Abnormal system

Nature of abnormality

Abnormality in engine
speed sensor (1) system

1. Defect inside No. 1 engine speed sensor or defective


adjustment
2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E14 (2) and No. 1
engine speed sensor E21 (1)
3. Defective contact, disconnection in wiring harness between No. 1 engine speed sensor E21 (2) and chassis
ground
4. Defective engine controller

Abnormality in engine
speed sensor (2) system

1. Defect inside No. 2 engine speed sensor or defective


adjustment
2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E14 (3) and No. 2
engine speed sensor E07 (1)
3. Defective contact, disconnection in wiring harness between No. 2 engine speed sensor E07 (2) and chassis
ground
4. Defective engine controller

E12

E514

E525

Disconnection in governor cut relay system

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside governor cut relay


2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between starting switch terminal ACC
and governor cut relay R24 (1)
3. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E12 (4) and governor cut relay R24 (2)
4. Defective engine controller

E13
1. Short circuit inside governor cut relay
2. Short circuit with power source in wiring harness between controller E12 (4) and governor cut relay R24 (2)
3. Defective engine controller
E526

E14

20-360
3

E505

Short circuit in governor


cut relay system

Abnormality in fuel
control dial system

1. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit in wiring


harness inside fuel control dial
2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E14 (6) and fuel
control dial E06 (1) ((+) side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between controller E14 (16) and fuel control dial E06 (3)
(() side)
4. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E15 (11) and fuel
control dial E06 (2) (signal side)
5. Defective engine controller

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Action by controller when Problem that appears on machine


abnormality is detected
when there is abnormality
1. Feels that there is lack of power.
2. Engine does not pick up smoothly.
3. Engine stops during operation and
cannot be started again.

Sensor resistance value:


500 1000

1. Operates with normal control.


2. Displays user code E12 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

1. Feels that there is lack of power.


2. Engine does not pick up smoothly.
3. Engine stops during operation and
cannot be started again.

Sensor resistance value:


500 1000

1. Operates with normal control.


2. Displays user code E12 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

Relay resistance value: 200 900

1. Operates with normal control.


2. Displays user code E13 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

Relay resistance value: 200 900

1. Operates with normal control.


2. Displays user code E13 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

Voltage (power source) between E14


(6) and (16): 4.6 5.4 V
Voltage (signal) between E15 (11)
and E14 (16): 0.7 4.3 V

PC1100-6

1. Operates at throttle position before abnormality occurred.


2. Displays user code E13 on
monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

1. Engine speed does not rise to high


idling.
2. Lacks acceleration.

20-361
3

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

TROUBLESHOOTING

User
code

Service
code

E503

Abnormal system

Mistaken connection of
connector

Nature of abnormality
1. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between controller E17 (1) and chassis
ground
2. Defective engine controller

1. Engine speed has gone above operating range.

20-362
3

E504

E535

E536

Engine overrun

Abnormality in engine
controller backup power
supply system

Abnormality in controller power supply system

1. Backup power source voltage has dropped below 17V.


2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between fuse box No. 14 and controller
E12 (7)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between controller E12 (8)(16) and chassis ground
4. Defective engine controller
1. Switch power source voltage has dropped below 17V.
2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between starting switch terminal ACC
and controller E12 (9)(17)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between controller E12 (8)(16) and chassis ground
4. Defective engine controller

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)

Resistance between E17 (1) and


chassis: Max. 1

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Action by controller when Problem that appears on machine


abnormality is detected
when there is abnormality
1. Stops engine.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)
1. Stops fuel injection immediately when overrun occurs (when speed drops to
1500 rpm, operates with
normal control).
fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

Voltage between E12 (7) and (8)(16):


20 30 V

1. Operates with normal control.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

Voltage between E12 (9)(17) and


(8)(16): 20 30 V

1. Operates with normal control.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the vibration of
the machine, it resets automatically. (However, the
service code display does
not go out.)

PC1100-6

1. Engine speed does not follow fuel


control dial position.

20-363
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF E MODE SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF E MODE SYSTEM


ENGINE CONTROLLER SYSTEM

20-364
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

PC1100-6

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF E MODE SYSTEM

20-365
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF E MODE SYSTEM

APS CONTROLLER & ENGINE STARTING SYSTEM

20-366
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

PC1100-6

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF E MODE SYSTEM

20-367
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-1

E-1 [E501] Abnormality in engine controller power source system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

2 YES

Is voltage
between E12 (7)
and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
20 30 V

Is voltage between
YES E12 (9)(17) and
1
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

NO

NO

Defective engine
controller

Remedy

Replace

Go to E-19

Go to E-18

E-1 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-368
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-2

E-2 [E502] Abnormality in engine controller is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

1 YES
Is voltage between
E12 (9)(17) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

NO

Defective engine
controller

Go to E-19

Remedy

Replace

E-2 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-369
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-3

E-3 [E521] Disconnection in governor control solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

YES
3
Is resistance

YES between E13


(female) (4) and
(15) normal?

2
Is resistance
YES between E13
(female) (7) and
(17) normal?

1
Is resistance
between E19, E32
(male) (1) and (2)
normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E19
and E32.
10 21

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E13.
10 21

Is voltage
between E32 (1)
Turn starting
switch OFF.
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Disconnect E13.
10 21
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

5 YES
Is voltage
between E19 (1)
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

NO

NO

Defective engine
controller

Remedy

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit
4 YES with ground in wiring harness
between E13 (female) (15) and
E32 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E13 (female)
NO (4) and E32 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit
with ground in wiring harness
between E13 (female) (17) and
E19 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E13 (female)
(7) and E19 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective governor
control solenoid

Replace

E-3 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-370
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-4

E-4 [E522] Short circuit in governor control solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.
Cause

YES
3

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between E13 (female)
(15) and E32 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Is resistance between

YES E13 (female) (4)

(15), (4)(15) chassis


ground as shown in
Table 1?

2
Is resistance between
E13 (female) (7)
(17), (7)(17) chassis
ground as shown in
Table 1?

YES

1
Is resistance
between E19, E32
(male) (1) (2),(1)(2)
chassis ground as
shown in Table 1?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
NO
Disconnect E13.

When E32 is disconnected,


is resistance and voltage
between E13 (female) (4)
and chassis ground as
shown in Table 2?

Disconnect E13
and E32.
Turn starting
switch OFF.

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E13.

5 YES

NO

When E32 is disconnected,


is resistance and voltage
between E13 (female) (7)
and chassis ground as
shown in Table 2?

Disconnect E13
and E19.
Turn starting
switch OFF.

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E19
and E32.

4 YES

NO

NO

Table 1
E19 (male)
Between
(1) and (2)
Between
(1)(2) and chassis
Table 2
E13 (female)
Between
(7) and chassis

Short circuit with ground,


short circuit with power
source in wiring harness
NO between E13 (female) (4)
and E32 (female) (1)
Short circuit with power
source in wiring harness
between E13 (female)
(17) and E19 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Short circuit with ground,


short circuit with power
source in wiring harness
between E13 (female) (7)
and E19 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective governor
control solenoid

Replace

E32 (male)
E13 (female)
E13 (female)
Between
Between
Between
(1) and (2)
(7) and (17)
(4) and (15)
Between
Between
Between
(1)(2) and chassis (7)(17) and chassis (4)(15) and chassis
E13 (female)
Between
(4) and chassis

Repair or
replace

Resistance

Voltage

Min. 1 M

Max. 1 V

Resistance
10 21
Min. 1 M

E-4 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-371
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-5

E-5 [E531] Abnormality in governor servo is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

2 YES
YES
1
Is voltage between
E13 (female) (1)
and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

When fuel injection


pump is repaired or
replaced, does
display go off?

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective fuel injection


pump

Replace

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Go to E-6

E-5 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-372
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-6

E-6 [E537] Abnormality in controller solenoid power supply system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Check that the engine can be cranked (if the engine cannot be cranked, carry out troubleshooting
E-20 first).
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.
Cause

3 YES

Is voltage
YES between R24 (3)
and chassis
1
ground normal?

Is resistance
between R24
(female) (3) (5), (3)
(6) as shown in
Table ?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect R24.

Table
R24 (male)
Between
(3) and (5)
Between
(3) and (6)

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

Is voltage
YES between E13 (1)
2
and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

NO

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring harness
between E13 (female) (1) and
R24 (female) (6)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between R24 (female)
(3) and X07 (female) (11)

Repair or
replace

Defective governor
control solenoid

Replace

Resistance
Min. 1 M
Max. 1

E-6 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-373
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-7

E-7 [E508] Abnormality in rack sensor power source system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

YES
2
Is resistance between

YES E13 (female) (16) and


chassis ground
normal?

1
Is resistance
between E22
(male) (1) and (2)
normal ?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E22.
Min. 500 k.

Is voltage
between E22 (1)
Turn starting
switch OFF.
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Disconnect E13.
Min. 500 k.
Turn starting
switch ON.
4.6 5.4 V.

NO

3 YES

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E22
(female) (2) and chassis
ground

Repair or
replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring harness
between E13 (female) (16) and
E22 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective rack sensor

Replace

E-7 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-374
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-8

E-8 [E511] Abnormality in rack sensor signal system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl If service code [E508] is displayed at the same time, carry out troubleshooting E-7 first.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

3 YES

Is voltage

YES between E14 (7)


1
Is resistance
between E22
(male) (3) (2),
(4) (2) normal ?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E22.
50 k 1 M

and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
0.1 4.5 V.

Is voltage
YES between E14 (17)
and chassis
2
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
0.1 4.5 V.

NO

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring harness
between E22 (female) (4) and
E14 (female) (17)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring harness
between E22 (female) (3) and
E14 (female) (7)

Defective rack senosr

Repair or
replace

Replace

E-8 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-375
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-9

E-9 [E515] Disconnection in prestroke control solenoid system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

YES
2
Is resistance

YES between E13


1
Is resistance
between E20
(male) (1) and (2)
normal ?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E20.
10 21 .

(female) (9) and


(19) normal ?

Is voltage
between E20 (1)
Turn starting
switch OFF.
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Disconnect E13.
10 21 .
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

NO

3 YES

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E13
(female) (19) and E20 (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring harness
between E13 (female) (9) and
E20 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective prestroke
control solenoid

Replace

E-9 Related electric circuital diagram

20-376
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-10

E-10 [E516] Short circuit in prestroke control solenoid system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

YES
2

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between E13 (female)
(19) and E20 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Is resistance between

YES E13 (female) (9) -


1
Is resistance
between E20(male)
(1) (2), (1)(2)
chassis ground as
shown in Table 1?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E20.

(19), (9)(19) chassis


ground as shown in
Table 1?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
NO
Disconnect E13.

3 YES
When E20 is disconnected,
is resistance and voltage
between E13 (female) (9)
and chassis ground as
shown in Table 2?

Disconnect E13
and E20.
Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

Defective prestroke
control solenoid

NO

Table 1
E20 (male)
E13 (female)
Between
Between
(1) and (2)
(9) and (19)
Between
Between
(1)(2) and chassis (9)(19) and chassis
Table 2
E13 (female)
Between
(9) and chassis

Short circuit with


ground, short circuit with
power source in wiring
harness between E13
(female) (9) and E20
(female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Replace

Resistance
10 21
Min. 1 M

Resistance

Voltage

Min. 1 M

Max. 1 V

E-10 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-377
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-11

E-11 [E513] Abnormality in engine speed sensor (1) system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

YES
2

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective adjustment of
speed sensor

Adjust

Is voltage

YES between E14 (3)

YES

and chassis
ground normal?

Start engine.
0.5 3.0 V.

Is resistance
between E07
(male) (1) and (2)
normal ?

NO

When speed sensor


is adjusted, does
voltage in Item 2
become normal?

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit

4 YES with ground in wiring harness

NO

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E07.
500 1,000 k.

Is resistance between
E07 (female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E07.
Max. 1 .

NO

between E14 (female) (3) and


E21 (female) (1)

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
NO harness between E07
(female) (2) and chassis
ground
Defective engine speed
sensor (1)

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

E-11 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-378
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-12

E-12 [E514] Abnormality in engine speed sensor (2) system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

YES
2

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective adjustment of
speed sensor

Adjust

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring harness
between E14 (female) (3) and
E07 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Is voltage

YES between E14 (3)

YES

and chassis
ground normal?

Start engine.
0.5 3.0 V.

Is resistance
between E07
(male) (1) and (2)
normal ?

NO

When speed sensor


is adjusted, does
voltage in Item 2
become normal?

4 YES

NO

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E07.
500 1,000 k.

NO

Is resistance between
E07 (female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
NO harness between E07
Turn starting
switch OFF.
(female) (2) and chassis
Disconnect E07.
ground
Max. 1 .
Defective engine speed
sensor (2)

Repair or
replace

Replace

E-12 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-379
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-13

E-13 [E525] Disconnection in governor cut relay system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If service code [E501] is displayed at the same time, carry out troubleshooting E-1 first.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

YES
2
Is voltage

YES between E12 (4)


1
Is resistance
between R24
(male) (1) and (2)
normal ?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect R24.
200 900 .

and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

3 YES
Is voltage
between R24 (1)
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E12
(female) (4) and R24
(female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring harness
between X07 (female) (11)
and R24 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective rgovernor cut


replay

Replace

E-13 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-380
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-14

E-14 [E526] Short circuit in governor cut relay system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

2 YES
YES
1
Is resistance
between
R24(male) (1) and
(2) normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect R24.
200 900 .

When R24 is
disconnected, is voltage
between E12 (female)
(4) and chassis ground
normal?

Disconnect E12
and R24.
Turn starting
switch ON.
Max. 1 V

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between E12 (female) (4)
and R24 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective governor cut


replay

Replace

E-14 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-381
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-15

E-15 [E505] Abnormality in fuel control dial voltage is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related
connectors are properly inserted.
Cause
Remedy
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going
on the next step.
YES
2
Is voltage

YES between E15 (11)

YES

and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
0.7 4.3 V

3
Is voltage
between E06 (2)
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
0.7 4.3 V

1
Is voltage
between E14 (6)
and (16) normal?

Is resistance
YES between E06
(male) (1) and (3)
normal?
5

Turn starting
switch ON.
4.6 5.4 V

YES
7

Is voltage
between E14 (6)
NO and chassis
ground normal?

E-15 Related electrical circuit diagram

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E15
(female) (11) and E06
(female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective fuel control dial

Replace

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E14
(female) (16) and E06
(female) (3)

Repair or
replace

Defective fuel control dial

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E14
(female) (6) and E06
(female) (1)

Repair or
replace

NO

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E06.
4 6 k

Turn starting
switch ON.
4.6 5.4 V

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between E15 (female)
Turn starting switch NO
(11) and E06 (female) (2)
OFF.

6 YES

Is voltage
between E06 (1)
NO and chassis
ground normal?

NO

Disconnect E15 and E16.


Min. 1 M

Turn starting
switch ON.
4.6 5.4 V

20-382

4 YES
When E06 is
disconnected, is
resistance between E15
(female) (11) and
chassis ground normal?

Defective engine
controller

8 YES Defective engine

NO

When E06 is
disconnected, is
resistance between E14
(female) (6) and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E15
and E06.
Min. 1 M

controller
Short circuit with ground
in wiring harness E14
NO (female) (6) and E06
(female) (1)

Replace

Repair or
replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-16

E-16 [E503] Mistaken connection of connector is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

1 YES
Is resistance
between E17 (1)
and chassis
ground normal ?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E17.
Max. 1 .

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E17
(female) (1) and chassis
ground

Repair or
replace

E-16 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-383
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-17

E-17 [504] Engine overrun is displayed

Cause

4 YES Other abnormality has


YES Is other service
code displayed at
3
same time?

YES Is adjustment of
engine speed
sensor normal?
2
Is resistance

YES between E07


1
Is resistance
between E21
(male) (1) and
(2) normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E21.
500 1000

(male) (1) and (2)


normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E07.
500 1000

See TESTING
AND
ADJUSTING.

NO

NO

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

occurred at same time

Defective fuel injection

NO pump

Remedy

Act according
to displayed
service codes

Replace

Defective adjustment of
speed sensor

Adjust

Defective No. 2 engine


speed sensor

Replace

Defective No. 1 engine


speed sensor

Replace

E-17 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-384
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-18

E-18 [E535] Abnormality in engine controller backup power supply


system is displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Check that the engine can be cranked (if the engine cannot be cranked, carry out troubleshooting
E-20 first).
fl Check that fuse 14 is not blown (if it is blown, check for a short circuit with the ground in the
related circuits for fuse 14).
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

2 YES

Is voltage
between E12 (7)
and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
20 30 V.

Is resistance
YES between E12 (8)
1
(16) and chassis
ground normal ?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E12.
Max. 1 .

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E12
(female) (8)(16) and
chassis ground

Repair or
replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short
circuit with ground in
wiring harness between
fuse 14 and E12
(female) (7)

Repair or
replace

E-18 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-385
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-19

E-19 [E536] Abnormality in controller power supply system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the service code E is not displayed, the problem has been
removed.
fl If the starting switch was turned off after the abnormality occurred, turn the starting switch on and
check that the service code displays E. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

2 YES
YES
1
Is voltage
between E12 (9)
(17) and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

Is resistance
between E12
(female) (8)(16) and
chassis ground
normal ?

Turn starting
NO
switch OFF.
Disconnect E12.
Max. 1 .
3 YES

NO

Is voltage between
starting switch
terminal ACC and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E12
(female) (8) (16) and
chassis ground

Repair or
replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring
harness between starting
switch terminal ACC and
E12 (female) (9) (17)

Repair or
replace

Defective starting switch

Replace

E-19 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-386
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-20

E-20 Engine does not start


fl Check that fuse 14 is not blown (if it is blown, check for a short circuit with the ground in the
related circuits for fuse 14).
fl Check that the wiring harness between battery relay terminal B battery (+) battery () chassis
is connected securely.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

4 YES
YES

Is voltage between
starting motor
terminal B and
chassis ground
normal?

NO

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

YES

Is there sound of

YES starting motor

pinion engaging?

Is voltage between

YES starting motor

terminal R and
chassis ground
normal?

Starting switch
ON START

Turn starting
switch ON.
Max. 1 V

NO
2

Is voltage between
starting motor
terminal S and
chassis ground
normal?

NO
Disconnect wiring.
Turn starting switch ON.
Max. 1 V

Turn starting
switch to START.
20 30 V

YES Is sound heard


from battery
relay?

7 YES
Is voltage between
alternator terminal
NO R and chassis
ground normal?

8 YES

NO
Starting switch
OFF ON

Is resistance
between starting
switch terminal B
and terminal C
normal?

NO
Turn starting
switch to START.
Disconnect X07. Max. 1
10 YES
YES

Is voltage and
specific gravity of
battery normal?

NO

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Voltage: Min. 24V
Specific gravity:
Min. 1.26

Is resistance
between batery
relay terminal E and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Max. 1

Is voltage between
batery relay
terminal BR and
chassis ground
normal?

NO
YES
11

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

NO

Is voltage between
starting switch
terminal BR and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

12 YES

NO

Is resistance
between starting
switch terminal B
and terminal BR
normal?

NO
Turn starting
switch to START.
Disconnect X07.
Max. 1
NO

20-388
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-20

Cause

PC1100-6

Remedy

Defective starting motor

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between starting
motor terminal B and
battery relay terminal M

Repair or
replace

Defective starting motor

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between starting motor
terminal R and D14
(female) (2), or short circuit
of diode D14

Repair or
replace

Defective alternator

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between starting
switch terminal C and
starting motor terminal S

Repair or
replace

Defective starting switch

Replace

Defective battery relay

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between battery
relay terminal E and
chassis ground

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between starting
switch terminal BR and
battery relay terminal BR

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between starting
switch terminal B and
battery relay terminal B

Repair or
replace

Defective starting switch

Replace

Insufficient battery
capacity

Charge or
replace

20-389
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-20

E-20 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-390
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-21

E-21 Engine does not stop


fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.

Cause

YES
1
Is voltage
between E12 (9)
(17) and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Max. 1 V.

2 YES

NO

Is resistance
between starting
switch terminal B
and terminal ACC
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect X07.
Min. 1 M

NO

Remedy

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between E12 (female) (9)
(17) and starting switch
terminal ACC

Repair or
replace

Defective starting switch

Replace

E-21 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-391
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-22

E-22 Defective actuation of APS


fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on the next step.
a) Preheating lamp switch does not light up when APS switch is ON (controller LED is also OFF)
fl Carry out troubleshooting of the power source system.
fl Check that the engine can be cranked (if the engine cannot be cranked, carry out troubleshooting
E-20 first).
fl Check that fuse 2 is not blown (if it is blown, check for a short circuit with the ground in the related
circuits for fuse 2).
fl Carry out troubleshooting with the APS switch ON.

2 YES
YES

1
Is voltage
between E25 (1)
and chassis
ground normal?

Is resistance
between E26
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal ?

NO

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E26.
Max. 1 .

YES

YES

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

6
Is voltage

NO

YES between R23 (3)

When relay (R23) is


interchanged, does
voltage in Item 1
become normal ?

5
Is there continuity

YES between R23

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

(female) (2) and


chassis ground?

4
Is voltage
between R23 (1)
NO and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

Turn starting
switch OFF.

NO

NO

9 YES
Is there continuity

YES between M91


8
(male) (2) and (3)?

NO

Is voltage between
M91 (female) (3)
and chassis ground
normal ?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

7 YES
Is there continuity
between starting
NO switch B and
terminal ACC?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect R23.

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V.

20-392

and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
NO
switch OFF.
Disconnect M91.
Turn APS switch ON.

NO

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-22

Cause

PC1100-6

Remedy

Defective APS
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E26
(female) (1) and chassis
ground

Repair or
replace

Defective APS
controller relay

Replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring harness
between R23 (female) (5) and
E25 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short circuit
with ground in wiring
harness between starting
switch terminal ACC and
R23 (female) (5)

Repair or
replace

Defective starting switch

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between R23
(female) (2) and chassis
ground

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between M91
(female) (2) and R23
(female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective APS switch

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between fuse 2
and M91 (female) (3)

Repair or
replace

20-393
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-22

b) Preheating pilot lamp flashes when water temperature is below 20C when APS switch is ON
(controller LEDs all give normal display)
Preheating pilot lamp lights up when water temperature is above 20C when APS switch is ON
(controller LEDs all give normal display)
fl Carry out troubleshooting with the APS switch ON.
fl Check the engine water temperature.

Cause

2 YES
YES
1
Is resistance
between P19
(male) and chassis
ground normal ?

Is resistance
between E26
(female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal ?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E26.
Same as Item 1.

NO

Turn starting
switch OFF.
NO
Disconnect P19.
Water
temperature
below 20C:
Max. 1
Water
temperature
above 20C:
Min. 1 M

Remedy

Defective APS controller

Replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, short
circuit with ground in
wiring harness between
E26 (female) (2) and P19
(female)

Repair or
replace

Defective APS water


temperature sensor

Replace

c) Nozzle does not inject fuel when starting switch is turned to START after completion of
preheating when APS switch is ON (controller LEDs all give normal display)
fl Carry out troubleshooting of start signal (terminal C) system.
fl Check that the injection nozzle stop valve is open.

Cause

YES
1
Is voltage
between E26 (3)
and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch to
START.
20 30 V

20-394
3

2 YES

NO

Is voltage between
starting switch
terminal C and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

NO

Remedy

Defective APS controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between E26
(female) (3) and starting
switch terminal C

Repair or
replace

Defective starting switch

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-22

d) Controller LED 1 (short circuit in glow plug 1 system) gives abnormal display

Cause

2 YES
YES
1
Is resistance
between glow plug
1 terminal and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect plug
terminal.
0.8 1.3

Is resistance
between E25
(female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E25.
0.8 1.3

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective APS controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between E25 (female) (2)
and glow plug 1 terminal

Repair or
replace

Defective glow plug 1

Replace

e) Controller LED 2 (disconnection in glow plug 1 system) gives abnormal display

Cause

2 YES
YES
1
Is resistance
between glow plug
1 terminal and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect plug
terminal.
0.8 1.3

PC1100-6

Is resistance
between E25
(female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E25.
0.8 1.3

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective APS controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between E25 (female) (2)
and glow plug 1 terminal

Repair or
replace

Defective glow plug 1

Replace

20-395
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

f)

E-22

Controller LED 3 (short circuit in glow plug 2 system) gives abnormal display

Cause

2 YES
YES
1
Is resistance
between glow plug
2 terminal and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect plug
2.
0.8 1.3

Is resistance
between E25
(female) (3) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E25.
0.8 1.3

NO

Remedy

Defective APS controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between E25 (female) (3)
and glow plug 2 terminal

Repair or
replace

Defective glow plug 2

Replace

NO

g) Controller LED 4 (disconnection in glow plug 2 system) gives abnormal display

Cause

2 YES
YES
1
Is resistance
between glow plug
2 terminal and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect plug
terminal.
0.8 1.3

20-396
3

Is resistance
between E25
(female) (3) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E25.
0.8 1.3

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective APS controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between E25 (female) (3)
and glow plug 2 terminal

Repair or
replace

Defective glow plug 2

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-22

k) Preheating pilot lamp lights up when APS switch is OFF


fl Carry out troubleshooting with the APS switch OFF.

Cause

YES
1
When relay R23 is
interchanged with
another relay, does
condition become
normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.

YES
2
Is voltage
between R23 (1)
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
Max. 1 V

3 YES
Is resistance
between M91
NO (male) (2) and (3)
normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect M91.
Max. 1 M

PC1100-6

NO

Remedy

Defective APS controller


relay

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between E25 (female) (1)
and R23 (female) (3)

Repair or
replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between R23 (female) (1)
and M91 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective APS switch

Replace

20-397
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

E-22

E-22 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-398
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING OF ENGINE SYSTEM


(S MODE)

Method of using troubleshooting charts .............................................................................................20-402


S- 1

Starting performance is poor (starting always takes time) ..................................................20-406

S- 2

Engine does not start ................................................................................................................20-407


a) Engine turns but no exhaust smoke comes out (fuel is not being injected) ............... 20-407
b) Exhaust smoke comes out, but engine does not start (fuel is being injected) ...........20-408

S- 3

Engine does not pick up smoothly (follow-up is poor) .........................................................20-409

S- 4

Engine stops during operations ...............................................................................................20-410

S- 5

Engine does not rotate smoothly (hunting)............................................................................20-411

S- 6

Engine lacks output (no power) ...............................................................................................20-412

S- 7

Exhaust smoke is black (incomplete combustion) .................................................................20-413

S- 8

Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust smoke is blue) ....................................................20-414

S- 9

Oil becomes contaminated quickly ..........................................................................................20-415

S-10

Fuel consumption is excessive ................................................................................................20-416

S-11

Oil is in cooling water, or water spurts back, or water level goes down ........................... 20-417

S-12

Oil pressure caution lamp lights up (drop in oil pressure) ..................................................20-418

S-13

Oil level rises ..............................................................................................................................20-419

S-14

Water temperature becomes too high (overheating) ............................................................20-420

S-15

Abnormal noise is made ...........................................................................................................20-421

S-16

Vibration is excessive ................................................................................................................20-422

PC1100-6

20-401
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

METHOD OF USING TROUBLESHOOTING CHARTS

METHOD OF USING TROUBLESHOOTING CHARTS


This troubleshooting chart is divided into three sections: questions, check items, and troubleshooting.
The questions and check items are used to pinpoint
high probability causes that can be located from the
failure symptoms or simple inspeciton without using troubleshooting tools.
Next, troubleshooting tools or direct inspection are
used to check the high probability causes to make
final confirmation.
[Questions]
Sections A + B in the chart on the right corresponds to the items where answers can be obtained from the user. The items in B are items
that can be obtained from the user, depending
on the users level.
[Check items]
The serviceman carries out simple inspection to
narrow down the causes. The items under C in
the chart on the right correspond to this.
The serviceman narrows down the causes from
information A that he has obtained from the
user and the results of C that he has obtained
from his own inspection.
[Troubleshooting]
Troubleshooting is carried out in the order of
probability, starting with the causes that have
been marked as having the highest probability
from information gained from [Questions] and
[Check items].

Causes

Questions

(1) (2) (3)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

(e)

Check items

Troubleshooting

20-402
3

ii
iii

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

METHOD OF USING TROUBLESHOOTING CHARTS

The basic method of using the troubleshooting chart


is as follows.
Items listed for [Questions] and [Check items] that
have a relationship with the Cause items are marked
with o, and of these, causes that have a particularly
high probability are marked with T.
Check each of the [Questions] and [Check items] in
turn, and mark the o or T in the chart for items
where the problem appeared. The vertical column
(Causes) that has the highest number of points is
the most probable cause, so start troubleshooting
for that item to make final confirmation of the cause.
1. For [Confirm recent repair history] in the
[Questions] Section, ask the user, and mark
the Cause column with
to use as reference for locating the cause of the failure.
However, do not use this when making calculations to narrow down the causes.
in the Cause column as reference
2. Use the
for [Degree of use (Operated for long period)] in the [Questions] section. As a rule,
do not use it when calculating the points for
locating the cause, but it can be included if
necessary to determine the order for troubleshooting.

Causes

ed t
urbo
cha
Clog
rger
ged
, int
air c
erfe
lean
Wor
renc
er e
n pi
e
lem
ston
ent
ring
Clog
, cyl
ged
inde
, sei
r
zed
Imp
inje
rope
c
tion
r inj
noz
ecti
Defe
zle
on t
ctiv
imin
e in
g
ject
ion
pum
p (e
xces
sive

Seiz

inje
ctio
n)

PC1100-6

Confirm recent repair history

Degree of use

Operatred for long period

20-403
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

Example of troubleshooting when exhaust gas is black


Let us assume that [Clogged air cleaner] is taken to be the cause of black exhaust gas. Three
symptoms have causal relationship with this problem: [Exhaust gas gradually became black],
[Power was lost gradully], and [Dust indicator is red].
If we look from these three symptoms to find the causes, we find that there is a relationship with
five causes. Let us explain here the method of using this causal relationship to pinpoint the most
probable cause.

S-7 Exhaust smoke is black (incomplete combustion)


General causes why exhaust gas is black
Insufficient intake of air
Improper condition of fuel injection
Excessive injection of fuel

Causes

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Seiz
ed t
Clog urboch
arge
ged
r, in
air
W or
terfe
n pis cleaner
elem rence
ton
Clog
r
ent
in
g, c
ged
y
, se
lind
Imp
er
rope ized inje
r inje
ctio
D efe
n
ctio
ctiv
n tim nozzle
e in
ing
Imp
rope jection
p
r
u
v
mp
alve
Cru
(exc
she
clea
d, c
essiv
ran
logg
Lea
e in
kag
ed m ce
ject
e of
ion)
uffle
Defe
air b
r
ctiv
e
t
w
e co
een
Deff
n
turb
tact
ectiv
o
of v
cha
e in
rger
alve
ject
, va
and
ion
lve
hea
pum
seat
d
p (ra
ck, p
lung
er s
eize
d)

METHOD OF USING TROUBLESHOOTING CHARTS

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use

Operated for long period

Questions

Suddenly became black


Color of exhaust gas

Gradually became black


Blue under light load

Engine oil must be added more frequently


Power was lost

Suddenly
Gradually

Non-specified fuel has been used


Noise of interference is heard from around turbocharger
Dust indicator is red
Blow-by gas is excessive

Check items

Engine pickup is poor and combustion is irregular


When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after
starting engine, temperature of some cylinders is low
Match marks on fuel injection pump are out of alignment
Seal on injection pump has come off
Clanging sound is heard from around cylinder head
Exhaust noise is abnormal
Muffler is crushed
Leakage of air between turbocharger and head, loose clamp
When turbocharger is rotated by hand, it is found to be heavy
When air cleaner is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged

Troubleshooting

When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low


Speed of some cylinders does not change when operating
on reduced cylinders
When check is made using delivery method, injection timing
is found to be incorrect
Injection pump test shows that injection amount is incorrect
When valve clearance is checked directly it is found to be
outside standard value
When muffler is removed, exhaust gas color returns to normal

20-404
3

Replace

Repair

Replace

Adjust

Replace

Adjust

Adjust

Replace

Replace

Clean

Remedy

Replace

When control rack is pushed, it is found to be heavy or does


not return

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

METHOD OF USING TROUBLESHOOTING CHARTS

Five causes
Step 1
Clarify the relationship between the three
symptoms in the [Questions] and [Check items]
section and the five Cause items in the vertical
column.

Three symptoms

Step 2
Add up the total of and marks where the
horizontal lines for the three symptoms and the
vertical columns for the causes intersect.
(1) Clogged air cleaner element:
(2) Air leakage between turbocharger
and head:
(3) Clogged, seized injection nozzle:
(4) Defective contact of valve, valve seat:
(5) Worn piston ring, cylinder:
Step 3
The calculation in Step 2 show that the closest
relationship is with [Clogged air cleaner
element]. Follow this column down to the
troubleshooting area and carry out the
troubleshooting item marked . The Remedy is
given as [Clean], so carry out cleaning, and the
exhaust gas color should return to normal.

PC1100-6

20-405
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-1

S-1 Starting performance is poor (starting always takes time)


General causes why exhaust smoke comes out but
engine takes time to start
Defective electrical system
Insufficient supply of fuel
Insufficient intake of air
Improper selection of fuel
(At ambient temperature of 10C or below, use
ASTM D975 No. 1)
fl Battery charging rate

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine
Operated for long period
Gradually became worse
Ease of starting
Starts when warm
Takes time to start again after warming up
Preheating pilot lamp does not light up
Engine oil must be added more frequently
Replacement of filters has not been carried out according to Operation Manual
Dust indicator lamp is red
Non-specified fuel is being used
Battery charge lamp is ON
Starting motor cranks engine slowly
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after
starting engine, temperature of some cylinders is low
Engine does not pick up smoothly, and combustion is irregular
Blow-by gas is excessive
Counter marks on fuel injection pump are out of alignment
Mud is stuck to fuel tank cap
When engine is cranked with starting motor,
1) Little fuel comes out even when fuel injection pump sleeve nut is loosened
2) No fuel comes out even when fuel filter air bleed plug is loosened
Leakage from fuel piping
There is hunting from engine (rotation is irregular)

20-406
3

Clean

Clean

Replace

Replace

Adjust

Replace

Clean

Correct

Replace

Adjust

Replace

Replace

Replace

Replace

Replace

Remedy

Clean

When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low


When air cleaner element is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When fuel filter, strainer are inspected directly, they are found to be clogged
When priming pump strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
Glow plug mount does not become warm
Yes
Is voltage 26 30V between alternator terminal
No
B and terminal E with engine at low idling?
Either specific gravity of electrolyte or voltage of battery is low
Speed does not change when operation of certain cylinders is stopped
When check is made using delivery method, injection timing is found to be incorrect
When control rack is pushed, it does not return
(when rack stopper bolt at rear of pump is removed and rack
piston is pushed with clean screwdriver, rack does not move)
When fuel cap is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
Inspect governor oil pump directly
Inspect governor spool valve directly
When governor oil supply pipe is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When governor oil strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When overflow valve is inspected, it is found that valve is stiff or open
Clean

Troubleshooting

Check items

Questions

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Correct

Wor
n
Defe piston
Clogctive co ring, c
y
Clogged air ntact o linder
f va
c
g
l
e
e
d
a
Defe
ner lve, v
fue
Defective A l filter, elemen alve se
p
P
at
t
Defective re S devic riming
g
pum
Defective al ulator e
p
stra
t
iner
Defective or ernator
Imp ctive in deterio
rope ject
r
a
Defe
r inj ion n ted ba
c
Lea tive fue ection ozzle ttery
t
kag
l
i
Clog e, clo injectio ming
n
Gov ged fue gging, pump
(r
a
e
Seiz rnor spl tank a ir in fu ack, plu
e
i
n
e
Defe d gove ool val r breath l piping ger stu
v
ck)
c
Defe tive ope rnor oil e stuck er hole
r
Clogctive fu ation of pump g
g
e
Clogged go l inject overnor ear sha
ft
io
oi
ged vern
gov or oi n pum l pump
p ov relie
erno l su
fv
e
r oil pply
p rflow v alve
stra
alve
iner ipe

100% 90% 80% 75% 70%


20C
1.28 1.26 1.24 1.23 1.22
0C
1.29 1.27 1.25 1.24 1.23
10C
1.30 1.28 1.26 1.25 1.24
The specific gravity should exceed the value
for the charging rate of 70% in the above table.
In cold areas the specific gravity must exceed the value for the charging rate of 75%
in the above table.

Replace

Causes

Charging rate

Ambient temperature

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-2

S-2 Engine does not start


a) Engine turns but no exhaust smoke comes
out (fuel is not being injected)
General causes why engine turns but no exhaust smoke comes out
Supply of fuel impossible
Supply of fuel is extremely small
Improper selection of fuel (particularly in winter)
Standards for use of fuel
Causes

22
30

4
20

14
10

32
0

50
10

68
20

86 104F
30 40C

ASTM D975 No.2


Diesel fuel
ASTM D975 No.1

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Bro
ken
fuel
Defe
inje
ctive
ctio
fu
n pu
Seiz
mp
ed, b el inject
driv
ion p
r
o
ken
Clog
es
ump
feed
ged
(rack haft, ke
p
f
u
u
mp
Clog
,
y
el fi
plun
pisto
lter,
ge
ger
n (g
stra
seize
Lack d primi
e
a
i
n
d)
r
, sha
ng p
e
of
ft, et
ump r
Clog fuel
c
,
.
)
s
ge
train
er
Clog d, leaki
ng f
ged
uel
fu
Imp
pipi
rope el tank
air b ng
r
fuel
Seiz
reat
use
ed
her
d
hole
Defe govern
or o
ctive
il pu
actu
Gov
mp
ation
ern
g
Clog or spoo of gove ear, sha
rnor
ft
ged
l va
oil p
lve
go
Clog
stuc
ump
ged vernor
k
relie
o
gov
f val
erno il supp
ve
ly p
r oil
ipe
stra
iner

Ambient temprature
Type of fluid

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine

Operated for long period

Questions

Exhaust smoke suddenly stops coming out (when starting again)


Replacement of filters has not been carried out according
to Operation Manual
When fuel tank is inspected, it is found to be empty
There is leakage from fuel piping
Mud is stuck to fuel tank cap
When fuel filter is drained, fuel does not come out
When engine is cranked with starting motor,

Check items

1) Injection pump coupling does not turn


2) No fuel comes out even when fuel filter air bleed
plug is loosened
3) No fuel spurts out even when injection pipe sleeve
nut is loosened
Rust and water are found when fuel tank is drained
Inspect fuel injection pump directly
Troubleshooting

Control pump does not move


Inspect feed pump directly
When fuel filter, strainer are inspected directly, they are found to be clogged
When priming pump strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When fuel cap is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
Inspect governor oil pump directly
Inspect governor spool valve directly
When governor oil supply pipe is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged

PC1100-6

Clean

Clean

Replace

Replace

Replace

Replace

Correct

Correct

Add

Clean

Clean

Replace

Replace

Remedy

Replace

When governor oil strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged

20-407
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-2

b) Exhaust smoke comes out, but engine does


not start (Fuel is being injected)
General causes why exhaust smoke comes out
but engine does not start
Lack of rotating force due to defective electrical system
Insufficient supply of fuel
Insufficient intake of air
Improper selection of fuel and oil

Defec

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

tive,
broke
Defe
n dyn
ctive
amic
fuel
Wor
injec valve syst
n pi
s
t
on r tion pum em (valve
Clog
, ro
ing,
p ( ra
ge
cyl
ck, p cker lever
Clog d fuel f
,
lung
ilter inder li
ged
er st etc.)
n
, str
feed
u ck)
Clog
aine er
p
ge
ump
r
stra
Defe d air cle
iner
ctiv
ane
e
r
elem
APS
Defe
ent
dev
ctiv
ice
e or
Lea
d
eter
kag
Clog e, clogg iorated
ge
ing,
batt
ery
air i
Clog d inject
n fu
ion
ged
el sy
noz
fuel
Imp
stem
zle,
tank
rop
air b defecti
Visc er fuel
ve s
reat
use
osit
p
her
d
y of
hole ray
eng
ine
oil t
oo h
igh

Causes

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine

Operated for long period

Suddenly failed to start

Questions

When engine is cranked, abnormal noise is heard from around head


Engine oil must be added more frequently
Non-specified fuel is being used
Replacement of filters has not been carried out according
to Operation Manual
Rust is found when fuel tank is drained
Dust indicator lamp is red
Preheating pilot lamp does not light up
Starting motor cranks engine slowly
Mud is stuck to fuel tank cap
When engine is cranked with starting motor,

Check items

1) Little fuel comes out even when fuel injection pump


sleeve nut is loosened
2) Little fuel comes out even when fuel filter air bleed
plug is loosened
There is leakage from fuel piping
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after
starting engine, temperature of some cylinders is low
When fuel filter is drained, no fuel comes out
Remove head cover and inspect directly
When control rack is pushed, it is found to be heavy, or does not return
Troubleshooting

When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low


When fuel filter, strainer are inspected directly, they are found to be clogged
When feed pump strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When air cleaner element is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
Glow plug mount does not become warm
Either specific gravity of electrolyte or voltage of battery is low
When feed pump is operated, operation is too light or too heavy
Speed does not change when operation of certain cylinders is stopped

20-408
3

Replace

Replace

Clean

Clean

Correct

Replace

Correct

Clean

Clean

Clean

Replace

Replace

Remedy

Replace

When fuel cap is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-3

S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly (follow-up is poor)


General causes why engine does not pick up smoothly
Insufficient intake of air
Insufficient supply of fuel
Improper condition of fuel injection
Improper fuel used
Defective fuel injection pump

ge
Clog d air cle
ge
ane
re
Clog d fuel f
ilter lement
ged
, str
feed
Clog
pum ainer
ge
p st
Defe d inject
rain
ion
ctiv
er
n
e
ozzl
f
Wor
eed
e, d
n pi
pum
efec
sto
p
tive
Seiz
ed t n ring,
spra
cylin
urbo
y
Imp
der
cha
rope
r
g
e
r va
r
,
Clog
i
n
lve
terf
ge
clea
ranc erence
Clog d fuel t
e
ank
ged
ai
, lea
Defe
king r breat
ctiv
her
fu
e co
hole
ntac el pipin
g
t of
valv
e an
d va
lve
seat

Clog

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Causes

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine

Operated for long period

Questions

Replacement of filters has not been carried out according to


Operation Manual
Non-specified fuel is being used
Engine oil must be added more frequently
Rust and water are found when fuel tank is drained
Dust indicator lamp is red
Noise of interference is heard from around turbocharger
Engine pick-up suddenly became poor
Color of exhaust gas

Blue under light load


Black

Clanging sound is heard from around cylinder head


Check items

Mud is stuck to fuel tank cap


There is leakage from fuel piping
High idling speed under no load is normal, but speed
suddenly drops when load is applied
There is hunting from engine (rotation is irregular)
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after
starting engine, temperature of some cylinders is low
Blow-by gas is excessive
When air cleaner element is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When fuel filter, strainer are inspected directly, they are found to be clogged

Troubleshooting

When feed pump strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged


Speed does not change when operation of certain cylinders is stopped
Inspect feed pump
When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low
When turbocharger is rotated by hand, it is found to be heavy
When valve clearance is checked directly, it is found to be
outside standard value
When fuel cap is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged

PC1100-6

Replace

Correct

Clean

Adjust

Replace

Replace

Replace

Correct

Clean

Clean

Remedy

Clean

When feed pump is operated, operation is too light or too heavy

20-409
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-4

S-4 Engine stops during operations


General causes why engine stops during operations
Seized parts inside engie
Insufficient supply of fuel
Overheating
fl If there is overheating and the engine
stops, carry out troubleshooting for overheating.
Failure in machine
fl If the engine stops because of a failure in
the machine, carry out troubleshooting
for the machine.

Remove oil pan and inspect directly


Remove head cover and inspect directly
When gear train is inspected, it does not turn
Turns when pump auxiliary equipment is removed
When fuel filter, strainer are inspected directly, they are found to be clogged
When priming pump strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
Inspect feed pump directly
Control rack does not move
Inspect governor oil pump directly
When governor oil supply pipe is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When governor oil strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged

Remedy

20-410
3

Carry out troubleshooting for machine.

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine
Operated for long period
Abnormal noise was heard and
engine stopped suddenly
Condition
Engine overheated and stopped
when engine
Engine stopped slowly
stopped
There was hunting and engine stopped
Fuel level caution lamp is lighted up
When fuel tank is inspected, it is found to be empty
Replacement of filters has not been carried out according
to Operation Manual
Non-specified fuel is being used
When feed pump is operated, operation is too light or too heavy
Mud is stuck to fuel tank cap
Engine runs, but when work equipment control lever is
operated, engine stops
Does not turn at all
Try to turn by
Turns in opposite direction
hand using
Moves amount of backlash
barring tool
Shaft does not turn
Rust and water are found when fuel tank is drained
Metal particles are found when oil is drained

Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Add
Clean
Clean
Replace
Correct
Clean
Replace

Replace
Replace
Clean
Clean

Troubleshooting

Check items

Questions

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Bro
k
Bro en, seiz
k
e
Brok en, seiz d pisto
e
e
Bro n dynam d cran n, conn
k
k
e
Bro en, seiz ic valve shaft b cting r
k
s
o
e
e
Bro en pum d gear ystem (v aring d
k
alve
Lack en fuel p or au train
, roc
ker l
x
i
ever
Clog of fuel njectio iliary e
, etc
n pu
quip
g
e
.)
d
Clog
mp
men
f
u
e
l
d
g
t
f
r
e
i
i
l
d
ve s
ter,
Bro
p
r
im
haft
k
s
, key
Clogen, seiz ing pu trainer
e
Clogged, le d gear mp stra
a
,
i
g
k
n
s
i
er
Defe ed fue ng fu haft
e
c
Fail tive fue l tank a l pipin
g
ure
i
l
r
on m injectio breat
Bro
h
k
n
Defe en, seiz achine pump er hole
(rack
ctive
ed g
Clog
, plu
ove
actu
nger
r
g
a
n
e
t
o
i
d
o
Clog
r
n
seize
ged govern of gove oil pum
d)
gov or oi
rnor
p ge
erno l su
o
a
r oil pply il pump r, shaf
p
stra
relie t
iner ipe
f val
ve

Causes

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-5

S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly (hunting)


General causes why engine does not rotate
smoothly
Air in fuel system
Defective governor mechanism

Defe

Defe

Adjust

Adjust

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

ctiv
e op
erat
ion
ctive
of g
slidin
ove
g of
Defe
rnor
gove
ctiv
rnor
e op
(
s
o
e
Low
leno
ratio
id, sp
idlin
n of
ool)
g sp
con
Lack
trol
eed
rack
is to
of fu
o lo
el
w
Clog
ged
prim
Clog
ing
pum
ged
fuel
p st
rain
Clogg
filte
er
ed, air
r, st
rain
in circ
er
uit be
Clogg
tween
ed, air
fuel ta
in cir
nk an
cuit b
Clog
d prim
etwee
ged
ing pu
n fee
fuel
mp
d pum
Clog
tank
p and
ged
a
i
nozzle
r
gove
brea
rnor
ther
Clog
oil p
ged
hole
ump
gove
scre
rnor
e
oil p
n filt
ump
er
inlet
filter
, pip
e

Causes

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine

Operated for long period

Questions

Occurs at a certain speed range


Condition of hunting

Occurs at low idling


Occurs even when speed is raised
Occurs on slopes

When fuel tank is inspected, it is found to be empty


Replacement of filters has not been carried out according to Operation Manual
Rust is found when fuel tank is drained
Leakage from fuel piping
Check items

When priming pump is operated,


1) No response, light, return is quick
2) No response, light, return is normal
Engine speed sometimes rises too far
Engine is sometimes difficult to stop
Movement of governor lever (solenoid plunger) is stiff
Troubleshooting

Movement of spool valve is stiff


When control rack is pushed, it is found to be heavy, or does not return
When fuel cap is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When priming pump strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When fuel filter, strainer are inspected directly, they are found to be clogged
When governor oil screen filter is inspected, it is found to be clogged

PC1100-6

Clean

Replace

Clean

Correct

Correct

Clean

Clean

Add

Adjust

Remedy

Adjust

When governor oil inlet filter, oil supply pipe are inspected, they are found to be clogged

20-411
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-6

S-6 Engine lacks output (no power)

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Causes

Clog
ge
Seiz d air cle
ed t
ane
urb
r ele
Wor
men
n pi ocharg
t
er, i
s
ton
Clog
nter
ring
ged
fere
,
c
y
fuel
nce
Clog
filte linder
ge
r, st
Clog d primi
rain
ng
er
ge
Seiz d inject pump s
ion
ed f
train
noz
uel
er
Imp
rope injectio zle, def
ecti
r va
n pu
Defe
ve s
lve
mp
cti
pray
cl
p
Clog ve cont earance lunger
act
ged
o
,
f
leak
valv
Clog
ing
e an
ge
d va
Defe d fuel t fuel pip
lve
ank
i
ctiv
seat
air b ng
e va
riab
reat
le p
her
rest
hole
roke
spo
ol, s
olen
oid

Measure the engine speed and judge if the cause is


in the engine or on the machine.
General causes why engine lacks output
Insufficient intake of air
Insufficient supply of fuel
Improper condition of fuel injection
Improper fuel used
(if non-specified fuel is used, output drops)
Lack of output due to overheating
fl If there is overheating and insufficient output,
carry out troubleshooting for overheating.

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine

Questions

Power was lost

Operated for long period


Suddenly
Gradually

Engine oil must be added more frequently


Replacement of filters has not been carried out according
to Operation Manual
Non-specified fuel is being used
Dust indicator lamp is red
Color of exhaust gas

Black
Blue under light load

Noise of interference is heard from around turbocharger


Blow-by gas is excessive
Engine pickup is poor and combustion is irregular
Check items

High idling speed under no load is normal, but speed


suddenly drops when load is applied
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after
starting engine, temperature of some cylinders is low
There is hunting from engine (rotation is irregular)
Clanging sound is heard from around cylinder head
High idling speed of engine is low
Leakage from fuel piping
When air cleaner element is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When turbocharger is rotated by hand, it is found to be heavy
Troubleshooting

When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low


When fuel filter, strainer are inspected directly, they are found to be clogged
When priming pump strainer is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
Speed does not change when operation of certain cylinders is stopped
When control rack is pushed, it is found to be heavy, or does not return
When valve clearance is checked directly, it is found to be outside standard value
When priming pump is operated, operation is too light or too heavy
When fuel cap is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged

20-412
3

Replace

Clean

Correct

Replace

Adjust

Replace

Correct

Clean

Clean

Replace

Replace

Remedy

Clean

Inspect sliding of spool valve, solenoid at variable prestroke end

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-7

S-7 Exhaust smoke is black


(incomplete combustion)
General causes why exhaust smoke is black
Insufficient intake of air
Improper condition of fuel injection
Excessive injection of fuel

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Seiz
ed
Clog turboch
ge
arg
Wor d air cle er, inte
n pi
r
ston aner ele ferenc
Clog
e
men
ring
ged
,
t
cyli
, se
Imp
rope ized in nder
ject
r in
Imp
rope jection ion no
zzle
r va
timi
Cru
lve
she
clea ng
d
,
ranc
clog
Lea
ged
e
kag
muf
Defe e of air
betw fler
ctiv
e co
Defe
ntac een tur
ctiv
boc
t
h
Defe e fuel in of valv
e an arger a
jecti
ctiv
nd h
on p
d va
e va
ump
ead
riab
lve
s
le p
(
e
r
a
at
ck, p
rest
lung
roke
er se
spo
iz
ol, s
olen ed)
oid

Causes

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine

Operated for long period

Questions

Suddenly became black


Color of exhaust gas

Gradually became black


Blue under light load

Engine oil must be added more frequently


Power was lost

Suddenly

Gradually
Non-specified fuel is being used

Noise of interference is heard from around turbocharger


Dust indicator lamp is red
Blow-by gas is excessive
Engine pickup is poor and combustion is irregular
Check items

When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after


starting engine, temperature of some cylinders is low
Counter marks on fuel injection pump are out of alignment
Clanging sound is heard from around cylinder head
Exhaust noise is abnormal
Muffler is crushed
Leakage of air between turbocharger and head, loose clamp
When turbocharger is rotated by hand, it is found to be heavy
When air cleaner element is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged

Troubleshooting

When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low


Speed does not change when operation of certain cylinders is stopped
When check is made using delivery method, injection
timing is found to be incorrect
When valve clearance is checked directly it is found to be
outside standard value
When muffler is removed, exhaust color returns to normal
When control rack is pushed, it is found to be heavy, or does not return

PC1100-6

Replace

Replace

Replace

Correct

Replace

Adjust

Adjust

Replace

Replace

Clean

Remedy

Replace

Inspect sliding of spool valve, solenoid at variable prestroke end

20-413
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-8

S-8 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust smoke is blue)


fl To prevent leakage of oil in the cylinders, do
not run the engine at idling for more than 20
minutes continuously. (Both low and high
idling)
General causes why oil consumption is excessive
Abnormal combustion of oil
External leakage of oil
Wear of lubrication system

Bro

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

ken
pist
Wor
on r
np
ing
Clog iston ri
ng,
ged
cylin
brea
Lea
de
t
kag
e fro her or b r liner
Lea
reat
m
kag
o
her
i
l fi
e fro
Lea
m o lter or o hose
kag
i
il co
l
p
e fro
oler
Lea
m o iping
kag
i
l
drai
e fro
Bro
n
m
p
ken
lu
oil p
oil c
an o g
oole
r cy
Turb
r
lind
er h
och
arge
ead
r
Wor
Wor
n se
n, b
al a
roke
Wor
t tur
Dus
n re
n se
bin
t su
ar s
al a
c
k
eal,
ed i
t blo e end
Wor
n fro
seal
wer
n va
m in
s
end
lve
Too
take urface
muc (stem,
s
yste
guid
h en
m
e)
gine
oil a , broke
n se
dde
al
d

Causes

Confirm recent repair history


Questions

Degree of use of machine

Operated for long period

Oil consumption suddenly increased


Engine oil must be added more frequently
Engine oil becomes contaminated quickly
Exhaust smoke is blue under light load
Amount of blow-by gas

Excessive

Check items

None
Area around engine is dirty with oil
There is oil in engine cooling water
When exhaust pipe is removed, inside is found to be dirty with oil
When turbocharger air supply pipe is removed, inside is
found to be dirty with oil
Oil is accumulated inside flywheel housing
Oil level is above H mark on oil level gauge
Clamps for intake system are loose
When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low
Troubleshooting

When breather element is inspected, it is found to be


clogged with dirty oil
There is external leakage of oil from engine
Pressure-tightness test of oil cooler shows there is leakage
Excessive play of turbocharger shaft
Inspect rear seal directly
When intake manifold is removed, dust is found inside
When intake manifold is removed, inside is found to be dirty with oil

20-414
3

Correct

Correct

Correct

Correct

Replace

Replace

Replace

Correct

Correct

Correct

Correct

Clean

Replace

Remedy

Replace

Oil level is above H mark on oil level gauge

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-9

S-9 Oil becomes contaminated quickly


General causes why oil becomes contaminated
quickly
Intake of exhaust gas due to internal wear
Clogging of lubrication passage
Incomplete combustion
Improper oil used
Operation under excessive load
Too long between oil changed

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine
Non-specified oil is being used

Amount of blow-by gas

Blue under light load


Black
Excessive

Carry out troubleshooting for "Exhaust smoke is black".

Color of exhaust gas

Check items

Operated for long period

Engine oil must be added more frequently

None
When oil filter is inspected, metal particles are found
When exhaust pipe is removed, inside is found to be dirty with oil
Engine oil temperature rises quickly
Oil level is above H mark on oil level gauge
When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low

Troubleshooting

When breather element is inspected directly, hose is found to


be broken or clogged with dirty oil
When oil filter is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When oil cooler is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
Turbocharger drain tube is clogged
Excessive play of turbocharger shaft
When safety valve is directly inspected, spring is found to be
catching or broken

PC1100-6

Correct

Replace

Replace

Clean

Clean

Replace

Replace

Clean

Remedy

Replace

Oil level is above H mark on oil level gauge

Questions

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Wor
n pi
Clog ston rin
g
ged
brea , cylinde
Clog
ther
ged
, bre r
oil
athe
Wor
r tub
n va filter
e
lve,
Clog
v
alve
ged
g
u
o
ide
il co
Clog
oler
ged
turb
Defe
o
char
ctiv
ger
drai
Defe e seal a
n pip
tt
ctive
e
safe urbocha
Too
t
rger
y
muc
valv
turb
h en
e
Exha
ine e
ust s gine oil
nd
mok
adde
e is
d
blac
k

Causes

20-415
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-10

S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive


General causes why fuel consumption is excessive
Leakage of fuel
Improper condition of fuel injection
Excessive injection of fuel

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Defe
ctive
fuel in
jectio
Defe
n pum
ctiv
p (ex
e no
cessiv
zzle
Defe
e inje
hold
ctiv
ction
e fu
er s
)
pray
el in
Defe
j
e
ctiv
c
t
i
o
e fu
n
p
ump
el in
Exte
ject
plun
rnal
ion
leak
ger
timi
age
Lea
ng
from
kag
e of
fuel
pipin
fuel
Defe
g, fu
insi
ctive
de h
el fil
varia
ter
ead
ble p
c
ove
restr
r
oke
spoo
l, so
leno
id

Causes

Confirm recent repair history

Questions

Degree of use of machine

Operated for long period


More than for other machines

Condition of fuel

of same model

consumption

Gradually increased
Suddenly increased

Exhaust smoke color

Black
White

Check items

There is irregular combustion


When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after
starting engine, temperature of some cylinders is low
Counter marks on fuel injection pump are out of alignment
There is external leakage of fuel from engine
Engine oil level rises and smells of diesel fuel
Engine low idling speed is high

Troubleshooting

Injection pump measurement shows that injection amount is excessive


Speed does not change when operation of certain cylinders is stopped
When control rack is pushed, it is found to be heavy, or does not return
When check is made using delivery method, injection
timing is found to be incorrect
Remove head cover and inspect directly

20-416
3

Replace

Correct

Correct

Adjust

Replace

Replace

Remedy

Adjust

Inspect sliding of spool valve, solenoid at variable prestroke end

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-11

S-11 Oil is in cooling water, or water spurts back, or water level goes down
General causes why oil is in cooling water
Internal leakage in lubrication system
Internal leakage in cooling system

ken

Replace

ken

Bro

Bro

Replace

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

oil c
oole
r co
re, O
cylin
-ring
der
Insu
hea
ffici
d, h
ent
e
p
ad g
r
Bro
otru
aske
ken
sion
t
pow
o
f lin
er tr
Dam
er
ain
aged
oil c
liner
oole
O-rin
Inte
r
g, ho
rnal
les c
crac
ause
ks in
Dam
d by
aged
cylin
pittin
wate
der
g
r pum
bloc
p sea
k
l (clo
gged
brea
ther)

Causes

Questions

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine
Oil level

Operated for long period


Suddenly increased
Gradually increased

Check items

(or corrosion resistor valve is closed)

Troubleshooting

Hard water is being used as cooling water

Pressure-tightness test of oil cooler shows there is leakage

Engine oil level has risen, oil is cloudy white


Excessive air bubbles inside radiator, spurts back

Pressure-tightness test of cylinder head shows there is leakage


Remove cylinder head and inspect directly
Remove oil pan and inspect directly

PC1100-6

Replace

Replace

Replace

Replace

Remedy

Replace

When water pump is inspected, it is found to be abnormal

20-417
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-12

S-12 Oil pressure caution lamp lights up (drop in oil pressure)


General causes why oil pressure caution lamp lights up
Leakage, clogging, wear of lubricating system
Defective oil pressure control
Improper oil used (improper viscosity)
Deterioration of oil due to overheating
fl Standards for engine oil selection
Ambient temperature
Type of fulid

22
30

4
20

14
10

32
0

50
10

68
20

Causes

86 104F
30 40C

SAE 10W
Engine oil
SAE 10W-30
SAE 15W-40
Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Clog
ged
oil f
ilter
Wor
n be
arin
g, jo
Clog
urna
ged
l
suct
Bro
i
o
n
ken
pipe
suct
insi
ion
de o
Bro
pipe
ken
il pa
insi
suct
n
d
i
o
e
Defe
n pi
o
i
l
pan
pe b
ctiv
e oi
razi
l pu
ng
Lack
mp
of o
il in
Defe
oil p
ctiv
an
e re
gula
Lea
tor v
king
, cru
alve
she
Defe
d hy
ctiv
drau
e oi
lic p
l lev
Defe
ipin
el se
ctiv
g
nso
e oi
r
l pre
Clog
ssur
ged
e se
oil c
nso
Wat
oole
r
er, f
r
uel
in o
il

SAE 30

Confirm recent repair history

Questions

Degree of use of machine

Operated for long period

Replacement of filters has not been carried out according


to Operation Manual
Oil pressure caution lamp lights up
Non-specified oil is being used
Lights up at low idling
Condition when oil pressure

Lights up at low, high idling

caution lamp lights up

Occurs on slopes

Check items

Sometimes lights up
Leaking, crushed hydraulic piping (external)
Oil level caution lamp lights up
When oil level in oil pan is checked, it is found to be low
Metal particles are found when oil is drained
Metal particles are stuck to oil filter element

Troubleshooting

When oil filter is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged


Remove oil pan and inspect directly
Oil pump rotation is heavy, or there is play
There is catching of relief valve, spring or valve guide is broken
Oil level caution lamp goes out when oil level sensor is replaced
When oil pressure is measured, it is found to be within standard value

20-418
3

Replace

Replace

Replace

Correct

Correct

Add

Replace

Correct

Replace

Replace

Clean

Remedy

Replace

Remove oil cooler and inspect directly

Carry out troubleshooting for "Oil level rises".

Oil is cloudy white or smells of diesel fuel

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-13

S-13 Oil level rises


fl If there is oil in the cooling water, carry out
troubleshooting for Oil is in cooling water
also.
General causes why oil level rises
Water in oil
Fuel in oil (diluted, and smells of diesel fuel)
Entry of oil from other component

Check items

Questions

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Bro
ken
Defe oil coo
ler
cti
Broke ve nozz core, O
n cyli
l
-r
e ho
lder ing
Clog nder head,
slee
head
ged
ve
gaske
wa
Wor
n, d ter pum t (includin
g prec
a
p
m
b
Defe
age
ombu
d re reather
ctiv
e se
ar s
hole stion cham
Lea
eal
al o
ber)
, de
kag
surf
f pu
fect
ac
ive s
m
Defe e of fue
eal
ctive
l fro p auxili e
ary
mn
part
Defe
equ
ozzl
insid
ctiv
i
e ho
pme
e fue
e th
lde
l in
Dam
nt
erm
age
osta jection p r retain
d
t se
ing
ump
line
Crac
a
c
r O(flan
ks in
ring t
ge ty ap
side
pe)
cylin , holes
der
mad
bloc
e by
k
pitti
ng

Causes

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine
Operated for long period
There is oil in radiator cooling water
Exhaust smoke is white
When engine is first started, drops of water come from muffler
When radiator cap is left open and engine is run at idling,
abnormal number of bubbles appear, or water spurts back
Water pump breather hole is clogged with mud
When water pump breather hole is cleaned, water comes out
Oil level goes down in PTO
Oil level goes down in hydraulic tank
Engine oil smells of diesel fuel
Fuel must be added more frequently
Pressure-tightness test of oil cooler shows there is leakage
Pressure-tightness test of cylinder head shows there is leakage

Troubleshooting

When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low


Remove water pump and inspect directly
Inspect rear seal directly
When pump auxiliary equipment is removed,
seal is found to be damaged
Remove nozzle holder and inspect directly
Remove fuel injection pump and inspect directly
Thermostat seat valve contact is defective

PC1100-6

Replace

Replace

Correct

Replace

Correct

Replace

Correct

Replace

Replace

Replace

Remedy

Replace

Remove oil pan and check directly

20-419
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-14

S-14 Water temperature becomes too high (overheating)


General causes why water temperature becomes too
high
Lack of cooling air (deformation, damage of fan)
Drop in heat dissipation efficiency
Defective cooling circulation system

Bro
ken
wat
er p
Clog
ump
ged
, cru
she
Clog
d ra
ged
diat
radi
or fi
ator
Defe
ns
core
ctiv
e th
erm
Defe
osta
ctiv
t (do
ew
ater
es n
Lack
ot o
tem
of c
pen
pera
ooli
)
ture
ng w
Fan
gau
belt
ater
g
e
slip
ping
Clog
, wo
ged
rn fa
, bro
n pu
ken
Defe
lley
oil c
ctiv
e pr
oole
essu
r
Bro
ken
re v
alve
hea
d, h
Dam
e
a
aged
d ga
liner
sket
O-rin
Crac
g, ho
ked
les m
cylin
ade
der
by p
bloc
itting
k

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

Causes

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine
Condition of overheating

Operated for long period


Suddenly overheated

Questions

Always tends to overheat


Water temperature gauge

Rises quickly
Does not go down from red range

Radiator water level caution lamp lights up


Fan belt whines under sudden load
Cloudy white oil is floating on cooling water
Cooling water flows out from overflow hose

Check items

Excessive air bubbles inside radiator, water spurts back


Engine oil level has risen, oil is cloudy white
Radiator shroud, inside of underguard are clogged with dirt or mud
When light bulb is held behind radiator, no light passes through
Water is leaking because of cracks in hose or loose clamps
When belt tension is inspected, it is found to be loose
Temperature difference between top and bottom radiator tanks is excessive
Temperature difference between top and bottom radiator tanks is slight

Troubleshooting

When water filler port is inspected, core is found to be clogged


When function test is carried out on thermostat, it does
not open even at cracking temperature
When water temperature is measured, it is found to be room temperature
When oil cooler is inspected directly, it is found to be clogged
When measurement is made with radiator cap tester, set
pressure is found to be low
When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low
Pressure-tightness test of cylinder head shows there is leakage

20-420
3

Replace

Replace

Replace

Replace

Replace

Correct

Add

Replace

Replace

Correct

Correct

Remedy

Replace

Remove oil pan and inspect directly

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-15

S-15 Abnormal noise is made


fl Judge if the noise is an internal noise or an
external noise.
General causes why abnormal noise is made
Abnormality due to defective parts
Abnormal combustion
Air sucked in from intake system

Exc

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

essi
Seiz ve wea
ed t
r
urbo of pist
Mis
o
cha
sing
rger n ring,
cylin
, int
Clog , seize
er
d bu
d
ge
shin ference er line
Defe d, seize
r
g
d in
ctive
ject
fuel
Defe
i
o
i
n
n
ctiv
ject
no
Defo e fuel in ion pum zzle
jecti
p
rme
(ra
on p
df
Imp
ump ck, plun
rope an, fan
ger
(exc
belt
r ad
s e iz e
ess
Brok
just
en d
men interfer ive injec d)
y
n
enc
amic
tion
t of
Imp
e,
)
valv
rope
valv
e sys
e c l e slippin
r ge
Lea
t
g
a
a
e
m (v
r tra
ranc
kag
alve
in b
e
,
Defe e of air
a
ct in
betw cklash rocker le
side
ver,
e
Lea
e
muff
n tu
etc.)
kag
rboc
ler (d
harg
ividi
Seiz e from
ng b
e
air c
ed c
r an
oard
ond
rank
d he
out o
it
sha
ad
fp
ft be ioner c
omp osition)
arin
g
ress
or p
ipin
g

Causes

Confirm recent repair history

Questions

Degree of use of machine


Condition of abnormal nois

Operated for long period


Gradually occurred
Suddenly occurred

Non-specified fuel is being used


Engine oil must be added more frequently
Color of exhaust gas

Blue under light load

Black
Metal particles are found in oil filter
Blow-by gas is excessive

Check items

Noise of interference is heard from around turbocharger


Engine pickup is poor and combustion is abnormal
When exhaust manifold is touched immediately after
starting engine, temperature of some cylinders is low
Seal on fuel injection pump has come off
Abnormal noise is loud when accelerating engine
Clanging sound is heard from around cylinder head
Leakage of air between turbocharger and head
Vibrating noise is heard from around muffler
When compression pressure is measured, it is found to be low
When turbocharger is rotated by hand, it is found to be heavy

Troubleshooting

Remove gear cover and inspect directly


Speed does not change when operation of certain cylinders is stopped
When control rack is pushed, it is found to be heavy, or does not return
Injection pump test shows that injection amount is incorrect
Fan is deformed, belt is loose
When valve clearance is checked, it is found to be outside standard value
Remove cylinder head cover and inspect directly
When muffler is removed, abnormal noise disappears
Check for leakage from air conditioner compressor piping

PC1100-6

Replace

Replace

Replace

Correct

Correct

Replace

Adjust

Correct

Adjust

Replace

Replace

Replace

Replace

Remedy

Replace

Remove oil pan and inspect

20-421
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

S-16

S-16 Vibration is excessive


fl If there is abnormal noise together with the
vibration, carry out troubleshooting for Abnormal noise is made.
General causes why vibration is excessive
Defective parts (abnormal wear, breakage)
Improper alignment
Abnormal combustion

Wor

Replace

n co
Wor

Replace

Legend
: Possible causes (judging from Questions and check items)
: Most probable causes (judging from Questions and Check items)
: Possible causes due to length of use (used for a long period)
: Items to confirm the cause.

nne
ctin
g ro
n ba
d, m
lanc
ain
er, c
Wor
bea
am
n su
ring
bus
ppo
hing
rt pi
Loos
lot p
e en
ortio
gine
n
mou
Bro
ken
nt b
o
part
lts, b
insi
roke
Mis
de o
alig
n cu
utpu
nme
shio
n
n
t
Imp
t be
sha
ft (d
rope
twe
en e
amp
r ge
ngin
er)
ar tr
Defec
e an
ain
tive d
bac
d PT
ynam
k
l
O
ic
a
Defe
sh
valve
ctive
syste
fuel
m (va
injec
Clog
lv
e, roc
tion
ged
ker le
pum
inje
p (ex
ver, e
ctio
Defe
c
tc.)
e
ssive
n no
ctiv
injec
zzle
e vi
tion)
brat
ion
dam
per

Causes

Questions

Confirm recent repair history


Degree of use of machine

Operated for long period


Suddenly increased

Condition of vibration
Gradually increased
Non-specified oil is being used
Metal particles are found in oil filter
Metal particles are found when oil is drained

Check items

Oil pressure is low at low idling


Vibration occurs at mid-range speed
Vibration follows engine speed
Exhaust smoke is black
Seal on fuel injection pump has come off
Remove oil pan and inspect directly
Remove side cover and inspect directly

Troubleshooting

Check directly for wear, play in support pilot portion


When engine mount bolts are inspected directly, loose
bolts are found; check for broken cushion
Inspect inside of output shaft (damper) directly
Radial, face runout are found to be outside range
Remove front cover and inspect directly
Remove head cover and inspect directly
Injection pump test shows that injection amount is incorrect

20-422
3

Replace

Replace

Adjust

Replace

Correct

Correct

Replace

Replace

Remedy

Replace

Remove vibration damper and inspect directly

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING OF PUMP
CONTROLLER SYSTEM
(C MODE)

Judgement table for pump controller and hydraulic (mechanical) related parts ........................... 20-452
Points to remember when carrying out troubleshooting of pump controller system ...................20-455
Action taken by controller when abnormality occurs and problems on machine ..........................20-456
Electrical circuit diagram for C mode system .....................................................................................20-462
C- 1 Abnormality in controller power source (controller LED is OFF) ...........................................20-465
C- 2 [E232] Short circuit in TVC solenoid system is displayed ......................................................20-466
C- 3 [E233] Disconnection in TVC solenoid system is displayed ...................................................20-468
C- 4 [E203] Short circuit in swing holding brake solenoid relay system is displayed ................ 20-470
C- 5 [E213] Disconnection in swing holding brake solenoid relay system is displayed .............20-472
C- 6 [E201] Short circuit in CO cancel solenoid system is displayed ............................................20-474
C- 7 [E211] Disconnection in CO cancel solenoid system is displayed .........................................20-475
C- 8 [E202] Short circuit in straight-travel solenoid system is displayed ......................................20-476
C- 9 [E212] Disconnection in straight-travel solenoid system is displayed .................................. 20-477
C-10 [E204] Short circuit in 2-stage relief solenoid system is displayed .......................................20-478
C-11 [E214] Disconnection in 2-stage relief solenoid system is displayed ....................................20-479
C-12 [E205] Short circuit in swing priority solenoid system is displayed .....................................20-480
C-13 [E215] Disconnection in swing priority solenoid system is displayed .................................. 20-481
C-14 [E206] Short circuit in travel speed solenoid system is displayed ........................................20-482
C-15 [E216] Disconnection in travel speed solenoid system is displayed .....................................20-483
C-16 [E217] Model selection input error is displayed .......................................................................20-484
C-17 [E227] Abnormality in engine speed sensor (2) system is displayed ....................................20-486
C-18 [E228] Abnormality in auto-deceleration output system is displayed ...................................20-487
C-19 Abnormality in swing holding brake system is displayed (no service code is displayed) .... 20-488
C-20 Abnormality in machine push-up solenoid system (no service code is displayed) ............20-489
C-21 Abnormality in boom shockless solenoid system (no service code is displayed) ............... 20-492

PC1100-6

20-451
3

JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR FOR PUMP CONTROLLER


AND HYDRAULIC (MECHANICAL) RELATED PARTS

TROUBLESHOOTING

JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR PUMP CONTROLLER AND


HYDRAULIC (MECHANICAL) RELATED PARTS

Failure mode

Abnormality in No. 2 engine speed sensor system

Disconnection in travel speed solenoid system

Model selection input error

Short circuit in travel speed solenoid system

Disconnection in swing priority solenoid system

Short circuit in swing priority solenoid system

Disconnection in 2-stage relief solenoid system

Short circuit in 2-stage relief solenoid system

Disconnection in straight-travel solenoid system

Short circuit in straight-travel solenoid system

Short circuit in CO cancel solenoid system

Disconnection in CO cancel solenoid system

Disconnection in swing holding brake solenoid system


LED E02 E03
OFF 232 233 203 213 201 211 202 212 204 214 205 215 206 216 217 227

Swing system

Travel system

Work equipment

All work equipment,


swing, travel

User code
Service code
Speeds of all work equipment, swing, travel are slow or lack power
There is excessive drop in engine speed, or engine stalls
No work equipment, travel, swing move
Abnormal noise generated (around pump)
Auto-deceleration does not work
In normal mode
Boom is slow or lacks power
With heavy lift ON
With machine push-up ON
Arm is slow or lacks power
Bucket is slow or lacks power
Boom does not move
Arm does not move
Bucket does not move
Excessive hydraulic drift
Boom
Excessive time lag
Arm, bucket
Boom shockless function does not work or cannot be canceled
Machine deviates naturally Deviates in same direction in FORWARD and REVERSE
to one side when traveling Deviates in opposite direction in FORWARD and REVERSE
Deviation is excessive Only at full stroke
when starting
Both during fine control operations and at full stroke
Deviation is excessive during compound operations
Travel speed is slow or lacks power
Both directions (FORWARD and REVERSE)
Does not travel (one side only)
One direction only (either FORWARD or REVERSE)
Travel speed does not switch
Both left and right
Does not swing
One direction only
Both left and right
Swing acceleration is poor or lacks power
One direction only
During compound operations with bucket, swing speed is slow or acceleration is poor
During compound operations with boom when swing priority is ON, swing speed is slow or acceleration is poor
Both left and right
Excessive overrun when stopping swing
One direction only
Both left and right
Excessive shock when stopping swing
One direction only
Both left and right
Excessive abnormal noise when stopping swing
One direction only
Excessive hydraulic drift of swing
Troubleshooting code of pump controller system
Troubleshooting code of pump controller input signal system

Short circuit in swing holding brake solenoid system

Disconnection in TVC solenoid system

The E mark is omitted


from the service code

Short circuit in TVC solenoid system

Abnormality in controller power source system

Checking service code


User code
Service code
Monitoring code

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-11 C-12 C-13 C-14 C-15 C-16 C-17

is a display, go to the bottom.
: Check the service code display. If there is no display, go to the right; if there
: Measure the voltage at the solenoid inlet port. If the voltage is normal, go to the right; if the voltage is abnormal, go to the bottom.
: Check the monitoring code display. If the display is normal, go to the right; if the display is abnormal, go to the bottom.
fi: Monitoring code to use as reference when proceeding with troubleshooting (if necessary, check the display).

20-452
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Travel speed solenoid

Swing priority solenoid

2-stage relief solenoid

Swing holding brake solenoid

Straight-travel solenoid

TVC output current

Engine speed

Pump controller model code

Swing lock switch

Left swing

L.H. travel

Bucket DUMP (service)

Bucket CURL

Arm OUT

Arm IN

Boom RAISE

Boom LOWER

R.H. travel

Right swing

Boom shockless solenoid

Machine push-up solenoid

Connectors
V04, V11

Connector
V05
Connectors
V09, V10

Abnormality in auto-deceleration output system

Swing holding brake solenoid

228

Solenoid drive condition

Auto-deceleration signal output

Monitoring code for reference during troubleshooting

PPC pressure switch

CO cancel solenoid

Checking monitoring code

Pump controller model selection

Checking solenoid
inlet port voltage

20
21
26 21
22
23
26
02 10 13 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 5 5 3
34 1 2 3 4 5 6 3

fi fi fi fi
fi fi fi fi

fi

Troubleshooting code for hydraulic, mechanical system

JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR FOR PUMP CONTROLLER


AND HYDRAULIC (MECHANICAL) RELATED PARTS

H-1
H-2
H-3
H-4

fi
fi

fi

H-5

H-6
H-7
H-8
H-9
H-10
H-11
H-12

H-13
H-14
H-15

fi

fi

H-16
H-17

fi

H-18

fi

H-19

fi

H-20
H-21
H-22
H-23

fi

H-24

fi

H-25
H-26

fi
C-18 C-19 C-20 C-21
F-1 F-2 F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-8 F-9 F-10 F-11

PC1100-6

H-27

20-453
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

JUDGEMENT TABLE FOR FOR PUMP CONTROLLER


AND HYDRAULIC (MECHANICAL) RELATED PARTS

Method of measuring solenoid inlet voltage


fl The pump controller observes the circuit between swing holding brake relay R20 and swing
holding brake solenoid V04, V11 (secondary side) of the swing holding brake solenoid circuit, the
circuit for machine push-up solenoid V05, and the circuit for boom shockless solenoids V09 and
V10. Even if a short circuit or disconnection occurs in these circuits, no service code is displayed.
For this reason, measure the solenoid inlet voltage as follows to judge if the problem is in the
electrical system or in the hydraulic or mechanical system.
1. Measuring swing holding brake solenoid inlet voltage
1) Insert T-adapters into swing holding brake solenoids V04 and V11.
2) Start the engine and turn the swing lock switch ON.
3) If the voltage between V04 and V11 pins (1) and (2) is as shown in the table below, the
condition is normal.
Between V04, V11 Swing lever operated
(1) (2)
5 sec after returning all levers to Neutral

20 30 V
Max. 1 V

2. Measuring machine push-up solenoid inlet voltage


1) Insert a T-adapter into machine push-up solenoid V05.
2) Turn the starting switch ON.
3) If the voltage between V05 pins (1) and (2) is as shown in the table below, the condition is
normal.
Between V05
(1) (2)

Machine push-up switch OFF

20 30 V

Machine push-up switch ON

Max. 1 V

3. Measuring boom shockless solenoid inlet voltage


1) Insert T-adapters into boom shockless solenoid V09 and V10.
2) Turn the starting switch ON.
3) If the voltage between V09 and V10 pins (1) and (2) is as shown in the table below, the
condition is normal.
Between V09, V10
(1) (2)

20-454
3

Boom shockless switch OFF

20 30 V

Boom shockless switch ON

Max. 1 V

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT


TROUBLESHOOTING OF PUMP CONTROLLER SYSTEM

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT


TROUBLESHOOTING OF PUMP CONTROLLER SYSTEM
1. Points to remember if abnormality returns to normal by itself:
If the connector is disconnected and the T-adapter is inserted, or if the T-adapter is removed and
the connector is returned to its original position when carrying out troubleshooting of the failure,
and the service code is no longer displayed, or if the monitor display returns to normal, the
abnormality has probably returned to normal.
However, there is a high probability that the same problem will occur again, so it is desirable to
follow up this problem carefully.
2. Handling service code memory retention function:
1) When displaying the abnormality code in memory and carrying out troubleshooting, note
down the content of the display, then erase the display. After trying to re-enact the problem,
carry out troubleshooting according to the service code that is displayed.
(There are cases where mistaken operation or abnormalities that occur when the connector is
disconnected are recorded by the memory retention function. Erasing the data in this way
saves any wasted work.)
2) After completing troubleshooting, always erase the service code from memory again.

PC1100-6

20-455
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE
User Service
code code

E232

Abnormal system

Short circuit in TVC


solenoid system

E02

E233

E203

Disconnection in
TVC solenoid
system

Short circuit in
swing holding brake
solenoid relay
system

Nature of abnormality
1. Short circuit with ground, short circuit inside TVC solenoid
2. Short circuit with power source, short circuit with ground in wiring
harness between controller C02 (8) and TVC solenoid C13 (1) ((+)
side)
3. Short circuit with power source in wiring harness between controller C02 (18) and TVC solenoid C13 (2) (() side)
4. Defective pump controller
1. Disconnection, defective contact inside TVC solenoid
2. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between controller C02 (8) and TVC solenoid C13 (1) ((+) side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground in wiring harness between controller C02 (18) and TVC solenoid C13 (2)
(() side)
4. Defective pump controller

1. Short circuit with ground, short circuit inside swing holding brake
relay
2. Short circuit with ground in wiring harness between controller C01
(3) and relay R20 (1) ((+) side)
3. Defective pump controller

E03

E213

E201

20-456
3

Disconnection in
swing holding brake
solenoid relay
system

Short circuit in CO
cancel solenoid
system

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside swing holding brake relay


2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with power source in
wiring harness between controller C01 (3) and relay R20 (1) ((+)
side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between relay
R20 (2) and chassis ground (() side)
4. Defective pump controller

1. Short circuit with ground, short circuit inside CO cancel solenoid


2. Short circuit with ground in wiring harness between controller C01
(8) and solenoid V07 (2) ((+) side)
3. Defective pump controller

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Action by controller when abnormality is detected

Problem that appears on machine


when there is abnormality

1. Makes output to TVC solenoid 0.


2. Displays user code E02 on monitor
panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. No current flows to the TVC solenoid. Therefore, when the TVC


valve output pressure goes
down and the load is large, there
is a big drop in the engine speed
which may result in the engine
stalling.

1. The current stops flowing to the TVC


solenoid, so no particular action is
taken.
2. If there is a short circuit with the
ground at the () end, the current (min.
1 A) continues to flow to the TVC solenoid.
3. It displays user code E02 on the monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. In the case of Action 1, it is the


same as E232.
2. In the case of Action 2, the current (min. 1 A) continues to flow
to the TVC solenoid, so the output of the TVC valve increases
and the overall speed becomes
slower.

Resistance of relay:
200 400
fl When the swing holding
brake system is seen from
the controller, the relay is
the primary circuit and the
solenoid is the secondary
circuit, so observe the relay circuit of the primary
circuit.

1. Makes output to relay 0.


2. It displays user code E03 on the monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. When the swing is operated, the


swing holding brake is not released, so the upper structure
does not swing.

1. The current stops flowing to the relay,


so no particular action is taken.
2. It displays user code E03 on the monitor panel.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. When the swing is operated, the


swing holding brake is not released, so the upper structure
does not swing.
2. If there is a short circuit with
the power source, the solenoid
remains actuated.

1. Makes output to solenoid 0.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. If load becomes large in heavy


lift mode, boom RAISE speed
becomes low.
2. In heavy lift mode, lifting force
of boom is weak.
3. When traveling uphill in Low
speed, the travel speed becomes
slow.

Resistance of solenoid:
10 22

Resistance of solenoid:
10 22
Current: 1000 mA
(DH mode, auto-deceleration ON, fuel control dial
at MAX., all levers at
neutral)

Resistance of relay:
200 400
fl When the swing holding
brake system is seen from
the controller, the relay is
the primary circuit and the
solenoid is the secondary
circuit, so observe the relay circuit of the primary
circuit.

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

PC1100-6

20-457
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

User Service
code code

E202

Short circuit in
straight-travel
solenoid system

E204

Short circuit in
2-stage relief
solenoid system

E205

Short circuit in
swing priority
solenoid system

E206

E211

E212

E214

20-458
3

Abnormal system

Short circuit in
travel speed
solenoid system

Disconnection in CO
cancel solenoid
system

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Nature of abnormality
1. Short circuit with ground, short circuit inside straight- travel solenoid
2. Short circuit with ground in wiring harness between controller C01
(2) and solenoid V03 (2) ((+) side)
3. Defective pump controller
1. Short circuit with ground, short circuit inside heavy lift solenoid
2. Short circuit with ground in wiring harness between controller C01
(10) and solenoid V02 (2) ((+) side)
3. Defective pump controller

1. Short circuit with ground, short circuit inside swing priority solenoid
2. Short circuit with ground in wiring harness between controller C01
(5) and solenoid V01 (2) ((+) side)
3. Defective pump controller
1. Short circuit with ground, short circuit inside travel speed solenoid
2. Short circuit with ground in wiring harness between controller C01
(9) and solenoid V06 (2) ((+) side)
3. Defective pump controller

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside CO cancel solenoid


2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with power source in
wiring harness between controller C01 (8) and solenoid V07 (2) ((+)
side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between solenoid V07 (1) and chassis ground (() side)
4. Defective pump controller

Disconnection in
travel straight
solenoid system

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside travel straight solenoid


2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with power source in
wiring harness between controller C01 (2) and solenoid V03 (2) ((+)
side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between solenoid V03 (1) and chassis ground (() side)
4. Defective pump controller

Disconnection in
2-stage relief
solenoid system

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside heavy lift solenoid


2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with power source in
wiring harness between controller C01 (10) and solenoid V02 (2)
((+) side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between solenoid V02 (1) and chassis ground (() side)
4. Defective pump controller

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Action by controller when abnormality is detected

Problem that appears on machine


when there is abnormality

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

1. Makes output to solenoid 0.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. When travel is operated at same


time as work equipment or
swing, travel deviation occurs.

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

1. Makes output to solenoid 0.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. In heavy lift mode, lifting force


of boom is weak.
2. Drawbar pull is weak.

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

1. Makes output to solenoid 0.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. When swing + boom RAISE is


operated at same time in boom
priority mode, boom rises too
far.

1. Travel speed does not switch to


Hi.

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

1. Makes output to solenoid 0.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)
1. The current stops flowing to the solenoid, so no particular action is taken.
fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. In heavy lift mode, boom RAISE


speed becomes slower when
load becomes larger.
2. In heavy lift mode, lifting force
of boom is weak.
3. Travel speed becomes slow
when traveling uphill in Low
travel speed range.
4. When there is short circuit with
power source, solenoid remains
actuated.

1. The current stops flowing to the solenoid, so no particular action is taken.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. When travel is operated at same


time as work equipment or
swing, travel deviation occurs.
2. When there is short circuit with
power source, solenoid remains
actuated.

1. The current stops flowing to the solenoid, so no particular action is taken.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. In heavy lift mode, lifting force


of boom is weak.
2. Drawbar pull is weak.
3. When there is short circuit with
power source, solenoid remains
actuated.

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

PC1100-6

20-459
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

User Service
code code

E215

E208

E216

Abnormal system

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Nature of abnormality

Disconnection in
swing priority
solenoid system

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside swing priority solenoid


2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with power source in
wiring harness between controller C01 (5) and solenoid V01 (2) ((+)
side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between solenoid V01 (1) and chassis ground () side)
4. Defective pump controller

Disconnection in
travel speed
solenoid system

1. Disconnection, defective contact inside travel speed solenoid


2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with power source in
wiring harness between controller C01 (9) and solenoid V06 (2) ((+)
side)
3. Disconnection, defective contact in wiring harness between solenoid V06 (1) and chassis ground () side)
4. Defective pump controller

Model selection
input error

1. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground in model


selection wiring harness (C17(5)(6)(13)(14))
2. Defective pump controller

E227

Abnormality in
engine speed
sensor (2) system

1. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground inside


engine speed sensor
2. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground in wiring
harness between controller C16 (2) and controller E07 (1) (SIG
side) or between C16 (1) and E07 (2) (() side)
3. Defective pump controller

E228

Abnormality in
auto-deceleration
output system

1. Disconnection, defective contact, short circuit with ground in wiring


harness between pump controller C01 (4) and engine controller
E17 (12)
2. Defective pump controller
3. Defective engine controller

E313

Abnormality in auto
greasing controller
system

20-460
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROLLER WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Action by controller when abnormality is detected

Problem that appears on machine


when there is abnormality

1. The current stops flowing to the solenoid, so no particular action is taken.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. When swing + boom RAISE is


operated at same time in boom
priority mode, boom rises too
far.
2. When there is short circuit with
power source, solenoid remains
actuated.

1. The current stops flowing to the solenoid, so no particular action is taken.


fl If the abnormality is restored by the
vibration of the machine, it resets the
power source to restore to the proper
condition. (However, the service code
display does not go out.)

1. Travel speed does not switch to


Hi.
2. When there is short circuit with
power source, solenoid remains
actuated.

Resistance of solenoid:
20 60

Between C17 (female) (5)


and chassis: Max. 1
Between C17 (female)
(6),(13),(14) and chassis:
Min. 1 M

Detects abnormality in input


1. Retains data when starting switch is
ON
2. Functions as PC1100 when non-set
conditions are input

1. Speed is slow for all work equipment, swing, and travel, or engine stalls.
2. Work equipment, swing, travel
speeds are all slow, or lacks
power.

Resistance of sensor:
500 1000
Voltage of sensor:
0.5 3.0 V
(Engine started, AC range)

1. Operates in equivalent to G Mode.

1. Operates in equivalent to G
Mode, so speed is slightly
slower.

1. Functions with signal from network


(S-NET) circuit.

1. No abnormality appears.
(However, if an abnormality occurs at the same time in the network, the auto-deceleration cannot be actuated.)

Resistance between C01


(female) (4) and E17 (female) (12): Max. 1

PC1100-6

20-461
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR C MODE SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR C MODE SYSTEM

20-462
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

PC1100-6

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR C MODE SYSTEM

20-463
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-1

C-1 Abnormality in controller power source system (controller LED is


OFF)
fl Check that fuse 1 is not blown. (If it is blown, check for a short circuit with the ground in the related
circuits for fuse 1.)
fl When the starting motor starts normally. (If the engine does not start, carry out E-20 first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

2 YES
YES
1
Is voltage between
C01 (7)(13) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30V

Is resistance between
C02 (female) (11)(21)
and chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
NO
switch OFF.
Disconnect C02.
Max. 1
3 YES
Is voltage
between fuse 1
NO outlet and
chassis normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30V

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C02
(female) (11)(21) and
chassis ground

Repair or
replace

Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between fuse 1
outlet and C01 (female)
(7)(13)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between battery
relay terminal M and
fuse 1 inlet

Repair or
replace

C-1 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-465
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-2

C-2 [E232] Short circuit in TVC solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Carry out troubleshooting with the TVC prolix switch OFF.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
Cause

YES

Defective pump
controller

3
YES

2
YES

1
Is resistance
between C13 (male)
(1) and (2), (1) and
chassis ground as
shown in Table 1?

When C13 is disconnected,


is resistance and voltage
between C02 (female) (8)
and chassis ground as
shown in Table 2?

When C13 is
disconnected, is
voltage between
C02 (female) (18)
and chassis normal?

Disconnect C02
and C13.
Turn starting
switch ON.

4 YES

Go to A
Is resistance
between C05
Disconnect C02
and C13.
NO (male) (2) and (4)
Defective TVC prolix
normal?
Turn starting
switch
switch ON.
NO
Turn starting
Max. 1 V
switch OFF.

YES
5

NO

Is resistance
between C05 (male)
(1) and (3), (1)(3) and
chassis ground as
shown in Table 3?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C05.

When C05 is disconnected,


is resistance and voltage
between C02 (female) (8)
and chassis ground as
shown in Table 2?

Disconnect C02
and C05.
Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

NO

source in wiring harness


between C05 (female)(3)
and C13 (female) (1)

When C05 is
disconnected, is
voltage between C02
(female) (18) and
chassis normal1?

NO

Table 1

Replace

Repair or
replace

Short circuit with ground


or short circuit with power
NO source in wiring harness
between C02 (female)(8)
and C05 (male) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective TVC prolix


switch

Replace

Defective TVC solenoid


(internal short circuit
with ground)

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between C05 (female)(4)
and C13 (female)(2)
Short circuit with power
source in wiring harness
between C02
(female)(18) and C05
(female)(2)

1 YES

Disconnect C02
and C05.
Turn starting
switch ON.
Max. 1 V

Replace

Short circuit with ground


Disconnect C05.
or short circuit with power
Max. 1
6 YES

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C13.

Remedy

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Table 2

Between C13 (male) (1) (2)

10 22

Between C13 (male) (1) chassis

Min. 1 M

Resistance

Voltage

Between C02 (female) (8) chassis Min. 1 M Max. 1 V

Table 3
Between C05 (male) (1) (3)

Max. 1

Between C05 (male) (1)(3) chassis Min. 1 M

20-466
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-2

C-2 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-467
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-3

C-3 [E233] Disconnection in TVC solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Carry out troubleshooting with the TVC prolix switch OFF.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
Cause

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

YES
3

Replace

Is voltage

YES between C02 (18)


and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
0.8 1.0 V.

Is voltage between
YES C13 (female) (1)
and chassis
ground normal?

1
Is resistance
between C13 (male)
(1) and (2), (2) and
chassis ground as
shown in Table 1?

Disconnect C13.
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C13.

4 YES

NO

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
Disconnect C05. NO harness between C02
(female) (8) and C05
Turn starting
(male) (1)
switch ON.
20 30 V
Defective TVC prolix

Repair or
replace

Replace

switch

NO

Defective TVC solenoid


(internal disconnection
or defective contact)

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C05 (female) (4)
and C13 (female) (2)

7 YES
Is voltage
between C05 (4)
and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
0.8 1.0 V

Replace

chassis ground
normal ?

NO

Go to A

Defective TVC prolix


NO switch
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Defective contact or
Disconnect C05.
disconnection in wiring
6 YES harness between C05
(female) (3) and C13
Is voltage between
YES C05 (female) (1) and
(female) (1)

Is resistance
between C05
NO (male) (1) and (3)
normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C05
Max. 1

Is resistance
between C05 (male)
(2) and (4), (2)(4)
and chassis as
shown in Table 2?

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C02 (female)
(18) and C05 (male) (2)

NO

Table 1

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Table 2

Between C13 (male) (1) (2)

10 22

Between C05 (male) (2) (4)

Max. 1

Between C13 (male) (2) chassis

Min. 1 M

Between C05 (male) (2)(4) chassis

Min. 1 M

20-468
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-3

C-3 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-469
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-4

C-4 [E203] Short circuit in swing holding brake solenoid relay system
is displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl When carrying out troubleshooting, always turn the swing lock switch and the swing prolix switch
OFF.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES

Defective pump
controller

Interchange relay
R20 with other
relay. Is [E203]
displayed?

Start engine.
Operate swing
lever.
20 30 V

NO

YES
3
Is resistance
between X05
(female) (3)(4) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect X05.
Min. 1 M

Start engine.
Operate swing
lever.

20-470

4 YES in wiring harness

NO

Replace

Short circuit with ground

Is voltage
YES between R20 (1)
and chassis
ground normal?

Remedy

Is resistance
between X05
(female) (3) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect X05.
Min. 1 M

NO

between X05 (male) (4)


and R20 (female) (1)
Short circuit with ground
in wiring harness between
C01 (female) (3) and X05
NO
(male) (3) or between X05
(male) (3) and SW1 (1)

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Defective swing lock


switch (internal short
circuit with ground)

Replace

Defective swing holding


brake relay (internal
short circuit or short
circuit with ground)

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-4

C-4 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-471
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-5

C-5 [E213] Disconnection in swing holding brake solenoid relay system


is displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl When carrying out troubleshooting, always turn the swing lock prolix switch OFF.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
a) When [E213] is displayed with swing lock switch OFF
fl Carry out troubleshooting with the swing lock switch OFF.

Cause

Defective pump
controller

3 YES
Is resistance
between R20
(female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?

YES

Is voltage

YES between R20 (1)


and chassis
ground normal?

1
Interchange relay
R20 with other
relay. Is [E213]
displayed?

NO

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect R20.
Min. 1 M

Start engine.
Operate swing
lever.
20 30 V

NO

When C01 is
disconnected, is
voltage between X05
(male) (3) and chassis
ground norma?

YES Is there continuity


between X05
4
(male) (3) and (4)?

OFF.
Turn swing lock
switch OFF.

NO

YES
1
3 YES

Turn starting
Is there continuity
switch OFF.
between X05
Disconnect C17.
NO (female) (1) and
Max. 1
(2)?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect X05.

20-472
3

Is resistance
between X05 (male)
(2) and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect X05.
Max. 1

NO

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
power source in wiring
harness between C01
(female) (3) D26 X05
(male) (3)

Defective swing holding


brake relay (internal
disconnection or
defective contact)

b) When [E213] is displayed with swing lock switch at LOCK


fl Carry out troubleshooting with the swing lock switch at LOCK.

YES
2

power source in wiring


harness between X05 (male)
(4) and R20 (female) (1)

Defective swing lock


switch (internal
Disconnect X05.
NO disconnection or
Turn starting switch
defective contact)

NO

Is resistance between
C17 (female) (16) and
chassis ground
normal?

Replace

Repair or
replace

Disconnection, defective

5 YES contact, short circuit with

Disconnect C01
and X05.
Turn starting
switch ON.
Max. 1 V

Turn starting
switch ON.

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between R20
(female) (2) and chassis
ground

Remedy

NO

Cause

Repair or
replace

Replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C17
(female) (16) and X05
(male) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between X05
(male) (2) and chassis
ground

Defective swing lock


switch (internal
disconnection or
defective contact)

Repair or
replace

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-5

C-5 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-473
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-6

C-6 [E201] Short circuit in CO cancel solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

3 YES
YES
2
YES
1
Interchange V07
with other
solenoid. Is [E201]
dislayed?
Start engine.
Turn heavy lift
switch ON.
Operate boom
RAISE.

Is resistance between
V07 (male) (1) and
(2), (2) and chassis as
shown in table?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V07.

Is residence
between C01
(female) (8) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C01.
20 60

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C01 (female) (8)
and V07 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective CO cancel
solenoid (internal short
circuit or short circuit
with ground)

Replace

NO

NO

Table
Between V07 (male) (1) (2)

20 60

Between V07 (male) (2) chassis

Min. 1 M

C-6 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-474
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-7

C-7 [E211] Disconnection in CO cancel solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

4 YES Defective pump


Is voltage between
YES C01 (female) (8)
and chassis
ground normal?
3

YES

2
Is resistance

YES between V07


1
Interchange V07
with other
solenoid. Is
[E211] displayed?
Turn starting
switch ON.
Turn heavy lift
switch OFF.

(male) (1) and (2)


normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V07.
20 60

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (8) and
chassis ground
normal?

controller
Short circuit with power
source in wiring harness
between C01 (female) (8)
NO
and V07 (female) (2)

Disconnect C01.
Turn starting
Defective contact or
switch OFF.
Max. 1 V
5 YES disconnection in wiring

Is resistance
Turn starting
between V07
switch OFF.
(female) (1) and
Disconnect C01. NO chassis ground
20 60
normal?

NO
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V07.
Max. 1

harness between C01


(female) (8) and V07
(female) (2)

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between V07
(female) (1) and chassis
ground

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

NO

NO

Defective CO cancel
solenoid (internal
disconnection or
defective contact)

Replace

C-7 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-475
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-8

C-8 [E202] Short circuit in straight-travel solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

3 YES
YES
2
YES
1
Interchange V03
with other
solenoid. Is
[E202] displayed?
Start engine.
Operate left and
right travel
levers and work
equipment at
same time.

Is resistance
between V03 (male)
(1) and (2), (2) and
chassis as shown in
table?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V03.

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C01.
20 60

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C01 (female) (2)
and V03 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective straight-travel
solenoid (internal short
circuit or short circuit
with ground)

Replace

NO

NO

Table
Between V02 (male) (1) (2)

20 60

Between V02 (male) (2) chassis

Min. 1 M

C-8 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-476
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-9

C-9 [E212] Disconnection in straight-travel solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

4 YES Defective pump


Is voltage between
YES C01 (male) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?
3

YES

2
Is resistance

YES between V03


1
Interchange V03
with other
solenoid. Is
[E212] displayed?

(male) (1) and (2)


normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V03.
20 60

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?

controller

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between C01 (female) (2)
Disconnect C01. NO
and V03 (female) (2)
Turn starting
Defective contact or
switch ON.
Max. 1 V
5 YES disconnection in wiring
harness between C01

Is resistance
Turn starting
(female) (2) and V03
between V03
switch OFF.
(female) (2)
(female) (1) and
Disconnect C01. NO chassis ground
Defective contact or
20 60
normal?
disconnection in wiring
NO harness between V03
Turn starting
switch OFF.
(female) (1) and chassis
ground
Disconnect V03.
Max. 1

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

NO

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

Defective straight-travel
solenoid (internal
disconnection or
defective contact)

Replace

C-9 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-477
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-10

C-10 [E204] Short circuit in 2-stage relief solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

3 YES
YES
2
YES
1
Interchange V02
with other
solenoid. Is
[E204] displayed?
Start engine.
Turn heavy lift
switch ON.
Operate boom
RAISE.

Is resistance
between V02 (male)
(1) and (2), (2) and
chassis as shown in
table?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V02.

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (10) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C01.
20 60

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C01 (female)
(10) and V02 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective 2-stage relief


solenoid (internal short
circuit or short circuit
with ground)

Replace

NO

NO

Table
Between V02 (male) (1) (2)

20 60

Between V02 (male) (2) chassis

Min. 1 M

C-10 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-478
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-11

C-11 [E214] Disconnection in 2-stage relief solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

4 YES Defective pump


Is voltage between
YES C01 (female) (10)
and chassis
ground normal?
3

YES

2
Is resistance

YES between V02


1
Interchange V02
with other
solenoid. Is
[E214] displayed?

(male) (1) and (2)


normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V02.
20 60

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (10) and
chassis ground
normal?

controller

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between C01 (female)
Disconnect C01. NO (10) and V02 (female) (2)
Turn starting
Defective contact or
switch ON.
disconnection in wiring
Max. 1 V
5 YES

Is resistance
Turn starting
between V02
switch OFF.
(female) (1) and
Disconnect C01. NO chassis ground
20 60
normal?

harness between C01


(female) (10) and V02
(female) (2)

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
NO harness between V02
Turn starting
(female) (1) and chassis
switch OFF.
ground
Disconnect V02.

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Max. 1

NO

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

Defective 2-stage relief


solenoid (internal
disconnection or
defective contact)

Replace

C-11 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-479
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-12

C-12 [E205] Short circuit in swing priority solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

3 YES
YES
2
YES
1
Interchange V01
with other
solenoid. Is
[E205] displayed?
Start engine.
Turn swing
priority mode
switch ON.
Operate swing.

Is resistance
between V01 (male)
(1) and (2), (2) and
chassis as shown in
table?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V01.

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (5) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C01.
20 60

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C01 (female) (5)
and V01 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective swing priority


solenoid (internal short
circuit or short circuit
with ground)

Replace

NO

NO

Table
Between V01 (male) (1) (2)

20 60

Between V01 (male) (2) chassis

Min. 1 M

C-12 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-480
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-13

C-13 [E215] Disconnection in swing priority solenoid system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
Cause

4 YES Defective pump


Is voltage between
YES C01 (female) (5)
and chassis
ground normal?
3

YES

2
Is resistance

YES between V01


1
Interchange V01
with other
solenoid. Is
[E215] displayed?

(male) (1) and (2)


normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V01.
20 60

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (5) and
chassis ground
normal?

controller

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between C01 (female) (5)
Disconnect C01. NO and V01 (female) (2)
Turn starting
Defective contact or
switch ON.
disconnection in wiring
Max. 1 V
5 YES
harness between C01

Is resistance
(female) (5) and V01
Turn starting
between V01
(female) (2)
switch OFF.
(female) (1) and
Disconnect C01. NO chassis ground
Defective contact or
20 60
disconnection in wiring
normal?
Turn starting
NO harness between V01
(female) (1) and chassis
switch OFF.
ground
Disconnect V01.
Max. 1

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

NO

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

Defective swing priority


solenoid (internal
disconnection or
defective contact)

Replace

C-13 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-481
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-14

C-14 [E206] Short circuit in travel speed solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

3 YES
YES
2
YES
1
Interchange V06
with other
solenoid. Is
[E206] displayed?
Start engine.
Set travel speed
switch to Hi.
Operate travel
lever.

Is resistance
between V06 (male)
(1) and (2), (2) and
chassis as shown in
table?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V06.

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (9) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C01.
20 60

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C01 (female) (9)
and V06 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective travel speed


solenoid (internal short
circuit or short circuit
with ground)

Replace

NO

NO

Table
Between V06 (male) (1) (2)

20 60

Between V06 (male) (2) chassis

Min. 1 M

C-14 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-482
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-15

C-15 [E216] Disconnection in travel speed solenoid system is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

4 YES Defective pump


Is voltage between
YES C01 (female) (9)
and chassis
ground normal?
3

YES

2
Is resistance

YES between V06


1
Interchange V06
with other
solenoid. Is
[E216] displayed?

(male) (1) and (2)


normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V06.
20 60

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (9) and
chassis ground
normal?

controller

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between C01 (female) (9)
Disconnect C01. NO and V06 (female) (2)
Turn starting
Defective contact or
switch ON.
disconnection in wiring
Max. 1 V
5 YES
harness between C01

Is resistance
(female) (9) and V06
Turn starting
between V06
(female) (2)
switch OFF.
(female) (1) and
Disconnect C01. NO chassis ground
Defective contact or
20 60
normal?
disconnection in wiring
NO harness between V06
Turn starting
(female) (1) and chassis
switch OFF.
ground
Disconnect V06.
Max. 1

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

NO

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

Defective travel speed


solenoid (internal
disconnection or
defective contact)

Replace

C-15 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-483
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-16

C-16 [E217] Model selection input error is displayed


fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

YES

Replace

1
Is display for
monitoring codes
[02][22] as shown
in Table 1?
Turn starting
switch ON.

YES
2

NO

Is voltage between
C17 (5)(6)(13)(14)
and chassis ground
as shown in Table
2?

Turn starting
switch ON

Defective contact,
disconnection, short
circuit with ground, or
short circuit in wiring
harness in circuit where
voltage is defective in
Item 2.

3 YES

NO

Is resistance
between C09
(female) (8) and
(1)(2)(3)(4) as shown
in Table 3?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C09.

Defective model
selection connector
(internal disconnection,
defective contact, short
circuit)

NO

Monitoring code

Repair or
replace

Replace

Display

02

Pump controller model code

22

Pump controller model selection


input condition

Table 2
C17

Between (5) chassis

Between (6) chassis

Between (13) chassis Between (14) chassis

Voltage

Max. 1 V

20 30 V

20 30 V

20 30 V

C09 (female)

Between (8) (1)

Between (8) (2)

Between (8) (3)

Between (8) (3)

Resistance

Max. 1

Min. 1 M

Max. 1

Min. 1 M

Table 3

20-484
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-16

C-16 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-485
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-17

C-17 [E227] Abnormality in engine speed sensor (2) system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
Cause

3 YES
YES
2
Is resistance

YES between C16

(female) (2) and


chassis ground as
shown in table?

1
Is resistance
between E07 (male)
(1) and (2), (1)(2)
and chassis ground
as shown in table?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect E07.

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C16.
500 1000

Is resistance
between C16
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C16.
Max. 1

NO

NO

Defective pump
controller
Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C16
(female) (1) and chassis
ground
Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C16 (female) (2)
and E07 (female) (1)
Defective engine speed
sensor (2) (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

NO

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

Table
E07 (male)

Resistance

Between (1) (2)

500 1000

Between (1)(2) chassis

Min. 1 M

C-17 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-486
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-18

C-18 [E228] Abnormality in auto-deceleration output system is


displayed
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if an E service code is not displayed, the problem has been removed.
fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the problem has been removed.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
Cause

YES

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective engine
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C01
(female) (4) and E17
(female) (12)

Repair or
replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C01 (female) (4)
and E17 (female) (12)

Replace

1
Is voltage
between C01 (4)
and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
Turn autodeceleration
switch OFF.
Min. 5 V

3 YES
YES
2

NO

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (4) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C01
and E17.
Min. 1 M

Is resistance
between C01
(female) (4) and E17
(female) (12)
normal?

Turn starting
NO
switch OFF.
Disconnect C01 and E17.
Max. 1

NO

C-18 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-487
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C19

C-19 Abnormality in swing holding brake system (no service code is


displayed)
fl Even if an abnormality occurs in the swing holding brake system, the service code is not displayed
on the monitor panel.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
a) When swing holding brake is not actuated (short circuit)
Cause

YES
1
Interchange R20
with other relay.
Does condition
become normal?

2 YES

Start engine.

NO

Interchange swing
holding brake solenoid
with other solenoid.
Does condition become
normal?

NO

Start engine.

Remedy

Defective swing holding


brake relay (internal
short circuit or short

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between R20 (female) (5)
V04 (female) (2) and
V11 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective swing holding


brake solenoid (spool
stuck)

Repair or
replace

b) When swing holding brake cannot be released (disconnection)


fl Check that fuse 2 is not blown. (If it is blown, check for a short circuit with the ground in the related
circuits for fuse 2.)
Cause

Defective swing holding


brake relay (internal
disconnection or defective
contact)

YES
2
Interchange R20
YES with other relay.
Does condition
become normal?

Start engine.

Is resistance
between V04 and
V11 (male) (1) (2),
(2) chassis ground
as shown in table?

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring

4 YES harness between R20


Is resistance
YES between V04 and
V11 (female) (1) and
3
chassis ground
Is voltage
normal?
between R20 (3)
Turn starting switch
OFF.
NO and chassis
Disconnect V04 and
ground normal?
V11.
Max. 1
Turn starting

switch ON.
20 30 V

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V04
and V11.

NO

(female) (5) V04 (female)


(2) or V11 (female) (2)

NO

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between V04
(female) (1) or V11 (female)
(1) chassis ground
Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between fuse 2 outlet and
R20 (female) (3)
Defective swing holding
brake solenoid (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, internal short circuit,
or short circuit with ground)

NO

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Table
Between V04, V11 (male) (1) (2)

20 60

Between V04, V11 (male) (2) chassis ground

Min. 1 M

20-488
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C19

C-19 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-489
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-20

C-20 Abnormality in machine push-up solenoid system (no service


code is displayed)
fl Even if an abnormality occurs in the machine push-up solenoid system, the service code is not
displayed on the monitor panel.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
a) When machine push-up switch is set to low-pressure setting, system does not switch to lowpressure setting (disconnection)
fl Check that fuse 2 is not blown. (If it is blown, check for a short circuit with the ground in the related
circuits for fuse 2.)
fl Carry out troubleshooting with the machine push-up switch at the low-pressure setting position.
Cause

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between V05
(female) (1) and chassis
ground

YES
2

Is resistance
between V05
(male) (1) and (2)
normal?

4 YES contact, short circuit with


Is resistance

Disconnect V05.
Is voltage
Turn starting
between M38 (2)
switch ON.
and chassis
NO
20 30 V
ground normal?

YES
between M38 (1)
3
and (2) normal?

Disconnect M38.
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V05.
20 60

NO

Repair or
replace

Disconnection, defective

Is voltage
YES between V05 (2)
and chassis
ground normal?

Remedy

Turn starting switch


OFF.
Disconnect M38.
Set to low pressure.
Max. 1

NO

ground in wiring harness


between M38 (male) (1) and
V05 (female) (2)

Defective machine push-

NO up switch
Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between fuse 2 and M38
(male) (2)
Defective machine pushup switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, or short circuit
with ground)

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

b) When machine push-up switch is set to high-pressure setting, system does not switch to highpressure setting (short circuit)
fl Carry out troubleshooting with the machine push-up switch at the high-pressure setting position.

Cause

1 YES
Is resistance
between M38
(female) (1) and
(2) normal?
Turn starting

NO

Remedy

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between M38 (male) (1)
and V05 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective machine pushup switch (internal short


circuit)

Replace

switch OFF.
Disconnect M38.
Set to high
pressure.
Min. 1 M

20-490
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-20

C-20 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-491
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-21

C-21 Abnormality in boom shockless solenoid system (no service code


is displayed)
fl Even if an abnormality occurs in the boom shockless solenoid system, the service code is not
displayed on the monitor panel.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
a) When boom shockless switch is turned OFF, shockless mode is not canceled (disconnection)
fl Check that fuse 2 is not blown. (If it is blown, check for a short circuit with the ground in the related
circuits for fuse 2.)
fl Carry out troubleshooting with the boom shockless switch OFF.

YES

YES

Interchange R15
YES with other relay.
Does condition
become normal?

YES

Start engine.

3
Is voltage
YES between R15 (1)
and chassis
ground normal?

Is voltage between
V09, V10 (2) and
NO chassis ground
normal?

Disconnect V09
and V10.
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

1
Is resistance
between V09,
V10 (male) (1)
and (2) normal?

5
Is resistance

YES between R15


4
Is voltage
between R15 (3)
NO and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect V09
and V10.
20 60

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

NO

(female) (2) and


chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect R15.
Max. 1

NO

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

NO

NO

20-492
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-21

Cause

8 YES
Is resistance
YES between M33
(female) (1) and
7
(3) normal?
Is voltage between
M33 (female) (1)
and chassis
ground normal?

Disconnect M33.
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

Turn starting
NO
switch OFF.
Disconnect M33.
Turn boom shockless switch OFF.
Max. 1

NO

Defective boom
shockless relay (internal
disconnection or
defective contact)

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between V09
(female) (1) and V10 (female)
(1) chassis ground

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between R15
(female) (5) V09 (female)
(2) and V10 (female) (2)
Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between M33 (female) (3)
and R15 (female) (1)
Defective boom shockless
switch (internal
disconnection or defective
contact)
Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between fuse 2 outlet and
M33 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between R15
(female) (2) and chassis
ground

Repair or
replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between fuse 2 outlet and
R15 (female) (3)

Repair or
replace

Defective boom shockless


solenoid at side where
resistance is defective
(internal disconnection or
defective contact)

PC1100-6

Remedy

Replace

20-493
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

C-21

b) When boom shockless switch is turned ON, shockless mode is not actuated (short circuit)
fl Carry out troubleshooting with the boom shockless switch ON.
Cause

Defective boom
shockless relay (internal
short circuit)

YES
1
Interchange R15
with other relay.
Does condition
become normal?
Start engine.

Short ciruit with power


source in wiring harness
between R15 (female) (5)
V09 (female) (2) or V10
(female) (2)

YES
2
Is voltage
between R15 (1)
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
Max.1 V

3 YES
Is resistance
between M33 (1)
NO and (3) normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect M33.
Min. 1 M

NO

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Short ciruit with power


source in wiring harness
between M33 (female)
(3) and R15 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective boom
shockless switch
(internal short circuit)

Replace

C-21 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-494
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING OF PUMP CONTROLLER


INPUT SIGNAL SYSTEM
(F MODE)

Electrical circuit diagram of F mode ....................................................................................................20-502


F- 1

[Bit pattern 20-(1)] (Swing to right oil pressure switch) does not light up ........................... 20-504

F- 2

[Bit pattern 20-(2)] (R.H. travel oil pressure switch) does not light up .................................20-505

F- 3

[Bit pattern 20-(3)] (Boom LOWER oil pressure switch) does not light up ........................... 20-506

F- 4

[Bit pattern 20-(4)] (Boom RAISE oil pressure switch) does not light up .............................20-507

F- 5

[Bit pattern 20-(5)] (Arm IN oil pressure switch) does not light up .......................................20-508

F- 6

[Bit pattern 20-(6)] (Arm OUT oil pressure switch) does not light up ...................................20-509

F- 7

[Bit pattern 21-(1)] (Bucket CURL oil pressure switch) does not light up .............................20-510

F- 8

[Bit pattern 21-(2)] (Bucket DUMP oil pressure switch) does not light up ............................ 20-511

F- 9

[Bit pattern 21-(5)] (L.H. travel oil pressure switch) does not light up .................................. 20-512

F-10 [Bit pattern 26-(5)] (Swing to left oil pressure switch) does not light up .............................20-513
F-11 [Bit pattern 21-(3)] (Swing lock switch) does not light up ......................................................20-514

PC1100-6

20-501
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF F MODE

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF F MODE

20-502
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

PC1100-6

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF F MODE

20-503
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-1

F-1 [Bit pattern 20-(1)] (Swing to right oil pressure switch) does not
light up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the swing with the engine started, set the swing lock switch to LOCK.
(When operating the swing with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES
1
Is voltage
between C16 (5)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
Is resistance

YES between S08


(female) (1) and
2
chassis ground

Start engine.
Is resistance between
normal?
Swing lever at
S08 (male) (1) and (2)
Turn starting
normal, and is circuit
neutral: 20 30V
switch OFF.
NO insulated from
Swing lever
Disconnect S08.
chassis?
operated to right:
Max. 1
Max. 1 V Disconnect S08.
Start engine.
NO
Swing lever at
neutral: Min. 1 M
Swing lever
operated to right:
Max. 1

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C16 (female) (5)
and S08 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S08
(female) (1) and chassis
ground
Defective right swing
pressure switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Repair or
replace

Replace

F-1 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-504
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-2

F-2 [Bit pattern 20-(2)] (R.H. travel oil pressure switch) does not light
up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the travel with the engine started, check that the area around the machine is safe.
(When operating the travel with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

Defective pump
controller

YES
1
Is voltage
between C16 (13)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
YES
2

Is resistance
between S01, S11
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Start engine.
Is resistance between
R.H. travel lever
S01, S11 (male) (1)
Turn starting
NO
at neutral:
and (2) normal, and
switch OFF.
20 30V NO is circuit insulated
Disconnect S01 and S11.
from chassis?
R.H. travel lever
Max. 1
Disconnect S01
operated:
and S11.
Max. 1 V
NO
Start engine.
R.H. travel lever at
neutral: Min. 1 M
R.H. travel lever
operated: Max. 1

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C16 (female) (13)
S01 (female) (2) or S11
(female) (2)
Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S01
(female) (1) or S11 (female)
(1) chassis ground
Defective R.H. travel
FORWARD pressure switch
or R.H. travel REVERSE
pressure switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

F-2 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-505
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-3

F-3 [Bit pattern 20-(3)] (Boom LOWER oil pressure switch) does not
light up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the work equipment with the engine started, check that the area around the
machine is safe and move the work equipment only slightly.
(When operating the boom LOWER with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES
1
Is voltage
between C16 (10)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
YES
2

Is resistance
between S04
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Start engine.
Is resistance between
Boom lever at
S04 (male) (1) and (2)
Turn starting
neutral: 20 30V
normal, and is circuit
switch OFF.
NO
insulated from
Boom lever
Disconnect S04.
chassis?
operated to
Max. 1
Disconnect S04 .
LOWER: Max. 1 V
Start engine.
NO
Boom lever at
neutral: Min. 1 M
Boom lever
operated to
LOWER: Max. 1

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C16 (female) (10)
and S04 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S04
(female) (1) and chassis
ground

Repair or
replace

Defective boom LOWER


pressure switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Replace

F-3 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-506
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-4

F-4 [Bit pattern 20-(4)] (Boom RAISE oil pressure switch) does not
light up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the work equipment with the engine started, check that the area around the
machine is safe and move the work equipment only slightly.
(When operating the boom RAISE with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES
1
Is voltage
between C17 (2)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
YES
2

Is resistance
between S02
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Start engine.
Is resistance between
Boom lever at
S02 (male) (1) and (2)
Turn starting
neutral: 20 30V
normal, and is circuit
switch OFF.
NO
insulated from
Boom lever
Disconnect S02.
chassis?
operated to
Max. 1
RAISE: Max. 1 V
Disconnect S02 .
Start engine.
NO
Boom lever at
neutral: Min. 1 M
Boom lever
operated to RAISE:
Max. 1

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C16 (female) (2)
and S02 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S02
(female) (1) and chassis
ground
Defective boom RAISE
pressure switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Repair or
replace

Replace

F-4 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-507
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-5

F-5 [Bit pattern 20-(5)] (Arm IN oil pressure switch) does not light up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the work equipment with the engine started, check that the area around the
machine is safe and move the work equipment only slightly.
(When operating the swing with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES
1
Is voltage
between C17 (3)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
YES
2

Is resistance
between S05
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Start engine.
Is resistance between
Arm lever at
S05 (male) (1) and (2)
Turn starting
neutral: 20 30V
normal, and is circuit
switch OFF.
NO
insulated from
Arm lever
Disconnect S05.
chassis?
operated to IN:
Max. 1
Disconnect S05 .
Max. 1 V
Start engine.
NO
Arm lever at
neutral: Min. 1 M
Arm lever
operated to IN:
Max. 1

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C17 (female) (3)
and S05 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S05
(female) (1) and chassis
ground

Repair or
replace

Defective arm IN pressure


switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Replace

F-5 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-508
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-6

F-6 [Bit pattern 20-(6)] (Arm OUT oil pressure switch) does not light
up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the work equipment with the engine started, check that the area around the
machine is safe and move the work equipment only slightly.
(When operating the swing with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES
1
Is voltage
between C17 (11)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
YES
2

Is resistance
between S03
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Start engine.
Is resistance between
Arm lever at
S03 (male) (1) and (2)
Turn starting
neutral: 20 30V
normal, and is circuit
switch OFF.
NO
insulated from
Arm lever
Disconnect S03.
chassis?
operated to OUT:
Max. 1
Max. 1 V Disconnect S03 .
Start engine.
NO
Arm lever at
neutral: Min. 1 M
Arm lever
operated to OUT:
Max. 1

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C17 (female) (11)
and S03 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S03
(female) (1) and chassis
ground
Defective arm OUT
pressure switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Repair or
replace

Replace

F-6 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-509
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-7

F-7 [Bit pattern 21-(1)] (Bucket CURL oil pressure switch) does not
light up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the work equipment with the engine started, check that the area around the
machine is safe and move the work equipment only slightly.
(When operating the swing with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES
1
Is voltage
between C16 (11)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
YES
2

Is resistance
between S06
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Start engine.
Is resistance between
Bucket lever at
S06 (male) (1) and (2)
Turn starting
neutral: 20 30V
normal, and is circuit
switch OFF.
NO insulated from
Bucket lever
Disconnect S06.
chassis?
operated to
Max. 1
CURL: Max. 1 V
Disconnect S06 .
Start engine.
NO
Bucket lever at
neutral: Min. 1 M
Bucket lever
operated to CURL:
Max. 1

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C16 (female) (11)
and S06 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S06
(female) (1) and chassis
ground
Defective bucket CURL
pressure switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Repair or
replace

Replace

F-7 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-510
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-8

F-8 [Bit pattern 21-(2)] (Bucket DUMP oil pressure switch) does not
light up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the work equipment with the engine started, check that the area around the
machine is safe and move the work equipment only slightly.
(When operating the swing with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl If service PPC pressure switch is equipped, check the circuit at the same time.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES
1
Is voltage
between C16 (12)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
YES
2

Is resistance
between S07
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Start engine.
Is resistance between
Bucket lever at
S07 (male) (1) and (2)
Turn starting
neutral: 20 30V
normal, and is circuit
switch OFF.
NO insulated from
Bucket lever
Disconnect S07.
chassis?
operated to
Max. 1
Disconnect S07 .
DUMP: Max. 1 V
Start engine.
NO
Bucket lever at
neutral:Min. 1 M
Bucket lever
operated to
DUMP: Max. 1

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C16 (female) (12)
and S06 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S07
(female) (1) and chassis
ground

Repair or
replace

Defective bucket DUMP


pressure switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Replace

F-8 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-511
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-9

F-9 [Bit pattern 21-(5)] (L.H. travel oil pressure switch) does not light
up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the travel with the engine started, check that the area around the machine is safe.
(When operating the swing with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

Defective pump
controller

YES
1
Is voltage
between C16 (6)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
YES
2

Start engine.
Is resistance between
L.H. travel lever
S12, S13 (male) (1)
at neutral:
and (2) normal, and
20 30V NO is circuit insulated
from chassis?
L.H. travel lever
Disconnect S12
operated to IN:
and S13.
Max. 1 V
Start engine.
L.H. travel lever
at neutral:
Min. 1 M
L.H. travel lever
operated :
Max. 1

Is resistance
between S12,S13
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
NO
switch OFF.
Disconnect S12 and S13.
Max. 1

NO

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C16 (female) (6)
S12 (female) (2) or S13
(female) (2)
Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S12
(female) (1) or S13 (female)
(1) and chassis ground
Defective L.H. travel
FORWARD pressure switch
or L.H. travel REVERSE
pressure switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

F-9 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-512
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-10

F-10 [Bit pattern 26-(5)] (Swing to left oil pressure switch) does not
light up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
When operating the swing with the engine started, set the swing lock switch to LOCK.
(When operating the swing with the engine stopped, charge the accumulator first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES

Defective pump
controller

1
Is voltage
between C17 (7)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
YES
2

Start engine.
Is resistance between
Swing lever at
S10 (male) (1) and (2)
normal, and is circuit
neutral: 20 30V
NO insulated from
Swing lever
chassis?
operated to left:
Disconnect S10 .
Max. 1 V
Start engine.
Swing lever at
neutral:
Min. 1 M
Swing lever
operated to left:
Max. 1

Is resistance
between S10
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect S10.
Max. 1

NO

NO

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C17 (female) (7)
and S10 (female) (2)

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between S10
(female) (1) and chassis
ground

Repair or
replace

Defective left swing


pressure switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Replace

F-10 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-513
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

F-11

F-11 [Bit pattern 21-(3)] (Swing lock switch) does not light up
fl This troubleshooting is carried out when there is still an abnormality, so when disconnecting the
connector and inserting the T-adapter, or when removing the T-adapter and returning the connector to its original position, if the monitoring mode display returns to normal, the problem has
been removed.
fl Check that the swing lock lamp display on the monitor panel is normal.
(If the swing lock lamp does not light up, carry out troubleshooting for M-fifi first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

Defective pump
controller

YES
1
Is voltage
between C17 (16)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES

Is resistance
YES between X05
(male) (2) and
2
chassis ground
Turn starting
Is resistance between
normal?
switch ON.
X05 (female) (1) and
Turn starting
(2) normal, and is
Swing lock
switch OFF.
NO circuit insulated from
switch ON:
Disconnect X05
chassis?
Max. 1V
Max. 1
Turn starting
Swing lock
switch OFF:
20 30 V

switch OFF
NO
Disconnect X05.
Swing lock
switch ON:
Max. 1
Swing lock
switch OFF:
Min. 1 M

NO

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between C17 (female) (16)
and X05 (male) (2)

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between X05
(male) (1) and chassis
ground
Defective swing lock
switch (internal
disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit)

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

F-11 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-514
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING OF HYDRAULIC,
MECHANICAL SYSTEM
(H MODE)

Table of failure modes and causes ......................................................................................................20-552


Before carrying out troubleshooting of hydraulic system (H Mode) ................................................20-554
H- 1 Speeds of all work equipment, swing, travel are slow or lack power .................................. 20-560
H- 2 There is excessive drop in engine speed, or engine stalls .....................................................20-562
H- 3 No work equipment, travel, swing move ..................................................................................20-564
H- 4 Abnormal noise generated (from around pump) .....................................................................20-565
H- 5 Boom is slow or lacks power .....................................................................................................20-566
H- 6 Arm is slow or lacks power ........................................................................................................20-568
H- 7 Bucket is slow or lacks power ....................................................................................................20-568
H- 8 Boom does not move ..................................................................................................................20-569
H- 9 Arm does not move .....................................................................................................................20-569
H-10 Bucket does not move .................................................................................................................20-569
H-11 Excessive hydraulic drift .............................................................................................................20-570
H-12 Excessive time lag .......................................................................................................................20-570
H-13 Boom shockless function is not actuated or cannot be canceled ..........................................20-571
H-14 Machine deviates naturally to one side during travel operations .........................................20-572
H-15 Deviation is excessive when starting ........................................................................................20-574
H-16 Travel deviation is excessive during compound operations ..................................................20-575
H-17 Travel speed is slow or lacks power .........................................................................................20-575
H-18 Travel does not move (one side only) ......................................................................................20-576
H-19 Travel speed does not switch .....................................................................................................20-577
H-20 Does not swing ............................................................................................................................20-578
H-21 Swing speed is slow or swing acceleration is poor ................................................................20-579
H-22 In compound operations with bucket, swing speed is
slow or swing acceleration is poor .....................................................................................20-580
H-23 In compound operations with boom when boom priority is ON,
swing speed is slow or swing acceleration is poor ..........................................................20-580
H-24 Excessive overrun when stopping swing ..................................................................................20-581
H-25 Excessive shock when stopping swing .....................................................................................20-582
H-26 Excessive abnormal noise when stopping swing ....................................................................20-583
H-27 Excessive hydraulic drift of swing .............................................................................................20-583

PC1100-6

20-551
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

TABLE OF FAILURE MODES AND CAUSES

TABLE OF FAILURE MODES AND CAUSES


Control valve

Hydraulic pump

All work equipment,


swing, travel

Jet sensor valve

Suction valve

Safety-suction valve

Swing compensation valve

Straight-travel valve

Spool

Main relief valve

Speeds of all work equipment, swing, travel are slow or lack power
There is excessive drop in engine speed, or engine stalls
No work equipment, travel, swing move

Abnormal noise generated (from around pump)

In normal mode
Boom is slow or lacks power
Work equipment system

Valve

TVC valve

CO NC valve

Servo valve

Failure mode

Pump

Hydraulic oil tank strainer

Parts causing failure

With heavy lift ON

With machine push-up ON

Arm is slow or lacks power


Bucket is slow or lacks power
Boom does not move
Arm does not move
Bucket does not move

Excessive hydraulic drift


Excessive time lag

Boom
Arm, bucket

Travel system

Boom shockless function does not work or cannot be canceled


Machine deviates naturally
to one side when traveling

Deviates in same direction in FORWARD and REVERSE

Deviation is excessive
when starting

Only at full stroke

Deviates in opposite direction in FORWARD and REVERSE


Both during fine control operations and at full stroke

Deviation is excessive during compound operations


Travel speed is slow or lacks power
Does not travel
(one side only)

Both directions (FORWARD and REVERSE)


One direction only (either FORWARD or REVERSE)

Travel speed does not switch


Does not swing

Swing system

Swing speed is slow or swing acceleration is poor

Both left and right


One direction only

Both left and right


One direction only

During compound operations with bucket, swing speed is slow or acceleration is poor
During compound operations with boom when swing priority is ON, swing speed is slow or acceleration is poor
Excessive overrun when stopping swing
Excessive shock when stopping swing
Excessive abnormal noise when stopping swing

Both left and right


One direction only

Both left and right


One direction only
Both left and right
One direction only

Excessive hydraulic drift of swing

20-552
3

PC1100-6

PC1100-6

Troubleshooting code

Engine

Final drive

Swing machinery

PTO

Swing priority

Swing holding brake

Travel speed

Straight-travel

Boom shockless

Control
pump

Machine push-up

2-stage relief

CO cancel

Swing compensation pilot valve

Swing PPC shuttle valve

Boom shockless valve

PPC valve

Relief valve

Travel motor

Pump

Parking brake

Speed selector servo valve

Safety valve

Counterbalance valve

Swing motor

Travel motor proper, internal leakage

Back pressure compensation valve

Swing holding brake

Suction valve

Safety valve

Swing motor proper, internal leakage

Center swivel joint

Hydraulic cylinder

Boom LOWER regeneration valve

Jet sensor orifice

TROUBLESHOOTING
TABLE OF FAILURE MODES AND CAUSES

Solenoid valve

H-1

H-2

H-3

H-4

H-5

H-6

H-7

H-8

H-10

H-9

H-11

H-12

H-13

H-14

H-15

H-16

H-17

H-18

H-19

H-20

H-21

H-22

H-23

H-24

H-25

H-26

H-27

20-553

TROUBLESHOOTING

BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING


OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (H MODE)

BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING OF HYDRAULIC


SYSTEM (H MODE)

20-554
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

1. Actuation and combination of hydraulic


pumps
Three tandem pumps (total of 6 pumps)
are used in the work equipment, travel,
and swing circuits: No. 1 pump
(HPV95+95), No. 2 pump (HPV95+95), and
No. 3 pump (HPV160+160)
The oil from the No. 1 front pump and
No. 2 front pump merges and flows to
the R.H. 4-spool valve; the oil from the
No. 1 rear pump and No. 2 rear pump
merges and flows to the L.H. 5-spool
valve; and the oil from the No. 3 front
rear pump and No. 3 rear pump merges
and flows to the swing 4-spool valve.
The TVC control for the No. 1 pump, No.
2 pump, and No. 3 pump is all carried
out in the same way by the TVC valve
installed to the No. 1 rear
The CO NC control for the No. 1 front
pump and No. 2 front pump is carried
out in the same way by the CO NC valve
installed to the No. 1 front pump and by
the jet sensor installed to the R.H. 4-spool
control
The CO NC control for the No. 1 rear
pump and No. 2 rear pump is carried out
in the same way by the CO NC valve
installed to the No. 1 rear pump and by
the jet sensor installed to the L.H. 5-spool
control
The CO NC control for the No. 3 front
rear pump and No. 3 rear pump is carried out in the same way by the CO NC
valve installed to the front pump and by
the jet sensor installed to the swing 4spool valve.

PC1100-6

BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING


OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (H MODE)

2. Judgement procedure if work equipment is


slow and there is travel deviation to the
left:
The cause is probably one of the following:
1) Defective main relief of L.H. 5-spool
control valve
2) Defective jet sensor of L.H. 5-spool
control valve
3) Defective CO NC valve of No. 1 rear
pump
4) Defective servo valve of No. 1 rear
pump
5) Defective No. 1 rear pump
6) Defective servo valve of No. 2 rear
pump
7) Defective No. 2 rear pump
If the problem occurs, measure the following to judge if the related part is defective.
1) Measure relief pressure to judge
main relief valve
2) Measure differential pressure to
judge jet sensor
3) Measure output pressure to judge
CO NC valve
As mentioned above, the oil flow in the
No. 1 pump and No. 2 pump merges, so
to judge if the problem is in the No. 1
pump servo valve and pump proper or
in the No. 2 pump servo valve and pump
proper, interchange the outlet port hoses
of the No. 2 pump between the front
and rear. It is then possible to judge as
follows which pump is defective.
1) If deviation is to left (no change), No.
1 rear pump is defective
2) If deviation is to right (opposite direction), No. 2 rear pump is defective
3) If the travel speed becomes slow, the
jet sensor is defective or the CO NC
valve is defective (if the left and right
relief pressures are normal).
Next, to judge if the problem is in the
servo valve or the pump proper, remove
the servo valve and test the individual
part, or judge from the stroke of the servo
piston.
fl For the actual procedure for judgement,
follow the Troubleshooting chart for
judgement when work equipment is slow
and there is travel deviation to the left.

20-555
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING


OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (H MODE)

3. Judgement procedure if work equipment is


slow and there is travel deviation to the
right:
fl For this problem, use the explanation
given 2. Judgement procedure if work
equipment is slow and there is travel
deviation to the left, but replace as follows.
Use R.H. 4-spool control valve instead of
L.H. 5-spool control valve; and use front
pump instead of rear pump.
For all other points, the judgement procedure is the same.
4. Judgement procedure if work equipment is
slow and swing is also slow (but travel
speed is normal):
The cause is probably one of the following:
1) Defective main relief valve of swing
4-spool control valve
2) Defective jet sensor of swing 4-spool
control valve
3) Defective CO NC valve of No. 3 pump
4) Defective servo valve of No. 3 front
pump
5) Defective No. 3 front pump
6) Defective servo valve of No. 3 rear
pump
7) Defective No. 3 rear pump
If the problem occurs, measure the following to judge if the related part is defective.
1) Measure relief pressure to judge
main relief valve
2) Measure differential pressure to
judge jet sensor
3) Measure output pressure to judge
CO NC valve
To judge if the problem is in the servo
valve or the pump proper of the No. 3
front pump, or in the servo valve or the
pump proper of the No. 3 rear pump,
remove the servo valve and test the individual part, or judge from the stroke of
the servo piston.
fl It is impossible to judge if the problem
is in the front pump or the rear pump
while the pumps are mounted on the
machine, so remove the No. 3 pump assembly and test individually.

20-556
3

PC1100-6

BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING


OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (H MODE)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Troubleshooting chart for judgement when work


equipment is slow and there is travel deviation
to the left
fl Use this troubleshooting chart to judge if
the location of the problem is in the No. 1
pump system or in the No. 2 pump system.
1. To judge if the servo valve is defective or
not, remove the servo valve and carry out a
test on the individual part, or measure the
servo piston stroke.
fl Carry out the individual test on the servo
piston at the specified repair shop.
2. If there is a big drop in speed and it seems
that there is an abnormality in the pump,
check the line filter also.
3. If there is only a small drop in speed and the
problem is not corrected by adjusting the
equipment, check the line filter also.

Causes

4
5
6
7
8

Item 2 is normal, and when No. 2 pump


outlet hoses are interchanged
between front and rear

16
17
18

Travel deviates to right

15

l m n

L.H. 5- R.H. 4spool spool


control control
valve
valve

A A A A

Left and right travel speeds both become slow

In Item 3, No. 1 rear servo valve is normal

In Item 4, No. 2 rear servo valve is normal

In Item 5, jet sensor differential pressure of L.H. 5-spool control valve is defective

Travel relief pressure of front pump is low


Item 11 is normal, and when No. 2 pump Machine deviates to right (no change)
outlet hoses are interchanged
Machine deviates to left (opposite direction)
between front and rear
Left and right travel speeds both become slow

In Item 12, No. 1 front servo valve is normal

In Item 13, No. 2 front servo valve is normal

In Item 14, jet sensor differential pressure of R.H. 4-spool control valve is defective
Item 15 is normal, but No. 1 rear NC valve output pressure is defective

fl Start troubleshooting from the top, and judge that the item with the most
fl Remedy

PC1100-6

A: Adjust

Defective jet sensor

Defective main relief valve

Defective jet sensor

Defective main relief valve

Defective pump

Defective servo valve

Front Rear
pump pump

Defective pump

Defective pump

Defective servo valve

Defective CO NC valve

Defective pump

g h

No. 2 pump

Rear
pump

Machine deviates to left (no change)

There is travel deviation to right, and work equipment speed is slow

14

Machine deviates to right (opposite direction)

10

13

Travel relief pressure of rear pump is low

Item 6 is normal, but No. 1 rear NC valve output pressure is defective

12

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

9
11

There is travel deviation to left, and work equipment speed is slow


Travel deviates to left

Defective servo valve

Defective CO NC valve

Front
pump

Remedy

No. 1 pump

No. Troubleshooting
1

Defective servo valve

marks is the cause of the failure.

X: Repair or replace

20-557
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING


OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (H MODE)

Interchange method of No. 2 pump outlet hoses between front and rear

Hyrdraulic circuit after interchanging hoses

20-558
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-1

H-1 Speeds of all work equipment, swing, travel are slow or lack
power
fl Measure the speeds of the work equipment, travel, and swing, and confirm that they are all slow
(or lack power).
fl Check that no abnormal noise is being generated from the hydraulic pump before carrying out
troubleshooting.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
Cause

YES

See H-14

YES

1
Is there travel
deviation?
Max. 220 mm/
20 m
Engine at high
idling

See S Mode

YES Is output

pressure of TVC
valve normal?

2
Is control pump
relief pressure
NO normal?

See Table.
Engine at high
idling

4 YES Defective adjustment of

YES

NO

3.1 +0.4
0
{32 +3.5
0

MPa
kg/cm2}
Engine at high
idling

7 YES

Defective TVC valve

Repair or
replace

Internal leakage in
equipment in control
system

See Note

NO

5
Is control relief
pressure normal
when 1 5 in
diagram are
blocked?

6 YES Defective adjustment of

NO

control relief valve

Does relief pressure


become normal
when control relief
valve is adjusted?

3.1 +0.4
MPa
0
{32 +3.5
kg/cm2}
0
Engine at high
idling

Adjust

TVC valve

Does output
pressure become
NO normal when TVC
valve is adjusted?

See Table.
Engine at high
idling

3.1 +0.4
MPa
0
{32 +3.5
kg/cm2}
0
Engine at high
idling

Defective engine

Remedy

NO

Are metal
particles found
inside pilot filte?

NO

Adjust

Go to A

Defective control pump

Repair or
replace

Defective control relief


valve

Repair or
replace

Table
Measurement conditions

TVC valve output pressure

All control levers at neutral

Min. 1.8 MPa {Min. 18 kg/cm2}

Heavy lift OFF + boom RAISE relief

1.08 0.2 MPa {11 2 kg/cm2}

Heavy lift ON + boom RAISE relief

0.98 0.2 MPa {10 2 kg/cm2}

Note: Block 1, 4, 6 C in diagram individually, measure the control relief pressure, decide which
equipment is defective, then repair or replace.

20-560
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

PC1100-6

H-1

20-561
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-2

H-2 There is excessive drop in engine speed, or engine stalls


fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
YES

Output pressure
becomes normal.
Condition does not
become normal.

Is CO NC valve
output pressure
of No. 1 pump
normal?

YES

See Table 2
Engine at high
idling

3
Does output
pressure become
NO normal when CO
valve is adjusted?

Output pressure
becomes normal.
Condition also
becomes normal

See Table 2
Engine at high
idling

1
Output pressure
does not become
normal.
Condition does not
become normal.

Is output
pressure of TVC
valve normal?
See Table 1
Engine at high
idling
Output pressure
becomes normal.
Condition does not
become normal.

NO

Do output pressure
and condition
become normal
when TVC valve is
adjusted?

Output pressure
becomes normal.
Condition also
becomes normal

See Table 1
Engine at high
idling
Output pressure
does not become
normal.
Condition does not
become normal.

Table 1
Measurement conditions

TVC valve output pressure

All control levers at neutral

Min. 1.8 MPa {Min. 18 kg/cm2}

Heavy lift OFF + boom RAISE relief

1.08 0.2 MPa {11 2 kg/cm2}

Heavy lift ON + boom RAISE relief

0.98 0.2 MPa {10 2 kg/cm2}

20-562
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-2

Cause

Remedy

Defective engine

See S Mode

Defective adjustment of
CO NC valv

Adjust

Defective CO NC valve

Repair or
replace

Defective adjustment of
TVC valve

Adjust

Defective TVC valve

Repair or
replace

Table 2
Measurement conditions

CO NC valve output pressure

Heavy lift OFF + boom RAISE relief

+2.0
2
1.10 +0.20
0.58 MPa {11 5.9 kg/cm }

Heavy lift ON + boom RAISE relief

0.98 0.2 MPa {10 2 kg/cm2}

PC1100-6

20-563
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-3

H-3 No work equipment, travel, swing move


fl Check that the safety lock valve linkage is normal.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
Cause

YES
3
YES
2
YES
1
Does oil come out
when main pump
pressure
measurement plug
is removed?

Does oil come out


when control pump
pressure
measurement plug
is removed?

Crank engine
with barring
device at
flywheel portion.

Crank engine
with barring
device at
NO
flywheel portion.

Is control relief
pressure normal
when 1 5 in
diagram are
blocked?

3.1 +0.4
MPa
0
{32 +3.5
kg/cm2}
0
Engine at high
idling

4 YES

Remedy

Internal leakage in
equipment in control
system

See Note

Defective control pump

Repair or
replace

Defective control relief

Repair or
replace

Are metal
particles found
NO inside pilot filter?

NO valve

Defective PTO

Repair or
replace

Defective PTO

Repair or
replace

NO

Note: Block 1, 4, 6 C in diagram individually, measure the control relief pressure, decide which
equipment is defective, then repair or replace.

20-564
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-4

H-4 Abnormal noise generated (from around pump)

Cause

YES
2
YES Is strainer

YES

clogged?

NO

Is oil level in
hydraulic tank
normal?

Is problem removed
when piping
between tank and
pump is tightened?

Clogged hydraulic tank


strainer

Clean

Loose piping clamp

Tighten

4 YES Defective hydraulic


Are metal wear
particles found in
NO drained hydraulic
oil?

Remedy

pump

Operate for a short time


and watch for any
NO change in symptoms

Lack of oil

Repair or
replace
Inspect again
(depending on
changes in
symptoms)
Add oil

NO

PC1100-6

20-565
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-5

H-5 Boom is slow or lacks power


fl Check that the arm, bucket, travel, and swing speeds are normal, and that there is no deviation
when traveling.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
a) In normal mode, boom is slow or lacks power.
fl Normal mode means the following conditions: Heavy lift OFF, swing priority OFF, machine
push-up OFF.

Cause

4 YES Defective boom LOWER


Does control

regeneration valve

Remedy

Repair or
replace

YES valve spool move


3
smoothly?
Is swing priority

Defective operation of

YES solenoid valve


2
YES

1
Is hydraulic drift
of boom cylinder
normal?

Is output
pressure of PPC
valve normal?
2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

NO control valve spool

Repair or
replace

outlet pressure
normal?
See Table.
Engine at high
idling

NO

NO

YES
At rated load:
5
Max. 75 mm/
Does speed of
downward
15 minutes
movement become
At no load:
6 YES
NO
faster when boom
Max. 45 mm/
Does hydraulic drift
lever is operated?
15 minutes
become normal when
See TESTING
Engine stopped
safety-suction valve is
AND
NO interchanged with other
ADJUSTING
safety-suction valve?
It is also possible
NO
For standard
to measure
values, see Item 1.
leakage from
See Note
cylinder.
Max. 28 cc/min
Engine at high
idling

Defective operation of
swing priority solenoid
valve

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

Defective hydraulic
cylinder seal

Repair or
replace

Defective control valve


safety-suction valve

Replace

Defective control valve

Replace

Table
Measurement conditions

Solenoid valve outlet pressure

Swing priority switch OFF

0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}

Swing priority switch ON

2.9 0.6 MPa {30 5.5 kg/cm2}

Note: The set pressure for the boom safety-suction valve is different from the set pressure for the arm
and bucket safety-suction valves, so interchange the valves temporarily for the purpose of
testing. A hose is installed at the head end, so fit a blind plug when disconnecting, and be sure
to replace the valves in their original positions after completion of the troubleshooting.

20-566
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-5

b) When heavy lift is ON, boom RAISE speed is slow or lacks power
Cause

2 YES

Is CO cancel
solenoid valve
outlet pressure
normal?

Is 2-stage relief
YES solenoid valve
outlet pressure
1
normal?
See Table.
Engine at high
idling

See Table.
Engine at high
idling

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective control valve


main relief valve (highpressure side)

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
2-stage relief solenoid
valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
CO cancel solenoid valve

Repair or
replace

Table
Measurement conditions

Solenoid valve outlet pressure


0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}

Heavy lift switch OFF


Heavy lift switch ON + boom RAISE

2.9 0.6 MPa {30 5.5 kg/cm2}

c) When machine push-up is ON, boom LOWER speed is slow or lacks power

Cause

1 YES
Is machine pushup solenoid valve
outlet pressure
normal?
See Table.
Engine at high
idling

NO

Remedy

Defective control valve


boom LOWER safetysuction valve (highpressure side)

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
machine push-up
solenoid valve

Repair or
replace

Table
Measurement conditions

Solenoid valve outlet pressure

Machine push-up switch OFF

2.9 0.6 MPa {30 5.5 kg/cm2}

Machine push-up switch ON

0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}

PC1100-6

20-567
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-6, H-7

H-6 Arm is slow or lacks power


fl Check that the boom, bucket, travel, and swing speeds are normal.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
Cause

2 YES
YES

Is output
pressure of PPC
valve normal?

1
2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

Is hydraulic drift
of arm cylinder
normal?

NO

YES
3

At rated load:
Does speed of
Max.240 mm/
downward
15 minutes
movement become
NO faster when arm
4 YES
At no load:
Does hydraulic drift
lever is operated?
Max.105 mm/
become normal when
15 minutes
See TESTING
safety-suction valve is
Engine stopped
AND
NO interchanged with other
ADJUSTING
safety-suction valve?
It is also possible
For standard
NO
to measure
values, see Item 1.
leakage from
Interchange with
cylinder.
safety-suction
Max. 28 cc/min
valve for bucket
Engine at high
idling

Remedy

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

Defective hydraulic
cylinder seal

Repair or
replace

Defective control valve


safety-suction valve

Replace

Defective control valve

Replace

H-7 Bucket is slow or lacks power


fl Check that the boom, bucket, travel, and swing speeds are normal.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
Cause

2 YES
Is output

Remedy

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

Defective hydraulic
cylinder seal

Repair or
replace

Defective control valve


safety-suction valve

Replace

Defective control valve

Replace

YES pressure of PPC


valve normal?

1
Is hydraulic drift
of bucket
cylinder normal?

2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

NO

YES
3

At rated load:
Does speed of
Max.145 mm/
downward
15 minutes
movement become
NO faster when bucket
4 YES
At no load:
Does hydraulic drift
lever is operated?
Max.70 mm/
become normal when
15 minutes
See TESTING
safety-suction valve is
Engine stopped
AND
NO interchanged with other
ADJUSTING
safety-suction valve?
It is also possible
For standard
NO
to measure
values, see Item 1.
leakage from
Interchange with
cylinder.
safety-suction
Max. 28 cc/min
valve for arm
Engine at high
idling

20-568
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-8, H-9, H-10

H-8 Boom does not move


fl Check that the arm, bucket, travel, and swing move normally.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
Cause

1 YES
Is output
pressure of PPC
valve normal?
2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

H-9 Arm does not move


fl Check that the boom, bucket, travel, and swing move normally.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
Cause

1 YES
Is output
pressure of PPC
valve normal?
2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

H-10 Bucket does not move


fl Check that the boom, arm, travel, and swing move normally.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
Cause

1 YES
Is output
pressure of PPC
valve normal?
2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

PC1100-6

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

20-569
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-11, H-12

H-11 Excessive hydraulic drift


Cause

YES
1
Does speed of
downward
movement become
faster when lever is
operated?

2 YES
Does condition become
normal when safetysuction valve is
interchanged with other
safety-suction valve?

See TESTING
NO
AND
ADJUSTING.
It is also possible
NO
For standard
to measure
values, see Item 1.
leakage of
See Note
cylinder.
Max. 28 cc/min
Engine at high
idling

Remedy

Defective hydraulic
cylinder seal

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
control valve safetysuction valve

Replace

Defective control valve,


defective oil tightness of
spool

Replace

Note: The set pressure for the boom safety-suction valve is different from the set pressure for the arm
and bucket safety-suction valves, so interchange the valves temporarily for the purpose of
testing. A hose is installed at the head end, so fit a blind plug when disconnecting, and be sure
to replace the valves in their original positions after completion of the troubleshooting.
The set pressure of the safety-suction valves for the arm and bucket is the same.

H-12 Excessive time lag


a) Boom
Cause

1 YES
Does spool and
check valve of
boom regeneration
valve move
smoothly?

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
control valve safetysuction valve

Replace

Defective operation of
boom regeneration valve

Repair or
replace

b) Arm, bucket
Cause

Defective operation of
control valve safetysuction valve

20-570
3

Remedy

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-13

H-13 Boom shockless function is not actuated or cannot be canceled


Cause

1 YES
Is operation of
boom shockless
solenoid valve
normal?
See Note

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
boom shockless valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
boom shockless solenoid
valve

Repair or
replace

Note: Remove the solenoid valve as an individual part from the block, then connect the connector.
Turn the starting switch ON, then turn the boom shockless switch ON-OFF. If the spool moves,
it is normal.

PC1100-6

20-571
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-14

H-14 Machine deviates naturally to one side during travel operations


fl Check that the travel speed is normal.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
a) Direction of deviation is same in FORWARD and REVERSE
YES

YES

4
1

Are metal
YES particles found in
oil drained from
final drive?

Was it possible to
locate abnormality
in troubleshooting
chart?

YES
6
Does direction of deviation

YES change when left and right

Carry out
troubleshooting
with
troubleshooting
chart in BEFORE
CARRYING OUT
TROUBLESHOOTING OF
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.

Is amount of oil

Is leakage from
swivel joint
NO normal?

YES drained from


travel motor
normal?

Is output
pressure of PPC
NO valve normal?

Max. 40 /min
Engine at high
idling

2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

hoses between swivel joint


and travel motor are
interchanged?

Max.100 cc/min
Engine at high
idling

NO

NO

NO

NO

b) Direction of deviation is different in FORWARD and REVERSE


Cause

YES

Remedy

Dfective swivel joint seal

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

Drop in set pressure of


travel motor safety valve

Replace

1
Is deviation as
shown in 1, 2,
5, 6 in diagram
on right?

3 YES
YES Is output
pressure of PPC
2
valve normal?

Is relief pressure
at travel relief
NO normal?
34.3 +1.0
2.5 MPa
{35 +10
kg/cm2}
25
Engine at high
idling

20-572
3

2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

NO

NO

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-14

Cause

7 YES

Remedy

See Cause column in


troubleshooting chart

Follow
instructions in
troubleshooting
chart

Defective final drive

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Replace

Defective control valve

Repair or
replace

Defective travel motor

Repair or
replace

Defective swivel joint


seal

Repair or
replace

Internal leakage in travel


motor

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

Does control
valve spool move
smoothly?

NO

Fig.: Location of defective swivel joint seal and direction of travel deviation

PC1100-6

20-573
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-15

H-15 Deviation is excessive when starting


fl Check that there is no deviation during normal travel.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
a) Deviation when starting occurs only when control lever is operated fully
Cause

YES

Remedy

Defective operation of
pump servo valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

Defective swivel joint


seal

Repair or
replace

Defective travel motor

Repair or
replace

1
Does direction of
deviation change when
No. 2 pump outlet
hoses are interchanged
between front and rear?

3 YES
YES
2

NO

Does direction of deviation


change when left and right
hoses between swivel joint
and travel motor are
interchanged?

Does direction of deviation


change when left and right
hoses between control
valve and swivel joint are
interchanged?

NO

NO

b) Deviation when starting occurs both when control lever is


operated a small amount and when it is operated fully

YES
2

Cause

Remedy

Defective operation of
pump servo valve

Repair or
replace

Defective adjustment of
CO NC valve

Adjust

Defective CO NC valve

Repair or
replace

Defective adjustment of
control valve jet sensor
relief valve

Adjust

Defective control valve


jet sensor relief valve

Repair or
replace

Defective control valve


jet sensor orifice

Repair or
replace

Is output pressure

YES of CO NC valve
normal on fast
side?

1
Is differential
pressure of jet
sensor normal on
fast side?

See Table
Engine at high
idling

3 YES

NO

Does output
pressure become
normal when
CO NC valve is
adjusted?

NO

See Table
Engine at high
idling

See Table.
Engine at high
idling

YES
4

NO

Does differential
pressure become
normal when jet
sensor relief valve is
adjusted?

See Table
Engine at high
idling

NO

5 YES
Does differential
pressure become
normal when relief
valves are interchanged
on opposite sides?

See Table
Engine at high
idling

NO

Table
Measurement conditions
All control levers at neutral

Jet sensor differential pressure CO NC valve output pressure


Min. 1.5 MPa {Min. 15 kg/cm2} Max. 0.4 MPa {Max. 4.1 kg/cm2}

Travel levers operated fully (track rotating under no load) Max. 0.2 MPa {Max. 2 kg/cm2}

20-574
3

Min. 1.7 MPa {Min. 17 kg/cm2}

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-16, H-17

H-16 Travel deviation is excessive during compound operations


fl Check that there is no travel deviation during independent operation.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
Cause

1 YES
Is output pressure
of straight-travel
solenoid valve
normal?

See Table.
Engine at high
idling

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
control valve straighttravel valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
straight-travel solenoid
valve

Repair or
replace

Table
Measurement conditions

Solenoid valve outlet pressure


0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}

All control levers at neutral


Work equipment, swing + left and right travel levers operated

2.9 0.6 MPa {30 5.5 kg/cm2}

H-17 Travel speed is slow or lacks power


fl Check that there is no travel deviation.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.

Cause

1 YES
Is output
pressure of CO
cancel solenoid
valve normal?
See Table.
Engine at high
idling

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
2-stage relief solenoid
valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
CO cancel solenoid valve

Repair or
replace

Table
Measurement conditions

Solenoid valve outlet pressure

Travel levers at neutral

0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}

Travel levers operated

2.9 0.6 MPa {30 5.5 kg/cm2}

PC1100-6

20-575
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-18

H-18 Travel does not move (one side only)


fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.
a) Does not move in either direction (FORWARD and REVERSE)

Cause

1 YES
Are metal
particles found in
oil drained from
final drive?

NO

Remedy

Defective final drive

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
travel motor parking
brake or defective travel
motor

Repair or
replace

b) Does not move in one direction (FORWARD or REVERSE)

Cause

YES
2
YES Is travel relief

YES

pressure normal?

1
Is output
pressure of PPC
valve normal?

34.3 +1.0
2.5 MPa
{35 +10
kg/cm2}
25
Engine at high
idling

2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

NO

20-576
3

NO

Does relief pressure


become normal
when safety valve is
interchanged?

Defective operation of
travel motor
counterbalance valve

Repair or
replace

Defective travel motor


safety valve

Replace

4 YES Defective operation of


Does relief pressure
become normal
when safety valve is
interchanged?

Remedy

control valve suction


valve

34.3 +1.0
2.5 MPa
{350 +10
kg/cm2} NO
25
Defective operation of
Engine at high
idling
NO control valve spool
34.3 +1.0
2.5 MPa
{350 +10
kg/cm2}
25
Engine at high
idling
Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-19

H-19 Travel speed does not switch


fl Check that travel speed is normal in Hi or Lo.
fl If the engine speed is 1400 rpm or below, and the travel actuation pressure is 28.4 MPa {290 kg/
cm2} or more, the speed is automatically fixed in Lo.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode.

Cause

1 YES
Is output pressure
of travel speed
solenoid valve
normal?
See Table.
Engine at high
idling

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
travel motor servo valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
travel speed solenoid
valve

Repair or
replace

Table
Measurement conditions
Travel speed switch at Lo
Travel operated with travel speed switch at Hi

PC1100-6

Solenoid valve outlet pressure


0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}
2.9 0.6 MPa {30 5.5 kg/cm2}

20-577
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-20

H-20 Does not swing


fl Check that the work equipment and travel are normal.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode with the swing lock switch OFF.
a) Does not swing in either direction (left and right)
Cause

2 YES
Are any metal
YES particles found in
oil drained from
1
swing machinery?
Is output pressure
of swing holding
brake solenoid
valve normal?

See Table.
Engine at high
idling

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective swing
machinery

Repair or
replace

Defective swing holding


brake or swing motor

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
swing holding brake
solenoid valve

Repair or
replace

Table
Measurement conditions

Solenoid valve outlet pressure

5 sec after returning swing lever to Neutral

0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}
2.9 0.6 MPa {30 5.5 kg/cm2}

Swing lever operated

b) Does not swing in one direction (either left or right)


Cause

YES
2

Remedy

Defective swing motor


safety valve

Repair or
replace

Defective swing motor


suction valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

Is problem reversed

YES when left and right


safety valves are
interchanged?

1
Is output
pressure of PPC
valve normal?
2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

20-578
3

Check front and


rear individually. NO

3 YES
Is problem reversed
when left and right
suction valves are
interchanged?

Check front and


rear individually.

NO

NO

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-21

H-21 Swing speed is slow or swing acceleration is poor


fl Check that the work equipment and travel are normal.
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode with the swing lock switch OFF.
a) Swing speed is slow in both directions (left and right)

Cause

2 YES
Are any metal
YES particles found in
oil drained from
1
swing machinery?

Is leakage of oil
from motor
normal?

NO

Max. 28 /min.
Engine at high
idling

NO

Remedy

Defective swing
machinery

Repair or
replace

Defective swing holding


brake or swing motor

Repair or
replace

Oil leakage from swing


motor

Repair or
replace

b) Swing speed is slow in one direction (either left or right)


Cause

YES
2

Remedy

Defective swing motor


safety valve

Repair or
replace

Defective swing motor


suction valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

Is problem reversed

YES when left and right


safety valves are
interchanged?

1
Is output
pressure of PPC
valve normal?
2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling

Check front and


rear individually. NO
See Note.

3 YES
Is problem reversed
when left and right
suction valves are
interchanged?

Check front and


rear individually.
See Note.

NO

NO

Note: Instead of checking the problem, it is possible to measure the swing relief pressure.
+10
2
Swing relief pressure: 30.4 +1.0
2.9 MPa {310 30 kg/cm }

PC1100-6

20-579
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-22, H-23

H-22 In compound operations with bucket, swing speed is slow or


swing acceleration is poor
fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode with the swing lock switch OFF.

Cause

2 YES
Does swing
YES compensation
pilot valve spool
1
move smoothly?

Is output pressure
of swing PPC
shuttle valve
normal?

2.9 +0.6
0.2 MPa
{30 +5.5
kg/cm2}
1.5
Engine at high
idling
Operate swing.

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
control valve swing
compensation valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
swing compensation
pilot valve

Repair or
replace

Defective swing PPC


shuttle valve

Repair or
replace

H-23 In compound operations with boom when swing priority is ON,


swing speed is slow or swing acceleration is poor
Cause

Defective operation of
swing priority solenoid
valve

20-580
3

Remedy

Repair or
replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-24

H-24 Excessive overrun when stopping swing


a) Both directions (left and right)
Cause

Internal leakage of swing


motor

Remedy

Repair or
replace

b) One direction only (either left or right)


Cause

YES

Defective PPC valve

Repair or
replace

Defective swing motor


safety valve

Repair or
replace

Defective swing motor


suction valve

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
control valve spool

Repair or
replace

1
Is problem reversed
when left and right
PPC hoses are
interchanged?

YES
2

NO

Is problem reversed
when left and right
safety valves are
interchanged?

Check front and


rear individually. NO
See Note.

3 YES
Is problem reversed
when left and right
suction valves are
interchanged?

Check front and


rear individually.
See Note.

NO

Remedy

Note: Instead of checking the problem, it is possible to measure the swing relief pressure.
+10
2
Swing relief pressure: 30.4 +1.0
2.9 MPa {310 30 kg/cm }

PC1100-6

20-581
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-25

H-25 Excessive shock when stopping swing


fl Carry out all troubleshooting in the DH mode with the swing lock switch OFF.
a) Shock excessive in both directions (left and right)

Cause

2 YES
Are metal particles
YES found in oil
drained from
1
swing machinery?

Is outlet pressure
of swing holding
brake solenoid
valve normal?
See Table.
Engine at high
idling

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective swing
machinery

Repair or
replace

Defective swing holding


brake or swing motor

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
swing holding brake
solenoid valve

Repair or
replace

Table
Measurement conditions

Solenoid valve outlet pressure

5 sec after returning swing lever to Neutral

0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}

Swing lever operated

2.9 0.6 MPa {30 5.5 kg/cm2}

b) Shock excessive in one direction only (either left or right)


Cause

Defective swing motor


safety valve

20-582
3

Remedy

Repair or
replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

H-26, H-27

H-26 Excessive abnormal noise when stopping swing


a) Abnormal noise in both directions (left and right)
Cause

1 YES
Is foreign material
found in oil
drained from
swing machinery?

NO

Remedy

Defective swing
machinery

Repair or
replace

Defective back pressure


compensation valve

Repair or
replace

b) Abnormal noise in one direction only (either left or right)


Cause

1 YES
Is problem reversed
when left and right
safety valves are
interchanged?

Check front and


rear individually.

NO

Remedy

Defective operation of
swing motor safety valve

Repair or
replace

Defective swing motor


suction valve

Repair or
replace

H-27 Excessive hydraulic drift of swing


Cause

1 YES
Is output pressure
of swing holding
brake solenoid
valve normal?

See Table.
Engine at high
idling

NO

Remedy

Defective swing holding


brake

Repair or
replace

Defective operation of
swing holding brake
solenoid valve

Repair or
replace

Table
Measurement conditions

Solenoid valve outlet pressure

5 sec after returning swing lever to Neutral

0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}

Swing lever operated

PC1100-6

2.9 0.6 MPa {30 5.5 kg/cm2}

20-583
3

TROUBLESHOOTING OF MACHINE
MONITOR SYSTEM
(M MODE)

Action taken by monitor panel when abnormality occurs and problems on machine ..................20-602
Electrical circuit diagram for M mode system ....................................................................................20-606
M- 1 [E101] Abnormality in error data is displayed
[E102] Abnormality in clock data is displayed .........................................................................20-608
M- 2 [E103] Short circuit in buzzer output system is displayed ......................................................20-609
M- 3 [E104] Air cleaner clogging detected is displayed ...................................................................20-610
M- 4 [E106] Drop in engine oil Hi pressure detected is displayed .................................................20-610
M- 5 [E108] Engine water temperature 105 detected is displayed ................................................20-611
M- 6 When starting switch is turned on, none of lamps on monitor panel
light up for 3 seconds .................................................................................................................20-612
M- 7 When starting switch is turned on, monitor panel lamps all stay lighted up
and do not go out ........................................................................................................................20-614
M- 8 When starting switch is turned on, items lighted up on monitor panel
are different from machine .........................................................................................................20-614
M- 9 When starting switch is turned on (engine stopped), basic check items flash ....................20-615
M-10 When starting switch is turned on (engine stopped),
preheating monitor display is not normal ................................................................................20-618
M-11 When engine is started, basic check items flash .....................................................................20-619
M-12 When starting switch is turned on (engine stopped),
caution items, emergency stop items flash ..............................................................................20-621
M-13 When engine is started, caution items, emergency stop items flash
(but there is no abnormality in any item) .................................................................................20-623
M-14 When starting switch is turned on (engine stopped), buzzer does not sound for 1 second
Caution item flashes but buzzer does not sound ....................................................................20-628
M-15 No abnormality is displayed on monitor but buzzer sounds .................................................20-628
M-16 Night lighting on monitor panel does not light up .................................................................20-629
M-17 Engine water temperature gauge does not rise .......................................................................20-630
M-18 Engine water temperature gauge does not give any display
(gauge does not even display 1st level) ...................................................................................20-630
M-19 Fuel level gauge always displays FULL ....................................................................................20-631
M-20 Fuel level gauge does not give any display (gauge does not even display 1st level) ........ 20-631
M-21 Swing lock switch is turned ON, but swing lock monitor does not light up .......................20-632
M-22 Swing prolix switch is turned ON (prolix), but swing lock monitor does not flash ............20-633
M-23 Service meter does not advance while engine is running .....................................................20-634
M-24 When starting switch is at OFF and time switch is pressed,
service meter does not give display ..........................................................................................20-634
M-25 Defective fuel level sensor system ............................................................................................20-635
M-26 Defective engine water temperature sensor system and
defective hydraulic oil temperature sensor system .................................................................20-636
M-27 Defective engine oil level sensor system and defective
hydraulic oil level sensor system ...............................................................................................20-637
M-28 Defective radiator water level sensor system ..........................................................................20-638
M-29 Defective operation of wiper (including cases where [E113] is displayed) ..........................20-639
M-30 Defective operation of window washer
(including cases where service code [E114] is displayed) ......................................................20-642

PC1100-6

20-601
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

ACTION TAKEN BY MONITOR PANEL WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

ACTION TAKEN BY MONITOR PANEL WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE
User Service
code code

Abnormal system

Nature of abnormality
1. Abnormality in internal memory

E101

Abnormality in error

2. Excess voltage (more than 36 V) has occurred

data

3. Low voltage (less than 12 V) has occurred


4. Defective connection of connector
1. Abnormality in internal clock function

E102

Abnormality in clock

2. Excess voltage (more than 36 V) has occurred

data

3. Low voltage (less than 12 V) has occurred


4. Defective connection of connector
1. Short circuit inside buzzer

Short circuit in

E103

buzzer output
system

2. Short circuit with power source in wiring harness between monitor


P01 (7) and alarm buzzer P04 (2)
3. Defective monitor panel
fl If there is a disconnection, E103 is also displayed.

E104

Air cleaner clogging

1. Air cleaner clogging sensor has detected clogging

detected

1. Engine oil pressure Hi sensor has detected drop in oil pressure

E106

Drop in engine oil


pressure Hi detected

1. Engine water temperature gauge has detected water temperature


of 105C
Engine water

E108

temperature 105C
detected

1. Defective monitor panel


Disconnection, short

E113

circuit in wiper drive


system

2. Defective wiper, washer relay box


3. Defective contact or disconnection in wiring harness between monitor panel P02 (3) and wiper, washer relay box W08 (2)
4. Short circuit with ground in wiring harness between monitor panel
P02 (3) wiper, washer relay box W08 (2)

20-602
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)

Turn the starting switch


OFF. Then keep the time

ACTION TAKEN BY MONITOR PANEL WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Action by controller when abnormality is detected

Problem that appears on machine


when there is abnormality
1. Service code cannot be cleared.
2. Time becomes [00:00].

switch pressed, turn the


starting switch ON again,
and keep the time switch
pressed for a further 5 seconds to reset. (If the sys.
tem is reset, it is normal)

Voltage between P01 (7)

1. Service code cannot be cleared.


2. Time becomes [00:00].
3. Clock does not advance.

1. Buzzer does not sound.

chassis ground
Buzzer ON: Max. 1 V
Buzzer OFF: 20 30 V

Resistance between P11

1. If abnormality detection contin-

(male) P12 (female):

ues, air cleaner clogging caution

Max. 1 (engine running)

lamp flashes and buzzer sounds.

Resistance between

1. If abnormality detection contin-

sensor terminal and

ues, engine oil pressure caution

chassis:

lamp flashes and buzzer sounds.

Min. 1 M (engine at
mid-range speed or
above)
1. If abnormality detection continues, engine water temperature

Resistance between P07

caution lamp flashes and buzzer

(1) (2):

sounds.

Min. 3.156 k
(engine running)

2. If abnormality detection continues, overheat prevention function is actuated, and engine


speed is reduced to low idling.
1. Wiper does not work.
2. Wiper does not stop.

Resistance between P02


(3) W08 (2): Max. 1

PC1100-6

20-603
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

User Service
code code

Abnormal system

ACTION TAKEN BY MONITOR PANEL WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Nature of abnormality
1. Defective monitor panel

Disconnection, short

E114

circuit in washer
drive system

2. Defective wiper, washer relay box


3. Defective contact or disconnection in wiring harness between monitor panel P02 (2)(10) and wiper, washer relay box W08 (15)
4. Short circuit with ground in wiring harness between monitor panel
P02 (2)(10) wiper, washer relay box W08 (15)

20-604
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition when normal


(voltage, current, resistance)

ACTION TAKEN BY MONITOR PANEL WHEN ABNORMALITY


OCCURS AND PROBLEMS ON MACHINE

Action by controller when abnormality is detected

Problem that appears on machine


when there is abnormality
1. Washer does not work.
2. Washer does not stop.

Resistance between P02


(2)(10) W08 (15):
Max. 1

PC1100-6

20-605
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR M MODE SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR M MODE SYSTEM

20-606
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

PC1100-6

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR M MODE SYSTEM

20-607
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-1

M-1 [E101] Abnormality in error data is displayed or


[E102] Abnormality in clock data is displayed
fl This is not an abnormality. It occurs during troubleshooting when disconnecting and connecting
connector P02 (for the monitor panel electrical system), fuse 13, connector H14, connector M11,
battery relay terminal B, or the battery terminal. This action temporarily shuts off the monitor
panel power source circuit, so a service code is displayed.
fl Check that fuse 13 is not blown. (If it is blown, check for a short circuit with the ground in the
related circuits for fuse 13.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
Cause

YES
2
Is voltage between

YES P02 (8)(14) and


1
Does service code
display appear
again after system
has been reset?

chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
20 30 V

Reset. For details,


see Note.
After resetting
system, carry out NO
normal
operations for a
short time and
watch the
condition.

3 YES
Is voltage
between fuse 13
NO inlet and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
20 30 V

NO

Remedy

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between fuse 13 outlet
and P02 (female) (8)(14)

Repair or
replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between battery terminal
B and fuse 13
Normal

Repair or
replace

Note:
Resetting operation: Turn the starting switch OFF. Then keep the time switch depressed, turn the
starting switch ON again, and keep the time switch depressed for 5 seconds to
reset the system.
M-1 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-608
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-2

M-2 [E103] Short circuit in buzzer output system is displayed


fl If the starting switch is turned OFF after an abnormality occurs, turn the starting switch ON and
check if an E service code is displayed. (If it is not displayed, the system has been reset.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

2 YES
When P01 is
YES disconnected,
does buzzer
1
stop?

Is resistance
between P04 (male)
(2) chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect P04.
Min. 1 M

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between P01 (female) (7)
and P04 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective alarm buzzer

Replace

M-2 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-609
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-3, M-4

M-3 [E104] Air cleaner clogging detected is displayed


Cause

YES

See M-13 f)

1
Is air cleaner
clogging caution
lamp on monitor
panel flashing?

2 YES

Defective monitor panel

Remedy

Replace

Is [E] displayed at
head of service
NO code?

NO

Defective air cleaner


(See Note)

Note: The monitor panel display has returned to normal, but the air cleaner clogging sensor has
detected symptoms of clogging in the past, so clean the air cleaner properly. For details, see the
Operation and Maintenance Manual.

M-4 [E106] Drop in engine oil Hi pressure detected is displayed

Cause

YES

See M-11 b)

1
Is engine oil
pressure caution
lamp on monitor
flashing?

2 YES

Remedy

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Failure in engine system


(See Note)

Is [E] displayed at
head of service
NO code?

NO

Note: The monitor panel display has returned to normal, but the engine oil pressure Hi sensor has
detected symptoms of a drop in the oil pressure in the past, so carry out troubleshooting of the
engine to remove the problem.

20-610
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-5

M-5 [E108] Engine water temperature 105C detected is displayed


Cause

YES

See M-13 d)

1
Does engine water
temperature gauge on
monitor panel display
red range and is
caution lamp flashing?

2 YES

Remedy

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Failure in engine system


(See Note)

Is [E] displayed at
head of service
NO code?

NO

Note: The monitor panel display has returned to normal, but the engine water temperature sensor has
detected symptoms of the engine water temperature reaching 105C in the past, so carry out
troubleshooting of the engine to remove the problem.

PC1100-6

20-611
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-6

M-6 When starting switch is turned on, none of lamps on monitor


panel light up for 3 seconds
fl Check that fuses 10 and 13 are not blown. (If they are blown, check for a short circuit with the
ground in the related circuits for fuses 10 and 13.)
fl Check that the engine starts properly. (If it does not start, carry out Troubleshooting E-20 first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
a) None of lamps on monitor panel light up
Cause

YES
2
Is voltage between

YES P01 (9) and


3 YES

chassis ground
normal?

1
Is voltage
between P02
(8)(14) chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

Is voltage
between fuse 10
NO inlet and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

NO

4 YES
Is resistance
between P02
NO (1)(9) and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect P02.
Max. 1

NO

b) Some of lamps on monitor panel do not light up

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between fuse 10 outlet and
P01 (female) (9)

Repair or
replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between battery relay
terminal M and fuse 10 inlet

Repair or
replace

Disconnection, defective
contact, short circuit with
ground in wiring harness
between fuse 13 outlet and
P02 (female) (8)(14)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P02
(female) (1)(9) and chassis
ground

Cause

Defective monitor panel

20-612
3

Remedy

Repair or
replace

Remedy

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-6

M-6 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-613
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-7, M-8

M-7 When starting switch is turned on, monitor panel lamps all stay
lighted up and do not go out
Cause

Defective monitor panel

Remedy

Replace

M-8 When starting switch is turned on, items lighted up on monitor


panel are different from machine
fl Immediately after replacing the monitor panel, turn the starting switch OFF, then turn it ON again
and check.

Cause

1 YES

Defective monitor panel

Is display of
monitoring code
[01] normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
See Table.

Go to troubleshooting
for C mode (See C-16)

NO

Remedy

Replace

Table
Monitoring code

01

Monitor panel model selection code

20-614
3

Display

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-9

M-9 When starting switch is turned ON (engine stopped), basic check


items flash
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
a)

(radiator water level) flashes


SAP00519

fl Check that the radiator water level is at the specified


level before carrying out troubleshooting.
YES

Cause

Remedy

Defective radiator water


level sensor system
(see M-28)

4 YES Defective pump

1
Does display go out
when short
connector is
connected to P08,
P20 (female)?

Is resistance

YES between C16

Disconnect P08
and P20.
2
Turn starting
Is resistance
switch ON.
between P20 (2)
Check P08 and
P20 individually. NO and chassis
ground normal?

(female) (8) and


chassis ground as
shown in table?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C16
and P20.

Turn starting
Is resistance
switch OFF.
between P08
Disconnect P20.
(female) (2) and
NO
Max. 1
chassis ground

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

5 YES

normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect P08.
Max. 1

controller

Is bit (3) of
YES
monitoring code
3
[24] lighted up?

NO

NO

Defective monitor panel


Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C16
(female) (8) and P20
(female) (1)
Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P20
(female) (2) and P08
(female) (1)
Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P08
(female) (2) and chassis
ground

Replace

Replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Table
Connection between P20 (female) (1) and chassis

Resistance

Connected

Max. 1

Disconnected

Min. 1 M

M-9 a) Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-615
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

b)

M-9

(engine oil level) flashes


SAP00523

fl Check that the engine oil is at the specified level before carrying out troubleshooting.

YES

Cause

Remedy

Defective engine oil level


sensor system
(see M-27)

1
Does display go out
when P05 (female)
(1) is connected to
chassis ground?

Disconnect P05.
Turn starting
switch ON.

3 YES

NO

Is resistance
between C16
(female) (16) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C16,
P05.

Is bit (4) of
YES
monitoring code
2
[24] lighted up?
Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

NO

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C16
(female) (16) and P05
(female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Table
Connection between P05 (female) (1) and chassis

Resistance

Connected

Max. 1

Disconnected

Min. 1 M

M-9 b) Related electrical circuit diagram

20-616
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

c)

M-9

(hydraulic oil level) flashes


SAP00524

fl Check that the hydraulic oil is at the specified level before carrying out troubleshooting.

YES

Cause

Remedy

Defective engine oil level


sensor system
(see M-27)

1
Does display go out
when P09 (female)
(1) is connected to
chassis ground?

Disconnect P09.
Turn starting
switch ON.

3 YES
Is bit (5) of

NO

Is resistance
between C16
(female) (9) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C16,
P09.

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C16
(female) (9) and P09
(female) (1)

Repair or
replace

YES monitoring code


2
[24] lighted up?
Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

NO

Table
Connection between P09 (female) (1) and chassis

Resistance

Connected

Max. 1

Disconnected

Min. 1 M

M-9 c) Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-617
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-10

M-10 When starting switch is turned on (engine stopped),


(preheating monitor) display is not normal

SAP00526

fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
a) When APS switch is turned ON, lamp does not light up
(APS is actuated)

YES

Cause

Remedy

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective APS controller

Replace

1
Is voltage
between P01 (18)
and chassis
ground normal?

3 YES
Is voltage
YES between E26 (4)
and chassis
2
ground normal?

Turn starting
When E26 is
switch ON.
disconnected, is
Turn starting
NO
resistance between P01
Turn APS switch
switch ON.
NO (female) (18) and
ON.
Turn APS switch ON.
chassis ground normal?
20 30 V
20 30 V
Turn starting
switch OFF.
NO
Disconnect P01
and E26.
Min. 1 M

b) When APS switch is turned OFF, lamp lights up


(APS is not actuated)

YES
1
Is voltage
between P01 (18)
and chassis
ground normal?

2 YES
When E26 is
disconnected, is
voltage between
P01 (18) and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
NO
Turn APS switch
OFF.
Turn starting
Max.1 V
switch OFF.

NO

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P01
(female) (18) and E26
(female) (4)
Short circuit with ground
in wiring harness
between P01 (female)
(18) and E26 (female) (4)

Cause

Repair or
replace

Repair or
replace

Remedy

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective APS controller

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between P01 (female)
(18) and E26 (female) (4)

Repair or
replace

Disconnect P01
and E26.
Max.1 V

M-10 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-618
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-11

M-11 When engine is started, basic check items flash


fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
fl Check both the alternator system and the engine oil pressure system.
a) Alternator system

Cause

3 YES

Is voltage

YES between C03


1
Is voltage between
alternator terminal
R and chassis
ground normal?

(12) and chassis


ground normal?

Does monitoring
YES code [43] show a
value of more
2
than 100?

NO
Run engine at
mid-range speed
or above.

Run engine at
mid-range speed NO
or above.
20 30 V

Run engine at
mid-range speed
NO
or above.
20 30 V

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact,
disconnection, or short
circuit with ground in
wiring harness between
C03 (female) (12) and
alternator terminal R

Repair or
replace

Defective alternator

Replace

M-11 a) Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-619
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-11

b) Engine oil pressure system


fl Check that the engine oil pressure is normal before carrying out troubleshooting.
Cause

Remedy

Low-pressure sensor
YES

Defective engine oil


pressure low-pressure
sensor

Replace

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C16 (female)
(15) and low-pressure
sensor

Repair or
replace

1
When engine is running
at low idling and wiring
harness of oil pressure
sensor is removed,
does display go out?

3 YES

Engine at low
Is resistance
idling
between C16
(female) (15) and
Disconnect lowpressure sensor NO chassis ground
normal?
wiring harness.
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect lowpressure sensor
wiring harness
and C16.
Min. 1 M

Is bit (1) of
YES
monitoring code
2
[24] lighted up?
Engine at low
idling

NO

NO

Cause

Remedy

High-pressure sensor
YES

Defective engine oil


pressure high-pressure
sensor

Replace

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C16 (female) (7)
and high-pressure
sensor

Repair or
replace

1
When engine is running
at high idling and wiring
harness of oil pressure
sensor is removed,
does display go out?

3 YES
Is bit (2) of
YES
monitoring code
2
[24] lighted up?

Engine at high
Is resistance
idling
between C16
(female) (7) and
Disconnect highNO
chassis ground
pressure sensor
normal?
wiring harness.
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect highpressure sensor
wiring harness
and C16.
Min. 1 M

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

NO

M-11 b) Related electrical circuit diagram

20-620
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-12

M-12 When starting switch is turned on (engine stopped), caution


items, emergency stop items flash
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
fl Check both the alternator system and the engine oil pressure system.
a) Alternator system
Cause

3 YES

Is voltage

YES between C03


1
Is voltage between
alternator terminal
R and chassis
normal?

Disconnect
wiring harness.
Turn starting
switch ON.
Max. 1 V

(12) and chassis


normal?
Turn starting
switch ON
Max. 1 V

Does monitoring
YES code [43] show a
value of more
2
than 100?
Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between C03
(female)(12) and
alternator terminal R

Repair or
replace

Defective alternator

Replace

M-12 a) Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-621
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-12

b) Engine oil pressure sensor system


fl Check that the engine oil pressure is normal before carrying out troubleshooting.
Cause

Low-pressure sensor

3 YES

Is resistance

YES between C16


1
Is there continuity
between lowpressure sensor
terminal and
chassis ground?

(female) (15) and


chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF
Disconnect C16.
Max. 1

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Remove lowpressure sensor
wiring harness.

Is bit (1) of
YES
monitoring code
2
[24] lighted up?
Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

NO

NO

Remedy

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C16
(female) (15) and lowpressure sensor

Repair or
replace

Defective engine oil


pressure low-pressure
sensor

Replace

Cause

Remedy

High-pressure sensor
3 YES

Is resistance

YES between C16


1
Is there continuity
between highpressure sensor
terminal and
chassis ground?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Remove highpressure sensor
wiring harness.

(female) (7) and


chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF
Disconnect C16.
Max. 1

Is bit (2) of
YES monitoring code
2
[24] lighted up?
Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

NO

NO

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C16
(female) (7) and highpressure sensor

Repair or
replace

Defective engine oil


pressure high-pressure
sensor

Replace

M-12 b) Related electrical circuit diagram

20-622
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-13

M-13 When engine is started, caution items, emergency stop items


flash (but there is no abnormality in any item)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

a)

(engine oil pressure) flashes


SAP00520

fl Check that the engine oil pressure is normal before carrying out troubleshooting.
Cause

See M-11 b)

b)

Remedy

(radiator water level) flashes


SAP00519

fl Check that the radiator water level is normal before carrying out troubleshooting.
Cause

See M-9 a)

c)

Remedy

(battery charge) flashes


SAP00522

Cause

See M-11 a)

PC1100-6

Remedy

20-623
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

d)

M-13

(engine water temperature) flashes


SAP00527

fl Check that the engine water temperature is normal before carrying out troubleshooting.

Cause

Defective engine water


temperature sensor
system (see M-26)

YES
2
YES
1
Is engine water
temperature in
red range?
Run engine at
mid-range or
above.

When P07 is
disconnected, does
only level 1 (left
end) of gauge
display light up?

Run engine at
mid-range or
above.

3 YES

NO

Is resistance
between C03
(female) (1) (16),
(1)(16) chassis
ground normal?

NO

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C03 and P07.
Min. 1 M

NO

Defective pump
controller
Short circuit with ground in
wiring harness between C03
(female) (1) and P07 (female)
(1), or short circuit in wiring
harness between C03
(female) (16) and P07
(female) (2)

Defective monitor panel

Remedy

Replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

M-13 d) Related electrical circuit diagram

20-624
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

e)

M-13

(fuel level) flashes


SAP00528

fl Check that there is ample fuel before carrying out troubleshooting.

Cause

Defective fuel level


sensor system (see
M-25)

YES
2
When P06 (female)(1) is

Remedy

YES connected to chassis


1
Is fuel gauge in
red range?

ground, do all lamps to


level 14 (right end) of
gauge display light up?

3 YES

Is voltage
between C03 (2)
Disconnect P06.
Turn starting
NO and chassis
ground normal?
switch ON
Disconnect C03.
Turn starting
switch ON
Max. 1 V

Start engine.

NO

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C03
(female) (2) and P06
(female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

NO

M-13 e) Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-625
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

f)

M-13

(air cleaner clogging) flashes


SAP00521

fl Check that the air cleaner is not clogged before carrying out troubleshooting.
Cause

Defective air cleaner


clogging switch

YES

4 YES Defective pump

Is bit (6) of
YES monitoring code
3
[24] lighted up?

When P11 (female)


is connected to
P12 (male), does
display go out?

Disconnect P11
and P12.
Start engine.

Is resistance

YES between C16


2
Is resistance
between P12
NO (male) and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect P12.
Max. 1

NO

(female) (17) and


chassis ground as
shown in table?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C16,
P11, and P12

NO

Replace

controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C16
(female) (17) and P11
(female)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P12
(male) and chassis
ground

NO

Remedy

Repair or
replace

Table
Connection between P11 (female) and P12 (male)

Resistance

Connected

Max. 1

Disconnected

Min. 1 M

M-13 f) Related electrical circuit diagram

20-626
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

g)

M-13

(hydraulic oil temperature) flashes


SAD01484

fl Check that the hydraulic oil temperature is normal before carrying out troubleshooting.
Cause

Defective hydraulic oil


temperature sensor
system (See M-26)

YES

Remedy

1
When P10 is
disconnected,
does display go
out?

3 YES

Start engine.

NO

Is resistance
between C03
(female) (11) (16),
(11)(16) chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect C16
and P10.
Min. 1 M

Does monitoring
YES code [44] show a
2
value of more
than 21?
Turn starting
switch ON

NO

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness between
C03 (female) (11) and P10
(female) (1), or short circuit
in wiring harness between
C03 (female) (16) and P10
(female) (2)

Repair or
replace

NO

M-13 g) Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-627
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-14, M-15

M-14 When starting switch is turned on (engine stopped), buzzer does


not sound for 1 second
Caution item flashes but buzzer does not sound
fl Of the caution items, the buzzer will not sound even if there is an abnormality in the battery charge
or fuel level.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all
Cause
Remedy
the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before
going on to the next step.
YES
2

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between fuse 13
and P04 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

When P01 (female)

YES (7) and chassis


1
Is resistance
between P04
(male) (1) and (2)
normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect P04.
200 300

ground are
connected, does
buzzer sound?

3 YES

Is voltage
between P04 (1)
Disconnect P01.
Turn starting
NO and chassis
ground normal?
switch ON
Turn starting
switch ON
20 30 V

NO

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P01
(female) and P04
(female) (1)
Defective alarm buzzer

NO

Repair or
replace

Replace

M-15 No abnormality is displayed on monitor but buzzer sounds


fl When the buzzer sounds continuously. (If the buzzer sounds intermittently, carry out troubleshooting M-14.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all
Cause
Remedy
the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before
going on to the next step.
2 YES
YES When P01 is
disconnected,
1
Is resistance
between P04
(male)(2) and
chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect P04.
Min. 1 M

does buzzer stop?

Turn starting
switch ON

NO

NO

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between P01 (female) (7)
and P04 (female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective alarm buzzer

Replace

M-14, 15 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-628
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-16

M-16 Night lighting on monitor panel does not light up


fl Check that the head lamps and working lamps light up normally before carrying out troubleshooting.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

YES
1
Is bulb blown or
is there defective
contact?

YES
2

Does bit (3) of


Remove bulb.
monitoring code
Check visually
for blown bulb. NO [49] go out?

Remedy

Blown bulb or defective


contact of bulb

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P01
(female) (8) and M07
(male) (1)

Repair or
replace

3 YES

Is voltage
between P01 (8)
Turn starting
switch ON
NO and chassis
ground norma?
Turn light switch
ON.
Turn starting
switch ON
Turn light switch
ON.
20 30 V

NO

M-16 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-629
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-17, M-18

M-17 Engine water temperature gauge does not rise


fl If the engine water temperature actually does not rise, check the engine system.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all
Cause
the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before
going on to the next step.

Remedy

Defective engine water


temperature sensor
system (see M-26)

YES

1
3 YES

When short connector is


connected to P07 (female),
do level lamps on gauge go
up in turn and then all
lamps go out?

Does monitoring
YES code [41] show a
value of more
than 500?
2

Disconnect P07.
Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

When short connector


is connected to P07
(female), is resistance
between C03 (female)
(1) and (16) normal?

NO

Turn starting
switch ON

4 YES

Is voltage
Turn starting
between P07 (1)
switch OFF
Disconnect C03 NO and chassis
ground normal?
and P07.
Max. 1
Turn starting
switch ON
20 30 V

NO

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C03
(female) (16) and P07
(female) (2)

Repair or
replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C03
(female) (1) and P07
(female) (1)

Repair or
replace

M-18 Engine water temperature gauge does not give any display
(gauge does not even display 1st level)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all
the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before
going on to the next step.

Cause

Defective engine water


temperature sensor
system (see M- 26)

YES

Remedy

1
When P07 is
disconnected, does
engine water
temperature gauge
display appear?

3 YES

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

Is resistance
between C03
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Does monitoring
YES code [41] show a
value of more
2
than 500?

Disconnect C03 .
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Min. 1 M

Turn starting
switch ON

NO

NO

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C03 (female) (1)
and P07 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

M-17, 18 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-630
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-19, M-20

M-19 Fuel level gauge always displays FULL


fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all
the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before
going on to the next step.
YES

Cause

Remedy

Defective fuel level


sensor system (see M-25)

1
When P06 is
disconnected, do level
lamps on gauge go
down in turn and then
all lamps go out?

3 YES

Turn starting
switch ON.

Is resistance
between C03
(female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?

NO

Does monitoring
YES code [42] show a
value of more
2
than 40?

Disconnect C03
and P06.
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Min. 1 M

NO

Turn starting
switch ON

NO

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between C03 (female) (2)
and P06 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

M-20 Fuel level gauge does not give any display (gauge does not even
display 1st level)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all
the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before
going on to the next step.
YES

Cause

Remedy

Defective fuel level


sensor system (see M-25)

1
When P06 (female)(1)
is connected to
chassis ground, does
display appear on
gauge?

3 YES
Does monitoring
YES code [42] show a
value of more
2
than 400?
When P06 (female)(1) is

Turn starting
switch ON.

NO

connected to chassis
ground, is resistance
between C03 (female)
(2) and chassis normal?

Disconnect C03.
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Max. 1

Turn starting
switch ON

NO

NO

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact, or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C03
(female) (2) and P06
(female) (1)

Repair or
replace

M-19, 20 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-631
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-21

M-21 Swing lock switch is turned ON, but


does not light up

(swing lock monitor)


SAT00098

fl Check that the swing lock switch is actually being actuated before carrying out troubleshooting.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

1 YES
Is voltage between
P01 (female) (5) and
chassis ground as
shown in table?

Turn starting
switch ON

NO

Remedy

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P01
(female) (5) and X05
(male) (1)

Repair or
replace

Table
Swing lock switch ON

Max. 1 V

Swing lock switch OFF

20 30 V

M-21 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-632
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-22

M-22 Swing prolix switch is turned ON (prolix), but


lock monitor) does not flash

(swing
SAT00098

fl Check that the swing prolix function is actually being actuated before carrying out troubleshooting.
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.

Cause

2 YES

Remedy

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective pump
controller

Replace

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between C17
(female) (8) and SW1 (4)

Repair or
replace

Is bit (6) of
YES
monitoring code
1
[21] lighted up?
Is voltage between
C17 (8) and
chassis ground as
shown in table ?

Turn starting
switch ON

Turn starting
switch ON

NO

NO

Table
Swing prolix switch ON

Max. 1 V

Swing prolix switch OFF

20 30 V

M-22 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-633
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-23, M-24

M-23 Service meter does not advance while engine is running


Cause

YES

Run engine at
mid-range or
above.

2 YES
Does monitoring
code [43] show a
NO value of more
than 100?
Run engine at
mid-range or
above.

See M-11 a)

1
Does battery
charge caution
lamp flash?

Remedy

NO

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Defective pump
controller

Replace

M-24 When starting switch is at OFF and time switch is pressed,


service meter does not give display

Cause

1 YES
When starting
switch is ON, is
panel display
normal?
Turn starting
switch ON

20-634
3

NO

Defective monitor panel

See M-6

Remedy

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-25

M-25 Defective fuel level sensor system


fl If it is judged from all the troubleshooting that the fuel level sensor is defective, check the sensor
as an individual part as follows.
fl Remove the fuel level sensor when carrying out the troubleshooting.
Cause

3 YES
Is there any large

Interference with sensor


inside tank (See Note 2)

Install
correctly

Defective contact of
connector

Clean or
replace
connector

Defective sensor (See


Note 2)

Replace
sensor

Disconnection in wiring
harness (See Note 3)

Replace
sensor

Defective sensor

Replace
sensor

YES
crack, chip, or
2
damage to float?
YES Does arm move

NO

smoothly?

1
When float is moved up
and down, is resistance
between connector (1)
and flange as shown in
table?

NO

4 YES
Check wiring
harness visually.
NO Is it broken?

NO

Remedy

Table
Top (FULL) stopper position
Bottom (EMPTY) stopper position

Approx. 12 or below
Approx. 85 110

Note 1: Difference between fuel level and gauge display


For gauge display position 9 (FULL), the amount of fuel is 78 100%; and for display position
1 (EMPTY) it is below 14.5%.
If the chassis is at an angle, the displayed amount of fuel will be different from the actual
amount. Therefore, when checking, stop the machine at a horizontal place and wait for at
least 2 minutes before checking the gauge. (The display is given a time delay so that the
gauge can deal with sudden changes in the fuel level.)
Note 2: There is the possibility of defective installation or interference with the sensor inside the tank,
so be careful when installing.
Note 3: Check for vibration at the connector mount. If there is excessive vibration, take the appropriate action.

PC1100-6

20-635
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-26

M-26 Defective engine water temperature sensor system and defective


hydraulic oil temperature sensor system
fl If it is judged from all the troubleshooting that the engine water temperature sensor is defective,
check the sensor as an individual part as follows.
fl Remove the engine oil temperature sensor or hydraulic oil temperature sensor when carrying out
troubleshooting.
Cause

YES
1
Is resistance
between connector
(1) and (2) as shown
in table?

2 YES
Check wiring
harness visually.
NO Is it broken?

NO

Remedy

Defective contact of
connector (See Note 1)

Clean or repair
connector

Disconnection in wiring
harness (See Note 2)

Replace
sensor

Defective sensor

Replace
sensor

Table
Normal temperature (25C)

Approx. 37 50

100C

Approx. 3.5 4.0

BKP00291

Note 1: If the problem occurs again, the connector (female) at the chassis end is probably defective,
so check the connector and wiring harness at the chassis end.
Note 2: Check for vibration at the connector mount. If there is excessive vibration, take the appropriate action.

20-636
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-27

M-27 Defective engine oil level sensor system and defective hydraulic
oil level sensor system
fl If it is judged from all the troubleshooting that the engine oil level sensor or hydraulic oil level
sensor is defective, check the sensor as an individual part as follows.
fl Remove the engine oil level sensor or hydraulic oil level sensor when carrying out troubleshooting.
Cause

YES
2

Remedy

Defective movement of
float due to dirt

Clean

Resonance of mount
(See Note 4)

Repair

Defective contact of
connector (See Note 2)

Clean or repair
connector

Disconnection in wiring
harness (See Note 3)

Replace
sensor

Defective sensor

Replace
sensor

Is any foreign

YES material (dirt)


stuck to moving
part of float?

1
When float is moved up
and down, is resistance
between connector (1)
and flange as shown in
table?

3 YES
Is there any large
crack, chip, or
NO damage to float?

NO

4 YES
Check wiring
harness visually.
NO Is it broken?

NO

Table
Top (FULL) stopper position
Bottom (EMPTY) stopper position

Max. 1
Min. 1 M

Note 1: Variations in oil level


The oil level may change according to the angle of the machine, the engine speed, or the
temperature of the oil, so check the oil level with the machine at a horizontal place.
Note 2: If the problem occurs again, the connector (female) at the chassis end is probably defective,
so check the connector and wiring harness at the chassis end.
Note 3: Check for vibration at the connector mount. If there is excessive vibration, take the appropriate action.
Note 4: Defective installation is a possible cause, so be careful when installing.
If the problem occurs again, check for any vibration of the mount, and if there is excessive
vibration, take the appropriate action.

PC1100-6

20-637
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-28

M-28 Defective radiator water level sensor system


fl If it is judged from all the troubleshooting that the radiator water level sensor is defective, check
the sensor as an individual part as follows.
fl Remove the radiator water level sensor when carrying out troubleshooting.
Cause

YES
2

Remedy

Defective movement of
float due to dirt

Clean

Resonance of mount
(See Note 4)

Repair

Defective contact of
connector (See Note 2)

Clean or repair
connector

Disconnection in wiring
harness (See Note 3)

Replace
sensor

Defective sensor

Replace
sensor

Is any foreign

YES material (dirt)


stuck to moving
part of float?

1
When float is moved up
and down, is resistance
between connector (1)
and (2) as shown in
table?

3 YES
Is there any large
crack, chip, or
NO damage to float?

NO

4 YES
Check wiring
harness visually.
NO Is it broken?

NO

Table
Top (FULL) stopper position
Bottom (EMPTY) stopper position

Max. 1
Min. 1 M

Note 1: Variations in radiator sub tank water level


The sub tank water level may change according to the angle of the machine, or the swaying
of the machine, so check the water level with the machine at a horizontal place.
Note 2: If the problem occurs again, the connector (female) at the chassis end is probably defective,
so check the connector and wiring harness at the chassis end.
Note 3: Check for vibration at the connector mount. If there is excessive vibration, take the appropriate action.
Note 4: Defective installation is a possible cause, so be careful when installing.
If the problem occurs again, check for any vibration of the mount, and if there is excessive
vibration, take the appropriate action.

20-638
3

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-29

M-29 Defective operation of wiper (including cases where [E113] is


displayed)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
a) Wiper does not work when wiper, washer switch is at ON or INT
fl Check that fuse 7 is not blown. (If it is blown, check for a short circuit with the ground in the related
circuits for fuse 7.)
Cause

3 YES
Is resistance
YES between W08
(male) (2) and (4)
2
normal?
Is voltage between

YES W08 (female) (4)

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect W08.
25.6 31.4

and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
20 30 V

NO

NO

6 YES

1
YES

Is service code
[E113] displayed?

5
Is voltage
YES between W21 (1)
and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.

4
Is voltage
between P02 (3)
NO and chassis
ground normal?

Is resistance
between W21
(female) (2) and
chassis ground
normal?

9 YES
A

When resistance between


W08 (female) (1) and W21
(female) (1) is normal, and
is it properly insulated from
chassis?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect W08
and W21.
Max. 1

PC1100-6

NO

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between W08
(female) (2) and P02
(female) (3)

Replace or
replace

Defective wiper, washer


relay box

Repair

Defective contact,
disconnection, or short
circuit with ground in
wiring harness between
fuse 7 and W08 (female)
(4)

Replace or
replace

Defective wiper motor

Repair

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between W21
NO (female) (2) and chassis
ground

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect W21.
Max. 1
7 YES

Go to A
Turn starting
Is resistance
between W08
switch ON.
(female) (8) and
Turn wiper
Defective contact or
NO chassis ground
switch to ON or
disconnection in wiring
normal?
INT.
harness between W08
Turn starting switch NO
20 30 V
(female) (8) and chassis
OFF.
Disconnect W08.
ground

Turn starting
Max. 1
switch ON.
8 YES
Turn wiper
Is resistance
switch to ON or
between M18 (male)
INT.
NO (1) and chassis
Max. 1 V
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect M18.
Max. 1

NO

Remedy

Replace or
replace

Replace or
replace

Defective monitor panel

Repair

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between M18
(male) (1) and chassis
ground

Replace or
replace

Defective wiper, washer


relay box

Repair

Defective contact,
disconnection, or short
circuit with ground in
wiring harness between
W08 (female) (1) and
W21 (female) (1)

Replace or
replace

20-639
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-29

b) Wiper does not work when wiper, washer switch is


at one position (ON or INT)

Cause

YES
2
Is voltage between

At ON P02 (female) (4)


and chassis
ground normal?

1
Does wiper not
work at ON or at
INT?

3 YES
Is resistance
between M18
NO (female) (1) and
(2) normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
Turn wiper
switch ON.
Max. 1 V

Turn starting switch NO


ON.
Turn wiper switch ON.
Max. 1

YES
4
Is voltage between
P02 (female) (12)
At INT and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
Turn wiper
switch to INT.
Max. 1 V

5 YES

1
Is service code
[E113] displayed?

When P02 is
disconnected, is
resistance between
W08 (female) (2) and
chassis ground normal?

NO

YES
4

and chassis
ground normal?

3
Is voltage
between P02 (3)
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
Turn wiper
switch OFF.
20 30 V

Turn starting
switch ON.
Max. 1 V

5 YES
Is resistance
between W08
NO (male) (1) and (4)
normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect W08.
Min. 1 M

YES
6

NO

Is voltage between
P02 (4) and chassis
ground, between
(12) and chassis
ground normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
Turn wiper
switch OFF.
20 30 V

Repair or
replace

Defective wiper, washer


switch

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Repair or
replace

Replace

Remedy

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between W08 (female)
(2) and P02 (female) (3)

Repair or
replace

Defective wiper, washer


relay box

Replace

Defective wiper motor

Replace

Short circuit with power


source in wiring harness
between W08 (female)
(1) and W21 (female) (1)

Repair or
replace

Defective wiper, washer


relay box

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Is voltage

YES between W21 (1)

20-640

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P02
(female) (4) and M18
(male) (2)

Cause

2 YES

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect P02
and W08.
Min. 1 M

Replace

Defective wiper, washer


switch

Turn starting
NO
switch ON.
Turn wiper switch to INT.
Max. 1

c) Wiper is actuated when wiper, washer switch is OFF

YES

Defective monitor panel

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between P02
(female) (12) and M18
(male) (4)

Is resistance
between M18
NO (female) (1) and
(4) normal?

Remedy

NO

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
7 YES between M18 (male) (2)
and P02 (female) (4) or
Is resistance
between M18 (male) (4)
between M18
and P02 (female) (12)
NO (female) (1) (2),
(1) (4) normal?
Defective wiper, washer
Turn starting
NO switch
switch OFF.
Turn wiper
switch OFF.
Min. 1 M

Repair or
replace

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-29

M-29 Related electrical circuit diagram

PC1100-6

20-641
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-30

M-30 Defective operation of window washer (including cases where


service code [E114] is displayed)
fl Check that the wiper works properly before carrying out troubleshooting. (If the wiper also does
not work, carry out Troubleshooting M-29 first.)
fl Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
fl Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
a) Window washer does not work when wiper, washer switch is at WASH I at WASH II

Cause

Defective contact or
disconnection in wiring
harness between W08
(female) (15) and P02
(female) (2)(10)

2 YES
Is resistance
YES between W08
(male) (4) and
(15) normal?

NO
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect W08.
25.6 31.4

YES

3
Is voltage between
P02 (2)(10) and
NO chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Turn wiper
switch to WASH
I, II
Max. 1 V

Is resistance
between M28, M95
(female) (1) and
chassis ground
normal?

Repair or
replace

Defective wiper, washer


relay box

Replace

Defective wiper motor

Replace

Is voltage between
YES M28, M95 (female)
(2) and chassis
ground normal?
4

Is service code
[E114] displayed?

20-642

5 YES

Remedy

Defective contact,
disconnection, or short
circuit with ground in
Disconnect M28 and NO wiring harness between
M95.
fuse 7 M28, M95
Turn starting switch
(female) (2)
ON.
20 30 V

6 YES Defective wiper, washer


Is resistance
relay box
Disconnect M28
between W08
and M95.
(female) (12) M28,
Defective contact or
Turn starting
NO M95 (female) (1)
disconnection in wiring
switch ON.
normal?
harness between M28,
Turn wiper
Turn starting switch NO
M95 (female) (1) W08
switch WASH I,
OFF.
(female) (8)
Disconnect W08,
II.

Repair or
replace

Replace

Repair or
replace

M28, and M95.


Max. 1

NO

Defective monitor panel

Replace

PC1100-6

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-30

b) Washer is actuated when wiper, washer switch is OFF

Cause

2 YES
YES

1
Is service code
[E114] displayed?

When P02 is
disconnected, is
resistance between
W08 (female) (15) and
chassis ground normal?

NO

Turn starting
switch OFF.
Disconnect P02
and W08.
Min. 1 M

YES
4
YES

3
Is voltage between
P02 (2)(10) and
NO chassis ground
normal?

Turn starting
switch ON.
Turn wiper
switch OFF.
20 30 V

Is resistance
between M29, M95
(female) (1)
chassis ground
normal?

Is resistance
between W08
Disconnect M29
and M95.
NO (male) (12) and
(8) normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Turn wiper
Disconnect W08.
switch OFF.
Min. 1 M
Min. 1 M

NO

YES

6
Is voltage
between P02 (5)
NO and chassis
ground normal?
Turn starting
switch ON.
Turn wiper
switch OFF.
20 30 V

PC1100-6

5 YES

Remedy

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between W08 (female)
(15) and P02 (female)
(2)(10)

Repair or
replace

Defective wiper, washer


relay box

Replace

Defective wiper motor

Replace

Short circuit with ground


in wiring harness
between W08 (female)
(12) M28, M95 (female)
(1)

Repair or
replace

Defective wiper, washer


relay box

Replace

Defective monitor panel

Replace

Short circuit with ground

7 YES in wiring harness


between M18 (male) (3)
and P02 (female) (5)

Is resistance
between M18
NO (female) (1) and
(3) normal?
Turn starting
switch OFF.
Turn wiper
switch OFF.
Min. 1 M

NO

Defective wiper, washer


switch

Repair or
replace

Replace

20-643
3

TROUBLESHOOTING

M-30

M-30 Related electrical circuit diagram

20-644
3

PC1100-6

30 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

METHOD OF USING MANUAL .................


PRECAUTIONS WHEN CARRYING OUT
OPERATION ..........................................
SPECIAL TOOL LIST ..................................
SKETCHES OF SPECIAL TOOLS ...............
STARTING MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
ALTERNATOR ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
NOZZLE HOLDER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
ENGINE OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
FUEL INJECTION PUMP ASSEMBLY
Removal ................................................
Installation ............................................
WATER PUMP ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
AIR COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
ENGINE FRONT SEAL
Removal and Installation ....................
ENGINE REAR SEAL
Removal and Installation ....................
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY
Removal ................................................
Installation ............................................
AFTERCOOLER
Removal and Installation ....................
RADIATOR, HYDRAULIC COOLER
ASSEMBLY
Removal ................................................
Installation ............................................
HYDRAULIC COOLER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
ENGINE, PTO, HYDRAULIC PUMP
ASSEMBLY
Removal ................................................
Installation ............................................

PC1100-6

30- 3
30- 5
30- 7
30-12
30-19
30-20
30-21
30-22
30-23
30-24
30-25
30-26
30-27
30-28
30-29
30-31
30-33
30-37
30-39

30-40
30-41
30-42

30-43
30-46

PTO ASSEMBLY
Removal ................................................
Installation ............................................
Disassembly .........................................
Assembly ..............................................
FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
Disassembly .........................................
Assembly ..............................................
REVOLVING FRAME ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
SWING MACHINERY ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
Disassembly .........................................
Assembly ..............................................
SWING CIRCLE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
TRACK SHOE ASSEMBLY
Removal ................................................
Installation ............................................
SPROCKET
Removal and Installation ....................
IDLER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
Disassembly .........................................
Assembly ..............................................
IDLER ADJUSTMENT CYLINDER
ASSEMBLY
Disassembly and Assembly ...............
RECOIL SPRING ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
Disassembly .........................................
Assembly ..............................................
CARRIER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
Disassembly .........................................
Assembly ..............................................
TRACK ROLLER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ....................
Disassembly .........................................
Assembly ..............................................

30-47
30-48
30-49
30-51
30-53
30-54
30-55
30-59
30-67
30-68
30-69
30-73
30-78
30-79
30-80
30-81
30-82
30-83
30-85

30-87
30-88
30-90
30-91
30-92
30-93
30-94
30-95
30-96
30-97

30-1
2

HYDRAULIC TANK ASSEMBLY


Removal ................................................ 30-99
Installation .......................................... 30-100
TVC VALVE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-101
SERVO VALVE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-102
HYDRAULIC PUMP ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-103
MAIN PUMP INPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation .................. 30-104
MAIN RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-105
Disassembly and Assembly ............. 30-106
PILOT RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-107
5-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
Removal .............................................. 30-108
Installation .......................................... 30-109
4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
Removal .............................................. 30-110
Installation .......................................... 30-111
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
Disassembly ....................................... 30-114
Assembly ............................................ 30-115
SWING MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-125
CENTER SWIVEL JOINT ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-126
Disassembly and Assembly ............. 30-127
TRAVEL MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-128
WORK EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE
ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-129
Disassembly ....................................... 30-130
Assembly ............................................ 30-131
TRAVEL PPC VALVE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation .................. 30-132
Disassembly ....................................... 30-133
Assembly ............................................ 30-134
BUCKET CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
Removal .............................................. 30-135
Installation .......................................... 30-136
ARM CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
Removal .............................................. 30-137
Installation .......................................... 30-138
BOOM CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
Removal .............................................. 30-139
Installation .......................................... 30-140

30-2
2

BUCKET ASSEMBLY
Removal ..............................................
Installation ..........................................
ARM ASSEMBLY
Removal ..............................................
Installation ..........................................
BOOM ASSEMBLY
Removal ..............................................
Installation ..........................................
BUCKET, ARM ASSEMBLY
Removal ..............................................
Installation ..........................................
WORK EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY
Removal ..............................................
Installation ..........................................
CAB ASSEMBLY
Removal ..............................................
Installation ..........................................
COUNTERWEIGHT ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
RECEIVER TANK ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
AIR CONDITIONER CONDENSER
ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR
ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
AIR CONDITIONER UNIT ASSEMBLY
Removal ..............................................
Installation ..........................................
SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
GOVERNOR CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
MONITOR PANEL ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
PUMP CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
BOOM ROCK PREVENTION VALVE
ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
ACCUMULATOR ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................
BOOM LOWER REGENERATION VALVE
ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation ..................

30-141
30-142
30-143
30-144
30-145
30-146
30-147
30-148
30-149
30-150
30-151
30-152
30-153
30-154

30-155

30-156
30-157
30-158
30-159
30-160
30-161
30-162

30-163
30-164

30-165

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

METHOD OF USING MANUAL

METHOD OF USING MANUAL


1. When removing or installing unit assemblies
1 When removing or installing a unit assembly, the order of work and techniques used are given
for the removal operation; the order of work for the installation operation is not given.
2 Any special techniques applying only to the installation procedure are marked 1, and the
same mark is placed after the relevant step in the removal procedure to indicate which step in
the installation procedure it applies to.
(Example)
REMOVAL OF o o o o ASSEMBLY ............ Title of operation
...................................................................... Precautions related to safety when carrying out
the operation
1. X X X X (1) ..................................................... Step in operation
fl .................................................................. Technique or important point to remember
when removing XXXX (1).
2. # # # # (2): ............................................... 1 Indicates that a technique is listed for use
during installation
3. l l l l assembly (3)
6 ............................................................ Quantity of oil or water drained
INSTALLATION OF o o o o ASSEMBLY ....Title of operation
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
1 ............................................................. Technique used during installation
fl .................................................................. Technique or important point to remember when
installing # # # # (2).
Adding water, oil ................................. Step in operation
fl ............................................................ Point to remember when adding water or oil
-......................................................... Quantity when filling with oil and water
2. General precautions when carrying out installation or removal (disassembly or assembly) of units
are given together as PRECAUTIONS WHEN CARRYING OUT OPERATION, so be sure to follow
these precautions when carrying out the operation.
3. Listing of special tools
1 For details of the description, part number, and quantity of any tools (A1, etc.) that appear in
the operation procedure, see the SPECIAL TOOLS LIST given in this manual.

PC1100-6

30-3
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

METHOD OF USING MANUAL

4. General tightening torque table (when using torque wrench)


fl In the case of metric nuts and bolts for which there is no special instruction, tighten to the torque
given in the table below.
Thread diameter

Width across flats


SAD00481

mm
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
27
30
33
36
39

mm
10
13
17
19
22
24
27
30
32
36
41
46
50
55
60

kgm
1.35 0.15
3.2 0.3
6.7 0.7
11.5 1.0
18.0 2.0
28.5 3
39 4
56 6
76 8
94.5 10
135 15
175 20
225 25
280 30
335 35

SAD00482

Nm
13.2 1.4
31.4 2.9
65.7 6.8
112 9.8
177 19
279 29
383 39
549 58
745 78
927 98
1320 140
1720 190
2210 240
2750 290
3280 340
Seal surface

SAD00483

5. Table of tightening torques for flared nuts


fl In the case of flared nuts for which there is no special instruction, tighten to the torque given in the
table below.
Thread diameter
mm
14
18
22
24
30
33
36
42

Width across flats


mm
19
24
27
32
36
41
46
55

Tightening torque
kgm
Nm
2.5 0.5
24.5 4.9
52
49 19.6
82
78.5 19.6
14 3
137.3 29.4
18 3
176.5 29.4
20 5
196.1 49
25 5
245.2 49
30 5
294.2 49

6. Table of tightening torques for split flange bolts


fl In the case of split flange bolts for which there is no special instruction, tighten to the torque given
in the table below.
Thread diameter
mm
10
12
16

30-4
2

Width across flats


mm
14
17
22

Tightening torque
kgm
Nm
6.7 0.7
65.7 6.8
11.5 1
112 9.8
28.5 3
279 29

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

PRECAUTIONS WHEN CARRYING OUT OPERATION

PRECAUTIONS WHEN CARRYING OUT OPERATION


[When carrying out removal or installation (disassembly or assembly) of units, be sure to follow the
general precautions given below when carrying out the operation.]
1. Precautions when carrying out removal work
If the coolant contains antifreeze, dispose of it correctly.
After disconnecting hoses or tubes, cover them or fit blind plugs to prevent dirt or dust from
entering.
When draining oil, prepare a container of adequate size to catch the oil.
Confirm the match marks showing the installation position, and make match marks in the necessary places before removal to prevent any mistake when assembling.
To prevent any excessive force from being applied to the wiring, always hold the connectors when
disconnecting the connectors. Do not pull the wires.
Fit wires and hoses with tags to show their installation position to prevent any mistake when
installing.
Check the number and thickness of the shims, and keep in a safe place.
When raising components, be sure to use lifting equipment of ample strength.
When using forcing screws to remove any components, tighten the forcing screws uniformly in
turn.
Before removing any unit, clean the surrounding area and fit a cover to prevent any dust or dirt
from entering after removal.
fl Precautions when handling piping during disassembly
Fit the following blind plugs into the piping after disconnecting it during disassembly operations.
1) Hoses and tubes using sleeve nuts
Nominal
number

Plug (nut end)

02
03
04
05
06
10
12

07376-50210
07376-50315
07376-50422
07376-50522
07376-50628
07376-51034
07376-51234

Sleeve nut (elbow end) Use the two items below as a set
07221-20210
07221-20315
07221-20422
07221-20522
07221-20628
07221-21034
07221-21234

(Nut),
(Nut),
(Nut),
(Nut),
(Nut),
(Nut),
(Nut),

07222-00210
07222-00312
07222-00414
07222-00515
07222-00616
07222-01018
07222-01219

(Plug)
(Plug)
(Plug)
(Plug)
(Plug)
(Plug)
(Plug)

2) Split flange type hoses and tubes


Nominal
number

Flange (hose end)

Sleeve head (tube end)

Split flange

04
05

07379-00400
07379-00500

07378-10400
07378-10500

07371-30400
07371-30500

Part Number

06
08
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
27

07049-00608
07049-00811
07049-01012
07049-01215
07049-01418
07049-01620
07049-01822
07049-02025
07049-02228
07049-02430
07049-02734

PC1100-6

Dimensions
D
d
L
6
5
8
8 6.5 11
10 8.5 12
12 10 15
14 11.5 18
16 13.5 20
18 15 22
20 17 25
22 18.5 28
24 20 30
27 22.5 34

Taper 1/8

Nominal
number

3) If the part is not under hydraulic pressure, the following corks can be used.

DEW00401

30-5
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

2.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN CARRYING OUT OPERATION

Precautions when carrying out installation work


Tighten all bolts and nuts (sleeve nuts) to the specified (KES) torque.
Install the hoses without twisting or interference.
Replace all gaskets, O-rings, cotter pins, and lock plates with new parts.
Bend the cotter pins and lock plates securely.
When coating with adhesive, clean the part and remove all oil and grease, then coat the threaded
portion with 2 3 drops of adhesive.
When coating with gasket sealant, clean the surface and remove all oil and grease, check that there
is no dirt or damage, then coat uniformly with gasket sealant.
Clean all parts, and correct any damage, dents, burrs, or rust.
Coat rotating parts and sliding parts with engine oil.
When press fitting parts, coat the surface with anti-friction compound (LM-P).
After fitting snap rings, check that the snap ring is fitted securely in the ring groove.
When connecting wiring connectors, clean the connector to remove all oil, dirt, or water, then
connect securely.
When using eyebolts, check that there is no deformation or deterioration, screw them in fully, and
align the direction of the hook.
When tightening split flanges, tighten uniformly in turn to prevent excessive tightening on one
side.

fl When operating the hydraulic cylinders for the first time after reassembling cylinders, pumps and
other hydraulic equipment removed for repair, always bleed the air as follows:
1. Start the engine and run at low idling.
2. Operate the work equipment control lever to operate the hydraulic cylinder 4 5 times,
stopping the cylinder 100 mm from the end of its stroke.
3. Next, operate the hydraulic cylinder 3 4 times to the end of its stroke.
4. After doing this, run the engine at normal speed.
fl When using the machine for the first time after repair or long storage, follow the same
procedure.
3. Precautions when completing the operation
If the coolant has been drained, tighten the drain valve, and add water to the specified level. Run
the engine to circulate the water through the system. Then check the water level again.
If the hydraulic equipment has been removed and installed again, add engine oil to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then check the oil level again.
If the piping or hydraulic equipment have been removed, always bleed the air from the system
after reassembling the parts.
fl For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING, Bleeding air.
Add the specified amount of grease (molybdenum disulphide grease) to the work equipment parts.

30-6
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SPECIAL TOOL LIST

SPECIAL TOOL LIST


fl Tools with part number 79o T- ooo- oooo can not be supplied (they are items to be locally
manufactured).
fl Necessity: : Cannot be substituted, should always be prepared (used).
Extremely useful if available, can be substituted with commercially available part.
fl New/remodel: N: Tools with new part numbers, newly developed for this model.
fl
R: Tools with upgraded part numbers, remodeled from items already available for
other models.
fl
Blank: Tools already available for other models, can be used without any modification.
fl Tools marked 9 in the Sketch column are tools introduced in special sketches (See SKETCHES OF
SPECIAL TOOLS).
Component

Symbol

Part No.

Part Name

790-331-1110

Wrench

790-471-1001

Lifting tool

795-902-1430

Push tool

01050-32235

Bolt

795-902-1410

Sleeve

01050-32240

Bolt

795-902-1440

Push tool

01050-32050

Bolt

795-902-1420

Sleeve

795-902-1450

Bolt

01582-02016

Nut

795T-871-1110

Adapter

790-701-5401

Push tool kit

790-101-5541

Plate

790-101-5421

Grip

01010-51240

Bolt

796T-826-1110

Plate

796T-826-1130

Push tool

796T-826-1120

Push tool

790-331-1110

Wrench

Angle tightening
Removal, installation of
round nut

4
A
5

Removal,
installation of
cylinder head
Press fitting of front
seal
Press fitting of front
sleeve
Press fitting of rear
seal

Press fitting of rear


sleeve

2
Disassembly,
assembly of
final drive

796-627-1200

Wrench assembly

796T-827-1130

Spacer

01017-52450

Bolt

01580-12419

Nut

790-201-2820

Spacer

790-101-5401

Push tool kit (C)

790-101-5491

Push tool

790-101-5421

Grip

01010-51240

Bolt

PC1100-6

Removal, installation of
injection pump

Press fitting of oil


seal

1
Disassembly,
assembly of
swing
machinery

Nature of work,
remarks

Disassembly,
assembly of
engine

New/
Necessity Qty remodel Sketch

Press fitting of main


bearing
Press fitting of sub
bearing
Press fitting of pinion
shaft

9
Pulling out of No. 1
carrier pin holder
Pulling out of No. 1
carrier pin

Press fitting of No. 1


carrier gear bearing
outer race

30-7
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Component

Symbol

New/
Necessity Qty remodel Sketch

Nature of work,
remarks

Press fitting of needle


bearing

Plate

No. 2 carrier

790-101-5061

Plate

No. 3 carrier

790-101-5021

Grip

01010-50816

Bolt

796-627-1030

Push tool

790-101-2300

790-101-5001

Push tool kit

790-101-5151

Press fitting of outer


race

Push-puller

790-101-2310

Block

Measurement depth
of hub bearing
inner race

790-101-2350

Leg

790-101-2360

Plate

02215-11622

Nut

791-181-1010

Adapter

796T-627-1340

Push tool

790-101-2102

Puller
(290 kN {30 ton})

790-101-1102

Hydraulic pump

796-627-1050

Installer

796-660-1560

Guide bolt

791-685-8501

Compressor

791-635-3160

Extension

796T-830-1110

Plate

796T-830-1120

Spacer

01010-61640

Bolt

790-101-1600

Cylinder
(690 kN {70 ton})

790-101-1102

Hydraulic pump

790-101-5401

Push tool kit (C)

790-101-5441

Plate

790-101-5421

Grip

01010-51240

Bolt

796T-830-1130

Push tool

796T-830-1140

Adapter

796-570-1020

Installer

790-101-5401

Push tool kit (C)

790-101-5521

Plate

790-101-5421

Grip

Disassembly,
assembly of
recoil spring

Part Name

Disassembly,
assembly of
final drive

Part No.

SPECIAL TOOL LIST

Installation of floating
seal
Removal, installation of
travel motor

Disassembly,
assembly of recoil
spring

Press fitting of
carrier roller bearing
outer race

Disassembly,
assembly of
carrier roller,
track roller,
idler

30-8
2

Press fitting of carrier roller


bearing inner race

Press fitting of shaft


and roller
Installation of carrier
roller floating seal

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Component

Symbol

Part No.

SPECIAL TOOL LIST

Part Name

01010-51240

Bolt

790-434-1620

Installer

Installation of track
roller floating seal

790-401-1700

Lifting tool

790-401-1761

Adapter

Removal, installation
of track roller
assembly

790-401-1540

Shackle

790-401-1770

T-bolt

790-101-5401

Push tool lit

790-101-5541

Plate

790-101-5421

Grip

01010-51240

Bolt

796-675-1510

Installer

791-601-1000

Oil pump

10 791-646-8002

Oil lubricator

790-701-3000

Seal checker

796-832-1110

Remover & Installer

791-685-9510

Frame

791-685-9520

Frame

791-685-9530

Rod

791-685-9540

Rod

791-685-9550

Nut

791-685-9560

Bolt

791-126-0150

Adapter

791-680-5520

Guide

791-632-1150

Pusher

791-632-1140

Adapter

791-832-1110

Adapter

790-434-1610

Grip

01010-51440

Bolt

791-685-9620

Extension

791-632-1160

Guide

791-680-5543

Adapter

791-680-5551

Guide

796-832-1120

Adapter

791-632-1170

Guide

PC1100-6

Press fitting of idler


bushing

Disassembly,
assembly of
track

Nature of work,
remarks

Disassembly,
assembly of
carrier roller,
track roller,
idler

New/
Necessity Qty remodel Sketch

Installation of idler
floating seal

Filling with oil and


checking seal
N

Pulling out and


insertion of master
pin
N

30-9
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Component

Disassembly,
assembly of
track

Symbol

Part No.

SPECIAL TOOL LIST

Part Name

New/
Necessity Qty remodel Sketch

791-680-9630

Adapter

790-101-4300

790-101-4200

Cylinder
(1,500 kN {150 ton})
Puller
(290 kN {30 ton})

790-101-1102

Hydraulic pump

796-770-1301

Oil stopper

790-101-5001

Push tool kit (A)

790-101-5151

Plate

790-101-5021

Grip

01010-50816

Bolt

790-101-5201

Push tool kit (B)

790-101-5221

Grip

01010-51225

Bolt

791-222-1310

Plate

790-502-1003

Repair stand

Disassembly, assembly
of hydraulic cylinder

790-201-1702

Push tool kit (C)

790-201-1861

Push tool

Press fitting of coil


bushing
(Bucket cylinder)

790-201-5021

Grip

01010-50816

Bolt

790-201-1910

Push tool

(Arm cylinder)

790-863-1110

Push tool

(Boom cylinder)

790-101-5421

Grip

01010-51240

Bolt

Boom & arm


cylinder

790-201-1500

Push tool kit

790-201-1670

Plate

790-101-5021

Grip

01010-50816

Bolt

792-715-1400

Push tool

790-201-1920

Push tool

790-101-5421

Grip

01010-51240

Bolt

790-720-1000

Expander

796-720-1680

Ring

07281-01589

Clamp

2
Removal,
installation of
hydraulic pump
and replacement
of pump input
shaft oil seal

3,4

U
5

6,7
8
9

30-10
2

Removal, installation of
pump

Replacement of input
shaft seal of No. 1, 2
pump

Disassembly,
assembly of
hydraulic
cylinder

Nature of work,
remarks

Replacement of input
shaft seal of No. 3
pump

Press fitting of dust


seal
(Bucket cylinder)

(Boom & arm cylinder)

Installation of piston
ring
(Bucket cylinder)

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Component

Symbol

Disassembly,
assembly of
hydraulic
cylinder

10

Part No.

SPECIAL TOOL LIST

Part Name

796-720-1710

Ring

07281-02709

Clamp

796-702-1720

Ring

07281-02429

Clamp

796T-870-1130

Sleeve

796T-870-1140

Sleeve

790-445-4130

Screw

01643-32780

Washer

02215-11622

Nut

790-101-4200

Puller
(290 kN {30 ton})

790-101-1102

Hydraulic pump

790-445-4120

Sleeve

790-445-4140

Sleeve

02215-11622

Nut

01643-32780

Washer

790-101-4200

Puller
(290 kN {30 ton})

790-101-1102

Hydraulic pump

796T-870-1120

Sleeve

796-870-1110

Adapter

796-900-1230

Screw

01643-33080

Washer

01582-03024

Nut

790-101-4000

Puller
(500 kN {50 ton})

790-101-1102

Hydraulic pump

796T-870-1150

Sleeve

790-438-1110

Screw

796-775-1110

Adapter

791-112-1180

Nut

790-101-2540

Washer

U
11

Disassembly,
assembly of
work equipment

Charging air
conditioner with
gas

PC1100-6

New/
Necessity Qty remodel Sketch

Puller
790-101-2102 (290 kN {30 ton})

790-101-1102

Hydraulic pump

799-703-1200

Service tool kit

799-703-1100

Vacuum pump

799-703-1110

Vacuum pump (220 V)

799-703-1400

Gas leak tester

Nature of work,
remarks
(Arm cylinder)

(Boom cylinder)

Pulling out of boom


foot pin

Pulling out of boom


cylinder head pin
and bottom pin

Pulling out of boom


top pin

Pulling out of arm


cylinder head pin
and bottom pin

Charging with new


freon gas
799-703-1120 (240 V)

30-11
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SKETCHES OF SPECIAL TOOLS

SKETCHES OF SPECIAL TOOLS


Note:
A7 Adapter

Komatsu cannot accept any responsibility for special tools


manufactured according to these sketches.

F2 Plate

30-12
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SKETCHES OF SPECIAL TOOLS

F3 Push tool

F4 Push tool

PC1100-6

30-13
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SKETCHES OF SPECIAL TOOLS

J2 Spacer

J7 Push tool

30-14
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SKETCHES OF SPECIAL TOOLS

M1 Plate

M1 Spacer

PC1100-6

30-15
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SKETCHES OF SPECIAL TOOLS

L2 Push tool

L3 Adapter

30-16
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SKETCHES OF SPECIAL TOOLS

V1 Sleeve

V1 Sleeve

PC1100-6

30-17
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SKETCHES OF SPECIAL TOOLS

V3 Sleeve

V4 Sleeve

30-18
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

STARTING MOTOR

REMOVAL OF STARTING
MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
A. Removal of R.H. starting motor assembly
1. Open cover (1) and use a ladder to enter into
side face of engine.
2. Disconnect wiring connector (2) (M2).
3. Disconnect terminal B wiring (3) (tightened
together with 3 wires).
4. Remove mounting bolt (4), then remove starting
motor assembly (5).
B.
1.
2.
3.

Removal of L.H. starting motor assembly


Open doors (1).
Disconnect wiring connector (2) (M90).
Disconnect terminal B wiring (3) (tightened
together with 3 wires).
4. Remove mounting bolt (4), then remove starting
motor assembly (5).

INSTALLATION OF STARTING
MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

PC1100-6

30-19
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ALTERNATOR

REMOVAL OF ALTERNATOR
ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Open cover (1) and use a ladder to enter into
side face of engine.
2. Disconnect wiring (2) (terminals B and R).
3. Loosen lock bolt (3).
4. Loosen locknuts (4) and lock bolt (5), and remove
fan belt (6) from pulley.
1
5. Remove lock bolts (3) and (5), then remove
alternator assembly (7).

INSTALLATION OF
ALTERNATOR ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Adjust the fan belt tension.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Adjusting fan belt tension.

30-20
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

NOZZLE HOLDER

REMOVAL OF NOZZLE
HOLDER ASSEMBLY
1. Open engine hood.
2. Remove fuel injection tubes (1).

3. Remove spill tube (2).

4. Remove connection (3).


5. Remove head cover (4).
3
fl Remove nozzle seal (5) from the head cover.
6. Remove 2 holder bolts (6), then remove nozzle
assembly (7).
4

INSTALLATION OF NOZZLE
HOLDER ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Fuel injection tube:
22.7 3.0 Nm {2.3 0.3 kgm}
2
3 Spill tube: 15.8 2.0 Nm {1.0 0.2 kgm}
3
3 Head cover:
32.5 3.0 Nm {3.3 0.3 kgm}
4
3 Holder bolt:
27.5 3.0 Nm {2.8 0.3 kgm}

PC1100-6

30-21
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ENGINE OIL COOLER

REMOVAL OF ENGINE OIL


COOLER ASSEMBLY
1. Drain coolant.
2. Remove engine hood (1).
4 Engine hood assembly: 60 kg
3. Remove adiabatic plates (2), (3), and (4).
4. Remove brackets (5) together with oil cooler
mounting bolts.
5. Disconnect wiring harness clamp (6).
6. Remove water pipe (7).
7. Remove turbocharger drain tube (8).
8. Remove 26 mounting bolts (9), then remove oil
cooler assembly (10).
9. Remove core (12) from cover (11).

INSTALLATION OF ENGINE OIL


COOLER ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Refilling with water


Add water to the mouth of the radiator filler
port. Tighten the cap and run the engine to
circulate the water through the system. Then
check the water level in the reserve tank.
(Check if the water level goes up or down.)

30-22
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FUEL INJECTION PUMP

REMOVAL OF FUEL INJECTION


PUMP ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Close fuel valve.
2. Remove engine hood (1).
4 Engine hood assembly: 60 kg
3. Open engine side doors (2).

4. Remove cover (3), and disconnect wiring


connectors for injection pump.
fl Connectors for governor control solenoid:
E19, E32
fl Connector for variable prestroke control
solenoid: E20
fl Connector for rack sensor: E22

5. Disconnect hose (5) between hand priming pump


and feed pump.
6. Disconnect hose (6) between feed pump and
fuel filter.
7. Disconnect hose (7) between fuel injection pump
and fuel filter.
8. Disconnect hose (8) between fuel injection pump
and fuel tank.
9. Remove inlet tube (9) for fuel injection pump
lubrication.

10. Disconnect fuel injection tubes (10).


1
11. Remove U-bolt (11), then remove bracket (12).
12. Disconnect outlet tube (13) for fuel injection
pump lubrication.
13. Remove cover (14).

PC1100-6

30-23
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FUEL INJECTION PUMP

14. Loosen coupling bolts (15).

15. Remove 4 mounting bolts (16), then remove fuel


injection pump assembly (17).
4 Fuel injection pump assembly: 45 kg

INSTALLATION OF FUEL
INJECTION PUMP ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Fuel injection tube:
23.66 0.98 Nm {2.4 0.1 kgm}
fl Adjust the fuel injection timing.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Testing and adjusting fuel injection timing.
fl Bleed the air from the fuel system.

30-24
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

WATER PUMP

REMOVAL OF WATER PUMP


ASSEMBLY
1. Drain coolant.
2. Open cover (1) and use a ladder to enter into
side face of engine.
3. Remove 4 mounting bolts (2).
4. Remove bracket (3).

5. Remove connector tube (4) between oil cooler


and water pump.
fl Move the alternator wiring towards the
engine.
6. Remove mounting bolt (5) of water bypass pipe.
7. Remove 4 mounting bolts (6), then remove water
pump assembly (7).
fl Pull out the water bypass pipe while
removing the water pump assembly down
to the rear.

INSTALLATION OF WATER
PUMP ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Tighten the bracket mounting bolts in turn
at the top and bottom.

Refilling with water


Add water to the mouth of the radiator filler
port. Tighten the cap and run the engine to
circulate the water through the system. Then
check the water level in the reserve tank.
(Check if the water level goes up or down.)

PC1100-6

30-25
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TURBOCHARGER

REMOVAL OF
TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY
1. Open engine hood (1).
4 Engine hood assembly: 60 kg
2. Disconnect bracket (2).
3. Remove 4 joint tube mounting bolts (3), and
disconnect joint tube (6) from air cleaner
assembly (4).
4. Remove lock bracket, and pull out joint tube (6)
from turbocharger.
5. Remove adiabatic plate (7).
fl Disconnect the exhaust temperature sensor
connector.
6. Disconnect turbocharger lubrication oil outlet
tube (8).
7. Disconnect clamp (9).
8. Remove clamps (10) (2 places), and pull out tube
(11) between aftercooler and turbocharger from
turbocharger.
9. Disconnect turbocharger lubrication oil inlet hose
(12).
10. Remove 4 mounting bolts, then remove
turbocharger assembly (13).
1

INSTALLATION OF
TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Turbocharger assembly mounting bolt:
67.0 7.9 Nm {6.8 0.8 kgm}

30-26
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

THERMOSTAT

REMOVAL OF THERMOSTAT
ASSEMBLY
1. Drain coolant.
2. Remove engine hood (1).
3. Remove hose (2) between radiator and
thermostat.
4. Remove aeration tube (3).
5. Disconnect tension pulley lubrication grease
tubes (4) and (5).
6. Remove pin (7), and move water pipe (8) towards
rear of engine, then disconnect from cover (6).
7. Remove mounting bolts, then remove cover (6).
8. Remove thermostats (10) and seals (11) from
thermostat housing (9).

INSTALLATION OF
THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Refilling with water


Add water to the mouth of the radiator filler
port. Tighten the cap and run the engine to
circulate the water through the system. Then
check the water level in the reserve tank.
(Check if the water level goes up or down.)

PC1100-6

30-27
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

AIR COMPRESSOR

REMOVAL OF AIR
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Drain engine cooling water to level of thermostat
housing.

2. Open engine room door.


3. Remove suction tube (1).
4. Remove tube (2) going to air tank.
5. Remove tube (3) going to air governor.
6. Remove lubrication tube (4).
7. Disconnect tube (5) coming from thermostat
housing.
8. Disconnect tube (6) going to engine oil cooler.
9. Remove mounting bolts, then remove air
compressor assembly (7).

INSTALLATION OF AIR
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

30-28
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ENGINE FRONT SEAL

REMOVAL OF ENGINE FRONT


SEAL
1. Remove radiator guard assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF RADIATOR,
HYDRAULIC COOLER ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove crankshaft pulley and damper (1).1

3. Remove front seal (2).

INSTALLATION OF ENGINE
FRONT SEAL

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Align the dowel pin when installing the
crankshaft pulley.
fl Tighten the mounting bolts in the order
shown in the diagram on the right.
3 Crankshaft pulley mounting bolt:
1st step: 73.5 19.6 Nm {7.5 2 kgm}
2nd step: 245 19.6 Nm {25 2 kgm}
3rd step: 637 19.6 Nm {65 2 kgm}
2
Procedure for assembling standard seal
fl Fill the lip portion with approx. 5 cc of lithium
grease (G2-LI).
fl Press fit front seal (2) to front cover (3).
fl After press fitting, check mounting dimension
a.
Front seal mounting dimension a:
66 mm (standard)

PC1100-6

30-29
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ENGINE FRONT SEAL

Procedure for assembling front seal with sleeve


(for maintenance)
1) Using tool A4, guide bolt 1, and nut 2,
press fit sleeve (4) to crankshaft (5).
fl Tighten 3 nuts 2 uniformly.
fl Press fit until tool A4 contacts the end
face of the crankshaft.
fl After press fitting, check that mounting
dimension b of the sleeve is the
specified dimension.
Sleeve mounting dimension b:
68 0.1 mm

2) Press fit front seal (6) to front cover (3).


fl Fill the lip portion with approx. 5 cc of
lithium grease (G2-LI).
fl After press fitting, check mounting
dimension c.
Front seal mounting dimension c:
66 mm (standard)

30-30
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ENGINE REAR SEAL

REMOVAL OF ENGINE REAR


SEAL
1. Remove damper assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF DAMPER ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove 1 mounting bolt of flywheel (1), and
install guide bolt 1.
3. Using eyebolts 2, sling flywheel (1), then
remove remaining mounting bolts.
1
4. Move flywheel (1) out to front and lift off.
The flywheel pilot is shallow and it may come
off suddenly, so be careful not to get your
fingers caught.
2
4

Flywheel: 75 kg

5. Remove rear seal (2).

INSTALLATION OF ENGINE
REAR SEAL

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Coat the thread and seat surface of the
flywheel mounting bolts with anti-friction
compound (LM-P).
fl Secure the flywheel and housing with
stopper 3, then tighten the mounting bolts.
fl Tighten the flywheel mounting bolts in the
order shown in the diagram on the right.
3 Flywheel mounting bolt
1st step: 98 19.6 Nm {10 2 kgm}
2nd step: 294 19.6 Nm {30 2 kgm}
3rd step: 539 19.6 Nm {55 2 kgm}

PC1100-6

30-31
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ENGINE REAR SEAL

fl After installing the flywheel, use dial gauge


4 to measure the radial and face runout of
the flywheel.
Face runout: Max. 0.15 mm
Radial runout: Max. 0.20 mm

2
Procedure for assembling standard seal
fl Press fit the rear seal until it contacts the
flywheel housing.

Procedure for assembling rear seal with sleeve


(for maintenance)
1) Using tool A5, guide bolts 5, and nuts 6,
press fit sleeve (3) to crankshaft (4).
fl Tighten 2 nuts 6 uniformly.
fl Press fit until tool A5 contacts the
crankshaft.
fl After press fitting, check that mounting
dimension a of sleeve is the specified
dimension.
Sleeve mounting dimension a:
27 1 mm

2) Press fit rear seal (5) until it contacts flywheel


housing (6).

30-32
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CYLINDER HEAD

REMOVAL OF CYLINDER HEAD


ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Open engine side doors (1).
2. Remove engine hoods (2).
3. Drain coolant.

4. Disconnect clamp (3) of turbocharger lubrication


oil inlet hose.
5. Remove U-bolt (4), then remove tube (5) between
aftercooler and turbocharger.
6. Remove bracket (6).
7. Disconnect tube (7) between aftercooler and
intake manifold.
8. Disconnect muffler end (8) and air cleaner end
(9) of Komaclone tube.
fl Remove it after removing the fuel injection
tube.
9. Disconnect turbocharger lubrication inlet hose
(10).
10. Disconnect wiring connector (11) (P13) for auto
priming.
11. Disconnect hose (12) for auto priming.
12. Disconnect hoses (13), and remove fuel filter
assembly (14).
13. Remove fuel injection tubes (15).
1

14. Remove inlet and outlet tubes (16) of corrosion


resistor.
15. Remove corrosion resistor assembly (17).
16. Disconnect fuel return hoses (18) and (19), then
remove bracket (20).
17. Disconnect hose (21) between compressor and
intake manifold.

PC1100-6

30-33
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CYLINDER HEAD

18. Remove mounting bolts, then lift off intake


manifold assembly (22).
2
4 Intake manifold assembly: 30 kg

19. Disconnect water temperature sensor wiring


connector (23) (P7).
20. Disconnect water temperature sensor wiring (24)
at connector end.
21. Remove ground connection wiring (25).

22. Remove adiabatic plate (26).


23. Remove exhaust temperature sensor (27), then
remove adiabatic plate (28).
24. Remove bracket (29).

25. Disconnect air cleaner clogging switch wiring


connectors (30) (P11, 12).
26. Remove air cleaner mounting bracket (31), then
remove air cleaner assembly (32).
27. Remove bracket (33), then remove joint tube
(34).
28. Disconnect heater hose (35).
29. Disconnect exhaust temperature sensor wiring
clamp (36).
30. Disconnect water temperature sensor wiring
connector (37) (P19).
31. Remove adiabatic plate (38).
32. Remove bracket (39).

30-34
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CYLINDER HEAD

33. Lift off muffler assembly (40).


4 Muffler assembly: 90 kg

34. Disconnect turbocharger lubrication outlet tube


(41).

35. Lift off turbocharger and exhaust manifold


assembly (42).
3
4 Turbocharger, exhaust manifold assembly:
60 kg

36. Remove cover (43).


37. Remove spill hose (44) and eye joint (45).
38. Remove cylinder head cover (46).
4

PC1100-6

30-35
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CYLINDER HEAD

39. Remove rocker arm assembly (47).


5
fl Loosen the locknut and turn the adjustment
screw back 2 3 turns.

40. Remove crosshead (48) and pushrod (49). 6


41. Remove holder (50), then remove nozzle holder
assembly (51).
7

42. Remove pin (52), and use a bar to move water


manifold (53).
43. Remove mounting bolts, then remove rocker arm
housing (54).
8

44. Using eyebolts 1, remove cylinder head


assembly (55).
9
4 Cylinder head assembly: 40 kg

30-36
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CYLINDER HEAD

INSTALLATION OF CYLINDER
HEAD ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Fuel injection tube sleeve nut:
23.66 0.98 Nm {2.4 0.1 kgm}
2
fl Tighten the mounting bolts in the order
shown in the diagram on the right.
3 Intake manifold assembly mounting bolt:
66.15 7.35 Nm {6.75 0.75 kgm}
3
fl Tighten the mounting bolts in the order
shown in the diagram on the right.
3 Turbocharger, exhaust manifold assembly
mounting bolt:
110.25 12.25 Nm {11.25 1.25 kgm}
4
3 Cylinder head cover mounting bolt :
31.85 2.45 Nm {3.25 0.25 kgm}
5
fl Clean the oil holes of the mounting bolts
before installing.
fl Check that the ball of the adjustment screw
is fitted properly into the socket of the push
rod.
fl Adjust the valve clearance.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Testing and adjusting valve clearance.
3 Rocker arm assembly mounting bolt :
98 4.9 Nm {10 0.5 kgm}
3 Locknut : 67.62 9.8 Nm {6.9 1 kgm}
6
fl Adjust the crosshead as follows.
1) Loosen the locknut and turn back the
adjustment screw.
2) Press down lightly on the top of the
crosshead and screw in the adjustment
screw.

PC1100-6

30-37
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CYLINDER HEAD

3) When the adjustment screw contacts the


valve stem, tighten it a further 20.
4) Tighten the locknut to hold the
adjustment screw in position.
3 Locknut:
58.8 5.88 Nm {6 0.6 kgm}
7
fl Assemble so that the nozzle holder counter
marks are facing the front of the engine.
3 Holder mounting bolt:
27.5 3.0 Nm {2.8 0.3 kgm}
8
3 Rocker arm housing mounting bolt:
98 4.9 Nm {10 0.5 kgm}
9
fl Check that there is no dirt or dust on the
cylinder head mounting surface or inside the
cylinder.
fl Check that the grommet does not come out
when installing the gasket.
fl Tighten the cylinder head mounting bolts in
the order shown in the diagram on the right.
2 Mounting bolt:
Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
3 Cylinder head mounting bolt
1st step: 98 9.8 Nm {10 1 kgm}
2nd step: 186.2 4.9 Nm {19 0.5 kgm}
3rd step: Make marks with paint on the
bolt and head, then tighten bolt
a further 60 +150.
fl After tightening, make one punch mark on
the bolt head to indicate the number of times
it has been tightened.
If any bolt already has five punch marks, do
not reuse it. Replace it with a new bolt.

Refilling with water


Add water to the specified level, and run the
engine to circulate the water through the system.
Then check the water level again.

30-38
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

AFTERCOOLER

REMOVAL OF AFTERCOOLER
ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Remove engine hood (1).
2. Remove handrail (2).
3. Remove step (3).
fl Remove the guard at the front of the
aftercooler.
4. Disconnect aftercooler outlet hose (4).
5. Disconnect aftercooler inlet hose (5).
6. Disconnect outlet hose (6) of aftercooler cooling
fan motor.
7. Disconnect inlet hose (7) of aftercooler cooling
fan motor.
8. Disconnect lubrication grease tube (8) of
aftercooler cooling fan motor.
9. Remove mounting bolts, then lift off aftercooler
assembly (9).
4 Aftercooler assembly: 1,060 kg
fl Sling the aftercooler before removing the
mounting bolts.

INSTALLATION OF
AFTERCOOLER ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

PC1100-6

30-39
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

RADIATOR, HYDRAULIC COOLER

REMOVAL OF RADIATOR,
HYDRAULIC COOLER
ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment completely to the

1.
2.
3.
4.

ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil


filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
Drain coolant.
Remove radiator mask (1).
Remove radiator guards (2).
Remove condenser (3).
fl Remove the condenser, then let it hang at
the front face.

5. Disconnect radiator bottom hose (4).


6. Disconnect aeration hose (5).
7. Disconnect make-up line hose (6).
8. Disconnect aeration hose (7).
9. Disconnect aeration hose (8).

10. Disconnect radiator upper hose (9).


11. Disconnect lubrication grease tubes (10) (aftercooler motor), (11) (tension pulley), and (12) (fan
pulley).
12. Disconnect hose (13) between reserve tank and
radiator.
13. Remove bracket (14).
14. Remove tube (15) between aftercooler and
turbocharger.
15. Remove bracket (16).
16. Remove guard (17).
17. Disconnect oil cooler inlet hose (18).

18. Remove clamp (19).


19. Loosen locknut (20), and return adjustment bolt
(21) fully to bracket.
20. Insert bar of approx. 50 cm in portion a, pull to
outside and hold in position while removing fan
belt (22).

30-40
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

RADIATOR, HYDRAULIC COOLER

21. Disconnect oil cooler outlet hose (23).


fl The oil inside the cooler will flow out when
the hose is disconnected, so prepare an oil
pan or other container to catch the oil.
6 Oil inside cooler: 30
22. Remove left and right cushions (24).
23. Remove mounting bolts (25), then lift off radiator
and hydraulic cooler assembly (26).
fl Sling the radiator and oil cooler assembly
before removing the mounting bolts.
4 Radiator, hydraulic cooler assembly:
560 kg

INSTALLATION OF RADIATOR,
HYDRAULIC COOLER
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Refilling with water


Add water to the mouth of the radiator filler
port. Tighten the cap and run the engine to
circulate the water through the system. Then
check the water level in the reserve tank.
(Check if the water level goes up or down.)

Refilling with oil


Add oil to the hydraulic tank to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through
the system. Then check the oil level again.

Adjust the fan belt tension.


For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Adjusting fan belt tension.

PC1100-6

30-41
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

HYDRAULIC COOLER

REMOVAL OF HYDRAULIC
COOLER ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment completely to the
ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil
filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
1. Remove radiator mask (1).
2. Remove radiator guards (2).
3. Remove condenser (3).
fl Remove the condenser, then let it hang at
the front face.
4. Disconnect hydraulic oil inlet hose (4).
5. Disconnect hydraulic oil outlet hose (5).
fl The oil inside the cooler will flow out when
the hose is disconnected, so prepare an oil
pan or other container to catch the oil.
6

Oil inside cooler: 28

6. Remove mounting bolts, then lift off hydraulic


cooler assembly (6).
4 Hydraulic cooler assembly: 221 kg
fl Sling the hydraulic cooler assembly before
removing the mounting bolts.

INSTALLATION OF HYDRAULIC
COOLER ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Refilling with oil


Add oil to the hydraulic tank to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through
the system. Then check the oil level again.

30-42
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ENGINE, PTO, HYDRAULIC PUMP

REMOVAL OF ENGINE, PTO,


HYDRAULIC PUMP ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment completely to the
ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil
filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Drain coolant.
6 Coolant: Approx. 160
2. Drain hydraulic oil.
6 Hydraulic oil: Approx. 650
3. Remove engine side doors (1).
4. Remove engine hoods (2).
5. Remove counterweight assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF COUNTERWEIGHT
ASSEMBLY.
6. Remove brackets (3) and (4).
7. Remove bracket (5) and support (6).
8. Remove frames (7).

9. Remove tube (8) between aftercooler and


turbocharger.
10. Remove tube (9) between aftercooler and intake
manifold.
11. Disconnect aeration hose (10).
12. Disconnect radiator upper hose (11).

13. Disconnect air compressor wiring connector (12)


(M34).
14. Remove cover (13).
15. Loosen belt tension adjustment bolt (14).
fl Loosen the lock bolt.
fl Loosen the adjustment bolt and remove the
drive belt.
16. Remove 4 mounting bolts (15), then lower air
conditioner compressor assembly (16) to outside
of frame.
17. Disconnect air compressor unload tube (17).
18. Disconnect fuel return hose (18).

PC1100-6

30-43
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ENGINE, PTO, HYDRAULIC PUMP

19. Remove hose clamp bracket (19).


20. Disconnect hose (20) between fuel tank and
strainer.
21. Disconnect fuel return hose (21).
22. Disconnect hose (22) between air compressor
and air tank.
23. Disconnect air hose clamp (23).

24. Disconnect water hose clamp (24).


25. Disconnect lubrication grease hose (25).
26. Remove fan belt (26).
fl For details, see REMOVAL OF RADIATOR,
OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY.
27. Disconnect heater return hose (27).

28. Remove heater hose clamp (28).


29. Remove ground connection wiring (29).
30. Disconnect wiring connectors (30), (31), and (32)
(E08).
31. Disconnect cable (33) from starting motor.
32. Disconnect heater outlet hose (34).
33. Disconnect heater hose clamp (35).

34. Disconnect hose (36) between hydraulic tank and


filter.
35. Disconnect hose (37) between No. 1 pump and
filter.
36. Disconnect hose (38) between PPC pump and
filter.
37. Remove pilot filter assembly (39).
38. Disconnect PTO filter (40), and remove bracket
(41) from PTO housing.
39. Install lifting jig 1 to PTO housing.

30-44
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ENGINE, PTO, HYDRAULIC PUMP

40. Disconnect No. 3 pump suction tube (42), No. 2


pump suction tube (43), and No. 1 pump suction
tube (44).
41. Disconnect pilot pump suction hoses (45).
42. Disconnect No. 3 pump discharge hose (46).
43. Disconnect hose (47) between pilot pump and
pilot filter.
44. Disconnect hoses (48) between pilot pump and
aftercooler fan motor.

45. Disconnect No. 2 pump discharge hoses (49).


46. Disconnect No. 1 pump discharge hose (50).
47. Disconnect hoses (51) between pilot filter and
No. 1 pump.
48. Disconnect hose (52) between control valve and
No. 1 pump.
49. Remove hose clamp (53), then disconnect hose
between block and No. 1 pump.

50. Remove mount (54), then lift off engine, PTO,


and hydraulic pump assembly (55).
1
4 Engine, PTO, hydraulic pump assembly:
Approx. 4,500 kg
fl While lifting off the engine, PTO, and
hydraulic pump assembly, check that all the
piping and wiring has been removed.

PC1100-6

30-45
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ENGINE, PTO, HYDRAULIC PUMP

INSTALLATION OF ENGINE,
PTO, HYDRAULIC PUMP
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Mount bolt :
823.7 1,029.7 Nm {84 105 kgm}

Refilling with oil


Add oil to the specified level. Run the engine to
circulate the oil through the system. Then check
the oil level again.

Refilling with water


Add water to the mouth of the radiator filler
port. Tighten the cap and run the engine to
circulate the water through the system. Then
check the water level in the reserve tank.
(Check if the water level goes up or down.)

Bleeding air
Bleed the air from the main pump.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air from main pump.

Adjusting drive belt tension.


Adjust the air conditioner compressor drive belt
and fan belt.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Adjusting belt tension.

30-46
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

PTO

REMOVAL OF PTO ASSEMBLY


1. Remove engine hood, side cover, frame, and
underguard.
For details, see REMOVAL OF ENGINE, PTO,
HYDRAULIC PUMP ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove counterweight assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF COUNTERWEIGHT
ASSEMBLY.

3. Remove air cleaner (1) together with bracket.


fl Disconnect the Komaclone tube.
4. Disconnect hose (2) between pilot pump and
pilot filter and hose (3) between No. 1 pump
and pilot filter, remove pilot filter (4), then move
towards engine.
5. Disconnect hose (5) coming from pilot pump,
remove PTO lubrication oil filter (6), then remove
bracket (7).
fl Disconnect the hose coming from the PTO
lubrication oil block.
6. Disconnect hose (8) coming from block.
7. Disconnect hoses (9) coming from control valve.
8. Disconnect No. 1 pump discharge hoses (10).
9. Disconnect No. 2 pump discharge hoses (11).
10. Disconnect hose (12) going to pilot filter.
11. Disconnect suction tubes (13) and (14) and hose
of each pump.
12. Disconnect PTO suction hose (17), then remove
filter (17a).
13. Disconnect hose (18) coming from PPC pump.
14. Disconnect connection hoses (19) and (20)
between pumps.
15. Disconnect hose (21) between pilot pump and
aftercooler cooling fan motor.
16. Disconnect No. 3 pump discharge hoses (22).
17. Disconnect branch hoses (23) and (24).
18. Disconnect hose (25) between PPC pump and
No. 1 pump.
19. Disconnect hose (26) going to PTO lubrication
oil block.
20. Disconnect branch hose (27).

PC1100-6

30-47
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

PTO

21. Remove mounting bolts of No. 1 pump (28),


pilot pump (29), No. 2 pump (30), and No. 3
pump (31), then lift off.
4 No. 1 pump assembly: Approx. 200 kg
No. 2 pump assembly: Approx. 150 kg
No. 3 pump assembly: Approx. 140 kg
Pilot pump assembly: Approx. 90 kg
22. Disconnect bracket (32) from PTO.
23. Remove drain plug (33) and drain lubrication
oil.
6 Lubrication oil : 13.5
24. Disconnect hose (34) between flywheel housing
and PTO.
25. Remove mounting bolts of left and right mounts
(35).
26. Set supports 1 under flywheel housing (36) on
left and right, and adjust height with jack.
fl The part is high, so be extremely careful.
27. Disconnect PTO lubrication oil tubes (37).
28. Remove 22 mounting bolts (38), then lift off PTO
assembly (39).
1
4 PTO assembly: 440 kg
29. Remove shaft (40).
30. Remove bolts (41), then remove hub (42). 2
31. Remove bolts (43), then remove plate (44). 3

INSTALLATION OF PTO
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Mounting bolt:
98 123 Nm {10 12.5 kgm}
2
3 Mounting bolt:
245 309 Nm {25 31.5 kgm}
3
3 Mounting bolt:
98 123 Nm {10 12.5 kgm}

30-48
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

PTO

DISASSEMBLY OF PTO
ASSEMBLY
1. Front cover
1) Remove mounting bolts (1), then remove
front cover (2) using forcing screws 1.
fl Use a bar to adjust in the up-down
direction to reduce the load on the
forcing screw, and when a clearance is
made, insert wooden sheets.

2) Remove snap ring (3) from cover (2), then


remove bearing (4).

2. Gear assembly
1) Remove 2 gears (6) (for No. 1, 2 pump drive).
2) Remove gear (7) (for No. 3 pump drive).

fl If the gear assembly will not come out,


remove nipple (8), then use a puller to
remove the gear assembly.

PC1100-6

30-49
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

PTO

3. Removal of bearing
Using puller 2, remove bearing from each gear.

4. Rear cover
1) Remove snap ring (9) from rear cover (5).

2) Using push tool 3, pull out gear (10).

3) Remove snap ring (11) from rear cover (5),


then remove bearing (12).
fl After pulling out gear (10), turn over rear
cover (5).

30-50
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

PTO

ASSEMBLY OF PTO
ASSEMBLY
1. Rear cover
1) Press fit bearing (12) to rear cover (5), then
install snap ring (11).
fl Coat the rolling surface with grease.
2 Bearing: Lubrication oil (G2-LI)

2) Using push tool 4, press fit gear (10).

3) After press fitting gear (10), install snap ring


(9).

2. Press fitting bearing


1) Using tool 5, press fit bearing to gear (6)
for No. 1, 2 pump drive.

PC1100-6

30-51
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

PTO

2) Using tool 5, press fit bearing to gear (7)


for No. 3 pump drive.

3. Gear assembly
1) Install nipples (8).
2) Press fit 2 gears (6) to rear cover (5).
3) Press fit gear (7) to rear cover.
fl Before press-fitting, coat the rolling
surface of the bearing with grease.
2 Bearing: Lubrication oil (G2-LI)
fl Put wooden sheet 6 in contact with the
gear, and tap lightly with a hammer to
press fit.

4. Front cover
1) After coating front cover (2) and bearing (4)
with grease, press fit, then install snap ring
(3).
2 Bearing: Lubrication oil (G2-LI)

2) Set guide bolts 7 (2 places) to rear cover


(5), then align front cover (2), and lower
slowly.
fl Coat the mating surface of the rear cover
with gasket sealant.
2 Mating surface of cover:
Gasket sealant (LG-1)
3) Tighten mounting bolts (1) in turn on
diagonally opposite sides.
3 Mounting bolt:
98 123 Nm {10 12.5 kgm}

30-52
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK

REMOVAL OF FUEL TANK


ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Drain fuel.
6 Fuel tank: 1,000
2. Remove handrails (1).
3. Remove steps (2) and (3).
4. Disconnect fuel level sensor wiring connector
(4) (P06).
5. Disconnect fuel injection pump return hose (5).
6. Disconnect injector return hose (6).
7. Disconnect hose (7) between fuel tank and
strainer.
8. Remove mounting bolts, then lift off fuel tank
assembly (8).
4 Fuel tank assembly: 740 kg

INSTALLATION OF FUEL TANK


ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

PC1100-6

30-53
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

REMOVAL OF FINAL DRIVE


ASSEMBLY
Loosen the oil filler cap slowly to release the
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
1. Remove track shoe assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF TRACK SHOE
ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove covers (1) and (2).
3. Disconnect hose (3) for travel speed selector
valve.
4. Disconnect drain hose (4).
5. Disconnect hoses (5) coming from control valve.
6. Remove sprocket (6).
4 Sprocket assembly: 195 kg
7. Sling final drive assembly (7), then remove
mounting bolts and lift off final drive assembly.
1
4 Final drive assembly: 1,530 kg

INSTALLATION OF FINAL
DRIVE ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Mounting bolt : Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
882 1,030 Nm {90 105 kgm}

Bleeding air
fl Bleed the air from the travel motor.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

30-54
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

DISASSEMBLY OF FINAL
DRIVE ASSEMBLY
1. Draining oil
Remove drain plug and drain oil from final drive
case.
6 Final drive case : Approx. 21
2. Put travel motor at bottom and set on block
(height approx. 350 mm).
3. Cover
Using forcing screws and eyebolts 1, remove
cover (1).
4. No. 3 carrier assembly
1) Remove thrust washer (50).
2) Using eyebolts 2, remove No. 3 carrier
assembly (2).

3) Disassemble No. 3 carrier assembly as


follows.
i) Remove mounting bolts (3).
ii) Using tool J2, remove holder (4).

iii) Turn over carrier assembly (2) and set to


press, then using tool J3, pull out pin (5)
and remove gear assembly (6).

PC1100-6

30-55
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

iv) Remove bearing (7) and spacer (8) from


gear assembly (6).
fl If the parts are to be used again,
make counter marks to prevent any
change in the combination with the
outer race.
v) Remove outer race (9) from gear
assembly (6).

5. No. 3 sun gear


1) Remove thrust washer (11) from No. 3 sun
gear (10).
2) Remove No. 3 sun gear (10).

6. No. 3 ring gear


Using eyebolts 3, remove No. 3 ring gear (12).

7. Hub assembly
1) Remove lock plate (13).
2) Using tool J4, remove nut (14).

30-56
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

3) Using eyebolts 4, remove hub assembly (15)


together with bearing (16) from shaft (41).
4) Remove bearing (16) from hub (49).

5) Remove floating seal (17a) from hub (49).


fl If the seal is to be used again, be careful
not to damage the contact surface, and
keep in a safe place.
6) Remove outer races (18).
8. Spacer
Remove spacer (19) from shaft (41).

9. No. 2 carrier assembly


1) Using eyebolts 5, remove No. 2 carrier
assembly (20).
2) Disassemble No. 2 carrier assembly as
follows.
i) Knock pin (21) into shaft (22).
ii) Push shaft (22) from pin side to remove.
fl Remove the pin from the shaft.

iii) Pull out gear (23) from carrier (27), then


remove thrust washer (24) and bearing
(25).
iv) Remove thrust assembly (26) from carrier
(27).

PC1100-6

30-57
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

10. No. 2 sun gear


Remove No. 2 sun gear (28).
11. No. 2 ring gear
Remove No. 2 ring gear (30).
12. Spacer
Remove spacer (31).

13. No. 1 carrier assembly


1) Using eyebolts 6, remove No. 1 carrier
assembly (32).
2) Disassemble No. 1 carrier assembly as
follows.
i) Knock pin (33) into shaft (34).
ii) Pull out shaft (34) towards pin end.
fl Remove the pin from the shaft.

iii) Pull out gear (35) from carrier (36), then


remove thrust washer (37) and bearing
(38).

14. No. 1 ring gear


Remove No. 1 ring gear (39).
15. No. 1 sun gear
Remove No. 1 sun gear (40).
fl Note: If the travel motor is removed, the
gear will fall off when it is put in the posture
for disassembly.
16. Thrust washer
Remove thrust washer (48) from travel motor.
17. Floating seal
Remove floating seal (17b) from shaft (41).
fl If the seal is to be used again, be careful not
to damage the contact surface, and keep in
a safe place.

30-58
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

ASSEMBLY OF FINAL DRIVE


ASSEMBLY
fl 1) Clean all parts, check for dirt or damage,
and correct all dents and burrs.
2) Coat the bearings and surfaces of all parts
with engine oil before installing.

1. Thrust washer
1) Set shaft assembly on block (height: approx.
350 mm).
2) Install thrust washer (48) of travel motor.

2. No. 1 sun gear


Install No. 1 sun gear (40).
3. No. 1 ring gear
Install No. 1 ring gear (39).
fl Set with the side with the cut outside
circumference facing the motor.
4. Spacer
Install spacer (31).

5. No. 1 carrier assembly


1) Assemble No. 1 carrier assembly as follows.
fl There are the remains of the caulking
when the pin is inserted at the end face
of hole h at the side of the carrier, so
remove the caulked metal from the inside
diameter of the hole before starting to
assemble.
i) Assemble bearing (38) to gear (35), put
thrust washers (37) in contact at both
sides, then set to carrier (36).

PC1100-6

30-59
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

ii) Align position of pin holes of carrier and


shaft, then tap with a plastic hammer to
install shaft (34).
fl When installing the shaft, rotate the
planetary gear, and be careful not to
damage the thrust washer.
iii) Install pin (33).
fl Check that the pin groove and
protruding part of the pin are not
fatigued. If the pin is defective,
replace it with a new part.
fl When assembling the pin again,
avoid the position previously used
for caulking.
fl After inserting the pin, caulk the pin
portion (marked by arrows) of the
carrier.
fl After assembling the carrier
assembly, check that gear (35) rotates
smoothly.
2) Using eyebolts 6, install No. 1 carrier
assembly (32).

6. No. 2 sun gear


1) Press fit button (29) to No. 2 sun gear (28).
2) Install No. 2 sun gear (28).
7. No. 2 ring gear
Install No. 2 ring gear (30).

8. No. 2 carrier assembly


1) Assemble No. 2 carrier assembly as follows.
i) Press fit thrust washer (44) to plate (43).
ii) Press fit thrust assembly (26) to carrier
(27).

30-60
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

fl There are the remains of the caulking


when the pin is inserted at the end face
of hole h at the side of the carrier, so
remove the caulked metal from the inside
diameter of the hole before starting to
assemble.
iii) Assemble bearing (25) to gear (23), put
thrust washers (24) in contact at both
sides, then set to carrier (27).
iv) Align position of pin holes of carrier and
shaft, then tap with a plastic hammer to
install shaft (22).
fl When installing the shaft, rotate the
gear, and be careful not to damage
the thrust washer.
v) Install pin (21).
fl Check that the pin groove and
protruding part of the pin are not
fatigued. If the pin is defective,
replace it with a new part.
fl When assembling the pin again,
avoid the position previously used
for caulking.
fl After inserting the pin, caulk the pin
portion (marked by arrows) of the
carrier. (See Step 5-1)-iii).)
fl After assembling the carrier assembly,
check that gear (23) rotates smoothly.
2) Using eyebolts 5, install No. 2 carrier
assembly (20).
9. Spacer
Align protruding portion with protruding portion
of shaft (41), and install spacer (19).
fl Set the spacer with the shallow protruding
part facing the motor.

10. Hub assembly


1) Floating seal at shaft end
Using tool J8, install floating seal (17b) to
shaft (41).
fl Remove all oil and grease from the Oring and O-ring contact surface, and dry
the parts before installing the floating
seal.

PC1100-6

30-61
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

fl After installing the floating seal, check


that the angle of the floating seal is
within 1 mm.
fl After installing the floating seal, coat the
sliding surface thinly with engine oil.
2) Inside bearing
Shrink fit bearing (16) to shaft (41), or use
tool J3 to install.

fl When using tool J7, see the drawing on the


right.

3) Outer race at hub end


Expand fit outer race (18) to hub (49), or use
tool J2 to install.
fl When using tool J2, see the drawing on
the right.

4) Floating seal at hub end


Using tool J8, install floating seal (17a) to
hub (49).
fl For precautions and details of the tool,
see Step 10-1).
fl When turning over the hub, the floating
seal will be at the bottom, so install it
temporarily with several of bolts 8.
5) Installation of hub assembly
Using eyebolts 4, install hub assembly (15)
to shaft (41).

30-62
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

6) Outside bearing
Install bearing (16).

7) Install nut as follows.


i) Set tool J7 in position.
ii) Push bearing inner race portion with
specified force.
fl Pushing force:
34.3 38.2 kN {3.5 3.9 ton}
iii) Rotate hub assembly 2 3 times to settle
bearing.

iv) Measure dimension a in the condition


above.

v) Measure thickness b of nut (14) as an


individual part.
vi) Calculate a b = c.
vii) Using tool J1, tighten nut (14) to a point
where dimension c = +0.15
0.05 mm.

PC1100-6

30-63
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

8) Install lock plate (13).


Install the lock plate as shown in the diagram
on the right.
2 Thread of mounting bolt :
Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
59 74 Nm {6 7.5 kgm}

11. No. 3 ring gear


1) Install O-ring to shaft end.
2) Using eyebolts 3, install No. 3 ring gear
(12).
fl Align the bolt holes.
fl Install the ring gear with the machined
outside circumference facing up (outside).

12. No. 3 carrier assembly


1) Assemble No. 3 carrier assembly as follows.
i) Using tool J4, press fit outer race (9) to
gear (46).

ii) Assemble bearing (7) and spacer (8) to


gear (46), and set to carrier (47).
fl Align the carrier and bearing and
spacer holes accurately.

30-64
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

iii) Expand fit shaft (5) or press fit with a


press.
fl Do not move the gear until the tip of
shaft (5) enters the carrier. Be
particularly careful with the spacer.
fl When press fitting the shaft, be
careful of the angle of the shaft, and
press fit so that there is no clearance
between the pin and end face m of
the bearing.
fl After press fitting the pin, check that
the gear rotates smoothly.
iv) Assemble holder (4) to shaft (5).
v) Tighten bolt (3).
2 Bolt: Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Bolt:
931 1,030 Nm {90 105 kgm}
vi) Install thrust washer (50).

2) Using eyebolts 2, install No. 3 carrier


assembly (2).
fl Align the low portion (4 places) of spacer
(19) and shaft (41) with the carrier
assembly holder.
fl Align the bolt holes also.

13. No. 3 sun gear


1) Install thrust washer (11) to No. 3 sun gear
(10).
2) Install No. 3 sun gear (10).
fl Be careful not to get your fingers caught.

PC1100-6

30-65
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE

14. Cover
Using eyebolts 1, install cover (1).
2 Mounting surface: Gasket sealant (LG-6)
2 Bolt: Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Bolt: 982 1,030 Nm {90 105 kgm}

30-66
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

REVOLVING FRAME

REMOVAL OF REVOLVING
FRAME ASSEMBLY
1. Remove counterweight assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF COUNTERWEIGHT
ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove work equipment assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF WORK EQUIPMENT
ASSEMBLY.
3. Disconnect hose (1) coming from filter.
4. Disconnect hoses (2) and (3) coming from swing
motor.
5. Disconnect hoses (4) coming from 5-spool
control valve.
6. Disconnect hoses (5) coming from 4-spool
control valve.
7. Disconnect hose (6) coming from travel speed
selector solenoid valve.
8. Disconnect stopper link (7).
9. Leave 4 mounting bolts (8) at front and rear,
and remove remaining mounting bolts. 1
10. Lift off revolving frame assembly (9).
4 Revolving frame assembly:
Approx. 20,300 kg

INSTALLATION OF REVOLVING
FRAME ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

fl Remove the mounting bolts of the swing motor,


raise the swing gear enough for it to be free,
then set on a block.
1
2 Mounting bolt: Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
1,960 2,450 Nm {200 250 kgm}

PC1100-6

30-67
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SWING MACHINERY

REMOVAL OF SWING
MACHINERY ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment completely to the
ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil
filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
fl Center of chassis
1. Disconnect hoses (1), (2), (3), and (4) coming
from control valve.
2. Disconnect hoses (5) and (6) going to swing
motor at front of chassis.
3. Disconnect drain hose (7).
4. Disconnect swing brake release hose (8).
fl Front of chassis
1. Disconnect hoses (9) and (10) coming from swing
motor at center of chassis.
2. Disconnect drain hose (11).
3. Disconnect swing brake release hose (12).
4. Disconnect hose (13) going to boom LOWER
regeneration valve.
5. Disconnect drain hose (14).
6. Remove mounting bolts (15), then lift off swing
motor assembly (16).
4 Swing motor assembly: 81 kg
7. Remove mounting bolts, then lift off swing
machinery assembly (17).
1
4 Swing machinery assembly: 532 kg

INSTALLATION OF SWING
MACHINERY ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Mounting bolt :
824 1,030 Nm {84 105 kgm}

Refilling with oil


Add oil to the hydraulic tank to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through
the system. Then check the oil level again.

30-68
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SWING MACHINERY

DISASSEMBLY OF SWING
MACHINERY ASSEMBLY
1. Draining oil
Loosen drain plug and drain oil from swing
machinery case.

6 Swing machinery case: Approx. 21.5


2. Cover
Remove mounting bolts, then lift off cover (1).
CEP00205

3. No. 1 carrier assembly


1) Remove thrust washer (2).
2) Remove No. 1 sun gear (3).

CEP00206

3) Remove No. 1 carrier assembly (4).

CEP00207

4. Disassemble No. 1 carrier assembly as follows.


1) Push in pin (5) and knock out shaft (6) from
carrier (7).
fl After removing the shaft, remove pin (5).
2) Remove thrust washer (8), gear (9), bearing
(10), and thrust washer (11).

10

11

CEP00208

PC1100-6

30-69
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SWING MACHINERY

5. Ring gear
Lift off ring gear (12).

12

CEP00209

6. No. 1 sun gear


1) Remove thrust washer (13) and collar (14).
2) Remove No. 1 sun gear (15).

14

13

15
CEP00210

3) Remove thrust washer (16).

16

CEP00211

7. No. 2 carrier assembly


Lift off No. 2 carrier assembly (17).

17

CEP00212

30-70
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

8. Disassemble No. 2 carrier assembly as follows.


1) Push in pin (18), and knock out shaft (19)
from carrier (17).
fl After removing the shaft, remove pin
(18).
2) Remove thrust washer (20), gear (21), bearing
(22), and thrust washer (23).

SWING MACHINERY

19

22

17

20
21
23
18

9. Pinion shaft assembly


1) Remove bolt (24), then remove holder (25).
2) Remove gear (26).

CEP00213

24
26
25

CEP00214

3) Turn over case and pinion assembly, then


remove mounting bolts (28) of cover
assembly (27).

27

28

CEP00215

4) Turn over case and pinion assembly (29),


and set on press stand, then using push tool
F4, remove pinion shaft assembly (30) with
press.
fl Set a wooden block under the press, and
be careful not to damage the pinion shaft
assembly when removing it.

PC1100-6

30-71
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SWING MACHINERY

10. Disassemble pinion shaft assembly as follows.


1) Using push tool 1, remove cover assembly
(27) and bearing (31) from shaft (32).
2) Remove oil seal (33) from cover (27).

33

27
31
32
27
CEP00218

11. Bearing
Using push tool, remove bearing (34) from case
(35).

35

CEP00219

34

CEP00220

30-72
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SWING MACHINERY

ASSEMBLY OF SWING
MACHINERY ASSEMBLY
fl Clean all parts, and check for dirt or damage.
Coat the sliding surfaces of all parts with engine
oil before installing.
1. Bearing
Using push tool F2, press fit bearing (31) to case
(35).

2. Cover assembly
1) Using push tool F1, press fit oil seal (33) to
cover (27).
2 Outside circumference of oil seal:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
fl Be careful not to let the gasket sealant
(LG-6) get on the oil seal lip when press
fitting.

2) Fit cover assembly (27) to case (35), and


tighten mounting bolts (28).
2 Cover mounting surface:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
2 Lip of oil seal: Grease (G2-LI)
fl Be careful not to let the gasket sealant
(LG-6) get on the oil seal lip when press
fitting.

27

28
35

CEP00223

3. Case assembly
1) Set case assembly (35) to shaft (32), then
using push tool 2, press fit bearing inner
race portion.
fl When setting the case assembly to the
shaft, be extremely careful not to damage
the oil seal.

PC1100-6

30-73
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SWING MACHINERY

2) Bearing
Using tool F3, press fit bearing (34).
fl Push the bearing inner race and outer
race at the same time when press fitting.
Do not push only the inner race when
press fitting.
fl After press fitting the bearing, check that
the case rotates smoothly.

3) Gear, holder
Assemble gear (26), then fit holder (25) and
tighten bolt (24).
2 Mounting bolt:
Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
343 427 Nm {35 43.5 kgm}

24
26
25

CEP00214

4. Assemble No. 2 carrier assembly as follows.


fl There are the remains of the caulking when
the pin is inserted at the end face of hole h
at the side of the carrier, so remove the
caulked metal from the inside diameter of
the hole before starting to assemble.
1) Assemble bearing (22) to gear (21), fit top
and bottom thrust washers (23) and (20) and
set gear assembly to carrier (17).

22

17

20
21
23

h
CEP00226

2) Align position of pin holes of shaft and


carrier, then tap with a plastic hammer to
install shaft (19).
fl When installing the shaft, rotate the
planetary gear, and be careful not to
damage the thrust washer.
3) Insert pin (18).
fl After inserting the pin, caulk the pin
portion of the carrier.
fl After assembling the carrier assembly, check
that gear (21) rotates smoothly.

30-74
2

21

18

19

CEP00227

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

5. No. 2 carrier assembly


Raise No. 2 carrier assembly (17) and install.

SWING MACHINERY

17

CEP00212

6. No. 2 sun gear


1) Assemble thrust washer (16).

16

CEP00211

2) Install No. 2 sun gear (15) to No. 2 carrier,


then install collar (14) and thrust washer (13).

14

13

15
CEP00210

7. Ring gear
Raise ring gear (12) and install.
fl Align with the drain hole and assemble.
2 Mating surface of ring gear and case:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
12

CEP00209

PC1100-6

30-75
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

8. Assemble No. 1 carrier assembly as follows.


fl There are the remains of the caulking when
the pin is inserted at the end face of hole h
at the side of the carrier, so remove the
caulked metal from the inside diameter of
the hole before starting to assemble.
1) Assemble bearing (10) to gear (9), fit top
and bottom thrust washers (8) and (11) and
set gear assembly to carrier (7).

SWING MACHINERY

10

11

CEP00228

2) Align position of pin holes of shaft and


carrier, then tap with a plastic hammer to
install shaft (6).
fl When installing the shaft, rotate the
planetary gear, and be careful not to
damage the thrust washer.
3) Insert pin (5).
fl After inserting the pin, caulk the pin
portion of the carrier.
fl After assembling the carrier assembly, check
that gear (9) rotates smoothly.

6
CEP00229

9. No. 1 carrier assembly


Install No. 1 carrier assembly (4).

CEP00207

10. No. 1 sun gear


1) Assemble No.1 sun gear (3) to carrier
assembly.
2) Install thrust washer (2).

CEP00206

30-76
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

11. Cover
Install cover (1).
2 Cover mounting surface:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
3 Mounting bolt:
1st pass: 98 Nm {10 kgm}
2nd pass: 120 5

SWING MACHINERY

CEP00205

12. Refilling with oil


Tighten drain plug and add oil through oil filler.
5 Swing machinery case: Approx. 21.5

PC1100-6

30-77
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SWING CIRCLE

REMOVAL OF SWING CIRCLE


ASSEMBLY
1. Remove revolving frame assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF REVOLVING FRAME
ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove grease tubes (1).
3. Remove mounting bolts (2).

4. Pass a round bar through revolving frame


mounting bolt holes, then fit wire and lift off
swing circle assembly (3).
2
4 Swing circle assembly: 2,169 kg
5. Remove seal (4).

INSTALLATION OF SWING
CIRCLE ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Mounting bolt: Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
1,960 2,450 Nm {200 250 kgm}
2
2 Mounting surface of swing circle:
Gasket sealant (LG- 6)
fl Amount of grease (G2-LI) to fill oil bath:
Approx. 75
fl Coat the inner teeth with grease (G2-LI).
fl Set the soft zone S mark on the inner race
facing the left side of the machine, then
install.

30-78
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRACK SHOE

REMOVAL OF TRACK SHOE


ASSEMBLY
1. Positioning master pin
fl Move the track so that the master pin is
midway between the idler and the carrier
roller. The track shoe is opened to the rear,
so be sure that there is enough space to lay
it out.
2. Loosen track shoe tension.
1
Never loosen lubricator (1) more than one
turn.
fl If the track tension is not relieved even when
the lubricator is loosened, move the machine
backwards and forwards.
3. Using tool R1, pull out master pin.

4. Fit block or hydraulic jack 1 (100 kN {10 t})


under shoe at idler end, then remove guide pin
2.
2

5. Raise tip of track shoe with crane, and move


machine slowly to rear to open track shoe
assembly (3).

PC1100-6

30-79
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRACK SHOE

INSTALLATION OF TRACK
SHOE ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Adjust the track shoe tension.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Adjusting track shoe tension.
3 Lubricator:
73.5 14.7 Nm {7.5 1.5 kgm}
2
fl Assemble spacer (4) and washer (5) to the
link, connect to the bottom link, then install
the guide pin.

30-80
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SPROCKET

REMOVAL OF SPROCKET
1. Remove track shoe assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF TRACK SHOE
ASSEMBLY.
2. Swing work equipment 90, push up chassis with
work equipment, set block 1 on top of track
shoe, then lower chassis slowly.
Lower the work equipment completely to the
ground.
3. Remove mounting bolts (1), and lift off sprocket
(2).
1
4 Sprocket: 194 kg

INSTALLATION OF SPROCKET

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Mounting bolt: Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
824 1,030 Nm {84 105 kgm}

PC1100-6

30-81
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

IDLER

REMOVAL OF IDLER
ASSEMBLY
1. Remove track shoe assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF TRACK SHOE
ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove idler assembly (1).
fl Pull out the idler assembly, then lift off the
idler and adjustment cylinder.
4 Idler assembly: 1,000 kg

INSTALLATION OF IDLER
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

30-82
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

IDLER

DISASSEMBLY OF IDLER
ASSEMBLY
1. Remove plug and drain oil.
6 Idler: Approx. 750 830 cc
2. Set idler assembly (1) on block 1, remove bolt
and nut (2), then remove support (3).

3. Remove O-ring (4).


4. Remove plate (5), then remove dowel pin (6)
from plate.
5. Remove floating seal (7).

6. Turn over idler assembly, remove bolt and nut


(8), then remove support (9).

7. Remove O-ring (10).


8. Remove plate (11), then remove dowel pin (12)
from plate.
9. Remove floating seal (7).

PC1100-6

30-83
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

IDLER

10. Remove shaft (13) from idler.

11. Remove bushings (14) and (15) from idler.

12. Remove floating seal (7) from supports (3) and


(9).

30-84
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

IDLER

ASSEMBLY OF IDLER
ASSEMBLY
fl Clean all parts, and check for dirt or damage.
1. Using tool L2, assemble floating seals (7) to
supports (3) and (9).
fl Check that the angle of the seal is less than
1 mm.

2. Using tool L1, press fit bushings (14) and (15) to


idler (1).
Press-fitting force:
114 200 kN {11.6 20.4 t}

3. Using tool L2, assemble floating seal (7) to idler


(1).
fl Check that the angle of the seal is less than
1 mm.

4. Install shaft (13) to idler assembly (1).


fl Assemble the shaft so that the UP mark at
the end face of the shaft is at the top.
fl Assemble so that the oil filler plug is facing
the right side of the machine

PC1100-6

30-85
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

IDLER

5. Assemble plate (5) to idler (1).


6. Install dowel pin (6) to plate (5).
7. Fit O-ring (4) to shaft (13).

8. Assemble plate (11) to idler (1).


9. Assemble dowel pin (12) to plate (11).
10. Fit O-ring (10) to shaft (13).

11. Assemble support (9) to shaft (13).


fl Align the dowel pin with the hole at the
support end.
12. Install bolt and nut (8), and secure support (9).

13. Turn over idler, and assemble support (3) to


shaft (13).
fl Align the dowel pin with the hole at the
support end.
14. Install bolt and nut (2), and secure support (3).
15. Using tool J3, add oil to specified level, then
tighten plug.
5
Idler: 750 830 cc (GO140)
3 Plug: 274.4 367.5 Nm {28 37.5 kgm}

30-86
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

IDLER ADJUSTMENT CYLINDER

DISASSEMBLY OF IDLER
ADJUSTMENT CYLINDER
ASSEMBLY
1. Remove plunger assembly (1).
2. Remove snap ring (3), then remove packing (4),
backup ring (5), and wear ring (6) from plunger
(2).
3. Remove dust seal (7).

ASSEMBLY OF IDLER
ADJUSTMENT CYLINDER
ASSEMBLY
1. Install wear ring (6) to plunger (2).
2. Assemble backup ring (5) and packing (4) to
plunger (2), then install snap ring (3).
3. Fill inside with grease (G2-LI), then assemble
plunger assembly (1) to piston.
4. Install dust seal (7).

PC1100-6

30-87
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

RECOIL SPRING

REMOVAL OF RECOIL SPRING


ASSEMBLY
fl The coil portion of the recoil spring assembly is
hooked on the rib inside the track frame, so
prepare a special tool for disassembly.
1. Remove track shoe assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF TRACK SHOE
ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove idler assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF IDLER ASSEMBLY.
3. Recoil spring assembly
1) Remove No. 2 and No. 3 track roller
assemblies.
For details, see REMOVAL OF TRACK ROLLER
ASSEMBLY.
2) After removing track roller assembly, install
tool 1.
fl When making tool 1, see Fig. 1.
fl Lower the track frame on top of the track
shoe.
3) Using eyebolts (Thread dia. = 16 mm, Pitch
= 2.0 mm), pull out recoil spring assembly
(1) and lift off.
4

Recoil spring assembly: 1,000 kg

INSTALLATION OF RECOIL
SPRING ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.
fl To check that the spring is securely fitted
inside the track frame, look through the side
hole on the inside (at the 5th track roller
from the front).

30-88
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

RECOIL SPRING

Fig. 1 (for tool 1)

PC1100-6

30-89
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

RECOIL SPRING

DISASSEMBLY OF RECOIL
SPRING ASSEMBLY
1. Set recoil spring assembly (1) to tool M1.
The recoil spring is under a large installed
load, so be sure to set the tool properly.
Failure to do this is dangerous.
fl Installed load of spring: 578 kN {58,957 kg}
2. Apply hydraulic pressure slowly to compress
spring, then remove lock plate, and remove nut
(2).
3. Release hydraulic pressure gradually to relieve
tension of spring, then remove recoil spring
assembly (1) from tool M1.
4. Remove rear pilot (4) and rod (5) from spring
(3).

30-90
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

RECOIL SPRING

ASSEMBLY OF RECOIL SPRING


ASSEMBLY
1. Install tool M1 to tip of rod (5).
fl Tool M1 is to prevent damage to the thread
when inserting the rear pilot.
2. Install rod (5) to spring (3).
Assemble rear pilot (4), and set to tool M1.
The recoil spring is under a large installed
load, so be sure to set the parts properly.
Failure to do this is dangerous.
3. Apply hydraulic pressure slowly to compress
spring so that installed length of spring is
standard dimension.
fl Installed length a of spring: 1,280 mm
4. Fit nut (2) and secure with lock plate.
5. Release hydraulic pressure gradually to relieve
tension of spring, then remove recoil spring
assembly (1) from tool M1.

PC1100-6

30-91
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CARRIER ROLLER

REMOVAL OF CARRIER
ROLLER ASSEMBLY
1. Loosen track shoe slightly.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Adjusting track shoe tension.
2. Using hydraulic jack 1, push up track shoe.
3. Remove 4 mounting bolts (1).
4. Lift off carrier roller assembly (2).
fl Pull the carrier roller assembly to the outside
to a point where it does not fall.
4 Carrier roller assembly: 80 kg

INSTALLATION OF CARRIER
ROLLER ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

30-92
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CARRIER ROLLER

DISASSEMBLY OF CARRIER
ROLLER ASSEMBLY
1. Remove plug and drain oil.
6 Carrier roller assembly:
Approx. 450 500 cc
2. Set carrier roller assembly (1) on press stand.
fl When support (2), shaft (3), and roller (4)
come away from roller (4), they will fall, so
set something to catch them under the roller.
3. Push with press, and remove support (2), shaft
(3), and roller (4) as one unit.
fl Remove floating seal (5) from support (2).
4. Remove shaft (3) and bearing (6) as one unit
from support (2).

5. Remove roller (4) and floating seal (5) (on top of


support (2)) as one unit.
6. Remove floating seal (5) from support (2).
7. Remove bearing (6) from support (2).

8. Remove floating seal (5) from roller (4).


9. Using tool L2, remove bearing (6) from shaft (3).

10. Remove bearing outer race (7) from support (2).


11. Using tool 1 , remove bushing (8) from support
(2).

PC1100-6

30-93
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CARRIER ROLLER

ASSEMBLY OF CARRIER
ROLLER ASSEMBLY
1. Using tool 1, press fit bushing (8) to support
(2).
fl Press fit so that the protrusion is the same
on the left and right.
2. Using tool L1, press fit bearing outer race (7) to
support (2).

3. Using tool L2, press fit bearing (6) to shaft (3).


fl Push in approx. 80 mm from the end face of
the shaft.
4. Install bearing (6) to shaft (3), install bushing (8)
to support (2), then press fit shaft (3) to support
(2).
fl Check that the inner race of the bearing is in
contact with bushing (8).
5. Using tool L4, install floating seal (5) to roller
(4).
fl Check that the angle of the seal is less than
1 mm.
fl Wash the O-ring and O-ring contact surface,
remove all oil and grease, then dry
thoroughly.
6. Assemble floating seal (5) to roller (4), then set
roller (4) on tool L3.
7. Assemble floating seal (5) to support (2), then
press fit support (2) and shaft (3) as one unit to
roller (4).
fl Make sure that there is no dirt stuck to the
seal surface.
8. Press fit bearing (6) to shaft (3).
9. Install floating seal (5) to support (2).
10. Assemble floating seal (5) to roller (4), then press
fit roller (4) to shaft (3).
fl Press fit roller (4) to the end face of the
shaft, then use tool L3 to press fit finally.
fl Ensure that the press-fitting force for the
shaft and each roller is at least 230 kN {23
tons}.
11. After assembling carrier roller assembly (1), fill
with oil.
5
Lubricating oil: 450 500 cc (GO140)
12. After filling carrier roller assembly with oil,
tighten plug.
3 Plug: 157 255 Nm {16 26 kgm}

30-94
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRACK ROLLER

REMOVAL OF TRACK ROLLER


ASSEMBLY
1. Loosen track shoe tension.
For details, see REMOVAL OF TRACK SHOE
ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove track roller guards (1) and (2).
4 Track roller guard: 170 kg
3. Using work equipment, push up track frame on
side which is to be removed.
After jacking up the chassis, set a block on
the track shoe.
4. Using tool L7, remove track roller assembly (2).
1
4 Track roller assembly (S flange): 140 kg

INSTALLATION OF TRACK
ROLLER ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Roller mounting bolt:
137.2 98 Nm {140 10 kgm}

PC1100-6

30-95
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRACK ROLLER

DISASSEMBLY OF TRACK
ROLLER ASSEMBLY
1. Remove plug and drain oil.
fl Rotate the shaft while draining the oil.
6 Track roller: Approx. 800 850 cc

2. Remove pin (1), then remove collar (2).

3. Remove floating seal (3) from collar (2) and roller


(4).

1
2

4. Pull out roller (4) from shaft (5).


fl It is filled with 800 850 cc. of oil, so drain
the oil at this point or lay a cloth to prevent
the area from becoming dirty.

CEP00085

CEP00086

CEP00088

CEP00087

5. Remove floating seal (6) on opposite side from


roller (4) and collar (8).

9, 10

6. Remove pin (7), then remove collar (8) from


shaft (5).
7. Remove bushings (9) and (10) from roller (4).

5
6
8
4
7

30-96
2

CEP00089

CEP00090

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRACK ROLLER

ASSEMBLY OF TRACK ROLLER


ASSEMBLY
1. Using tool 1, press fit bushings (9) and (10) to
roller (4).
2. Assemble collar (8) to shaft (5), and install pin
(7).
3. Using tool L6, install floating seal (6) to shaft
(5).
fl When assembling the floating seal, clean the
contact surface of O-ring (6c) and floating
seal (6a), remove all grease and oil, and dry
it. Make sure that no dirt or dust sticks to
the contact surface of the floating seal.
fl After inserting the floating seal, check that
the angle of the seal is less than 1 mm.

Remove all oil and


grease from
hatched portion.

Protrusion of seal
57mm

CEP00093

4. Using tool L6, install floating seals (6) and (3) to


roller (4).
fl For details of the precautions when installing
floating seals (6b) and (6d), and (3b) and
(3d), see the precautions marked fl for Step
3.

CEP00094

5. Assemble shaft (5) to roller (4).

CEP00096

6. Turn over roller (4) and shaft (5) assembly.


7. Using tool L6, install floating seal (3) to collar
(2).
fl For details of the precautions when installing
floating seals (3a) and (3c), see the
precautions marked fl for Step 3.

CEP00097

PC1100-6

30-97
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRACK ROLLER

8. Assemble collar (2) to shaft (5), and install pin


(1).

5
CEP00099

9. Using tool L10, apply standard pressure to roller


oil filler port, and check for leakage of air from
seal.
fl Standard pressure: 0.1 MPa (1 kg/cm2)
fl Method of checking
The standard pressure shall be maintained
for 10 seconds and the indicator of the gauge
shall not go down.

10. Using tool L10, fill track roller assembly with oil,
then tighten plug (11).

L10

5
Track roller oil: 800 850 cc (EO30-CD)
3 Plug: 17 37 Nm {1.7 3.8 kgm}

To oil pump
To vacuum tank
CEP00201

11

CEP00202

30-98
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

HYDRAULIC TANK

REMOVAL OF HYDRAULIC
TANK ASSEMBLY
Swing the frame and set the position of the
hydraulic tank between the left and right tracks.

Lower the work equipment completely to the


ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil
filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
1. Drain oil from hydraulic tank.
6 Hydraulic tank: 650
2. Disconnect wiring connectors (1) (from top:
V7=CO cancel, V1=swing priority selector,
V2=main 2-stage relief valve).
3. Disconnect hose (2) coming from oil cooler.
4. Disconnect hose (3) coming from main pump
CO valve.
5. Disconnect hoses (4) and (5) coming from control
valve main relief.
6. Disconnect hose (6) coming from 4-spool control
valve (boom RAISE).

7. Disconnect wiring connector (7) (P1=hydraulic


oil high temperature sensor).
8. Disconnect tube (8) going to hydraulic tank.
9. Disconnect motor drain hose (9).
10. Disconnect pump drain hose (10).
11. Disconnect tube (11) coming from pilot pump.
12. Disconnect hose (12) coming from accumulator.

13. Disconnect clamps (13) and (14).


14. Disconnect wiring connector (15) (P09=oil level
sensor).

PC1100-6

30-99
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

HYDRAULIC TANK

16. Remove filter assembly (17) from hydraulic tank,


and disconnect together with hose (18) from
hydraulic tank.
17. Disconnect hose (19) coming from 5-spool
control valve.

18. Disconnect hoses (20) going to oil cooler.


19. Disconnect hoses (21) coming from 4-spool
control valve.
20. Disconnect hydraulic tank bottom suction tube
(21).
21. Lift off hydraulic tank assembly (22).

4 Hydraulic tank assembly: 780 kg

INSTALLATION OF HYDRAULIC
TANK ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Mounting bolt: Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Hydraulic tank mounting bolt:
490 608 Nm {50 62 kgm}

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


Run the engine to circulate the oil through the
system. Then check the oil level again.
5

Hydraulic tank: 650

Bleeding air
Bleed the air.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

30-100
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TVC VALVE

REMOVAL OF TVC VALVE


ASSEMBLY
1. Open door of pump room.
2.

Disconnect TVC valve wiring connector (1) (C13).

3. Disconnect hose (2) coming from swing pump


inlet.
4. Remove mounting bolts, then remove TVC valve
assembly (3).
1

INSTALLATION OF TVC VALVE


ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Mounting bolt:
31.4 2.9 Nm {3.2 0.3 kgm}

PC1100-6

30-101
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SERVO VALVE

REMOVAL OF SERVO VALVE


ASSEMBLY
1. Remove external parts around hydraulic pump.
2. Disconnect discharge hoses (2) of No. 3 pump
(1).
3. Disconnect discharge hoses (4) of No. 1 pump
(3).
4. Disconnect jet sensor (upstream) hose (5).
5. Disconnect jet sensor (downstream) hose (6).
6. Disconnect TVC valve output pressure inlet hose
(7).
7. Disconnect hose (8) for C/O selector pilot.
fl Disconnect the C/O selector pilot hose and
the jet sensor (upstream and downstream
pressure) hose from the CO.NC valve of the
front pump of the No. 1 pump.
fl Disconnect the C/O selector pilot hose and
the jet sensor (upstream and downstream
pressure) hose from the CO.NC valve of the
rear pump of the No. 1 pump.
fl Disconnect the hose between the swing
pump inlet and the TVC valve.
8. Disconnect hose (9) between front and rear of
No. 3 pump servo valve.
1
9. Disconnect TVC valve wiring connector (10)
(C13).
10. Disconnect tube (11) between outside pumps
from front pump of No. 1 pump.
2
11. Remove servo valves (12), (13), (14), and (15)
together with CO.NC valve.
3
12. Disconnect CO + NC valve output pressure hoses
at front (16) and at rear (17).
13. Remove servo valves (18) and (19).
4

INSTALLATION OF SERVO
VALVE ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Hose mounting bolt:
19.6 29.4 Nm {2 3 kgm}
2
3 Tube mounting bolt:
15.7 19.6 Nm {1.6 2 kgm}
34
3 Mounting bolt:
27 34 Nm {2.8 3.5 kgm}

30-102
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

HYDRAULIC PUMP

REMOVAL OF HYDRAULIC
PUMP ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment completely to the

ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil


filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.

1. Remove external parts around hydraulic pump.


2. Disconnect piping and wiring.
For details, see REMOVAL OF ENGINE, PTO,
HYDRAULIC PUMP ASSEMBLY.
3. Remove hydraulic tank strainer, and using tool
S, stop oil.
4. When not using tool S, drain hydraulic oil.
6 Hydraulic tank: 650
5. Remove No. 3 pump assembly (1).
4 No. 3 pump assembly: Approx. 200 kg
6. Remove No. 1 pump assembly (2).
4 No. 1 pump assembly: 156 kg
7. Remove No. 2 pump assembly (3).
4 No. 2 pump assembly: 146 kg
8. Remove pilot pump (4).
4 Pilot pump: Approx. 90 kg

INSTALLATION OF HYDRAULIC
PUMP ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through
the system. Then check the oil level again.

Bleeding air
Bleed the air from all parts.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

PC1100-6

30-103
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

MAIN PUMP INPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL

REMOVAL OF MAIN PUMP


INPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL
,

1. Remove main pump assembly.


For details, see REMOVAL OF MAIN PUMP
ASSEMBLY.
2. Remove cover (1).
fl Be careful not to lose shims (2) and (3).

3. Remove oil seal (4) from cover (1).

INSTALLATION OF MAIN
PUMP INPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Lip of oil seal: Grease (G2-LI)
2 Coat the outside circumference of the oil
seal with grease (G2-LI) thinly, then press
fit.
fl Using tool 1, press fit oil seal (4).

30-104
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

MAIN RELIEF VALVE

REMOVAL OF MAIN RELIEF


VALVE ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment completely to the
ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil
filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
1. Disconnect hoses (1) (coming from solenoid for
2-stage main relief valve) from 4-spool control
valve and 5-spool control valve main relief valve.
fl 4-spool control valve x 2, 5-spool control
valve x 1
2. Remove main relief valve (2).

12

INSTALLATION OF MAIN
RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Main relief valve:
321 46.6 Nm {32.8 4.8 kgm}
2
fl Check the relief pressure.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Measuring oil pressure in work equipment,
swing, and travel circuits.

PC1100-6

30-105
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

MAIN RELIEF VALVE

DISASSEMBLY OF MAIN
RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY
1. Remove sleeve assembly (1) from sleeve (2).
2.

Remove springs (3) and (4), pistons (5) and (6),


and sleeve (7).

3. Disassembly of sleeve assembly


fl Do not disassemble except when replacing
parts. When disassembling, measure the
protrusion dimensions of sleeves (9) and (12).
fl Loosen locknut (8), and remove sleeve (9)
and piston (10).
fl Loosen locknut (11), and remove sleeve (12),
spring (13), and piston (14) from sleeve (15).

ASSEMBLY OF MAIN RELIEF


VALVE ASSEMBLY
1. Assembly of sleeve assembly
fl Set sleeves (12) and (9) to the protrusion
dimensions measured before disassembly,
then assemble. After installing the control
valve, adjust the relief pressure.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,.
1) Assemble piston (14) and spring (13) to
sleeve (15), screw in sleeve (12), then tighten
locknut (11).
3 Locknut:
107.8 14.7 Nm {11 1.5 kgm}
2) Assemble piston (10) and sleeve (9) to sleeve
(12), then tighten locknut (8).
3 Locknut:
85.75 7.35 Nm {8.75 0.75 kgm}
2. Assemble sleeve (7), pistons (6) and (5), and
springs (4) and (3) to sleeve (2).
3. Install sleeve assembly (1).
3 Sleeve: 186.2 9.8 Nm {19 1 kgm}

30-106
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

PILOT RELIEF VALVE

REMOVAL OF PILOT RELIEF


VALVE ASSEMBLY
Loosen the oil filler cap slowly to release the
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
1. Disconnect hose (1) coming from electromagnetic valve.
2. Disconnect hose (2) coming from pilot filter.
3. Disconnect drain tube (3).
4. Disconnect hose (4) coming from pilot valve.
5. Disconnect hoses (5) and (6) going to electromagnetic valve.
6. Disconnect tube (7) going to safety valve.
7. Disconnect hose (8) going to relay joint.
8. Remove pilot relief valve assembly (9).
1

INSTALLATION OF PILOT
RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Mounting bolt: 78.5 Nm {8 kgm}

PC1100-6

30-107
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

5-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

REMOVAL OF 5-SPOOL
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
(NO. 1)
Lower the work equipment completely to the

ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil


filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
Release the remaining pressure inside the
hydraulic circuit.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Releasing remaining pressure from hydraulic
circuit.

fl After disconnecting the PPC hoses, make counter


marks to distinguish the mounting positions.
fl After disconnecting the hoses and tubes, fit blind
plugs.
1. Disconnect wiring connector (1).
2. Disconnect tube (2) coming from line filter.
3. Disconnect branch hoses (3) and (4).
4. Remove clamp (5), then disconnect tube (6)
coming from main pump.
5. Disconnect R.H. PPC hoses (7) (L.H. travel), (8)
(bucket Hi), (9) (arm Lo), and (10) (boom Hi).
6. Disconnect hoses (11) going to 4-spool main
relief valve and hose between 2-stage main relief
solenoid valve and main relief valve.
7. Disconnect L.H. PPC hoses (12) (boom Hi), (13)
(arm Lo), (14) (bucket Hi), and (15) (L.H. travel).

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Disconnect tube (16) for boom (RAISE) control.


Disconnect tube (17) for arm (OUT) control.
Disconnect tube (18) for bucket (CURL) control.
Disconnect tube (19) for arm (IN) control.
Disconnect tube (20) for bucket (DUMP) control.
Disconnect tube (21) for L.H. travel (FORWARD)
control.
14. Disconnect tube (22) for L.H. travel (REVERSE)
control.
15. Disconnect hose (23) going to filter.
fl Disconnect 2 hoses between the bottom of
the control valve and the main pump.
16. Remove mounting bolts and lift off 5-spool
control valve assembly (24).
1
4 5-spool control valve assembly: 260 kg

30-108
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

5-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

INSTALLATION OF 5-SPOOL
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
(NO. 1)

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Check the hydraulic pressure and speed of
the work equipment, travel, and swing
circuits. For details, see TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.

Aligning position when installing valve.


1) Install jig bolts 1 and 2 as shown in
the diagram on the right.
2) Install tube 3 (normal piping).
3) Replace jig bolts with normal bolts.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
through the system. Then check the oil level
again.

PC1100-6

30-109
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

REMOVAL OF 4-SPOOL
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
(NO. 2)
Lower the work equipment completely to the

fl
fl
1.
2.
3.
4.

ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil


filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
Release the remaining pressure inside the
hydraulic circuit.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Releasing remaining pressure from hydraulic
circuit.
After disconnecting the PPC hoses, make counter
marks to distinguish the mounting positions.
After disconnecting the hoses and tubes, fit blind
plugs.
Disconnect wiring connector (1).
Disconnect tube (2) coming from main pump.
Disconnect branch hoses (3) and (4).
Disconnect hose (5) between main relief valve
and solenoid valve of 2-stage safety valve.

5. Disconnect drain hose (straight travel valve) (6).


6. Disconnect R.H. PPC hoses (7) (R.H. travel), (8)
(boom Lo), (9) (bucket Lo), and (10) (arm Hi).
7. Disconnect hose (11) from solenoid valve of 2stage safety valve.
8. Disconnect hose (12) from straight travel valve
solenoid.
9. Disconnect L.H. PPC hoses (13) (R.H. travel), (14)
(boom Lo), (15) (bucket Lo), and (16) (arm Hi).

10. Disconnect tube (17) from line filter.


11. Disconnect tube (18) going to 5-spool control
valve (L.H. travel).
12. Disconnect tube (19) for R.H. travel (FORWARD)
control.
13. Disconnect tube (20) for R.H. travel (REVERSE)
control.
14. Disconnect tube (21) for boom (LOWER) control.
15. Disconnect tube (22) for boom (RAISE) control.
16. Disconnect tube (23) for bucket (CURL) control.
17. Disconnect tube (24) for bucket (DUMP) control.
18. Disconnect tube (25) for arm (IN) control.
19. Disconnect tube (26) for arm (OUT) control.
20. Remove step (27).
fl Disconnect 2 hoses between the bottom of
the control valve and the main pump.
21. Remove mounting bolts and lift off 4-spool
control valve assembly (28).
1
4 4-spool control valve assembly: 250 kg

30-110
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

INSTALLATION OF 4-SPOOL
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
(NO. 2)

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Check the hydraulic pressure and speed of
the work equipment, travel, and swing
circuits. For details, see TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.

Aligning position when installing valve.


1) Install jig bolts 1 and 2 as shown in
the diagram on the right.
2) Install tube 3 (normal piping).
3) Replace jig bolts with normal bolts.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
through the system. Then check the oil level
again.

PC1100-6

30-111
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

REMOVAL OF 4-SPOOL
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
(NO. 3)
Lower the work equipment completely to the

ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil


filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
Release the remaining pressure inside the
hydraulic circuit.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Releasing remaining pressure from hydraulic
circuit.

fl After disconnecting the PPC hoses, make counter


marks to distinguish the mounting positions.
fl After disconnecting the hoses and tubes, fit blind
plugs.
1. Disconnect
valves.
2. Disconnect
3. Disconnect
4. Disconnect
5. Disconnect
6. Disconnect
7. Disconnect
8. Disconnect
9. Disconnect
10. Disconnect

tubes (1) going to No. 1, 2 control


return line tubes (2).
tube (3) for arm control.
tube (4) for bucket control.
tube (5) for arm control.
tube (6) for bucket control.
tube (7) for swing control.
tube (8) for boom control.
hose (9) from hydraulic pump.
hose (10) from hydraulic valve.

11. Disconnect PPC hoses (arm control (11), bucket


control (12), swing control (13), boom control
(14)).
12. Disconnect PPC hoses (arm control (15), (bucket
control (16), swing control (17), boom control
(18)).
13. Disconnect inlet hose (19) of main 2-stage relief
solenoid valve.

14. Disconnect hoses (20) and (21) coming from No.


3 pump.
15. Remove 4-spool control valve (No. 3) assembly
(22).
4 4-spool control valve assembly: 240 kg

30-112
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

INSTALLATION OF 4-SPOOL
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
(NO. 3)

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through
the system. Then check the oil level again.

Bleeding air
Bleed the air from the circuit between the valve
and hydraulic pressure cylinder.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

PC1100-6

30-113
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

DISASSEMBLY OF CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY (NO. 1)
1. Remove bolt (2) from valve body (1), then
remove case (3).
2. Remove O-ring (4) from case (3).
3. Remove spring (5), tube (6), and retainer (9) from
bottom control valve mount, then pull out spool
(10).
4. Remove tube (7) and retainer (9) from boom Hi
control valve mount.
5. Remove springs (5) and (8), and retainer (9) from
boom Hi control valve mount, then pull out spool
(11).
6. Remove springs (5) and (8), and retainer (9) from
arm Lo, bucket Hi, and L.H. travel control valve
mount.
7. Pull out arm Lo spool (12), bucket Hi spool (13),
and L.H. travel spool (14).

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Remove 2 suction valves (15).


Remove 5 suction-safety valves (16).
Remove main relief valve (17).
Remove plug (18), then remove (19) (O-ring,
backup ring, and O-ring).
Remove orifice (20).
Remove jet sensor relief valve (21).
Remove plug (22), then remove O-ring (23) from
plug.
Remove plug (24), then remove backup ring and
O-ring from plug.

16. Remove bolts (25), remove plate (26), then


remove O-ring (27), spring (28), and check valve
(29).
17. Remove plug (30), then remove backup ring (31)
and O- ring (32).
18. Remove nut (35), then remove sleeve (36).
19. Remove spring (33) and check valve (34) from
sleeve (36).
20. Remove backup ring (37) and O-ring (38) from
sleeve (36).

30-114
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

ASSEMBLY OF CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY (NO. 1)
1. Fit backup ring (37) and O-ring (38) to sleeve
(36), then assemble to valve body (1).
2 Sleeve: Thread tightener (Seal end 242)
3 Sleeve: 177 216 Nm {18 22 kgm}
2. Assemble nut (35) to sleeve (36).
3 Nut: 177 216 Nm {18 22 kgm}
3. Assemble check valve (34) and spring (33) to
sleeve (36).
4. Fit backup ring (31) and O-ring (32) to plug (30),
then assemble to sleeve (36).
3 Plug: 29.4 39.2 Nm {3 4 kgm}
5. Insert check valve (29) in valve body (1), then
assemble spring (28).
6. Fit O-ring to plate (26) and tighten to valve body
(1) with bolt.
3 Mounting bolt: 78.5 98 Nm {8 10 kgm}
7. Fit backup ring and O-ring to plug (24), then
assemble to valve body (1).
2 Plug: Thread tightener (Loctite No. 638)
3 Plug:
117.7 161.8 Nm {12.0 16.5 kgm}
8. Fit O-ring (23) to plug (22), then assemble to
valve body (1).
3 Plug: 58.8 78.5 Nm {6 8 kgm}
9. Assemble jet sensor relief valve (21) to valve
body (1).
3 Jet sensor relief valve:
177 196 Nm {18 20 kgm}
10. Assemble orifice (20) to valve body (1).
3 Orifice: 127 177 Nm {13 18 kgm}
11. Fit O-ring, backup ring, and O-ring (19) to plug
(18), then assemble to valve body (1).
12. Assemble main relief valve (17) to valve body
(1).
3 Main relief valve:
275 368 Nm {28 37.5 kgm}

PC1100-6

30-115
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

13. Assemble suction-safety valve (16) to valve body


(1).
3 Suction-safety valve:
216 235 Nm {22 24 kgm}
14. Assemble suction valve (15) to valve body (1).
3 Suction valve:
294 314 Nm {30 32 kgm}
15. Assemble spools (10) (bottom), (11) (boom Hi),
(12) (arm Lo), (13) (bucket Hi), and (14) (L.H.
travel) to valve body (1).
fl Coat the spool with engine oil.
fl Be careful not to mistake the location and
direction of the spool.
16. Assemble retainer (9), tube (6), and spring (5) to
bottom control valve mount.
17. Fit O-ring (4) to case (3) and tighten to valve
body (1) with bolt (2).
18. Assemble retainer (9) and tube (7) to boom Hi
control valve mount.
19. Fit O-ring (4) to case (3) and tighten to valve
body (1) with bolt (2).
20. Assemble retainer (9) and springs (8) and (5) to
spool (12) (boom Lo control valve mount), spool
(13) (bucket Hi control valve mount), and spool
(14) (L.H. travel control valve mount).
21. Fit O-ring (4) to case (3) and tighten to valve
body (1) with bolt (2).

30-116
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

DISASSEMBLY OF CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY (NO. 2)
1. Remove mounting bolts (2) and (3) from valve
body (1), then remove straight travel valve (4).
2. Remove O-rings (5) and (6) from straight travel
valve (4).

3. Remove spring (7) and check valve (8) from each


port of valve body (1).
4. Remove seat (9), spring (10), and check valve
(11) from valve body (1).

5. Remove mounting bolts (12) from each control


valve mount, then remove case (13).
6. Remove O-ring (14) from each case (13).
7. Remove springs (15) and (16) from each control
valve mount, then remove retainer (17).
8. Pull out spool (18) for R.H. travel, spool (19) for
boom Lo, spool (20) for bucket Lo, and spool
(21) for arm Hi from valve body.
9. Remove 2 suction valves (22).
10. Remove suction-safety valves (23) and (24) (1
each) and 4 suction-safety valves (25).
11. Remove orifice (26).
12. Remove jet sensor relief valve (27).
13. Remove main relief valve (28).
14. Remove plug (29).
15. Remove backup ring and O-ring (30) from plug
(29).
16. Remove plug (31).
PC1100-6

30-117
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

17. Disassembly of straight travel valve assembly


1) Remove mounting bolts (32), then remove
cover (33).
2) Remove plug (34).
3) Remove backup ring and O-ring (35) from
plug (34).
4) Loosen nut (46) and remove sleeve (47).
5) Remove plug (44), spring (48), and check
valve (49) from sleeve (47).
6) Remove backup ring and O-ring (45) and
(50) from plug (44) and sleeve (47).
7) Remove mounting bolts (37), then remove
flange (38) and O-ring (40).
8) Remove spring (41) and spool (42).
9) Remove plug and O-ring (43) from spool (42).

ASSEMBLY OF CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY (NO. 2)
1. Assembly of straight travel valve
1) Fit O-ring and plug (43), assemble to spool
(42), then insert together with spring (41) in
valve body (4).
2) Fit O-ring to flanges (38) and (39), and tighten
with mounting bolts (37) from left and right.
2 Flange: Liquid sealant (Seal end 242)
3) Fit backup ring and O-ring (50) to sleeve
(47), then assemble to valve body.
2 Sleeve: Liquid sealant (Seal end 242)
3 Sleeve: 177 216 Nm {18 22 kgm}
4) Tighten nut (46) in sleeve (47).
3 Nut: 177 216 Nm {18 22 kgm}
5) Fit backup ring and O-ring (45) to plug (44).
6) Insert check valve (49) and spring (48) in
sleeve (47), then assemble plug (44).
3 Plug: 29.4 39.2 Nm {3 4 kgm}

30-118
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

7) Fit backup ring and O-rings (35) and (36) to


plug (34), then insert in valve body (4).
8) Install cover (32), then install bolt (51).
2 Cover: Liquid sealant (Seal end 242)
3 Bolt: 27.5 34.3 Nm {2.8 3.5 kgm}
9) Put cover (33) on valve body, fit washer to
bolt (32), then insert into valve body (4).
2. Fit O-ring to plug (31) and install.
3 Plug: 58.8 78.5 Nm {6 8 kgm}
3. Fit backup ring and O-ring (30) to plug (29) and
install.
3 Plug: 118 162 Nm {12 16.5 kgm}
4. Install main relief valve (28).
3 Main relief valve:
275 368 Nm {28 37.5 kgm}
5. Install jet sensor relief valve (27).
3 Jet sensor relief valve:
177 196 Nm {18 20 kgm}
6. Install orifice (26).
3 Orifice: 127 177 Nm {13 18 kgm}
7. Install suction-safety valves (23), (24), and (25).
3 Suction-safety valve:
216 235 Nm {22 24 kgm}
8. Install suction-safety valve (22).
3 Suction-safety valve:
294 314 Nm {30 32 kgm}
9. Insert spools (18) (R.H. travel), (19) (boom Lo),
(20) (bucket Lo), and (21) (arm Hi) in valve body
(1).
fl Coat the spool with engine oil, then insert.
fl Be careful not to mistake the location and
direction of the spool.
10. Assemble retainer (17) and springs (15) and (16).
11. Fit O-ring (14) to case (13), and tighten with bolt
(12).

PC1100-6

30-119
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

12. Insert check valve (8) and spring (7) in valve


body (1).
13. Insert check valve (11), spring (10), and seat (9)
in valve body (1).
14. Fit O-rings (5) and (6) to straight travel valve (4),
and set to valve body (1).

15. Fit washers to mounting bolts (2) and (3) and


tighten.
fl Tighten in the order shown in the diagram
on the right.
3 Mounting bolt (2) x 12:
78.5 98.1 Nm {8 10 kgm}
3 Mounting bolt (3) x 2:
157 177 Nm {16 18 kgm}

30-120
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

DISASSEMBLY OF CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY (NO. 3)
1. Remove mounting bolts (2) and (3) from valve
body (1), then remove swing priority valve (4).
2. Remove O-rings (5) and (6) from swing priority
valve (4).

3. Remove spring (7) and check valve (8) from each


port of valve body (1).
4. Remove spring (9), seat (10), and check valve
(11) from valve body (1).
5. Remove spring (12) and check valve (13) from
valve body (1).

6. Remove mounting bolts (14) from each control


valve mount on left side (main relief valve mount
side), then remove case (15).
7. Remove O-ring (16) from each case (15).
8. Remove bolt (14) from each control valve mount
(Boom Plus), then remove case (15), tube (20),
and retainer (19).
9. Pull out spool (22) for Boom Plus.
10. Remove bolt (14), then remove case (15), springs
(17) and (18), and retainer (19).
11. Pull out swing spool (23).
12. Remove bolt (14), then remove case (15), tube
(21), and retainer (19).
13. Pull out spool (24) for Bucket Plus.
14. Remove bolt (14), then remove case (15), springs
(17) and (18), and retainer (19).
15. Pull out spool (25) for Arm Plus.
16. Remove O-ring (16) from each case.
17. Remove 6 plugs (26) from valve body (1).
18. Remove O-ring (27) and backup ring and O-ring
(28) from plug (26).
19. Remove 2 suction-safety valves (29).
20. Remove orifice (30).
21. Remove jet sensor relief valve (31).
22. Remove main relief valve (32).
23. Remove plug (33).
24. Remove backup ring and O-ring (34) from plug
(33).
25. Remove plug (35).

PC1100-6

30-121
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

26. Disassembly of swing priority valve assembly


1) Remove mounting bolts (36), then remove
cover (37).
2) Remove O-ring (38) from cover (37).
3) Remove plug (39).
4) Remove backup ring, O-ring (40), and O-ring
(41) from plug (39).
5) Loosen nut (42), and remove sleeve (43).
6) Remove plug (44), spring (45), and check
valve (46) from sleeve (43).
7) Remove backup ring and O-rings (47) and
(58) from plug (44) and sleeve (43).
8) Remove mounting bolts (49), then remove
flange (50) and O-ring (51).

ASSEMBLY OF CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY (NO. 3)
1. Assembly of swing priority valve
1) Fit washer to bolt (49), then install O-ring
(51) and flange (50) to valve body (4).
2) Fit backup ring and O-ring (48) to sleeve
(43), and assemble to valve body.
2 Sleeve: Liquid sealant (Seal end 242)
3 Sleeve: 177 216 Nm {18 22 kgm}
3) Tighten nut (42) to sleeve (47).
3 Nut: 177 216 Nm {18 22 kgm}
4) Fit backup ring and O-ring (47) to plug (44).
5) Insert check valve (46) and spring (45) in
sleeve (43), then assemble plug (44).
3 Plug: 29.4 39.2 Nm {3 4 kgm}
6) Fit backup ring and O-ring (40) and O-ring
(41) to plug (39), then insert in valve body
(4).
7) Fit O-ring, then set cover (37) together with
bolt (36) to valve body (4).

30-122
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

2. Fit O-ring to plug (35) and install.


3 Plug: 58.8 78.5 Nm {6 8 kgm}
3. Fit backup ring and O-ring (34) to plug (33) and
install.
3 Plug: 118 162 Nm {12 16.5 kgm}
4. Install main relief valve (32).
3 Main relief valve:
275 368 Nm {28 37.5 kgm}
5. Install jet sensor relief valve (31).
3 Jet sensor relief valve:
177 196 Nm {18 20 kgm}
6. Install orifice (30).
3 Orifice: 127 177 Nm {13 18 kgm}
7. Install suction-safety valve (29).
3 Suction-safety valve:
216 235 Nm {22 24 kgm}
8. Fit O-ring (27) and backup ring and O-ring (28)
to plug (26), then install.
3 Plug: 177 196 Nm {18 20 kgm}

9. Insert spools (22) (Boom Plus), (23) (swing), (24)


(Bucket Plus), and (25) (Arm Plus) in valve body
(1).
fl Coat the spool with engine oil, then insert.
fl Be careful not to mistake the location and
direction of the spool.
10. Assemble retainer (19) and spring (20).
11. Fit O-ring (16) to case (15), and tighten with bolt
(14).
12. Assemble retainer (19) and springs (18) and (17).
13. Fit O-ring to case (17) and tighten with bolt (14).
14. Assemble retainer (19) and tube (21).
15. Fit O-ring to case (15) and tighten with bolt (14).
16. Assemble retainer (19) and springs (18) and (17).
17. Fit O-ring (16) to case (15) and tighten with bolt
(14).
18. Assemble main relief valve in same way.

PC1100-6

30-123
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CONTROL VALVE

19. Insert check valve (8) and spring (7) in valve


body (1).
20. Fit spring (9) to check valve (11) and seat (10),
then set to valve body (1).
21. Set check valve (13) and spring (12) to valve
body.
22. Fit O-rings (5) and (6) to swing priority valve
assembly (4), then set to valve body assembly
(1).

23. Fit washers to bolts (2) and (3), then tighten.


fl Tighten in the order shown in the diagram
on the right.
3 Mounting bolt (2) x 12:
78.5 98.1 Nm {8 10 kgm}
3 Mounting bolt (3) x 2:
157 177 Nm {16 18 kgm}

30-124
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SWING MOTOR

REMOVAL OF SWING MOTOR


ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment to the ground and
stop the engine. Then loosen the oil filler cap
slowly to release the pressure inside the
hydraulic tank.
fl Center of chassis
1. Disconnect hoses (1), (2), (3), and (4) coming
from control valve.
2. Disconnect hoses (5) and (6) going to swing
motor at front of chassis.
3. Disconnect drain hose (7).
4. Disconnect swing brake release hose (8).
fl Front of chassis
1. Disconnect hoses (9) and (10) coming from swing
motor at center of chassis.
2. Disconnect drain hose (11).
3. Disconnect swing brake release hose (12).
4. Disconnect hose (13) going to boom LOWER
regeneration valve.
5. Disconnect drain hose (14).

6. Remove mounting bolts (15), then lift off swing


motor assembly (16).
4 Swing motor assembly: 130 kg

INSTALLATION OF SWIVEL
MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Refilling with oil


Add oil to the hydraulic tank to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through
the system. Then check the oil level again.

PC1100-6

30-125
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CENTER SWIVEL JOINT

REMOVAL OF CENTER SWIVEL


JOINT ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment to the ground and

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

stop the engine. Then loosen the oil filler cap


slowly to release the pressure inside the
hydraulic tank.
Disconnect piping and wiring crossing at top of
center swivel joint.
Disconnect hose (1) between swivel joint bottom
L.H. and R.H. travel motors.
Disconnect travel speed selector hose (2)
between swivel joint bottom and L.H. and R.H.
travel motors.
Disconnect tubes (3) and (4) between swivel joint
bottom and L.H. travel motor.
fl Remove the clamps.
Disconnect tubes (5) and (6) between swivel joint
bottom and R.H. travel motor.
fl Disconnect the clamps.
Disconnect hoses (7) and (8) between 4-spool
control valve and swivel joint.
Disconnect hose (9) between travel speed
selector solenoid valve and swivel joint.
Pull out pin and remove stopper link (10).
Disconnect hoses (11) and (12) between 5-spool
control valve and swivel joint.
Disconnect hose (13) going to filter.
Disconnect inside and outside swing motor drain
hoses (14) and (15).
Lift off center swivel joint assembly (16).
4 Center swivel joint assembly: 70 kg

INSTALLATION OF CENTER
SWIVEL JOINT ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.
fl Add oil to replace the oil that leaked out during
the removal operation.

30-126
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CENTER SWIVEL JOINT

DISASSEMBLY OF CENTER
SWIVEL JOINT ASSEMBLY
1. Remove cover (1).
2. Remove snap ring (2).
3. Using puller 1, pull out swivel rotor (4) and
ring (3) from swivel shaft (5).
4. Remove O-ring (6) and slipper seal (7) from
swivel rotor.

2
3

ASSEMBLY OF CENTER
SWIVEL JOINT ASSEMBLY
1. Assemble slipper seal (7) and O-ring (6) to swivel
rotor.
2. Set swivel shaft (5) on block, and using push
tool 2, tap swivel rotor (4) with a plastic
hammer, and install.
2 Contact surface of rotor, slipper seal:
Grease (G2LI)
fl When installing the rotor, be extremely
careful not to damage the lips of the slipper
seal and the O-ring.

CEP00381

3. Install ring (3) and secure with snap ring (2).


4. Fit O-ring and install cover (1).
3 Mounting bolt:
66.15 7.35 Nm {6.75 0.75 kgm}
CEP00382

PC1100-6

30-127
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRAVEL MOTOR

REMOVAL OF TRAVEL MOTOR


ASSEMBLY
Swing the work equipment 90, then lower it
completely to the ground and stop the engine.

Loosen the oil filler cap slowly to release the


pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
1. Remove covers (1) and (2).
2. Disconnect travel speed selector hose (3).
3. Disconnect drain hose (4).
4. Disconnect hoses (5) coming from control valve.
5. Remove mounting bolts on diagonally opposite
sides, set guide bolts 1 in position, then lift off
travel motor assembly (6).
fl Set guide bolts 1 in position, sling the travel
motor, then remove the mounting bolts, and
use forcing screws to pull out the motor
assembly.
4 Travel motor assembly: 60 kg

INSTALLATION OF TRAVEL
MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

fl Be sure to install the thrust rings and O-rings.

30-128
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

WORK EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE

REMOVAL OF WORK
EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE
ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment completely to the
ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil
filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
1. Remove boots (1), then disconnect levers (2)
from PPC valve.
fl On the right side, disconnect horn wiring
connector (M23).
fl Remove the boots together with the levers.
2. Remove case covers (3).
3. Disconnect 6 hoses (4).
fl The hoses are distinguished by different
colored marks, but if oil gets on the marks,
the color may change.
4. Remove mounting bolts (5), then remove PPC
valve assembly (6).
1

INSTALLATION OF WORK
EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl If there is excessive play in the control levers,
adjust the PPC valve.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Adjusting PPC valve.

PC1100-6

30-129
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

WORK EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE

DISASSEMBLY OF WORK
EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE
ASSEMBLY
1. Remove nut (1), then remove disc (2) and boot
(3).
2. Remove bolts, then remove plate (5).
fl Do not remove joint (4) unless it is to be
replaced.
3. Remove seal (6) and collar (7).
4. Pull out piston (8), then remove retainer (9),
springs (10) and (11), and shim (12).
fl Spring (10) consists of two each of two types of
springs with different installed loads, so check
the mounting position (oil pressure port) and
mark with tags to prevent mistakes when
installing.
5. Pull out valve (13) from body (14).

30-130
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

WORK EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE

ASSEMBLY OF WORK
EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE
ASSEMBLY
1. Assemble valve (13) to body (14).
2. Assemble shim (12) and spring (11) to valve
(13).
fl When assembling spring (11), set the end
with the small coil diameter (inside diameter)
at shim (12) end.
3. Assemble spring (10), retainer (9), and piston
(8).
fl The number of loops in the coil for spring
(10) is different for each of the hydraulic
ports below, so be careful when installing.
Position of port

Free length of spring (mm)

P1, P2

38.71

P3, P4

42.48

fl The position of each port is marked on the


bottom of the valve body.
2 Piston: Grease (G2-LI)
fl When assembling piston (8), coat the outside
of the piston and the inside of the hole in
the body with grease.
4. Fit O-ring to collar (7) and assemble in body
(14), then install seal (6).
5. Install plate (5).
3 Mounting bolt:
13.23 1.47 Nm {1.35 0.15 kgm}
6. Install joint (4).
2 Rocking portion of joint: Grease (G2-LI)
2 Female thread of body:
Thread tightener (LT-2)
fl Coat two places on the female thread with
one drop each of Loctite as shown in the
diagram on the right.
3 Joint: 44.1 4.9 Nm {4.5 0.5 kgm}
fl Keep strictly to the tightening torque for the
joint.
7. Assemble boot (3) and disc (2), and tighten with
nut (1).
3 Nut: 112.7 14.7 Nm {11.5 1.5 kgm}
fl After assembling the disc, adjust the height
of the disc.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Adjusting PPC valve.
PC1100-6

57mm

CEP00425

30-131
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

REMOVAL OF TRAVEL PPC


VALVE ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment completely to the
ground and stop the engine. Then loosen the oil
filler cap slowly to release the pressure inside
the hydraulic tank.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Remove cover under travel PPC valve.


Remove floor mat.
Remove pedals (1) and levers.
Remove cover (3).
1
Remove covers (4), then remove springs (5).
Disconnect left and right FORWARD hoses (6).
2
Disconnect left and right REVERSE hoses (7).
Disconnect drain hose (8).
Disconnect hose (9) coming from pilot pump.
Remove mounting bolts, then remove travel PPC
valve assembly (10).

INSTALLATION OF TRAVEL
PPC VALVE ASSEMBLY
CEP00427

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Cover mounting bolt:
19.6 1.9 Nm {2.0 0.2 kgm}
2
3 Hose mount joint bolt
(width across flats: 30mm):
39.2 4.9 Nm {4.0 0.5 kgm}
3 Hose mount joint bolt
(width across flats: 22mm):
29.4 4.9 Nm {3.0 0.5 kgm}

30-132
2

CEP00428

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

DISASSEMBLY OF TRAVEL PPC


VALVE ASSEMBLY
1. Remove screws (1), then remove levers (2).
2. Remove mounting bolts (3), then remove case
and shaft assembly (4).
3. Remove 4 mounting bolts (5), then remove plate
and damper assembly (6).
fl Check the thickness and mounting position
of washer (7).
4. Remove mounting bolts (8), then remove damper
assembly (9) from plate (10).
5. Remove seal (11) and collar (12).
6. Pull out piston (13), then remove retainer (14),
springs (15) and (16), and shim (17).
fl Check the number and thickness of shim (17)
for each mounting position, and keep in sets
in a safe place.
7. Remove valve (18) from body (19).
8. Disassembly of case, shaft assembly
1) Knock pin (20) into shaft, and remove shaft
(21).
2) Remove lever (22).
3) Pull out pin (20) from shaft (21).

PC1100-6

30-133
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

ASSEMBLY OF TRAVEL PPC


VALVE ASSEMBLY
1. Assemble valve (18) in body (19).
2. Assemble shim (17) and spring (16) to valve
(18).
fl Check the number and thickness of shim (17)
for each mounting position, and assemble
in the same position as before disassembly.
Standard thickness of shim: 0.3 mm
fl The top and bottom of spring (16) are not
symmetrical, so set the small coil diameter
(inside diameter) at the shim end when
assembling.
3. Assemble spring (15), retainer (14), and piston
(13).
2 Outside circumference of piston, hole in
body: Grease (G2-LI)
4. Fit O-ring to collar (12) and assemble in body
(19), then install seal (11).
5. Install damper assembly (9) to plate (10) and
tighten mounting bolts (8).
2 Mounting bolt: Thread tightener (LT-2)
3 Mounting bolt:
4.41 0.49 Nm (0.45 0.05 kgm)
6. Install plate and damper assembly (6), and
tighten mounting bolts (8).
fl Temporarily assemble a standard washer (1.6
mm) for washer (7).
After the completion of assembly, measure
the difference in the angle when the left and
right levers are operated fully. If the
difference in angle is greater than 0.7,
change the thickness of washer (7) to make
the difference less than 0.7.
Thickness of washer: 1.0, 1.3, 1.6 mm
fl If the thickness of the washer is reduced
by 0.3 mm, the angle when the lever is
fully operated will be increased by 0.39.
3 Mounting bolt:
30.87 3.43 Nm (3.15 0.35 kgm)
7. Install case and shaft assembly (4) and tighten
mounting bolts (3).
2 Rocking portion of shaft, connection of
lever and piston: Grease (G2-LI)
3 Mounting bolt:
27.93 3.43 Nm (2.85 0.35 kgm)
8. Install levers (2) and tighten screws (1).
2 Rocking portion of lever pin and plate:
Grease (G2-LI)
3 Screw: 8.82 0.98 Nm (0.9 0.1 kgm)

30-134
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BUCKET CYLINDER

REMOVAL OF BUCKET
CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Set mounting pin (1) and link (2) at the bucket

cylinder rod end to a position where there is no


interference, then set the back face of the bucket
on a block.
Stop the engine, then operate the bucket control
lever to release the remaining pressure in the
hydraulic circuit.

1. Remove stopper, then remove rod pin (1) from


link (2).
1
fl After removing the pin, start the engine, and
retract the piston rod, then tie the piston rod
with wire to prevent it from coming out.
fl Extend the arm and set block 1 between
the cylinder and the arm.
fl The bucket and link are still installed, so be
careful when extending the arm.
fl There are shims installed, so check the
number and thickness, and keep in a safe
place.
2. Disconnect 2 left and right cylinder bottom
grease hoses (3).
3. Disconnect right cylinder bottom hose (4) and
head hose (5).
4. Disconnect left cylinder bottom hose (6) and
head hose (7).
fl If there is remaining pressure in the hydraulic
circuit, the oil may spurt out, so check while
disconnecting.
fl Fit blind plugs in the hoses after
disconnecting them.
5. Sling right bucket cylinder assembly (8) and
remove lock plate (9), then remove pin (10). 2
fl Pull out pin (10) to a position where the
right cylinder comes off.
fl There are shims installed, so check the
number and thickness, and keep in a safe
place.
6. Lift off right bucket cylinder assembly (8).
7. Remove the cylinder assembly on the left side
in the same way.
4 Bucket cylinder assembly: 700 kg

PC1100-6

30-135
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BUCKET CYLINDER

INSTALLATION OF BUCKET
CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
fl Adjust with shims so that clearance a
between link (2) and the end face of the
head of cylinder (8) is 2 3 mm.
Shim thickness: 0.8 mm (STD)
1.0 mm (SP)
2
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
fl Adjust with shims so that clearance b
between the end face and the bottom of
cylinder (8) and bracket (9) is 2 3 mm.
Shim thickness: 0.8 mm (STD)
1.0 mm (SP)

Bleeding air
fl Bleed the air.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


fl Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
through the system. Then check the oil level
again.

30-136
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ARM CYLINDER

REMOVAL OF ARM CYLINDER


ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Retract the arm cylinder fully and set block 1


under the tip of the arm.

Stop the engine and operate the control levers


to release the remaining pressure in each
cylinder.
1. Disconnect piston rod grease hose (1).
2. Remove lock plate, then remove piston rod pin
(2).
1
fl Set block 2 between the arm cylinder and
the boom.
3. Disconnect 2 bottom hoses (3).
4. Disconnect head hose (4).
fl After disconnecting the hoses, fit blind plugs
to prevent the entry of dirt or dust.

5. Disconnect bottom grease hose (5).


6. Remove lock plate, then remove pin (6). 2
fl Sling arm cylinder assembly (7).
fl There are shims installed, so check the
number and thickness, and keep in a safe
place.

7. Lift off arm cylinder assembly (7).


4 Arm cylinder assembly: 610 kg

PC1100-6

30-137
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ARM CYLINDER

INSTALLATION OF ARM
CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
2
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
fl Adjust with shims (9) so that clearance a
between the end face of the bottom of
cylinder (7) and bracket (8) is 2 3 mm.
Shim thickness: 0.8 mm

Bleeding air
fl Bleed the air.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


fl Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
through the system. Then check the oil level
again.

30-138
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BOOM CYLINDER

REMOVAL OF BOOM
CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Extend the arm and bucket cylinder rods fully,

lower the work equipment completely to the


ground, and put the safety lock lever in the LOCK
position.
Stop the engine and operate the control levers
to release the remaining pressure in the
hydraulic circuit.

1. Disconnect grease hose (1).


2. Remove lock plate, then remove pin (2).
fl Sling the boom cylinder assembly.

3. Retract rod (3).


4. Lower boom cylinder slowly, and insert wedge
1 between cylinder bottom and revolving frame.
fl Insert so that the cylinder is horizontal.
5. Disconnect head hose (4).
6. Disconnect bottom hose (5).

7. Sling boom cylinder assembly (7) and remove


lock plate, then remove pin (7).
2
fl Use forcing screws when removing.
4

PC1100-6

Boom cylinder assembly: 1,049 kg

30-139
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BOOM CYLINDER

INSTALLATION OF BOOM
CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
2
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
fl Adjust with shims (9) so that clearance a
between the end face of the bottom of boom
cylinder (7) and bracket (8) is less than 1
mm.
Shim thickness: 1.0, 1.5 mm

Bleeding air
fl Bleed the air.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


fl Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
through the system. Then check the oil level
again.

30-140
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BUCKET

REMOVAL OF BUCKET
ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Set the back face of the bucket facing down,


lower the work equipment completely to the
ground, and set the safety lock lever to the LOCK
position.
1. Remove 3 link pin lock bolts (2) of bucket (1),
then remove stopper (3).

2. Remove link pin (4).


1
fl Use forcing screws when removing.
fl If it is difficult to remove the pin, raise the
bucket and move it backward and forward
to find a position where it is easier to remove
the pin.
fl If the bucket is not in contact with the ground,
set a block under the back face of the bucket.
fl After removing the pin, retract the bucket
cylinder and lift up link (5).
3. Remove 3 lock bolts (6) of connecting pin
between arm and bucket, then remove stopper
(7).
4. Loosen 4 cover lock bolts (8).
5. Remove connecting pin (9) between arm and
bucket.
2
fl Use forcing screws when removing.
fl If it is difficult to remove the pin, move the
arm up and down a small amount to find a
position where it is easier to remove the
pin.
6. Remove 4 cover lock bolts (8) and cover (10)
from bucket (1), then remove shim (11), bushing
(12), and O-ring (13).
fl There are shims installed, so check the
number and thickness, and keep in a safe
place.
7. Start engine, then raise work equipment to
disconnect arm (14) from bucket.
4 Bucket assembly: 4,600 kg

PC1100-6

30-141
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BUCKET

INSTALLATION OF BUCKET
ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
2
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
fl Insert the O-ring at the end face of the bucket
boss securely.
fl Adjustment of bucket clearance
1) Measure clearance a between arm (14)
and bushing (12).
fl Put the edge of the arm boss and
the edge of the bucket boss in
contact, and measure clearance a.
2) After removing the shims, take out shims
equal to clearance a, and fit the
remaining shims.
fl Shim thickness: 0.5, 1.0 mm
fl If clearance a is smaller than the
thickness of one shim, do not carry
out any adjustment.
3) Tighten bolt (8) and bolt (6).

30-142
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ARM

REMOVAL OF ARM ASSEMBLY


Backhoe specification
1. Remove bucket assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF BUCKET
ASSEMBLY.
fl Secure the bucket link to the arm.
2. Disconnect grease hose (1).
3. Disconnect 4 bucket cylinder hoses (2).
fl Disconnect at the tip of the boom.
4. Sling arm cylinder assembly (3) and remove pin
(4).
1
fl Set block 1 between the arm cylinder and
the boom.
5. Sling arm assembly (6) and remove pin (5). 2
fl If it is difficult to remove the pin, operate the
swing to move the boom slightly to the left
and right, and knock out the pin at a point
where the forcing screw becomes lighter.
6. Lift off arm assembly (6).
4 Arm assembly: 4,000 kg

PC1100-6

30-143
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ARM

INSTALLATION OF ARM
ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
2
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
fl Adjust with shims so that clearance a
between the end face of the bottom of arm
(6) and boom (7) is less than 1 mm.
Shim thickness: 1.0 mm

Bleeding air
fl Bleed the air.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


fl Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
through the system. Then check the oil level
again.

30-144
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BOOM

REMOVAL OF BOOM
ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification
1. Remove bucket and arm assembly.
For details, see REMOVAL OF BUCKET, ARM
ASSEMBLY.
2. Set tip of boom on support 1 and stop engine,
then operate boom control lever to release any
remaining pressure in boom cylinder.
3. Sling boom cylinder (1) and remove pin (2). 1
fl Lower the boom cylinder slowly and insert a
wedge between the cylinder bottom and the
frame.
4. Disconnect 7 hoses (3) for bucket and arm.

5. Disconnect wiring connector (4) for working


lamp.
6. Sling boom assembly (7).
7. Remove lock plate (5), then remove boom foot
pins (6).
2
fl Use forcing screws.

8. Lift off boom assembly (7) slowly.


fl Boom assembly (7) will rock when the crane
is operated, so fit rope 2 to the tip of the
boom and apply tension to control the boom
and prevent it from rocking.
4 Boom assembly: 9,000 kg

PC1100-6

30-145
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BOOM

INSTALLATION OF BOOM
ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
2
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
fl Adjust with shims (9) so that clearance a
between the end face of the foot of boom
(7) and bracket (8) is less than 1 mm.
Shim thickness: 1.0, 1.5 mm

Bleeding air
fl Bleed the air.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


fl Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
through the system. Then check the oil level
again.

30-146
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BUCKET, ARM

REMOVAL OF BUCKET, ARM


ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification
1. Disconnect grease hose (1).
2. Disconnect 4 bucket cylinder hoses (2).
fl Disconnect at the tip of the boom.
3. Sling arm cylinder assembly (3) and remove pin
(4).
1
fl Set block 1 between the arm cylinder and
the boom.

4. Raise bucket and arm assembly (6) a little and


remove pin (5).
2
fl If it is difficult to remove the pin, operate the
swing to move the boom slightly to the left
and right, and knock out the pin at a point
where the forcing screw becomes lighter.
5. Drive machine in reverse and separate bucket
and arm assembly (6) from boom.
6. Set support under arm and lower bucket and
arm assembly (6) slowly.
4 Bucket, arm assembly: 8,500 kg

PC1100-6

30-147
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BUCKET, ARM

INSTALLATION OF BUCKET,
ARM ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
2
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
fl Adjust with shims so that clearance a
between the end face of the bottom of arm
(7) and boom (8) is less than 1 mm.
Shim thickness: 1.0 mm

Bleeding air
fl Bleed the air.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


fl Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
through the system. Then check the oil level
again.

30-148
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

WORK EQUIPMENT

REMOVAL OF WORK
EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification
1. Sling boom cylinder (1) and remove pin (2). 1
fl Lower the boom cylinder slowly and insert a
wedge between the cylinder bottom and the
frame.
2. Disconnect 7 bucket and arm hoses (3).

3. Disconnect wiring connector (4) for working


lamp.
4. Sling work equipment assembly (7).
5. Remove lock plate (5), then remove boom foot
pins (6).
2
fl Use forcing screws.
6. Start engine and drive machine slowly in reverse.
7. Set support under boom foot, then operate crane
and lower work equipment slowly.
4 Work equipment assembly: 18,000 kg

PC1100-6

30-149
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

WORK EQUIPMENT

INSTALLATION OF WORK
EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY
Backhoe specification

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
2
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers in the pin hole.
fl Adjust with shims (10) so that clearance a
between the end face of the foot of boom
(8) and bracket (9) is less than 1 mm.
Shim thickness: 1.0, 1.5 mm

Bleeding air
fl Bleed the air.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

Refilling with oil (hydraulic tank)


fl Add oil through the oil filler to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil
through the system. Then check the oil level
again.

30-150
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CAB

REMOVAL OF CAB ASSEMBLY


Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Remove floor mat.
2. Remove covers (1), (2), and (3).

3. Disconnect window washer hoses (4).


4. Disconnect wiper motor wiring connector (5)
(W21).

5. Remove base mounting bolts (6) and (7).

6. Remove plate (8).


7. Remove cover (9).
8. Open door (10), and disconnect speaker wiring
connector (M13).
9. Remove cover (11).

PC1100-6

30-151
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

CAB

10. Remove base mounting bolts (12) and (13).

11. Remove wiring clamp (14) installed to cab.


fl Disconnect wiring connector (M72) for cab
head lamp and wiring connectors (M71, 97)
for room lamp.

12. Remove mounting bolts (15), then lift off cab


assembly (16).
fl When raising the cab assembly, check that
all the wiring and connectors have been
disconnected, then lift off slowly.
4 Cab assembly: 300 kg

INSTALLATION OF CAB
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

30-152
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

COUNTERWEIGHT

REMOVAL OF
COUNTERWEIGHT ASSEMBLY
1. Sling counterweight assembly (1).
2. Remove mounting bolts (2).

3. Lift off counterweight assembly (1).


4 Counterweight assembly: 17,500 kg

INSTALLATION OF
COUNTERWEIGHT ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
3 Counterweight mounting bolt:
3,822 392 Nm {390 40 kgm}

PC1100-6

30-153
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

RECEIVER TANK

REMOVAL OF RECEIVER TANK


ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.

Set tool X1 to the gas charging plug of the air


conditioner compressor and collect the air
conditioner gas (R134a).
1. Open door at rear of cab.
2. Disconnect hose (1) coming from air conditioner
condenser.
3. Disconnect hose (2) going to air conditioner unit.
4. Remove U-bolt (3), then remove receiver tank
assembly (4).
1

INSTALLATION OF RECEIVER
TANK ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Be careful not to let dirt, dust, or water get
inside the hoses of the air conditioner circuit
when installing the hoses.
fl Check that there are O-rings at the
connections of the air conditioner hoses
when installing.
fl Check that the O-rings are not damaged or
deteriorated, then connect the hoses.

Charging with air conditioner gas


Using tool X1, charge the air conditioner circuit
with air conditioner gas (R134a).

30-154
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

AIR CONDITIONER CONDENSER

REMOVAL OF AIR
CONDITIONER CONDENSER
ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.

Set tool X1 to the gas charging plug of the air


conditioner compressor and collect the air
conditioner gas (R134a).
1. Open radiator mask.
2. Disconnect hose (1) coming from air conditioner
compressor.
3. Disconnect hose (2) going to receiver tank.
4. Remove 4 mounting bolts (3), then remove air
conditioner condenser assembly (4).
1

INSTALLATION OF AIR
CONDITIONER CONDENSER
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Be careful not to let dirt, dust, or water get
inside the hoses of the air conditioner circuit
when installing the hoses.
fl Check that there are O-rings at the
connections of the air conditioner hoses
when installing.
fl Check that the O-rings are not damaged or
deteriorated, then connect the hoses.

Charging with air conditioner gas


Using tool X1, charge the air conditioner circuit
with air conditioner gas (R134a).

PC1100-6

30-155
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR

REMOVAL OF AIR
CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR
ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.

Set tool X1 to the gas charging plug of the air


conditioner compressor and collect the air
conditioner gas (R134a).
1. Loosen lock bolt (1) of air conditioner compressor
mounting bracket.
2. Disconnect wiring connector (2) (M34).
3. Disconnect hoses (3).
1
fl Fit blind plugs in the hoses after
disconnecting.
4. Remove cover (4).
5. Loosen locknut (5).
6. Loosen adjustment bolt (6) and remove drive
belt.
2
7. Remove mounting bolt (7), then remove air
conditioner compressor assembly (8).

INSTALLATION OF AIR
CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
fl Check that the O-rings are not damaged or
deteriorated, then connect the hoses.
2
fl Adjust the belt tension.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Testing and adjusting tension of air
conditioner compressor drive belt.

Charging with air conditioner gas


fl Using tool X1, charge the air conditioner
circuit with air conditioner gas (R134a).

30-156
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

REMOVAL OF AIR
CONDITIONER UNIT
ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()

terminal of the battery.


Set tool X1 to the gas charging plug of the air
conditioner compressor and collect the air
conditioner gas (R134a).

AIR CONDITIONER UNIT

1
2

1. Close valve of heater hose (outlet).


fl It is installed to the engine water manifold.
CEP00105

2. Slide operators seat fully forward.


3. Remove plate (1), then remove cover (2).
4. Disconnect speaker wiring connector (3) (M13),
then disconnect cover (4).
fl Lift up the cover slightly before disconnecting
the speaker wiring connector.

5. Remove bellows hose (5).


6. Remove ducts (6) and (7).

PC1100-6

30-157
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

AIR CONDITIONER UNIT

7. Disconnect governor controller wiring connectors


(8).
fl Connectors (E12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18)
8. Remove governor controller (9).
9. Remove relays (10), (11), and (12).
fl Relays (R18, 23, 24)
10. Disconnect wiring harness clamps (13) and (14)
from cover.

11. Disconnect wiring connector (15) (M26) for air


conditioner unit.
12. Tie wiring harnesses (16) together and move
towards cab.
13. Remove bracket (17).
14. Disconnect heater hoses (18) and (19).
fl Fit blind plugs in the hoses.
15. Disconnect refrigerant hoses (20) and (21).
fl The clamp is weak, so always hold with one
wrench while using the other to turn.

16. Disconnect wiring connectors (22), (23), (24), and


(25).
17. Disconnect 4 relays (26).
18. Remove filter (27).
19. Remove mounting bolts, then remove air
conditioner unit (28).

INSTALLATION OF AIR
CONDITIONER UNIT
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Refilling with water


fl Add water through water filler to the
specified level.
Run the engine to circulate the water through
the system. Then check the water level again.

Charging with air conditioner gas


fl Using tool X1, charge the air conditioner
circuit with air conditioner gas (R134a).

30-158
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SOLENOID VALVE

REMOVAL OF SOLENOID
VALVE ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Boom rock prevention valve
1) Open door at rear of cab.
2) Disconnect wiring connectors (1) (V9, 10).
3) Remove nuts (2), then remove solenoids (3).
fl V9, V10: Boom rock prevention solenoid
valve

2. Swing priority valve, main 2-stage relief valve,


CO cancel valve
1) Open door at side of hydraulic tank.
2) Disconnect wiring connectors (1) (V1, 2, 7).
3) Remove nuts (2), then remove solenoids (3).
fl V1: Swing priority valve
V2: Main 2-stage relief valve
V3: CO cancel valve

3. Straight travel valve, swing lock valve, boom


head 2-stage safety valve, travel speed selector
valve, swing lock valve
1) Remove step at center of chassis.
2) Disconnect wiring connectors (1) (V3, 4, 5, 6,
11).
3) Remove nuts (2), then remove solenoids (3).
fl V3: Straight travel valve
V4: Swing lock valve
V5: Boom head 2-stage safety valve
V6: Travel speed selector valve
V11: Swing lock valve

INSTALLATION OF SOLENOID
VALVE ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.
fl Be careful not to let dirt get stuck to the coil
insertion portion.

PC1100-6

30-159
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

GOVERNOR CONTROLLER

REMOVAL OF GOVERNOR
CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Open air conditioner unit covers (1).

2. Disconnect wiring connectors (2) (E12, 13, 14,


15, 16, 17, 18).
3. Remove 4 mounting bolts (3), then remove
governor controller assembly (4).

INSTALLATION OF GOVERNOR
CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

30-160
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

MONITOR PANEL

REMOVAL OF MONITOR
PANEL ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.
1. Remove 4 screws (1), then disconnect monitor
panel assembly (2) from bracket.
2. Disconnect wiring connectors (3) (P01, 02), and
remove monitor panel assembly (2).
1

INSTALLATION OF MONITOR
PANEL ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
Check the mode setting and display function.
For details, see TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
TROUBLESHOOTING.

CEP00437

PC1100-6

30-161
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

PUMP CONTROLLER

REMOVAL OF PUMP
CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY
1

Disconnect the cable from the negative ()


terminal of the battery.

1. Slide operators seat fully forward.


2. Remove plate (1), then remove left cover (2).
3. Disconnect hose (3) and speaker wiring
connector (M13), then remove right cover (4).
fl Lift up the cover slightly before disconnecting
the speaker wiring connector.

CEP00105

4. Remove 5 connectors (5) (C01, 02, 03, 16, 17).


5. Remove pump controller assembly (6).

4
3

CEP00106

INSTALLATION OF PUMP
CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

1
Check the performance of the work equipment,
travel, and swing. For details, see TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.

30-162
2

CEP00435

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BOOM ROCK PREVENTION VALVE

REMOVAL OF BOOM ROCK


PREVENTION VALVE
ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.

Release the remaining pressure from the PPC


circuit.
1. Open door (1) at rear of cab.
2. Disconnect solenoid wiring connectors (2) (V9,
10).
3. Disconnect 4 hoses (3) and (4) between solenoid
valve and rock prevention valve.
fl Disconnect the hose between the rock
prevention valve and the right PPC valve
and the hose between the rock prevention
valve and the relay joint.
4. Remove mounting bolts, then remove rock
prevention valve assembly (5).

INSTALLATION OF BOOM
ROCK PREVENTION VALVE
ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Bleeding air.
Bleed the air fromx the PPC piping circuit.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

PC1100-6

30-163
2

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

ACCUMULATOR

REMOVAL OF ACCUMULATOR
ASSEMBLY
Disconnect the cable from the negative ()
terminal of the battery.

Release the remaining pressure from the PPC


circuit.
1. Remove step (1).
2. Disconnect hose (2) coming from pilot relief
valve.
3. Remove mounting bolts,
accumulator assembly (3).

then

remove

INSTALLATION OF
ACCUMULATOR ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Bleeding air.
Bleed the air from the PPC piping circuit.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

30-164
2

PC1100-6

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

BOOM LOWER REGENERATION VALVE

REMOVAL OF BOOM LOWER


REGENERATION VALVE
ASSEMBLY
Lower the work equipment to the ground and

stop the engine. Then loosen the oil filler cap


slowly to release the pressure inside the
hydraulic tank.
Release the remaining pressure from the
hydraulic circuit. For details, see TESTING AND
ADJUSTING, Releasing remaining pressure from
hydraulic circuit.

1. Disconnect tube (1) coming from boom control


block.
2. Disconnect hose (2) coming from front swing
machinery.
3. Disconnect hose (3) coming from control valve,
then remove mounting bolts, and remove boom
LOWER regeneration valve (4).

INSTALLATION OF BOOM
LOWER REGENERATION
VALVE ASSEMBLY

Carry out installation in the reverse order to


removal.

Bleeding air.
Bleed the air from the boom LOWER regeneration
valve.
For details, see TESTING AND ADJUSTING,
Bleeding air.

PC1100-6

30-165
2

40

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

Engine mount ............................................... 40- 2


PTO ............................................................... 40- 3
Swing circle ................................................. 40- 4
Swing machinery ........................................ 40- 6
Final drive .................................................... 40- 8
Track frame .................................................. 40-10
Idler ............................................................... 40-12
Carrier roller ................................................ 40-14
Track roller ................................................... 40-15
Track shoe ................................................... 40-16
Hydraulic pump ........................................... 40-20
Control, PTO lubricating,
aftercooler fan drive pump ................. 40-22
L.H. 5-spool control valve .......................... 40-24
R.H. 4-spool control valve .......................... 40-26
Swing 4-spool control valve ...................... 40-28
Staight-travel valve ..................................... 40-31
Boon lower regeneration valve ................. 40-32
Swing motor ................................................ 40-33
Travel motor ................................................ 40-34
Center swivel joint ...................................... 40-36
PPC control relief valve .............................. 40-37
Work equipment swing PPC valve ......... 40-38
Travel PPC valve ......................................... 40-39
Hydraulic cylinder ....................................... 40-40
Work equipment ......................................... 40-42
Dimensions of work equipment ................ 40-44

PC1100-6

40-1
1

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

ENGINE MOUNT

ENGINE MOUNT

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Free height of front mount


rubber

Criteria

Remedy

Standard size

Repair limit

141

Replace

Free height of rear mount


rubber

40-2

141

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

PTO

PTO

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Backlash between drive


gear and driven shaft
(for HPV160+160)

Backlash between drive


gear and driven gear
(for SAR100+020+010)

Criteria

Remedy

Standard clearance

Clearance limit

0.07 0.18

0.273 0.374

Adjust

Backlash between
drive gear and driven gear

0.2 0.74

Backlash between drive


gear and driven shaft
(for HPV95+95)

0.07 0.18

PC1100-6

40-3

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

SWING CIRCLE

SWING CIRCLE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item
Clearance of bearing in
axial direction (when
mounted on machine)

40-4

Criteria

Remedy

Standard clearance

Repair limit

0.5 2

Replace

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

SWING MACHINERY

SWING MACHINERY

40-6

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

SWING MACHINERY

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Backlash between swing


motor shaft and No. 1 sun
gear

Criteria

Remedy

Standard clearance

Clearance limit

0.19 0.29

Backlash between No. 1 sun


gear and No. 1 planet gear

0.19 0.56

0.90

Backlash between No. 1


planet gear and ring gear

0.24 0.70

0.90

Backlash between No. 2


planet gear and coupling

0.06 0.24

Backlash between No. 1


planet carrier and No. 2
sun gear

0.40 0.71

1.10

Backlash between No. 2 sun


gear and No. 2 planet gear

0.19 0.56

1.00

Backlash between No. 2


planet gear and ring gear

0.24 0.70

1.10

Backlash between coupling


and swing pinion

0.08 0.25

Backlash between swing


pinion and swing circle

0 1.13

2.00

0.06 0.86

Standard size

Repair limit

0
150 0.100

Clearance between plate


10 and coupling
Wear of swing pinion oil
11 seal contact surface

PC1100-6

Replace

Repair hard
chrome plating
or replace

40-7

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

FINAL DRIVE

FINAL DRIVE

40-8

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

FINAL DRIVE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria

Remedy

Standard clearance

Clearance limit

Backlash between No. 2


planetary carrier and case

0.08 0.27

Backlash between drive gear


and No. 1 planetary carrier

0.21 0.57

0.24 0.71

0.23 0.68

0.28 0.87

3
4
5

Backlash between No. 2


sun gear and No. 1
planetary carrier
Backlash between No. 2
sun gear and No. 2
planet gear
Backlash between No. 2
planetary carrier and No. 2
ring gear

Backlash between coupling


and drive gear

0.38 0.72

Backlash between No. 1


ring gear and case

0.08 0.26

Backlash between No. 1


sun gear and travel motor
coupling

0.07 0.18

Backlash between No. 1 sun


gear and idler gear

0.15 0.53

Backlash between No.1


10 ring gear and idler gear

0.19 0.62

Backlash between driven


11 gear and No. 1 planet gear

0.19 0.62

12 Wear of sprocket tooth shape

Repair limit: 6
Standard size

13 Sprocket tooth width

PC1100-6

Replace

114

Repair limit
108

Rebuild or
replace

40-9

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

TRACK FRAME

TRACK FRAME

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria

Remedy

Standard size Tolerance


1

Top-to-bottom width of
idler guide

Left-to-right width of idler


guide

Track frame

200

2002

205

Rebuild or
replace

Idler support

195

1951.2

185

Replace

Track frame

395

3952

405

Rebuild or
replace

Idler support

391

Standard size
3

Recoil spring

391

+1.4
0.8

383

Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
1,508 x 351

40-10

Repair limit

1,280

578.2 kN
{58,957 kg}

Replace

460.9 kN
{47,000 kg}

PC1100-6

PC1100-6

40-11

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

IOLER

IDLER

40-12

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

IDLER

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria

Remedy

Standard size

Repair limit

962

Outside diameter of
protruding part

Outside diameter of tread


surface

920

908

Depth of tread

21

Overall width

290

Width of tread

77

Clearance between shaft


and bushing

Interference between idler


and bushing

Standard
size

Shaft

Hole

Standard
clearance

Clearance
limit

125

0.080
0.120

+0.313
+0.273

0.353
0.433

1.5

Standard
size

Shaft

Hole

+0.096
+0.042

0.098
0.148

135

PC1100-6

Tolerance

Rebuild or
replace

Tolerance

Replace
bushing

Standard Interference
interference
limit
0.140
0.244

40-13

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

CARRIER ROLLER

CARRIER ROLLER

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria

Remedy

Standard size

Repair limit

220

Outside diameter of flange

Outside diameter of tread

205

185

Width of tread

79

Thickness of tread

67.6

Width of foange

17

Interference between
bearing and roller

Interference between
bearing and shaft

Play of roller in axial


direction

40-14

Tolerance

Replace

Standard
size

Shaft

Hole

Standard Interference
interference
limit

125

+0.039
+0.020

0
0.015

0.020
0.040

70

+0.390
+0.020

0.059
0.015

0.020
0.054

Standard size

Clearance limit

0 0.110

0.3

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

TRACK ROLLER

TRACK ROLLER

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria

Remedy

Standard size

Repair limit

320

Outside diameter of flange

Outside diameter of tread


surface

275

263

Thickness of tread

77.5

Rebuile or
replace

Overall width

370

Inside width

136

Width of tread

82

Width of flange

35

Clearance between shaft


and bushing

Standard
size
110

Interference between roller


and bushing

Standard
size
129

PC1100-6

Tolerance
Shaft

Hole

Standard
clearance

Clearance
limit

0.120
0.207

+0.360
+0.260

0.380
0.567

1.5

Tolerance
Shaft

Hole

+0.087
+0.037

+0.020
0.015

Replace
bushing

Standard Interference
interference
limit
0.017
0.102

40-15

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

TRACK SHOE

TRACK SHOE

fl P portion shows the link of bushing press fitting end.

40-16

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

TRACK SHOE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria

Remedy

Standard size
1

Repair limit

Link pitch
280.3

283.3

Bushing outside diameter


98.5

Normal load

Impact load

93.5

Standard size
3

Link height

Thickness of link metal


(bushing press-fitting portion)

Repair limit
168

181

Reverse or
replace

When turned

Standard size

Repair or
replace

56
256.6
Replace

Shoe bolt pitch

79.5

8
9

183

Link

10

Inside width

135

Overall width

86.1

Tread width

75

11

Protrusion of pin

4.5

12

Protrusion of regular bushing

8.7

13

Overall length of pin

324.4

14

Overall length of bushing

225.6

15

Thickness of bushing metal

18.8

16

Thickness of spacer

10.93

17
18

Press-fitting
force

19

Bushing

215 304 kN {22 31 ton}

Regular pin

637 745 kN {65 76 ton}

Master

235 294 kN {24 30 ton}

Repair or
replace

Adjust or
replace

: Dry type track link

PC1100-6

40-17

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

TRACK SHOE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

a. Regular link

Criteria
Tightening torque
(Nm {kgm})

Additional tightening
angle (deg.)

1,372137 {14014}

15010
Retighten

Shoe bolt
20
b. Master link

Tightening torque
(Nm {kgm})

Additional tightening Lower limit torque


angle (deg.)
(Nm {kgm})

No. of shoes (each side)

21

22

23

Interference between
bushing and link
Interference between
regular pin and link
Clearance between
regular pin and bushing

24

Interference between
master pin and link

Standard
size

25

Clearance between
master pin and bushing

Tolerance

Standard
interference

Shaft

Hole

98

+0.622
+0.522

+0.087
0

0.435 0.622

60

+0.426
+0.326

0.126
0.200

0.452 0.626

Standard
size

Standard
size
60

48

60.5

Remedy

Standard
size
60.5

Tolerance
Shaft
0.174
0.074

Hole
+0.666
+0.166
Tolerance

Shaft

Hole

+0.228
+0.198

0.126
0.200
Tolerance

Shaft

Hole

0.51
0.61

+0.666
+0.166

Standard
clearance
0.340 0.740

Adjust or
replace

Standard
interference
0.324 0.428
Standard
clearance
0.676 1.276

: Dry type track link

40-18

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

TRACK SHOE

DOUBLE SHOE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Height

Height

Thickness

Repair limit

50

25

50

25
25
39

Remedy

Rebuild or
replace

Length at bottom

30

6
Length at top
7

PC1100-6

30

40-19

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

HYDRAULIC PUMP

HYDRAULIC PUMP
HPV95 + 95 (No.1 main pump)

HPV95 + 95 (No.2 main pump)

40-20

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

HYDRAULIC PUMP

HPV160 + 160 (No.3 main pump)

PC1100-6

40-21

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

CONTROL, PTO LUBRICATING, AFTERCOOLER FAN DRIVE PUMP

CONTROL, PTO LUBRICATING, AFTERCOOLER FAN DRIVE PUMP


SAR100+020+010

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Clearance
between gear
case and side
plate

Clearance
between bearing
inner diameter
and gear shaft
outer diameter

Criteria
Type

Standard clearance

SAR100

0.10 0.15

0.19

SAR020

0.10 0.15

0.19

SAR010

0.10 0.15

0.19

SAR100

0.06 0.149

0.20

SAR020

0.06 0.144

0.20

SAR010

0.06 0.144

0.20

Clearance limit

Replace

3
Pin insertion depth
4

Standard size

Tolerance

Repair limit

14

0
0.5

10

0
0.5

Spline shaft rotating


torque

Remedy

10.9 21.6 Nm {1.1 2.2 kgm}


Rotating speed Delivery pressure Standard delivery amount Delivery amount limit
(MPa {kg/cm2})
(/min)
(/min)
(rpm)

Delivery
Oil: EO10-CD
Oil temp.:
45 50C

40-22
1

SAR100

2,500

2.9 {30}

15.1

138

SAR020

2,500

6.9 {70}

18

16

SAR010

2,500

2.9 {30}

23

20

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

L.H. 5-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

L.H. 5-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

40-24

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

L.H. 5-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Main relief valve, main


valve spring

Remedy
Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
34.7 x 10.4

32.5

394.2 N
{40.2 kg}

315.2 N
{32.2 kg}

Jet sensor relief valve,


pilot poppet spring

34.5 x 10.8

29.4

30 N
{3.1 kg}

24.3 N
{2.5 kg}

Jet sensor relief valve,


main valve spring

37.4 x 11.4

33

49 N
{5.0 kg}

39.2 N
{4.0 kg}

Spool return spring

69.9 x 57

63

431 N
{44 kg}

345 N
{35.2 kg}

Spool return spring

75 x 37

74.5

0N
{0 kg}

0N
{0 kg}

Throttle valve spring

31.8 x 7.6

26.5

1N
{0.1 kg}

0.78 N
{0.08 kg}

Check valve spring

78.2 x 26.6

52

18.8 N
{1.92 kg}

15.1 N
{1.54 kg}

PC1100-6

Replace
spring if
damaged or
deformed

40-25

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

R.H. 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

R.H. 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

40-26

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

R.H. 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Main relief valve, main


valve spring

Remedy
Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
34.7 x 10.4

32.5

394.2 N
{40.2 kg}

315.2 N
{32.2 kg}

Jet sensor relief valve,


pilot poppet spring

34.5 x 10.8

29.4

30 N
{3.1 kg}

24.3 N
{2.5 kg}

Jet sensor relief valve,


main valve spring

37.4 x 11.4

33

49 N
{5.0 kg}

39.2 N
{4.0 kg}

Spool return spring

69.9 x 57

63

431 N
{44 kg}

345 N
{35.2 kg}

Spool return spring

75 x 37

74.5

0N
{0 kg}

0N
{0 kg}

Check valve spring

78.2 x 26.6

52

18.8 N
{1.92 kg}

15.1 N
{1.54 kg}

Check valve spring

53.6 x 31

39

18.8 N
{1.92 kg}

15.1 N
{1.54 kg}

PC1100-6

Replace
spring if
damaged or
deformed

40-27

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

SWING 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

SWING 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE


(1/2)

40-28

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

SWING 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

(2/2)

PC1100-6

40-29

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

SWING 4-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Main relief valve, main


valve spring

Remedy
Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
34.7 x 10.4

32.5

394.2 N
{40.2 kg}

315.2 N
{32.2 kg}

Jet sensor relief valve,


pilot poppet spring

34.5 x 10.8

29.4

30 N
{3.1 kg}

24.3 N
{2.5 kg}

Jet sensor relief valve,


main valve spring

37.4 x 11.4

33

49 N
{5.0 kg}

39.2 N
{4.0 kg}

Spool return spring

69.9 x 57

63

431 N
{44 kg}

345 N
{35.2 kg}

Spool return spring

75 x 37

74.5

0N
{0 kg}

0N
{0 kg}

Throttle valve spring

31.8 x 7.6

26.5

1N
{0.1 kg}

0.78 N
{0.08 kg}

Check valve spring

78.2 x 26.6

52

18.8 N
{1.92 kg}

15.1 N
{1.54 kg}

Check valve spring

65.3 x 14

46

18.8 N
{1.92 kg}

15.1 N
{1.54 kg}

Check valve spring

41.3 x 35.5

25.5

18.8 N
{1.92 kg}

15.1 N
{1.54 kg}

40-30

Replace
spring if
damaged or
deformed

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

STRAIGHT-TRAVEL VALVE

STRAIGHT-TRAVEL VALVE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Spool return spring

Throttle valve spring

PC1100-6

Remedy
Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
117.5 x 27.9

68

156.9 N
{16 kg}

31.8 x 7.6

26.5

0.98 N
{0.1 kg}

Replace
spring if
damaged or
deformed

40-31

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

BOOM LOWER REGENERATION VALVE

BOOM LOWER REGENERATION VALVE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Spring (check valve)

Remedy
Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
83.5 x 25.5

22

29.4 N
{3 kg}

23.5 N
{2.4 kg}

Spool return spring (large)

49.4 x 25.7

47

206.4 N
{21.1 kg}

165.1 N
{16.9 kg}

Spool return spring (small)

41.1 x 9.6

35

58.5 N
{6 kg}

46.8 N
{4.8 kg}

40-32

Replace
spring if
damaged or
deformed

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

SWING MOTOR

SWING MOTOR
KMF160AB-2

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Check valve spring

Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
66.5 x 25.6

PC1100-6

Remedy

45

7.0 N
{0.71 kg}

5.6 N
{0.57 kg}

Replace
spring if
damaged or
deformed

40-33

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

TRAVEL MOTOR

TRAVEL MOTOR
MSF-340VP
TRAVEL MOTOR, SPEED CHANGE VALVE, RELIEF VALVE

40-34

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

TRAVEL MOTOR

TRAVEL BRAKE VALVE

PC1100-6

40-35

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

CENTER SWIVEL JOINT

CENTER SWIVEL JOINT

Unit: mm

No.

Check item
Clearance between rotor
and shaft

40-36

Criteria

Remedy

Standard size

Standard clearance

Clearance limit

110

0.056 0.105

0.111

Replace

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

PPC CONTROL RELIEF VALVE

PPC CONTROL RELIEF VALVE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Check valve spring

Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
56 x 21.4

PC1100-6

Remedy

37

6.9 N
{0.7 kg}

Replace

3.9 N
{0.4 kg}

40-37

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

WORK EQUIPMENT SWING PPC VALVE

WORK EQUIPMENT SWING PPC VALVE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Centering spring
(for P3, P4)

Remedy
Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
42.48 x 15.5

34

17.6 N
{1.8 kg}

13.7 N
{1.4 kg}

Metering spring

26.7 x 8.14

24.9

16.6 N
{1.69 kg}

13.2 N
{1.35 kg}

Centering spring
(for P1, P2)

38.71 x 15.5

34

9.8 N
{1 kg}

7.8 N
{0.8 kg}

40-38

Replace
spring if
damaged or
deformed

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

TRAVEL PPC VALVE

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Criteria
Standard size

Metering spring

Centering spring

PC1100-6

Remedy
Repair limit

Free length Installation Installation


Installation
Free length
x O.D.
length
load
load
Replace
spring if
16.7 N
13.7 N
26.7 x 8.14
24.9

damaged or
{1.7 kg}
{1.4 kg}
deformed
48.1 x 15.5

32.5

108 N
{11 kg}

86.3 N
{8.8 kg}

40-39

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

HYDRAULIC CYLINDER

HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
BACK HOE
Boom

Arm

Bucket

40-40
1

PC1100-6

Unit: mm

No.

Check item
Name of
cylinder

Tolerance
Hole

Standard
clearance

Clearance
limit

160

0.043
0.106

+0.256
+0.039

0.082
0.362

0.662

170

0.043
0.106

+0.255
+0.038

0.081
0.361

0.661

Bucket

110

0.036
0.090

+0.261
+0.047

0.083
0.351

0.651

Boom

140

+0.025
+0.370

1.0

160

+0.025
+0.370

1.0

100

+0.457
+0.370

1.0

Clearance between piston rod Arm


support shaft
and bushing
Bucket
Boom
Clearance between cylinder
bottom support Arm
shaft and
bushing
Bucket

Standard
size

Remedy

Shaft

Boom
Clearance between piston rod
and bushing
Arm

PC1100-6

Criteria

Replace
bushing

Replace pin,
bushing

140

+0.025
+0.370

1.0

160

+0.245
+0.145

1.0

100

+0.475
+0.370

1.0

40-41
1

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

WORK EQUIPMENT

WORK EQUIPMENT

40-42

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

WORK EQUIPMENT

Unit: mm

No.

Check item

Clearance between bushing


and mounting pin of boom
and revolving frame

2
3
4
5
6
7

Clearance between bushing


and mounting pin of boom
and arm
Clearance between bushing
and mounting pin of arm
and link
Clearance between bushing
and mounting pin of arm
and bucket
Clearance between bushing
and mounting pin of link
and link
Clearance between bushing
and mounting pin of link
and bucket
Bucket clearance

PC1100-6

Criteria
Standard
size

Tolerance

Remedy

Shaft

Hole

Standard
clearance

Clearance
limit

160

0.043
0.106

+0.436
+0.350

0.393
0.542

1.5

160

0.043
0.106

+0.172
+0.085

0.128
0.278

1.5

140

0.043
0.106

+0.404
+0.321

0.364
0.510

1.5

140

0.043
0.106

+0.397
+0.312

0.355
0.503

1.5

140

0.043
0.106

+0.397
+0.312

0.355
0.503

1.5

140

0.043
0.106

+0.404
+0.321

0.364
0.510

1.5

0.5 1.0

Replace

Adjust
shims

40-43

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

DIMENSIONS OF WORK EQUIPMENT

DIMENSIONS OF WORK EQUIPMENT


1. ARM

40-44

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

DIMENSIONS OF WORK EQUIPMENT

Unit: mm
Model

PC1100SP-6

with 3.4 m
with 4.5 m
with 3.4 m
heavy-duty arm heavy-duty arm heavy-duty arm

No.

18

PC1100-6

PC1100LC-6
with 3.4 m
arm

with 4.5 m
arm

160

160

160

160

160

120

120

120

120

120

636

636

636

636

636

160

160

160

160

160

489

550

496

489

550

635

635

635

635

635

1,348

1,326

1,348

1,348

1,326

3,340

4,455

3,340

3,340

4,455

4,108

4,087

4,274

4,108

4,087

10

610

610

590

610

610

11

1,223

1,223

1,290

1,223

1,223

12

977

977

1,028

977

977

13

840

840

915

840

840

14

2,650

2,650

2,630

2,600

2,600

15

140

140

140

140

140

16

636

636

636

636

636

17

140

140

140

140

140

637

637

637

637

637

653

653

653

653

653

Min.

2,535

2,535

2,660

2,535

2,535

Max.

4,360

4,360

4,610

4,360

4,360

20

20

20

Arm as individual
part
When pressfitting bushing

19

20

PC1100-6

40-45

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

DIMENSIONS OF WORK EQUIPMENT

2. BUCKET

40-46

PC1100-6

MAINTENANCE STANDARD

DIMENSIONS OF WORK EQUIPMENT

Unit: mm
Model

PC1100-6

PC1100SP-6

PC1100LC-6

4.0 m3 bucket 5.0 m3 bucket 5.6 m3 bucket 4.0 m3 bucket 5.0 m3 bucket

No.
1

837

837

911

837

837

76

76

82

76

76

95

95

95

95

95

840

840

915

840

840

2,576 (2,618)

2,576 (2,618)

2,601 (2,638)

2,576 (2,618)

2,576 (2,618)

353 (403)

353 (403)

389 (443)

353 (403)

353 (403)

170

170

170

170

170

170

170

170

170

170

637.5

637.5

637.5

637.5

637.5

100

100

100

100

100

10

100

100

100

100

100

11

280

280

280

280

280

12

310

310

310

310

310

13

70.6

70.6

84.6

70.6

70.6

14

126.5

126.5

128

126.5

126.5

15

174

174

174

174

174

16

160

160

160

160

160

17

679.5

679.5

679.5

679.5

679.5

18

83

83

83

83

83

fl The figures in ( ) show the value for the long life tooth.

PC1100-6

40-47

90

OTHERS

Hydraulic circuit diagram ............................................................................ 90- 3


Electrical circuit diagram (1/4) .................................................................... 90- 5
Electrical circuit diagram (2/4) .................................................................... 90- 7
Electrical circuit diagram (3/4) .................................................................... 90- 9
Electrical circuit diagram (4/4) .................................................................... 90-11

PC1100-6

90-1

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

PC1100-6

90-3

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1/4)

PC1100-6

90-5

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (2/4)

PC1100-6

90-7

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (3/4)

PC1100-6

90-9

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (4/4)

PC1100-6

90-11

You might also like